Document RpVNY5Ddz7nRVaMGDyyEgvpBn

department of labor Safety and Health Regulations for Construction PROVIDED BY PRINTED APRIL 10, 1972 UPDATED TO INCLUDE ALL AMENDMENTS THROUGH APRIL 5, 1972 CAPCO JEN 0001737 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Title 29-LABOR CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS CHAPTER XVII PART 1926 formerly designated CHAPTER XIII, PART 1518, PART II OF THE APRIL 17, 1971 FEDERAL REGISTER. See. 15 26,1 11<2C 2 1926.3 1526 4 Subporf A --Generot Purpose ntuJ S'Ope. V.in.itions from safety ami health standards. In portion*--i ight of entry. Rules of practice for adminlstru- tive adjudications for enforce ment of safety and health standards. Subpart B--Generol Interpretation* 1926.10 1926.11 1926.12 1 926.1 2 1.92G.H 1926 12 1926.16 Scope of subpart. Coverage under section 107 of the net distinguished. Reorganization I'lan No. 14 of 1920. Interpretations of statutory toinis Federal contract* for "imvcd" types of performance. Relationship to the Service Con tract Act; Watsh-IIcaley Public Contracts Act. Rules of construction. Subparl C--General Sofetyand Health Provisions 192C.20 1926.21 1926.22 1926.22 1926.24 1926.25 1926.26 1926.27 1926.28 1926.29 1926.20 1926.31 1926.32 General safety and health pro visions. Safety training ami education. Recording and reporting of In juries. (Reserved) First aid and medical attention. Fire protection and prevention. Housekeeping. Illumination. Sanitation. Personal protective equipment. Acceptable certification. Shipbuilding and ship repairing. Incorporation by reference. Definitions. Subpart D--Occupational Health and Environmental Control* 192G.50 1926.51 192C.52 Medical services and first aid. Sanitation. Occupational noise exposure. Sec, 1026.33 1926.24 1926.55 19 2 r,. 5 6 1926.57 1926.5* Ionizing rndintlon. Nonionizing radiation. Gases, vapors. fumes, dusts, and mists. Illumination. Ventilation. definitions applicable to this *ub- part. Subpart E--Personal Protective and life Sowing Equipment 1026.100 1926.101 1926.102 1926.102 192C.104 1926.105 1926.106 1926.107 Head protection. Hearing protection. Eye and face protection. Respiratory protection. Safety hells, lifelines, and laniard*. Safely nets. Working over or near water, definitions applnabb- to ting sub- Subpart F --Fire Protection and Prevention 1 926.120 1926.151 1920.152 I92C.1*,: 1926.154 19 2 6.1 55 Hire protertlon. Hue prevention. Flammable and combustible liq uids. Liquefied petroleum gas (LP-Gasl. Tempoiary heating devices, definitions applicable tn this nub. pm-t. Subpart G--Signs, Signals, ond Bat ricodes 1926.200 1926.202 1 926.20.7 Accident pie ention sign; ntnl tags. Signaling. Barricade*, definitions a part. Subpart H--Moteriolt Handling, Storage, Use, and Disposal 1S2C.250 1 926.251 1926.252 General lequi'emenls for storage. Rigging equipment (or tn.itctial handling. Disposal of waste mateiials. Subpart I--Tools---Hand and pow*r 1926.300 1926.361 1926.302 1926.303 1926.304 1926.305 General requirements. Hand tools. Dower operated hand tools. Abrasive wheels and tools. Woodworking tools. Jacks--lever and ratchet, screw and hydraulic. Subport J--Welding and Cutting 1926.350 1926.351 1926.352 1926.353 1926.354 Gas welding and cutting. Arc welding and cutting. Fire prevention. Ventilation and protection In weld ing, rutting, and heating. Welding, cutting And heating In way of preservative coatings. Sec. 1926.400 1926.401 1926.402 1926.403 1926.404 1926.405 Subparl K--Electrical General icquiremeiits. Grounding and bonding. Equipment Installation and mun- tenance. Battery rooms nnd battery charg ing. Hnrardous locations. Definitions applicable to this sub- part. Subpart l--ladders and Scolfolding 1926.450 1926.451 1926.152 Ladders. Scaffolding. Definitions applicable to this t.ub- pnrt. Subpcrf M--Floors and Wall Openings, and Stairways 1926.500 1926.501 1926.702 Guardrails, h.ui<!i alls, and Stall ways. Definitions nppInaMe to tins fubpait. Subpart N--Crones, Derricks, Hoists, Elevators, and Conveyors 1926.530 1 9 26.551 1926.552 1920.553 1926.754 192 6.75.3 Cranes ami dtii<ks. Hi-tii op tors. Matciial hoists amt peisonn.t hoists and elevator*. Jl.do-mounted dium lu.ists. O.erhead hoist*. Conveyors. Subparl O--Motor Vehicles, Mechanized Equipment, and Marine Operations 1926.600 1920.601 1926.C02 1526 60.7 1926 604 1926.C03 1926.606 Equipment. Motor vehicles. Mates ial handling .quipm.nf. Dile driving equipment. Site ( tearing. Murine opciutiong and equipim-nt. Dcfinilluns applicable to this sub- part. Subport P--Excavation*. Trenching, and Sharing 1 926.C50 1926.651 1926.652 1926 C53 General requirements. Specific excavation requirements. Specific trenching tequlremeiits. Definitions applicable to this sub- part. Subport Q--Concrete Forms and Shoring 1926.700 1926.701 1526.702 Gi-nenil provisions. Forms and shoring. Definitions applicable to this rubpart. Subport R--Steel Erection 1926.730 192C.751 1926.752 Flooring requirements. Structural steel assembly. Hotting, riveting, fitllng-up. plumblng-up. and CAPCO JEN 0001738 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 3 Svbparf S--TnnJi and Shoto, Cci*son, Cofferdam*, and Compreiied Air SC. 19 26.800 Tunnels end 19 26.801 Caissons. 1926.802 Cofferdams. 1926.803 Compressed air. 1926.804 Definitions applicable to this sub part. Subpart T--Demolition 1926.850 1926.851 1926.852 1926.853 1926.854 1926.855 1926.856 1926.857 [ 926.8S8 1926.859 1926.860 Preparatory operations. Stairs, passageways, and ladders. Chutes. Removal of materials through floor holes. Removal of walls, masonry sec tions, and chimneys. Manual removal of floors. Removal of walls, floors, and material with equipment. Storage. Removal of steel construction. Mechanical demolition. Selective demolition by explosives. Subpert U--Blotting end Ute of Explosives 1926.900 1926.901 1926.902 1926 903 1926.904 1926.905 19 26.906 1926.907 1926.908 1926.909 1926.910 1926.91 1 1926.912 1926.913 1926.914 General provisions. Blaster qualifications. Surface transportation of explo sives. Underground transportation 'of explosives. Storage of explosives and blasting agents. Loading of explosives or blasting agents. Initiation of explosive charges. Use of safety fuse. Use of detonating cord. Firing the blast. Inspection after blasting. Misfires. Underwater bl astJ ng. Blasting In excavations under compressed air. Definitions. Subporl V---Power Distribution end Transmission lines 1926.950 {ReservedJ Subpart W--Rollover Protective Struc tures; Overhead Protectson(H>ls) Sec. 2926.1000 1926.1001 1626.1002 Rollover protective structure (HOPS) for material handling equipment. Minimum performance criteria for rollover protective struc tures for designated ecrapera, loaders, dozers, graders, and crawler tractors. Protective frame (ROPS) test procedures and performance requirements for wheel-type agricultural and Industrial tractors used In construction. Sec. 1926.1003 Overhead protection for opera tors of agricultural and indus trial tractors. Subporl X--Effective Dates 19 26.1050 Effective dates (general). 1926.1051 Effectl ^dates (specific). AcTHoerTt: The provisions of this Part 1926 issued under sec. 1, 83 Stat. 86, 97, add ing 6ec. 107 to Public Law 87-581, 76 Stat. 857; 40 U.S.C. 333. Subporl A--General 1926.1 Purpose and scope. 1926.4 Rules of practice for adminis trative adjudications for enforcement of safety and health standards. (a) This part sets forth the safety and health standards promulgated by the Secretary of Labor under section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. The standards are pub lished In Subpart C of this part and fol lowing subparts. (b) Subpart B of this part contains statements of general policy and in terpretations of section 107 of the Con tract Work Hours and Safety Standards (a) The rules of practice for adminis trative adjudications for the enforce ment of the safety and health standards contained in Subpart C of this part and the following subparts shall be the same as those published in Part 6 of this title with respect to safety and health violations of the Service Contract Act of 1965 (69 Stat. 1035), except as pro vided in paragraph (b) of this section. (b) In the case of debarment, the find Act having general applicability. ings required by section 107(d) of the 1926.2 Variations from safety and health standards. (a) Variances from standards which are, or may be, published In this part may be granted under the same circum stances whereunder variances may be granted under section 6(b)(6)(A), or 6(d) of the Williams-Steiger Occupa tional Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 65). The procedures for the granting of variances and for related re lief under this part are those published in Part 1905 of this title. (b) Any requests for variances under this section shall also be considered re quests for variances under the Williams- Act shall be made by the hearing exam iner or the Director, as the case may be. Whenever, as provided in section 107(d) (2), a contractor requests termination of debarment before the end of the 3- year period prescribed in that section, the request shall be filed in writing with the Director who shall publish a notice in the Federal Register that the request has been received and afford interested persons an opportunity to be heard up on the request, and thereafter the pro visions of Part 6 of this title shall apply with respect to prehearing conferences, hearings and related matters, and deci sions and orders. Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and any requests for vari Subpart B--General Interpretations ances under Williams-Steiger Occupa 1926.10 Scope of subpart. tional Safety and Health Act with respect (a) This subpart contains the general to construction safety or health stand rules of the Secretary of Labor inter ards shall be considered to be also vari ances under the Construction Safety Act. Any variance from a construction safety or health standard which is con tained in this part and which Is incor porated by reference in Part 1910 of this preting and applying the construction safety and health provisions of section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (83 Stat. 96). Sec tion 107 requires as a condition of each contract which Is entered Into under legislation subject to Reorganization title shall be deemed a variance from Plan Numbered 14 of 1950 (64 Stat. the standard under Doth the Construc 1267), and which is for construction, tion Safety Act and the Williams-Steiger alteration, and/or repair, including Occupational Safety and Health Act of painting and decorating, that no con .1970. tractor or subcontractor contracting for 1926.3 Inspections--right of cnlr>. (a) It shall be a condition of each con tract which is subject to section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act that the Secretary of Labor or any authorised representative shall h.we a right of entry to any site of contract performance for the following purpose;: any part of the contract work shall re quire any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of the contract to work In surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazard ous, or dangerous to his health or safety, as determined under construction safety and health standards promulgated by the Secretary by regulation, (1) T> Inspect or Investigate the mat ter of compliance with the safety and health standards contained in Subpart 1926.11 Coverage under teciion 103 of Uic act distinguished. C of this part and following subparts; and (2) To carry out the duties of the Secretary under section 107(b) of the Act. (a) Coverage under section 103. It Is important to note that the coverage of section 107 differs from that for the over time requirements of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. The (b) For the purpose of carrying out his application of the overtime requirements investigative duties under the Act, the is governed by section 103, which, sub Secretary of Labor may, by agreement, ject to specific exemptions, includes (1) use with or wTthout reimbursement the Federal contracts requiring or involving services, personnel, and facilities of any the employment of laborers or mechanics State or Federal agency. Any agreements (thus including, but not limited to, con with States under this section shall be, tracts for construction), and (2) con similar to those provided for under the' tracts assisted in whole or in part by Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act un Federal loans, grants, or guarantees der 41 CFR Part 50-205. junder any statute "providing wage CAPCO JEN 0001739 4 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS standards for such work." The statutes (i) Rental Housing--Section 1713 pro thorized for certain State or locally aided "providing wage standards for such vides mortgage and Insurance on rental projects. work" include statutes for construction housing of eight or more units and on (xvii) Condominium Housing--Sec which require the payment of minimum mobile-home courts. tion X715y(d) provides mortgage insur wages in accordance with prevailing (ii) Section 1715a--Repealed. ance on property purchased for the de wage findings by the Secretary of Labor (ill) Cooperative Housing--Section velopment of building sites. This includes in accordance with the Davis-Bacon Act. 1715e authorizes mortgage insurance on waterlines and water supply installations, A provision to section 103 excludes from cooperative housing of five or more units sewer lines and sewage disposal installa the overtime requirements work where as well as supplementary loans for tions. steam, gas, and electrical lines and the Federal assistance is only in the form improvement of repair or resale of installations, roads, streets, curbs, gut of a loan guarantee or insurance. memberships. ters, sidewalks, storm drainage facilities, (b) Coverage under section 107. To be (iv) Urban Renewal Housing--Section and other installation or work. covered by section 107 of the Contract 1715k provides mortgage insurance on (xviil) Group Medical Practice Facili Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, single family or multifamily housing in ties--Subchapter LX-B authorizes mort a contract must be one which (1) is en approved urban renewal areas. gage insurance for the financing of tered into under a statute that is subject (v) Low or Moderate Income Hous construction and equipment, of facilities to Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950 ing--Section 1715L(d) (3) and (4) in for group practice of medicine, optome (64 Stat. 1267); and (2) Is for "construc sures mortgages on low-cost single family try, or dentistry. tion, alteration, and/or repair, including or muitifamily housing. (xlx) Nonprofit Hospitals--1715z-7 painting and decorating." (vi) Housing for Elderly--Section authorizes mortgage Insurance to cover 1926.12 Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950. (a) General provisions. Reorganiza tion Plan No. 14 of 1950 relates to the prescribing by the Secretary of Labor of "appropriate standards, regulations, and procedures" with respect to the enforce ment of labor standards under Federal and federally assisted contracts which are subject to various statutes subject to the Plan. The rules of the Secretary of Labor implementing the Plan are pub lished in Part 5 of this title. Briefly, the statutes subject to the Plan include the Davis-Bacon Act, including its extension to Federal-aid highway legislation sub ject to 23 U.S.C. 113, and other statutes subject to the Plan by its original terms, statutes by which the Plan is expressly applied, such as the Contract Work Hours Standards Act by virtue of sec tion 104(d) thereof. (b) The Plan. (1) The statutes subject to Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950 are cited and briefly described in the remain ing subparagraphs of this paragraph. These descriptions are general in nature and not intended to convey the full scope of the work to be performed under each statute. The individual statutes should be resorted to for a more detailed scope of the work. (2) Federal-Aid Highway Acts. The provisions codified in 23 U.S.C. 113 apply to the initial construction, reconstruc tion. or improvement work performed by contractors or subcontractors on high way projects on the Federal-aid systems, the primary and secondary, as well as their extensions in urban areas, and the Interstate System, authorized under the highway laws providing for the expendi ture of Federal funds upon the Federalaid system. As cited in 41 Op. A.G. 488, 496, the Attorney General ruled that the Federal-Aid Highway Acts are subject to Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950. (3) National Housing Act (12 VJS.C. 1713. 1715a. 171Se. 1715k, 17151(d) (3) and (4), 17lSv, 1715w, 171Sx. 1743, 1747, 1748. I748h~2, 1750g. 17151(h)(1), 171SZ <j)(i>, 171SZ-1. 1715y(d), Subchapter 1715v provides mortgage insurance on new and rehabilitated hospitals, includ rental housing for elderly or handi ing initial equipment. capped persons. (4) Hospital Survey and Construction (vii) Nursing Homes--Section 1715w Act, as amended by the Hospital and authorizes mortgage insurance on nurs Medical Facilities Amendments of 1964 ing home facilities and major equipment. (42 VJS.C. 291e). The provisions of this (viil) Experimental Housing--Section Act cover construction contracts made 1715x provides mortgage insurance on by State or local authorities or private single family or muitifamily housing with institutions under Federal grant-in-aid experimental design of materials. programs for the construction of hospi fix) War Housing Insurance--Section tals and other medical facilities. 1743 not active. (5) Federal Airport Act (49 U.S.C. (x) Yield Insurance--Section 1747 in 1114(b)). The act provides grant-in-aid sures Investment returns on multifamily funds for airport construction limited housing. to general site preparation runways, taxi- (xi) Armed Services Housing--Section ways, aprons, lighting appurtenant 1748b to assist in relieving acute short thereto, and fire, rescue, and mainte age and urgent need for family housing nance buildings. The act excludes con at or in areas adjacent to military Instal struction intended for use as a public lations. parking facility for passenger automo (xii) Defense Housing for Impacted biles and the cost of construction of any Areas--Section 1748h-2 provides mort part of an airport building except such gage insurance on single family or multi family housing for sale or rent primarily of those buildings or parts of buildings to house facilities or activities directly to military or civilian personnel of the Armed Services, National Aeronautics related to the safety of persons at the airport. and Space Administration, or Atomic (6) Housing Act of 1949 (42 U.S.C. Energy Commission. (xiil) Defense Rental Housing--Sec tion 1750g provides for mortgage insur ance in critical defense housing areas. <xiv) Rehabilitation--Section 1715L (h) (1) provides mortgage insurance for nonprofit organizations to finance the purchase and rehabilitation, of deterio rating or substandard housing for sub sequent resale to low-income home pur chasers. There must be located on the property five or more single family dwell ings of detached, semidetached, or row construction. (xv) Homeowner Assistance--Section 1715Z(J) (1) authorizes mortgage Insur ance to nonprofit organizations or pub 1459). Construction contracts awarded by local authorities financed with the as sistance of loans and grants from the Federal Government. The construction programs are for slum clearance and urban renewal which includes rehabilita tion grants, neighborhood development programs, neighborhood renewal plans, community renewal, demolition projects, and assistance for blighted areas. See the Housing Act of 2964. No. 21 below, concerning financial assistance for lowrent housing for domestic farm labor. (7) School Survey and Construction Act of 1950 (20 U.S.C. 636). This act pro vides for a Federal grant-in-aid program to assist in the construction of schools in federally affected areas. lic bodies or agencies executed to finance (8) Defense Housing & Community sale of individual dwellings to lower in Facilities & Services Act of 1951 (42 come Individuals or families. Also in U.S.C. 15920. Inactive Program. cludes the rehabilitation of such housing if it is deteriorating or substandard for subsequent resale to lower income homo purchasers. (9) United States Housing Act of 1937 (42 UJS.C. 1416). This statute covers the construction of low-rent public housing and slum clearance projects awarded by (xvi) Rental Housing Assistance-- local authorities. These projects are fi ix-A and Ix-B, 1715z-7) .This act covers Section 1715Z-1 authorizes mortgage in nanced with the assistance of loans and construction which is financed with surance and interest reduction payments grants from the Federal Government. assistance by the Federal Government on behalf of ownei; of rental housing The slum clearance Is the demolition and through programs of loan and mortgage projects designed for occupancy by lower removal of buildings from any slum area Insurance for the following purposes: income families. Payments are also au to be used for a low-rent housLng project. CAPCO JEN 0001740 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 5 <10) Federal Civil Defense Act of 1950 (.50 U.S.C. App. 2281). This act provides for Federal assistance to the several States and their political subdivisions in the field of civil defense which includes procurement, construction, leasing, or renovating of materials and facilities. (11) Delaware River Basin Compact (sec. 15.1, 75 Stat. 714). This Joint res olution creates, by intergovernmental compact between the United States, Delaware. New Jersey. New York, and Pennsylvania, a regional agency for plan ning, conservation, utilization, develop ment, management and control of the water and related sources of the Dela ware River. (12) Cooperative Research Act (20 U.S.C. 332a(c)). This act provides Fed eral grants to a university, college, or other appropriate public or nonprofit private agency or institution for part or all of the cost of constructing a facility for research or for research and related purposes. Research and related purposes means research, research training, sur veys, or demonstrations in the field of education, or the dissemination of infor mation derived therefrom, or all of such activities. Including (but without limita tion) experimental schools, except that such term does not include research, re search training, surveys, or demonstra tions in the field of sectarian instruction or the dissemination of information de rived therefrom. Construction includes new buildings, and the acquisition, ex pansion, remodeling, replacement, and alteration of existing buildings and the equipping of new buildings and existing buildings. (13) Health Professions Educational Assistance Act of 1963 (42 UJS.C. 292d (c)(4), 293a(c) (5)). The provisions of this act provide for grants to assist pub lic and nonprofit medical, dental, and similar schools for the construction, ex pansion. or renovation of teaching facilities. (14) Mental Retardation Facilities Construction Act (42 U.S.C. 295(a)(2) <>, 2662(5). 2675(a) (5)). This act au thorizes Federal financial assistance In the construction of centers for research on mental retardation and related as pects of human development, of univer sity-affiliated facilities for the mentally retarded and of facilities for the mentally retarded. (15) Community Mental Health Cen ters Act (42 V.C. 2685(a)(5)). This act authorizes Federal grants for the con struction of public and other nonprofit community mental health centers. (16) Higher Education Facilities Act of 1963 (20 US.C. 753). This act author izes the grant or loan of Federal funds to assist public and other nonprofit In stitutions of higher education in financ ing the construction, rehabilitation, or improvement of academic and related facilities in undergraduate and graduate schools. (17) Vocational Educational Act of 1963 (20 VJS.C. 35/)'. This act provides for Federal grants to the various States for construction of area vocational edu cation school facilities. (18) Library Services and ConstruCv (22) The Commercial Fisheries Re tion Act (20 U.C. 35Se(a) (4)). This act hearch and Development Act of 1964 (16 provides for Federal assistance to the u^C^ 779e(b)). This act authorizes various States for the construction of finandaT&sslstance to State agencies for public libraries. construction projects-desigaedloiilhe re (19) Urban Mass Transportation Act search and development of the com of 1954 (49 US.C. 1609). This act pro mercial fisheries resources of the Nation. vides for grants and loans to assist States (23) The Nurse Training Act of 1964 and local public bodies and agencies (42 U.S.C. 2$6a(b) (5)). This act provides thereof In financing the acquisition, con for grants to assist in the construction struction. reconstruction, and improve of new facilities for collegiate, associate ment of facilities and equipment for use, degree, and diploma schools of nursing, by operation or lease or otherwise, in or replacement or rehabilitation of exist mass transportation service in urban ing facilities of such schools. area and in coordinating such service (24) Elementary and Secondary Edu with highway and other transportation cation Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 241i, 848). in such areas. The purpose of the act is to provide fi (20) Economic Opportunity Act of nancial assistance to local educational 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2947). This act covers agencies serving areas with concentra construction which is financed with as tions of children from low income fam sistance of the Federal Government for ilies for construction in connection with the following purposes: the expansion or improvement of their (1) Authorizes Federal assistance for educational programs. construction of projects, buildings and (25) Federal Water Pollution Control works which will provide young men and Act, as amended by the Water Quality W'omen in rural and urban residential Act of 1965 (3 U.S.C. 466s(g)). Provides centers with education, vocational train for financial assistance to States or ing. and useful work experience (Title I). municipalities for construction of facili (ii) Authorizes financial assistance ties in connection with the prevention for construction work planned and car and control of water pollution. This in ried out at the community level for anti cludes projects that will control the dis poverty programs (Title II): charge into any waters of untreated or (a) Authorizes loans to low income inadequately treated sewage. rural families by assisting them to ac (26) Appalachian Regional Develop quire or improve real estate or reduee en ment Act of 1965 (40 U.C. App. 402). cumbrances or erect improvements Authorizes Federal assistance In the con thereon, and to participate In coopera tive associations and/or to finance non- agricultural enterprises which will en able such families to supplement their income (Title III); struction of an Appalachian development highway system; construction of multi county demonstration health facilities, hospitals, regional health, diagnostic and treatment centers, and other facilities for (b> Authorizes loans to local coopera health; seal and fill voids in abandoned tive associations furnishing essential mines and to rehabilitate strip mine processing, purchasing, or marketing areas; construction of school facilities services, supplies, or facilities predomi nantly to low-income rural families (Title III); (c) Authorizes financial assistance to States, political subdivisions of States, public and nonprofit agencies, institu tions, organizations, farm associations, or individuals in establishing housing, sanitation, education, and child day-care programs for immigrants and other sea sonally employed agricultural employees and their families (Title III). (ill) Authorizes loans or guarantees for vocational education; and to assist in construction of sewage treatment works. (27) National Technical Institute for the Deaf Act (20 U.S.C. 634(b) (5)). Pro vides for financial assistance for institu tions of higher education for the establishment, construction, including equipment and operation, of a National Institution for the Deaf. (28) Housing Act of 1959 (12 U.S.C. 1701(g) (c)(3)). This act authorizes loans to nonprofit corporations to be used loans to small businesses for construc for the construction of housing and tion work (Title IV). related facilities for elderly families. Also, (iv) Authorizes the payment of the the provisions of the act provide for cost of experimental, pilot, or demon rehabilitation, alteration, conversion or stration projects to foster State pro improvement of existing structures grams providing construction work expe which are otherwise Inadequate for pro rience or training for unemployed fathers and needy people (Title V). (21) Housing Act of 1964 (42 US.C. 1486(f); 42 U.S.C. 14S2b(e)). Provides financial assistance for low-rent housing for domestic farm labor. The Act fur ther provides for loans, through public or private agencies, w'here feasible, to owners or tenants of property in urban renewal areas to finance rehabilitation required to conform the property to ap plicable code requirements or carry out posed dwellings used by such families. (29) College Housing Act of 1950, as amended (12 VJS.C. 1749a(f)>. This act provides for Federal loans to assist edu cational institutions in providing hous ing and other educational facilities for students and faculties. (30) Housing and Urban Development Act of 1965 (42 VJS.C. 1500C-3, 3107). This act provides for Federal assistance for the following purposes: ^ (1) Grants to States and local public tidies to assist in any construction work the objectives of the urban renewal plan to be carried out under the open-space for the area. land and urban beautification provisions CAPCO JEN 0001741 6 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS contained therein. It provides for parks associations thereof to assist in construc 1416). This act provides for Federal as and recreation areas, conservation of tion and equipment of facilities in con sistance for the following purposes: land and other natural resources, and nection with research, training, demon (i) Grants to assist In the construc historical and scenic purposes. stration of patient care, diagnostic and tion, rehabilitation, alteration, or repair oi) Grants to local public bodies and treatment related to heart disease, dan of residential property only if such resi agencies to finance specific project for cer, stroke, and other major diseases. dential property Ls designed for residen basic public water facilities (including (35) Mental Retardation Facilities and tial use for eight or more families to works for the storage, treatment, purifi Community Mental Health Centers Con enable city demonstration agencies to cation. and distribution of water), and struction Act Amendments of 1965 (20 carry out comprehensive city demonstra for basic public sewer facilities (other US.C. 61S(p)). Thece provisions provide tion programs (42 U.S.C. 3310). than "treatment works" as defined In for grants to institutions of higher edu (ii) Amends the National Housing Act the Federal Water Pollution Control cation for construction of facilities for (12 U.S.C. 1715c) and the Housing Act Act'. research or for research and related pur of 1937 (42 US.C. 1416). See these acts (iii) Grants to any local public body poses relating to education for mentally for coverage. or agency to assist in financing neigh retarded, hard of hearing, deaf, speech (45) Air Quality Act of t967 (42 U.S.C. borhood facilities. These facilities must impaired, visually handicapped, seriously 1857j-3). This act provides for Federal be necessary for carrying out a program emotionally disturbed, crippled, or other assistance to public or nonprofit agen of health, recreational, social, or similar health impaired children who by reason cies, institutions, and organizations and community service and located so as to thereof require special education. to individuals, and contracts with public be available for the use of the area's low (36) Vocational Rehabilitation Act or private agencies, institutions, or per or moderate income residents. Amendments of 1965 (29 U.S.C. sons for construction of research and de (31) National Foundation on the Arts 4fa(b)(4>>. This act authorizes grants velopment facilities and demonstration and the Humanities Act of 1965 (20 to assist in meeting the costs of con plants relating to the application of pre U.S.C. 954Uc)). The act establishes the struction of public or other nonprofit venting or controlling discharges into the "National Foundation on the Arts and workshops and rehabilitation facilities. air of various types of pollutants. the Humanities" which may provide (37) Clean Air and Solid Waste Dis (46) Elementary and Secondary Edu matching grants to groups (nonprofit posal Acts (42 US.C. 3256). This act cation Amendments of 1967 (rifle V//-- organizations and State and other public provides for financial assistance to pub Bilingual Education Act) (20 UJS.C. organizations) and to individuals en lic (Federal. State, Interstate, or local) 880b-6). This act provides for Federal gaged in creative and performing arts for authorities, agencies, and institutions, assistance to local educational agencies the entire range of artistic activity, private agencies and institutions, and or to an institution of higher education including construction of necessary individuals in the construction of facili applying jointly with a local educational facilities. ties for solid-waste disposal. The term agency for minor remodeling projects in (32) PuWic Works and Economic De construction includes the installation of connection with bilingual education pro velopment Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3222). initial equipment. grams to meet the special needs of chil This act provides for Federal assistance (38) Medical Library Assistance Act dren with limited English-speaking abil for the following purposes: of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 280b-3(b) (3>). This ity in the United States. (i) Grants for the acquisition or act provides for grarts to public or pri (47) Vocational Rehabilitation Amend development of land or improvements vate r.on-profit agencies or institutions ments of 1967 (29 U.S.C. 42a(c)(3)>. for public works or development facility for the cost of construction of medical This act authorizes Federal assistance to usagz in redevelopment areas. It author library facility. any public or nonprofit private agency izes loans to assist in financing the pur (39) Veterans Nursing Home Care Act or organization for the construction of a chase or development of land for public (38 U.S.C. 5035(a)(8)). The construction center for vocational rehabilitation of works which will assist in the creation industry health and safety standards do handicapped individuals who are both of long-term employment opportunities not apply to this act since it is not sub deaf and blind which shall be known as in the area. ject to Reorganization Plan No. 14 of the National Center for Deaf-Blind <ii) Loans for the purchase or develop 1950. Youths and Adults. Construction in ment of land and facilities (including (40) National Capital Transportation cludes new buildings and expansion, re machinery' and equipment) for industrial Act of 1965 (40 U.S.C. 682(b)(4)). This modeling, alteration and renovation of or commercial usage within redevelop act provides for Federal assistance to the existing buildings, and initial equipment ment areas: guarantee of loans for work National Capital Transportation Agency of such new, newly acquired, expanded, ing capital made to private borrowers by for construction of a rail rapid transit remodeled, altered, or renovated private lending institutions in connection system and related facilities for the buildings. with direct loan projects; and to contract Nation's Capital. (48) National Visitor Center Facilities to pay to, or on behalf of, business enti (41) Alaska Centennial--1967 (80 Act of 1968 (40 US.C. 808). This act au ties locating in redevelopment areas, a Stat. 82). The program under this legis thorizes agreements and leases with the portion of the interest costs which they lation lias expired. owner of property in the District of Co incur in financing their expansions from (42) .'fodel Secondary School for the lumbia known as Union Station for the private sources. Deaf Act (80 Stat. 1028). This act pro use of all or a part of such property for (iii) Loans and grants to create eco vides for funds to establish and operate, a national visitor center to be known as nomic development centers within desig Including construction and initial equip the National Visitor Center. The agree nated county economic development ment of new buildings, expansion, re ments and leases shall provide for such districts. modeling, and alteration of existing alterations of the Union Station Build (33) High-Speed Ground Transporta buildings and equipment thereof, a model ing as necessary to provide adequate fa tion Study (40 U.S.C. 1636(b)). This act secondary school for the deaf to serve the cilities for visitors. They also provide for provides for financial assistance for con residents of the District of Columbia and the construction of a parking facility, in struction activities in connection with nearby States. cluding necessary approaches and ramps. research and development of different forms of high-speed ground transporta tion and demonstration projects relating to intercity rail passenger service. (43) Allied Health Professions Per sonnel Training Act of 1966 (42 UJS.C. 295h(b)(2)()). This act provides for grants to assist in the construction of (49) Juvenile Delinquency Prevention and Control Act of 1968 (42 US.C. 3843). This act provides for Federal grants to State, county, municipal, or other public (34) Heart Disease, Cancer and Stroke Amendments of 196S (42 U.S.C. 299(b) (<)). This act provides for grants to public or nonprofit private universi ties, medical schools, research institu tions, hospitals, and other public and new facilities for training centers for agency or combination thereof for the allied health professions, or replacement or rehabilitation of existing facilities for such centers. construction of facilities to be used In connection with rehabilitation services (44) Demonstration Cities and Metro for the diagnosis, treatment, and rehabil politan Development Act of 1966 (42 itation of delinquent youths and youths nonprofit agencies and institutions, or U.S.C. 3310; 12 UJS.C. 1715c; 42 US.C. In danger of becoming delinquent. \ CAPCO JEN 0001742 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 7 (50) Housing and Urban Development ments of 1970 (Public Law 91517, section contract involving the furnishing of sup Act of 1968 (including New Communities 135(a)(5)). This Act authorizes grants plies or materials win be considered a Act of 1968) (42 U.S.C. 3909). This act to States for construction of facilities for "subcontractor" under this part and sec provides for Federal assistance for the the provision of services to persons witn tion 107 if the work in question involves following purposes: developmental disabilities who are un the performance of construction work (1) Guarantees, and commitments to able to pay for such services. and is to be performed: (1) Directly on guarantee, the bonds, debentures, notes, (58) Rail Passenger Service Act of or near the construction site, or (2) by and other obligations Issued by new com 1970 (PublicLaw91-518,section405(d)>. the employer for the specific project on munity developers to help finance new This statute provides that the National a customized basis. Thus, a supplier of community development projects. Railroad Passenger Corporation may materials w-hich will become an integral (ii) Amends section 212(a) of the Na construct physical facilities necessary to part of the construction is a "subcontrac tional Housing Act, adding section 236 intercity rail passenger operations within tor" if the supplier fabricates or assem for "Rental Housing for Lower Income the basic national rail passenger sys bles the goods or materials in question Families" and section 242 "Mortgage In tem designated by the Secretary of specifically for the construction project surance for Nonprofit Hospitals" thereto. Transportation. and the work involved may be said to (51) Public Health Service Act Amend (c) VA and FHA housing. In the be construction activity. If the goods or ment (Alcoholic and Narcotic Addict Re course of the legislative development of materials in question are ordinarily sold habilitation Amendments of 1968) (42 section 107, it was recognized that sec to other customers from regular inven U. S.C. 2681, et sec.). This act provides tion 107 would not apply to housing con tory, the supplier is not a "subcontrac for grants to a public and nonprofit pri struction for which insurance was issued tor." Generally, the furnishing of pie- vate agency or organization for construc by the Federal Housing Authority and stressed concrete beams and prestressed tion projects consisting of any facilities Veterans' Administration for individual structural steel would be considered (including post-hospitalization treat home ownership. Concerning construc manufacturing; therefore a supplier ment facilities for the prevention and tion under the National Housing Act, of such materials would not be con treatment of alcoholism or treatment) of Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950 ap sidered a "subcontractor." An exam narcotic addicts. plies to construction which is subject to ple of material supplied "for the specific (52) Vocational Education Amend the minimum wage requirements of sec project on a customized basis" as that ments of 1968 (20 U.S.C. 124$). This act tion 212(a) thereof (12 U.S.C. 17150. phrase is used in this section would be provides for grants to States for the con struction of area vocational education school facilities. The act further pro 1926.13 Interpretation terms. of statutory ventilating ducts, fabricated in a shop away from the construction jobsite and specifically cut for the project according vides grants to public educational agen (a) The terms "construction," "alter to design specifications. On the other cies, organizations, or institutions for ation," and "repair" used in section 107 hand. If a contractor buys standard size construction of residential schools to of the Act are also used In section 1 of nailsfiom a foundry, the foundry would provide vocational education for the pur the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a), not be a covered "subcontractor." Ordi pose of demonstrating the feasibility and providing minimum wage protection on narily a contract for the supplying of desirability of such schools. The act still Federal construction contracts, and sec construction equipment to a contractor further provides grants to State boards, tion 1 of the Miller Act (40 U.S.C. 270a). would not. in and of itself, be considered to colleges and universities, to public providing performance and payment a ''subcontractor" for purposes of this educational agencies, organizations or bond protection on Federal construction parti Institutions to reduce the cost of borrow contracts. Similarly, the terms "contrac ing funds for the construction of resi dential schools and dormitories. tor" and "subcontractor" are used in 1926.14 Federal contract for '`mixed** those statutes, as well as in Copeland tjpes of performance. (53) Postal Reorganization Act (39 (Anti-Kickback) Act (40 U.S.C. 276c) (a) It Is the Intent of the Congress V. S.C. 410(d) (2)). This Act provides for and the Contract Work Hours and Safety to provide safety and health protection construction, modification, alteration, Standards Act Itself, which apply con of Federal, federally financed, or fed repair, and other improvements of postal currently with the Miller Act and the erally assisted construction. See, for ex facilities located in leased buildings. Davis-Bacon Act on Federal construction ample, H. Report. No. 91-241, 91st Cong., (54) Airport and Airway Development contracts and also apply to most fed first session, p. 1 (1969). Thus, It Is clear Act of 1970 (Public laio 91-258, section erally assisted construction contracts. that when a Federal contract calls for 52(b) (7)). This Act provides for Federal The use of the same or Identical terms in mixed types of performance, such as financial assistance to States and locali these statutes which apply concurrently both manufacturing and construction, ties for the construction, improvement, with section 107 of the Act have consid section 107 would apply to the construc or repair of public airports. erable precedential value In ascertaining tion. By Its express terms, section 107 (55) (0 Public Law 91-230. This Act the coverage of section 107. applies to a contract which is "for con provides for federal financial assistance (b) It should be noted that section 1 struction, alteration, and/or repair." to institutions of higher learning for the of the Davis-Bacon Act limits minimum Such a contract Is not required to be construction of a' National' Center on wage protection to laborers and me exclusively for such services. The appli Educational Media and Materials for the chanics "employed directly" upon the cation of the section is not limited to Handicapped. The program under this "site of the work." There Is no compa contracts which permit an overall char statute expires on July 1, 1971. Public rable limitation In section 107 of the Act. acterization as "construction contracts." Law 91-230, section 662(1). Section 107 expressly requires as a self The text of section 107 Is not so limited. (li) Education of the Handicapped Act (20 US.C. 12326, 1404(a)). This Act provides for financial assistance to States for construction, expansion, remodeling, or alteration of facilities for the educa tion of handicapped children at the pre school, elementary school, and secondary school levels. executing condition of each covered con tract that no contractor or subcontractor shall require "any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of the con tract to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsani tary, hazardous, or dangerous to his health or safety" as these health and (b) When the mixed types of per formances include both construction and manufacturing, see also 8 1926.15(b) concerning the relationship between the Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act and section 107 1926.15 Relationship to the Sen ice (56) Housing and Urban Development Act of 1970 (Public Law 91-609, section safety standards are applied in the rules of the Secretary of Labor. Contract Act; WaUh-IIealey Public Contracts Act. 707(b)). This Act provides for grants to States and local public agencies to help finance the development of open-space or other land In urban areas for open- space uses. This Act becomes effective on July 1.1971. (57) Developmental Disabilities Serv (c) The term "subcontractor" under section 107 is considered to mean a per son who agrees to perform any part of the labor or material requirements of a contract for construction, alteration or repair. Cf. MacEvoy Co. v. United States, 322 U.S. 102, 108-9 (1944). A person who (a) A contract for "construction" is one for nonpersonal service. See, e.g., 41 CFR 1-1.208. Section 2(e) of the Service Contract Act of 1965 requires as a con dition of every Federal contract (and bid specification therefor) exceeding $2,500, the "principal purpose" of which ices and Facilities Construction Amend undertakes to perform * 'ortion of a is to furnish services to the United States CAPCO JEN 0001743 8 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS through the use of "service employees." obligations under the standards con safety and health training programs the that certain safety and health standards tained in this part, whether or not he Director provides. be met. See 29 CFR Part 1925. which subcontracts any part of the work. (2) The employer shall Instruct each contains the Department rules concern (c) To the extent that a subcontractor employee in the recognition and avoid ing these standards. Section 7 of the of any tier agrees to perform any part of ance of unsafe conditions and the regu Service Contract Act provides that the the contract, he also assumes responsi lations applicable to his work environ Act shall not apply to "any contract of bility for complying with the standards ment to control or eliminate any hazards the United States or District of Colum in this part with respect to that part. or other exposure to illness or injury. bia for construction, alteration, and/or Thus, the prime contractor assumes the (3) Employees required to handle or repair, including painting and decorating entire responsibility under the contract use poisons, caustics, and other harmful of public buildings or public works/' It and the subcontractor assumes responsi substances shall be instructed regarding Is clear from the legislative history of bility with respect to his portion of the the safe handling and use, and be made section 107 that no gaps in coverage work. With respect to subcontracted aware of the potential hazards, personal between the two statutes are intended. work, the prime contractor and any sub hygiene, and personal protective meas (b) The Walsh-Healey Public Con contractor or subcontractors shall be ures required. tracts Act requires that contracts en deemed to have joJnt responsibility. (4) In Job site areas where harmful tered into by any Federal agency for the <d> Where Joint responsibility exists, plants or animals are present, employees manufacture or furnishing of materials, both the prime contractor and his sub who may be exposed shall be instructed supplies, articles, and equipment in any contractor or subcontractors, regardless regarding the potential hazards, and how amount exceeding $10,000 must contain, of tier, shall be considered subject to the to avoid injury, and the first aid proce among other provisions, a requirement enforcement provisions of the Act. dures to be used in the event of injury. that "no part of such contract will be performed nor will any of the mate Subport C--General Safety and (5) Employees required to handle or use flammable liquids, gases, or toxic rials, supplies, articles or equipment to Health Provisions materials shall be instructed in the safe be manufactured or furnished under said contract be manufactured or fabricated In any plants, factories, buildings, or surroundings or under working condi tions which are unsanitary or hazardous or dangerous to the health and safety of employees engaged in the perform ance of said contract." The rules of the Secretary concerning these stand ards are published in 41 CFR Part 50204. and express the Secretary of Labor's interpretation and application of section He) of the Walsh-Healey Public Con tracts Act to certain particular working conditions. None of the described work ing conditions are intended to deal with construction activities, although such activities may conceivably be a part of a contract which is subject to the WalshHealey Public Contracts Act. Neverthe less, such activities remain subject to the general statutory duty prescribed by sec tion 1(e). Section 303(b) of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act provides, among other things, that the Act shall not apply to any work required to be done in accordance with the pro visions of the Walsh-Healey Public Con tracts Act. 1926.16 Rule* of cofisirMctioit. (a) The prime contractor and any subcontractors -may make their own 1926.20 General pro* isiom. safely uml health handling and use of these materials and made aware of the specific requirements contained in Subparts D, F, and other (a) Contractor requirements. (1) Sec applicable subparts of this part. tion 107 of the Act requires that it shall be a condition of each contract which is entered into under legislation subject to (6) (i) All employees required to en ter into confined or enclosed spaces shall be instructed as to the nature of the Reorganization Plan Number 14 of 1950 hazards involved, the necessary precau (64 Stat. 1267), as defined in 51926.12. and is for construction, alteration, and/ tions to be taken, and in the use of pro tective and emergency equipment re or repair, including painting and deco rating. that no contractor or subcontrac tor for any part of the contract work shall require any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of the con quired. The employer shall comply with any specific regulations that apply to work in dangerous or potentially danger ous areas. (ii) For purposes of subdivision (i) of tract to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his health or this subparagTaph, "confined or enclosed space" means any space having a limited means of egress, which Is subject to the safety. (b) Accident pretention responsibili accumulation of toxic or flammable con taminants or has an oxygen deficient at ties. (1) It shall be the responsibility of the employer to Initiate and maintain mosphere. Confined or enclosed spaces include, but are not limited to, storage such programs as may be necessary to tanks, process vessels, bins, boilers, comply with this part. (2) Such programs shall provide for frequent and regular inspections of the job sites, materials, and equipment to be made by competent persons desig ventilation or exhaust ducts, sewers, underground utility vaults, tunnels, pipe lines, and open top spaces more than 4 feet in depth such as pits, tubs, vaults, and vessels. nated by the employers. (3) The use of any machinery, tool, material, or equipment which is not in compliance with any applicable require ment of this part is .prohibited. Such | 1926.22 Recording and reporting of injuries. [Reserved] arrangements with respect to obligations which might be more appropriately treated on a Jobsite basis rather than machine, tool, material, or equipment shall either be identified as unsafe by tagging or locking the controls to render 1926.23 First aid and medical at* tention. individually. Thus, for example, the them inoperable or shall be physically First aid services and provisions for prime contractor and his subcontractors removed from its place of operation. medical care shall be made available by may wish to make an express agreement the employer for every employee covered that the prime contractor or one of the subcontractors will provide all required first-aid or toilet facilities, thus relieving the subcontractors from the actual, but not any legal, responsibility (or, as the (4) The employer shall permit only those employees qualified by training or experience to operate equipment and machinery. by these regulations. Regulations pre scribing specific requirements for first aid, medical attention, and emergency facilities are contained in Subpart D of this part. case may be. relieving the other subcon tractors from this responsibility). In no case shall the prime contractor be re lieved of overall responsibility for com pliance with the requirements of this part for all work to be performed under the contract. (b) By contracting for full perform ance of a contract subject to section 107 1926.21 Sufel) training anti education. 1926.24 Fire protection and preven (a) General requirements. The Direc tion. tor shall, pursuant to section 107(f) of the Act, establish and supervise programs for the education and training of em ployers and employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe con ditions in employments covered by the The employer shall be responsible for the development and maintenance of an effective fire protection and prevention program at the Job site throughout ell phases of the construction, repair, altera tion, or demolition work. The employer act. Shall ensure the availability of the fire of the Act. the prime contractor assumes (b> Employer responsibility. (1) The protection and suppression equipment all obligations prescribed as employer employer should avail himself of the required by Subpart F of this part. CAPCO JEN 0001744 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 9 1926.25 Housekeeping. (b) Applicable safety and health mechanic and the contractor or subcon (a) During the course of construction, standards. For the purpose of work car tractor who engaged him. "Laborer and alteration, or repairs, form and scrap ried out under this section, the safety mechanic" are not defined in the Act, but lumber with protruding nails, and all other debris, shall be kept cleared from work areas, passageways, and stairs, in and around buildings or other structures. (b) Combustible scrap and debris shall and health regulations promulgated by the Secretary of Labor shall apply: Part 1915 of this title. Safety and Health Regulations for Ship Repairing, and Part (916 of this title. Safety and Health the identical terms are used in the DavisBacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a>, which pro vides for minimum wage protection on Federal and federally assisted construc tion contracts. The use of the same term be removed at regular intervals during the course of construction. Safe means shall be provided to facilitate such removal. <c> Containers shall be provided for the collection and separation of waste, Regulations for Shipbuilding. 1926.31 Incorporation by reference. (a) The specifications, standards and codes of agencies of the UjS. Govern ment and organizations w'hlch are not in a statute which often applies concur rently with section 107 of the Act has considerable precedential value in ascer taining the meaning of "laborer and me chanic" as used in the Act. "Laborer" generally means one who performs man trash, oily and used rags, and other ref agencies of the XJjS. Government, to the ual labor or who labors at an occupation use. Containers used for garbage and extent they are legally incorporated by requiring physical strength; "mechanic" other oily, flammable, or hazardous reference in this part, have the same wastes, such as caustics, acids, harmful force and effect as other standards in dusts, etc. shall be equipped with covers. this part. The locations where these generally means a worker skilled with tools. See 18 Comp. Gen. 341. Garbage and other waste shall be dis specifications, standards, and codes may posed of at frequent and regular be examined are as follows: intervals. (1) Offices of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of 1926,26 Illumination. Labor. Railway Labor Duilding. Washington. DC 20210. Construction areas, aisles, stairs, (2) The Regional and Held Offices of the ramps, runways, corridors, offices, shops, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (J) "Employer" means contractor or subcontractor within Uie meaning of the Act and of this part. (k) "Hazardous substance" means a substance wrhich,'by reason of being ex plosive, flammable, poisonous, corrosive, oxidizing, irritating, or otherwise harm and storage areas where work Is in prog which are listed in the U.S. Government Manual ful, is likely to cause death or injury. ress shall be lighted with either natural 1970-71. at page 17J (l) "Qualified" means one who, by or artificial illumination. The minimum (b) Any changes in the specifications, illumination requirements for work areas standards and codes Incorporated by are contained in Subpart D of this part. reference in this part and an official his 1926.27 Sanitation. Health and sanitation requirements for drinking water are contained in Subpart D of this part. toric file of such changes are available at the offices referred to in paragraph (a) of this section. All questions as to the applicability of such changes should also be referred to these offices. 1926.28 Personal mcnU protective equip* 1926.32 Definitions. (a) The employer is responsible for requiring the wearing of appropriate personal protective equipment In all operations where there Is an exposure to hazardous conditions and where this part indicates the need for using such equipment to reduce the hazards to the employees. (b) Regulations governing the use, selection, and maintenance of personal protective and lifesaving equipment are described under Subpart E of this part. The following definitions shall apply in the application of the regulations in this part: (a) "Act" means section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Stand ards Act, commonly known as the Con struction Safety Act (86 Stat. 96; 40 U.S.C. 333). (b) "ANSI1' means American National Standards Institute. (c) "Approved" means sanctioned, en dorsed, accredited, certified, or accepted as satisfactory by a duly constituted and possession of a recognized degree, certif icate, or professional standing, or who by extensive knowledge, training, and experience, has successfully demon strated his ability to solve or resolve problems relating to the subject matter, the work, or the project. (m) "Safety factor" means the ratio of the ultimate breaking strength of a member or piece of material or equip ment to the actual working stress or safe load when In use. (n) "Secretary" means the Secretary of Labor. (o) "SAE" means Society of Auto motive Engineers. (p) "Shall" means mandatory. (q) "Should"means recommended. (r) "Suitable" means that which fits, and has the qualities or qualifications to meet a given purpose, occasion, condi tion, function, or circumstance. 1926.29 Acceptable certifications. nationally recognized authority or (a) Pressure vessels. Current and valid c-errificaUon by.an insurance company or regulatory authority shall be deemed as acceptable evidence of safe Installation, Inspection, testing of pressure vessels provided by the employer. (b> Boilers. Boilers provided by the employer shall be deemed to be in com pliance writh the requirements of this part when evidence of current and valid certification by an insurance company or regulatory authority attesting to the safe installation. Inspection, and testing is presented. (c) Other reQuirements. Regulations prescribing specific requirements for other types of pressure vessels and simi lar equipment are contained in Subparts F and O of this part. agency. (d) "Authorized person" means a per son approved or assigned bythe employer to perform a specific type of duty or duties or to be at a specific location or locations at the jobsite. (e) "Bureau" means the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. (f) "Competent person" means one wrho is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surround ings or working conditions wrhich are un sanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to em ployees. and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. (g) "Defect" means any characteristic or condition which tends to weaken or reduce the strength of the tool, object, or structure of u'hich It is a part. Subpart D--Occupational Health and Environmental Controls 1926.50 Medical *cnicc* unci fn>t aid. (a) The employer shall insure the availability of medical personnel for ad vice and consultation on matters of oc cupational health. <b) Provisions shall be made prior to commencement of the project for prompt medical attention in case of serious injury. (c) In the absence of an infirmary, clinic, hospital, or physician that is rea sonably accessible in terms of time and distance to the worksite which is avail able for the treatment of injured em ployees, a person who has a valid certif icate In first-aid training from the U.S. Bureau of Mines, the American Red 1926.30 Shipbuilding and ship re (h) "Designated person" means "au- Cross, or equivalent training that can be pairing. thorized person" as defined in paragraph; verified by documentary evidence shall (a) General. Shipbuilding, ship re (d) of this section. be available at the worksite to render pairing, alterations, and maintenance (i) "Employee" means every laborer or .first aid. performed on ships under Government mechanic under the Act regardless of the (d) (1) First-aid supplies approved by contract, except naval ship construction, contractual relationship which may be the consulting physician shall be easily is work subject to the Act. alleged to exist between the laborer and accessible when required. CAPCO JEN 0001745 10 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (2) The first-aid kit shall consist of materials approved by the consulting physician in a weatherproof container with individual sealed packages for each type of item. The contents of the firstaid kit shall be checked by the employer before being sent out on each job and at least weekly on each Job to ensure that the expended Items are replaced. (e) Proper equipment for prompt transportation of the injured person to a physician or hospital, or a communica tion system for contacting necessary ambulance service, shall be provided. (f) The telephone numbers of the doc tors. hospital and ambulances shall be conspicuously posted. 1926.51 Sanitation. <a) Potable tcafer. (1) An adequate supply of potable water shall be provided in all places of employment. (2) Portable containers used to dis pense drinking water shall be capable of being tightly closed, and equipped with a tap. Water shall not be dipped from containers. (3) Any container used to distribute drinking water shall be clearly marked as to the nature of its contents and not used for any other purpose. (4) The common drinking cup Is pro hibited. (5) Where single service cups (to be used but once) are supplied, both a sani tary container for the unused cups and a receptacle for disposing of the used cups shall be provided. (b) Nonpotable tuafer. (1) Outlets for nonpotable water, such as water for in dustrial or firefighting purposes only, shall be identified by signs meeting the requirements of Subpart G of this part, to indicate clearly that the water Is unsafe and is not to be used for drink ing, washing, or cooking purposes. (2) There shall be no cross-connection, open or potential, between a system fur nishing potable water and a system fur nishing nonDotable water. ic) Toilets at construction jobsites. (1) Toilets shall be provided for em ployees according to the following table: Number of employees 20 or lest.. '20 or more. 200 or more. Table t>-l Minimum number of facilities l. 1 toilet seat and 1 urinal per 40 workers. 1 toilet seat and 1 urinal per 50 workers. (2) Under temporary field conditions, provisions shall be made to assure not less than one toilet facility Is available. (3) Job sites, not provided with a san itary sewer, shall be provided with one of the following toilet facilities unless prohibited by local codes: (1) Privies (where their use will not contaminate ground or surface water); (11) Chemical toilets; (ill) Recirculating toilets; (iv) Combustion toilets. <d) Food handling. All employees' food service facilities and operations shall meet the applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations of the Jurisdictions in which they are located. (e) Temporary sleeping quarters. When temporary sleeping quarters are provided, they shall be heated, ventilated, and lighted. (1) Washing facilities. The employer shall provide adequate washing facilities 110 dbA ft hour. 100 dbA ft hour. 00 dbA 1ft hours. ft ft 1ft /*.=-+-+--- ft 2 8 F =0.500 + 0.25 + 0.188 for employees engaged in the application F,=0.938 of paints, coating, herbicides, or insecti Since the value of F does not exceed cides. or in other operations where con unity, the exposure is within permissible taminants may be harmful to the em limits. ployees. Such facilities shall be In near (e) Exposure to impulsive or Impact proximity to the worksite and shall be so noise should not exceed 140 dB peak equipped as to enable employees to re sound pressure level. move such substances. <g) [Revoked! 1926.53 Ionizing radiation. (a) In construction and related ac 1926.52 Occupational noise exposure, tivities involving the use of sources of Ionizing radiation, the pertinent provi (a) Protection against the effects of sions of the Atomic Energy Commis noise exposure shall be provided when sion's Standards for Protection Against the sound levels exceed those shown in Radiation (10 CFR Part 20), relating tor Table D-2 of this section when meas protection against occupational radia ured on the A-scale of a standard sound tion exposure, shall apply. level meter at slow response. (b) When employees are subjected to sound levels exceeding those listed in Table D-2 of this section, feasible ad ministrative or engineering controls shall be utilized. If such controls fail to reduce sound levels within the levels of the table, personal protective equipment as required In Subpart E. shall be pro vided and used to reduce sound levels within the levels of the table. (c) If the variations In noise level in volve maxima at Intervals of 1 second (b) Any activity which involves the use of radioactive material or X-ray, w'hethor or not under license from the Atomic Energy Commission, shall be per formed by competent persons specially trained in the proper and safe operation of such equipment. In the case of ma terials used under Commission license, only persons actually licensed, or compe tent persons under direction and super vision of the licensee, shall perform such work. or less, it is to be considered continuous. (d) (1) In all cases where the sound 1926.54 Nonionizing radiation. levels exceed the values shown herein, a (a) Only qualified and trained em continuing, effective hearing conserva ployees shall be assigned to Install, ad tion program shall be administered. just. and operate laser equipment. (D) Proof of qualification of the laser Table D-2--Permissible Noise Exposures equipment operator shall be available Sound level and in possession of operator at all times. &BA sloxo <c) Employees, when working in areas Dur&tlou per day. hours: Response In which & potential exposure to direct 8 .................................................................... 00 or reflected laser light greater than 0.005 6 .................................................................... 02 watts (5 milliwatts) exists, shall be pro 4 .................................................................... 3 ......................................................... -____ 2 ..................................................................lft ................................................................... 85 07 100 102 vided with antllaser eye protection de vices as specified In Subpart E of this part. l ........................................................................ 105 (d) Areas In which lasers are used ft .................................................... no shall be posted with standard laser ft or less----------.........---------- --- 115 warning placards. (e) Beam shutters or caps shall be (2) <i) When the dally noise exposure is composed of tw'obrlftSrfe'periods Of noise exposure of different levels, their combined effect should be considered, rather than the individual effect of each. Exposure to different levels for various periods of time shall be computed ac cording to the formula set forth in sub division (11) of this subparagraph. <U) F,=--+--+ +-- where: L` L` K F,=The equivalent noise exposure factor. T=Tbe period of noise exposure at any essentially constant level. l,=The duration of the permissible noise exposure at the constant level (from Table D-2). If the value of F, exceeds unity (1) the exposure exceeds permissible levels. utilized, or the laser turned off. when laser transmission Is not actually "re quired. When the laser Is left unattended for a substantial period of time, suen as during lunch hour, overnight, or at change of shifts, the laser shall be turned off. (f) only mechanical or electrxnle means shall be used as & detector for guiding the Internal alignment of the laser. <g> The laser beam shall not be di rected at employees. (h> When it is raining or snowing, or when theie Is dust or fog in the air. the operation of laser systems shall be pro hibited where practicable; In any event, employees shall be kept out of range of the area of source and target during, such weather conditions. (ill) A sample computation showing an application of the formula in subdivi sion (U) of this paragraph Is as follows. An employee Is exposed at these levels for these periods: . (l) Laser equipment shall bear a label to Indicate maximum output. <j> Employees shall not oe exposed to light Intensities above: CAPCO JEN 0001746 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 11 (1) Direct staring: 1 micro-watt per square centimeter; (2) Incidental observing: 1 milliwatt per square centimeter; (3) Diffused reflected light: 2Vi watte per square centimeter. (k) Laser unit in operation should be set up above the heads of the employees, when possible. (l) Employees shall not be exposed to microwave power densities in excess of 10 milliwatts per square centimeter. 1926.55 Cases, vapors, fumes, dusts, and mists. 10------ ....General construction plant and shops (eg., batch plants, screening plants, mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, carpenter shops, rig ging lofts and active store rooms, barracks or living quarters, locker or dressing rooms, mess halls, and In door toilets and workrooms). 80___..... First aid stations, infirmaries, and offices. (b) Other areas. For areas or oper ations not covered above, refer to the American National Standard All. 1-1965, R19T0, Practice for Industrial Lighting, for recommended values of illumination. (a) Exposure of employees to inhala tion, ingestion, skin absorption, or con tact with any material or substance at a concentration above those specified in the `Threshold Limit Values of Airborne Contaminants for 1910'* of the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, shall be avoided. (b> To achieve compliance with para graph (a) of this section, administrative or engineering controls must first be im plemented whenever feasible. When such controls are not feasible to achieve full compliance, protective equipment or other protective measures shall be used to keep the exposure of employees to air contaminants within the limits pre scribed in this section. Any equipment and technical measures used for this pur pose must first be approved for each particular use by a competent industrial hygienist or other technically qualified person. Whenever respirators are used, their use shall comply with S 1926.103. (c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this sec tion do not apply to the exposure of em ployees to airborne asbestos dust. When ever any employee Is exposed to airborne asbestos dust, the requirements of f 3910.93a of this tiUe shall apply. . 1926.56 Illumination. (a) General. Construction areas, ramps, runways, corridors, offices, shops, and storage areas shall be lighted to not less than the minimum Illumination in tensities listed in Table D~3 while any work is in progress: Table D-3--Minimum Illumination Intensities in Foot-Candies Foot-candl: Area or operation 5------------- - General construction area lighting. 8 General construction area*, concrete placement, excava tion and waste areas, accessways, active storage areas, loading platforms, refueling, and field maintenance areas. S._.______ Indoors: warehouses, corridors, hallways, and exltways. 6--------.... Tunnels, shafts, and general underground work areas: (Exception: minimum of 10 foot-candles Is required at tunnel and shaft heading during drilling, mucldng, and scaling. Bureau of Mines approved cap lights shall be acceptable tor Use In the tunnel heading.) 1926.57 Ventilation. (a) General. Whenever hazardous sub stances such as dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases exist or are produced in the course of construction work, their concentrations shall not exceed the lim its specified in 1926.55(a). When venti lation is used as an engineering control method, the system shall be Installed and operated according to the requirements of this section. <b> Local exhaust ventilation. Local exhaust ventilation when us&d as de scribed in (a) shall be designed to pre vent dispersion Into the air of dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, and gases in con centrations causing harmful exposure. Such exhaust systems shall be so de signed that dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases are not drawn through the work area of employees. (c) Design and operation. Exhaust fans, jets, ducts, hoods, separators, and all necessary appurtenances, including refuse receptacles, shall be so designed, constructed, maintained and operated as to ensure the required protection by maintaining a volume and velocity of ex haust air sufficient to gather dusts, fumes, vapors, or gases from said equip ment or process, and to convey them to suitable points of safe disposal, thereby preventing their dispersion In harmful quantities into the atmosphere where employees work. (d> Duration of operations. (1) The exhaust system shall be in operation con tinually during all operations which K is designed to serve. II the employee re mains In the contaminated wme, the sys tem shall continue to operate after the cessation of said operations, the length of time to depend upon the individual circumstances and effectiveness of the general ventilation system. (2) Since dust capable of causing dis ability is, according to the best medical opinion, of microscopic size, tending to remain for hours In suspension in still air, it is essential that the exhaust sys tem be continued in operation for a time after the work process or equipment served by the 6ame shall have ceased, in order to ensure the removal of the harm ful elements to the required extent. For the same reason, employees wearing res piratory equipment should not remove same Immediately until the atmosphere seems clear. (e) Disposal of exhaust materials. The air outlet from every dust separator, and the dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases collected by an exhaust or ventilating system shall discharge to the outside at mosphere. Collecting systems which re turn air to work area may be used If concentrations which accumulate In the work area air do not result in harmful exposure to employees. Dust and refuse discharged from an exhaust system shall be disposed of In such a manner that it will not result in harmful exposure to employees. 1926.58 [Revoked] Subporf E---Personal Protective and Life Saving Equipment 1926.100 Head protection. (a) Employees working in areas where there is a possible danger of head injury from impact, or from falling or flying objects, or from electrical shock and bums, shall be protected by protective helmets. (b) Helmets for the protection of em ployees against impact and penetration of falling and flying objects shall meet the specifications containedln American National Standards Institute, Z89.11969, Safely Requirements for Industrial Head Protection. (c) Helmets for the head protection of employees exposed to high voltage elec trical shock and bums shall meet the specifications contained in American Na tional Standards Institute, Z89.2-1970. 1926.101 Hearing protection. (a) Wherever it is not feasible to re duce the noise levels or duration of expo sures to those specified in Table D-2, Permissible Noise Exposures, In 1 1926.52, ear protective devices shall be provided and used. (b) Ear protective devices inserted in the ear shall be fitted or determined In dividually by competent persons. (c) Plain cotton Is not an acceptable protective device. 1926.102 Eye and face protection. (a) General. (1) Employees shall be provided with eye and face protection equipment when machines or operations present potential eye or face lnlury from physical, chemical, or radiation agents. (2) Eye and face protection equipment required by this Part shall meet the re quirements specified in American Na tional Standards Institute, Z87.1-1968, Practice for Occupational and Educa tional Eye and Face Protection. (3) Employees whose vision requires the use of corrective lenses in spectacles, when required by this regulation to wear eye protection, shall be protected by gog gles or spectacles of one of the following types: CAPCO JEN 0001747 12 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS a 2 O a0 TD S P < < 3 2 W f- je H ?a < lOk*c&--' s > b H tr co c > S 2 5SS u 155 H Z i"l s u !0- 10~ 1.0 10.0 &&e& A) rt 42 42 be o IIIS-s Xt> 55* bbeoo~ St* i &o t* *& JZTi ss 42 TJ O 3SSIS C ft) "42 CH =a-2* lto_ .-o ^ CC ~ A be ~ C OS-S 3 S ; 1 ; ll . 1 SJl; 2W= al-I: I J (I BQm I SoS3 .Q i Sn P. 3 c8 CT = s 5 ft.2 E ff 3 86 _ 4i to S l^ 0# 3 5Q O^OI "a --3*"Hs5EIEwD f3i 3)C> 41 J on > oS u x = w 41 4a> *o>3> C ~tO> sSag ft ft) o S4= t! G2S s ^Oy O 2_2*oC C* 45K-> *2CO ) 3 3 03 ~Si ~''. 4o1 -*y** --w3 S|g? c ics ft! 43 ~ c <a8 sC ; L QO ^ft) n-2 V p2 i- 2> 5s U S*2i fiaL u ft) 3 J- l> = ; o^3 25* ft*. 42 a S ft w &"! 4i u SHt: vS X ft i*S I bcs 32* ! fatg'ac - c8 > fll flgr SEc *5 *42 =2 ft, *85 3 o fljg C* crtStj sSg c ess 4) C C au: oo oo J S Erl 22 mcj< 3" 52n*^-o,* 3 54<28 f*4iti fn-*' jS2g ct?.> EO <4 se |s 4) T3 u oj yty* 2 0 Bo e") vm) o3* 22 5S S oft 2 2 ft 5ycu4-<di '----a<tSo? s tco U 0 C ses|f e s. ` SS|. SJS l< Vf CD e o M ss O O *3 s aSc .O S ffet a S E 4> O c . 4 11 S Bae ac s ?*,{) s=E5SIs :J42 g O . ffililic -c oS' *M* 3Co -)C ?E,,, fll C ) _ 2- M 1o w * 522 H S *i to u-5 fe c w . 43 i3 gC evu ~ OE o15 o. " O, y C ^ 2D* 21 H El (S0 s3 hd. zO i 26 ^ n < "S' *jg3 ,'S3 t*) ,, Ec| bCefut> 2 ^* fto^ SSsf e I ST Sx g'1 --ju43 >T E* fe JJj Ocb';-' rj i & Ml !l ..S .& jiif .; "23,,s| S"o c-S I |E*S% Z5 SM E"Ja o Is s s y w cbe 2>, o ls*S? !; cco;4.* ah ' u Xu g j&; * ilSEc! o s Ml! ol** ** il t p ho o j u>o) --uCO TuSS> E2Jy** ^o2oJ to1 - s3M>i fseta5 * KR 3 5 --4) uo 4) E<4 5ot. !i : Es-g-g.s-c 2c3i bo g be SE 5*i 2u 23 E5 Hxf=2 08 53 20 5s 55 n 23 e3?' 1_ 4b2e 1 A>> 2 *o8-- ^<y0 42 rfi 03 -fas 8 2 *co - % - A3 i ?eS alls si 2> a < n3 -2 5 Si X L .-gv`, s(0 ^0 aO:3 - - 2n -T ?1<2 9fcc-3b 2 ii 5 o S H J 2 32 MlS S **' 3 00 o " S2 a w 4o2 8& 4; -=3 , ? y C& ^y &o bo y |S ^s ik?3a 85 Se $5 S "-9 sS| set III 5|: CAPCO JEN 0001748 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 13 Table E-4. Selection op Respirators--Continued (e) Forged steel satety hooks or Hazard Respirator (See Hotel shackles shall be used to fasten the net to Its supports. Gas nd vtpor coDtamtnanU mnsedlalely dangrroui to Ufa sod health. Self-contained breathing apparatus. Hose mask with blower. AirpurUylnc, full faoeplece respirator with chemical canister (gas mask). Self-rescue mouthpiece respirator (for escape only). Com bination air-line respirator with auilliar? self-contained air supply or an air-storage receiver with alarm. (i) Connections between net panels shall develop the full strength of the net. 1926.106 Working over or near ulcr. Not Intmedfairly dangerous to Jiff and health. Atr-lina respirator. Hose mask without Mower. Atr-purifying. half-mask or mouthpiece respirator with chemical cartridge. Paniculate contaminants Immediately dan Sell-contained breathing apparatus. gerous to life and health. Hose mask with blower. Air-purifying, full foeeptcre respirator with appreciate utter. Self-rescue mouthpiece respirator (for escape only). Combination air-line respirator with auilUary self-contained air (a) Employees working over or near water, where the danger of drowning exists, shall be provided with U.S. Coast Guard-approved life jacket or buoyant work vests. (b) Prior to and after each use, the supply or an air-storage u-celver with alarm. Not immediately dangerous to life and health. Alr-punfying. half-mask or mouthpiece respirator with filter pad or cartridge. Air-line respirator. Alr-Une abrasive-blasting respirator. Hose-mask without Mower, buoyant work vests or life preservers shall be inspected for defects which would alter their strength or buoyancy. Defective units shall not be used. Combination gas. vapor, and particulate contaminants immedutrly dangerous to Ufc and health. Self-contalued breathing apparatus. Hose mask with Mower. ... Air-purlfylng, full facepiece respirator with chemical canister and appropriate filter (gns mask with filter). Self-rescue mouthpiece respirator (for escape only). Combination air-line respirator with autlllary idf-conlalned air supply or an olr-stomgc m-cirer with alarm. (c) Ring buoys with at least 90 feet of line shall be provided and readily avail able for emergency rescue operations. Distance between ring buoys shall not exceed 200 feet. Not Immediately dangerous to life and health. Air line respirator. Hose mask without blower. Alr-purlfylng, half-mask or mouthpiece respirator with chemtcal (d) At least one lifesaving skiff shall be immediately available at locations cartridge and appropriate filler. where employees are working over or adjacent to water. Note: For the purpose of this part, "Immediately dangerous to life and health" Is defined as a condition that altber po6os an Immediate threat to life aud health or an Immediate threat of severe etposura to contaminants, such as radioactive materials, w hlcb are likely to hare adverse delayed effects on health. (c) Selection, issuance, use end care of respirators, (i) Employees required to use respLratory protective equipment approved for use in atmospheres Immedi ately dangerous to life shall be thorough ly trained In its use. Employees required to use other types of respiratory protec tive equipment shall be Instructed In the use and limitations of such equipment. (2) Respiratory protective equipment shall be inspected regularly and main tained in good condition. Gas mask canisters and chemical cartridges shall be replaced as necessary so as to provide for a fall of no greater than 6 feet. The rope shall have a nominal breaking strength of 5,400 pounds. (e) All safety belt and lanyard hard ware shall be drop forged or pressed steel, cadmium plated in accordance with type 1, Class B plating specified in Fed eral. Specification QQ-P-416. Surface shall be smooth and free of sharp edges, <f) All safety belt and lanyard hard ware. except rivets, shall be capable of withstanding a tensile loading of 4,000 pounds without cracking, breaking, or taking a permanent deformation. complete protection. Mechanical filters shall be cleaned or replaced as necessary so as to avoid breathing. undue resistance to 1926.105 Safety nets. (3) Respiratory protective equipment (a) Safety nets shall be provided which has been previously used shall be when workplaces are more than 25 feet cleaned and disinfected before It is issued above the ground or water surface, or by the employer to another employee. other surfaces where the use of ladders, Emergency rescue equipment shall be scaffolds, catch platforms, temporary cleaned and disinfected immediately floors, safety lines, or safety belts are after each use. Impractical. 4b) Where safety net protection Is re 1926.107 Definitions Applicable lo ili> subpart. (a) "Contaminant" means any mate rial which by reason of its action upon, within, or to a person is likely to cause physical harm. (b) "Lanyard" means a rope, suitable for supporting one person. One end is fastened to a safety belt or harness and the other end is secured to a substantial object or a safety line. (c) "Lifeline" means a rope, suitable for supporting one person, to which a lanyard or safety belt (or harness) is attached. (d) "OJD." means optical density and refers to the light refractive characteris tics of a lens. (e) "Radiant energy" means energy that travels outward in all directions from its sources. (f) "Safety belt" means a device, usually worn around the waist which, by reason of its attachment to a lanyard and lifeline or a structure, will prevent a worker from falling. 1926.104 Safely belts, lifelines, and lanyards- (a) Lifelines, safety belts, and lan quired by this part, operations shall not be undertaken until the net is in place and has been tested. Subporl F--Fire Protection and Prevention yards shall be used only for employee safeguarding. Any lifeline, safety belt, or (c) (1) Nets shall extend 8 feet beyond the edge of the work surface where em 1926.ISO Fire protection. lanyard actually subjected to In-service ployees are exposed and shall be installed (a) General requirements. (I) The loading, as distinguished from static load as close under the work surface as prac employer shall be responsible for the de testing, shall be Immediately removed tical but in no case more than 25 feet velopment of a fire protection program from service {Lnd shall not be used again below such work surface. Nets shall be to be followed throughout all phases of for employee safeguarding. hung with sufficient clearance to prevent the construction and lemolition work, (b) Lifelines shall be secured above the point of operation to an anchorage or structural member capable of supporting a minimum dead weight of 5,400 pounds. (c) Lifelines used on rock-scaling operations, or in areas where the lifeline may be subjected to cutting or abrasion, shall be a minimum of Ti-fnch wire core manila rope. For all othe. lifeline appli cations. a minimum of 3,<-inch manila or equivalent, with a minimum breaking strength of 5,400 pounds, shall be used. user's contact with the surfaces or struc tures below. Such clearances shall be determined by Impact load testing. (2) It is Intended that only one level of nets be required for bridge construc tion. (d) The mesh size of nets shall not exceed 6 inches by 6 Inches. All new nets shall meet accepted performance stand ards of 17.500 foot-pounds minimum Im pact resistance as determined and cer tified by the manufacturers, and shall and he shall provide for the firefighting equipment as specified in this subpart. As fire hazards occur, there shall be no delay In providing the necessary equip ment. (2) Access to all available firefighting equipment shall be maintained at all times. (3) All firefighting equipment, pro vided by the employer, shall be con spicuously located.' (4) All firefighting equipment shall (d) Safety belt lanyard shall be a bear a label of proof test. Edge ropes shall be periodically Inspected and maintained minimum of l^-inch nylon, or equiva provide a minimum breaking strength of ia operating condition. Defective equip lent. with a maximum length to provide 5.000 pounds. ment shall be Immediately replaced. CAPCO JEN 0001749 14 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (5) As warranted by the project, the ing area, or major fraction thereof. employer shall provide & trained and Travel distance from any point of the equipped firefighting organization (Fire protected area to the nearest fire ex Brigade) to assure adequate protection tinguisher shall not exceed 100 feet. to life. (ill One 55-gallon open drum of water (b) Water supply. (1) A temporary or permanent water supply, of sufficient volume, duration, and pressure, required to properly operate the firefighting equipment shall be made available as soon as combustible materials accumulate. with two fire palls may be substituted for a fire extinguisher having a 2A rating. (ill) A Va-lnch diameter garden-type hose line, not to exceed 100 feet In length and equipped with a nozzle, may be sub stituted for a 2A*rated fire extinguisher, provided it is capable of discharging a (2) Where underground water mains minimum of 5 gallons per minute with are to be provided, they shall be in a minimum hose stream range of 30 feet stalled. completed, and made available horizontally. The garden-type hose lines for use as soon as practicable. shall be mounted on conventional racks (c) (1) Portable firefighting equipment-- Fire extinguishers and small hose or reels. The number and location of hose racks or reels shall be such that at least one hose stream can be applied to all lines, (i) A fire extinguisher, rated not points in the area. less than 2A, shall be provided for each (lv) One or more fire extinguishers, 3,000 square feet of the protected build rated not less than 2A, shall be provided Table F-l FIRE EXTINGUISHERS DATA fct, IO *lY & I | 1 IQ , ! I 1 I YES YES YES YES YES NO NO NO YES YES NO NO NO NO YES YES YES YES YES YES ~<_ NO NO NO NO NO YES YES YES YES YES Jrl 11 SPK Al EXTIN iUIJKING ACINTS APPROVE ) IT IK 5GNIZI0 ESTtNG l HOIAIO nil of sprinkler systems to permit alterations or additional demolition should be ex pedited so that the automatic protection may be returned to service as quickly arpossible. Sprinkler control valves shall be checked dally at close of work to ascer tain that the protection Is in service. (2) Standpipes. In all structures in wrhich standpipes are required, or where standpipes exist in structures being altered, they shall be brought up as soon as applicable laws permit, and shall be maintained as construction progresses in such a manner that they are always ready for fire protection use. The stand pipes shall be provided with Siamese fire department connections on the out side of the structure, at the street level, which shall be conspicuously marked. There shall be at least one standard hose outlet at each floor. (e) Fire alarm devices. (1) An alarm system, e.g., telephone system, siren, etc., shall be established by the employer whereby employees on the site and the local fire department can be alerted for an emergency. (2) The alarm code and reporting in structions shall be conspicuously posted at phones and at employee entrances. (f) Fire cutoffs. (I) Fire walls and exit stairways, required for the com pleted buildings, shall be given construc tion priority. Fire doors, with automatic closing devices, shall be hung on openings as soon as practicable. <2) Fire cutoffs 6hall be retained in buildings undergoing alterations or dem olition until operations necessitate their removal. M>"oe v onmm -- m . r.r *r S' S' S" jEt.;. m -- i-r r. w W r.tr r w ** 2TE? set: trr: iff EsS* on each floor. In multistory buildings, at least one fire extinguisher shall be lo cated adjacent to stairway. (v) Extinguishers and water drums, subject to freezing, shall be protected from freezing. (vi) A fire extinguisher, rated not less than 10B, shall be provided within 50 feet of wherever more than 5 gallons of flammable or combustible liquids or 5 pounds of flammable gas are being used on the jobsite. This requirement does not apply to the integral fuel tanks of motcr vehicles. <\1i) Carbon tetrachloride and other toxic vaporizing liquid fire extinguishers are prohibited. (viii) Portable fire extinguishers shll be Inspected periodically and maintained In accordance with Maintenance and Use of Portable Fire Extinguishers, NFPA No. 10A-1970. (ix) Fire extinguishers which have been listed or approved by a nationally recognized testing laboratory, shall be used to meet the requirement* of this subpart. (x) Table F-l may be used as a guide for selecting the appropriate portable fire extinguishers. (2) Fire hose and connections. (1) One hundred feet, or less, of l'/fc-inch hose, with a nozzle capable of discharg ing water at 25 gallons or more per minute, may be substituted for a fire extinguisher rated not more than 2A in the designated area provided that the hose line can reach all points in the area. (ii) If fire hose connections are not compatible with local firefighting equip ment, the contractor shall provide adap ters, or equivalent, to permit connections. (iii) During demolition involving com bustible materials, charged hose lines, supplied by hydrants, water tank trucks with pumps, or equivalent, shall be made available. (d) Fixed firefighting equipment--(1) Sprinkler projection. (1) If the facility being constructed Includes the Installa tion of automatic sprinkler protection, the installation shall closely follow the construction and be placed in service as soon as applicable law's permit following completion of each story. (il) During demolition or alterations, existing automatic sprinkler installa tions shall be retained in service as long as reasonable. The operation of sprinkler control valves shall be permitted only by properly authorized persons. Modification 5, 1926.15! Fire prevention. (a) Ignition hazards. (1) Electrical wiring and equipment for light, heat, or pow'er purposes shall be Installed in compliance with the requirements of the National Electrical Code. NFPA 701971; ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. of 1968), and the requirements of Subpart K of this part. (2) Internal combustion engine pow'ered equipment shall be so located that the exhausts are well away from com bustible materials. When the exhausts are piped to outside the building under construction, a clearance of at least 6 Inches shall be maintained between such piping and combustible material. (3) Smoking shall be prohibited at or in the vicinity of operations which con stitute a fire hazard, and shall be con spicuously posted: "No Smoking or Open Flame." (4) Portable battery powered lighting equipment, used In connection with the storage, handling, or use of flammable gases or liquids, shall be of the type ap proved for the hazardous locations. (5) The nozzle of air. inert gas, and steam lines or hoses, when used in the cleaning or ventilation of tanks and vessels that contain hazardous con centrations of flammable gases or vapors, shall be bonded to the tank or vessel shell. Bonding devices shall not be at tached or detached in hazardous con centrations of flammable gases or vapors. CAPCO JEN 0001750 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 15 Cb) Temporary buildings. (1) No tem vent Ignition of combustible materials. (11) Where an automatic extinguish porary building shall be erected where (7) A clearance of 24 Inches shall be ing system Is provided, the system shall It will adversely affect any means of exit. maintained around the path of travel be designed and Installed In an approved (2) *Temporary buildings, when located of fire doors unless a barricade Is pro manner. Openings to other rooms or within another building or structure, vided. In which case no clearance is buildings shall be provided wltn non- shall be of either noncombustible con needed. Material *shall not be stored combustible liquid-tight raised sills or struction or of combustible construction within 36 Inches of a fire door opening. ramps at least 4 Inches In height, or the having a fire resistance of not less than floor in the storage area shall be at least 1 hour. 4 inches below the surrounding floor. (3) Temporary buildings, located other 1926.152 Flammable and combustible Openings shall be provided with ap than Inside another building and not liquids. proved self-closing fire doors. The room used for the storage, handling, or use of (a) General requirements. (1) Only shall be liquid-tight where the walls join flammable or combustible liquids, flam mable gases, explosives, or blasting agents, or similar hazardous occupancies, shall be located at a distance of not less than 10 feet from another building or structure. Groups of temporary build ings. not exceeding 2,000 square feet in aggregate, shall, for the purposes of this part, be considered a single temporary building. (c) Open yard storage. (1) Combusti ble materials shall be piled with due re gard to the stability of piles and in no case higher than 20 feet. approved containers and portable tanks shall be used for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. Ap proved metal safety cans shall be used for the handling and use of flammable liquids in quantities greater than one gal lon, except that this shall not apply to those flammable liquid materials which are highly viscid (extremely hard to pour), which may be used and handled in original shipping containers. For quantities of one gallon or less, only the original container or approved metal safety cans shall be used for storage, use, the floor. A permissible alternate to the sill or ramp Is an open-grated trench, Inside of the room, which drains to a safe location. Where other portions of the building or other buildings are exposed, windows shall be protected as set forth In the Standard for Fire Doors and Win dows, NFPA No. 80-1970, for Class E or F openings. Wood of at least 1-Inch nomi nal thickness may be used for shelving, racks, dunnage, scuffboards, floor over lay, and similar installations. (lii) Materials which will react with w ater and create a fire hazard shall not (2) Driveways between and around and handling of flammable liquids. be stored in the same room with flam combustible storage piles shall be at least (2) Flammable or combustible liquids mable or combustible liquids. 15 feet wide and maintained free from shall not be stored In areas used for (iv) Storage in inside storage rooms accumulation of rubbish, equipment, or exits, stairways, or normally used for shall comply with Table F-2 following: other articles or materials. Driveways the safe passage of people. shall be so spaced that a maximum grid (b) Indoor storage of flammable and Table F-2 system unit of 50 feet by 150 feet is combustible liquids. (1) No more than 25 Totil produced. gallons of flammable or combustible liq (3) The entire storage site shall be uids shall be stored In a room outside Fire protection Fire Mmlmtim provid'd re$l<laucc size allowable quanta!*,. pa!./sq ft./ kept free from accumulation of unnec of an approved storage cabinet. For floor eiea essary combustible materials. Weeds and storage of liquid petroleum gas, see grass shall be kept down and a regular procedure provided for the periodic cleanup of the entire area. 1926.153. (2) Quantities of flammable and com bustible liquid in excess of 25 gallons Yes.................... 5hrs........... 500sq. ft___ No...................... 2 hn............8o0 sq. ft.... Yes.................... t hr..............150 sq. ft_____ No..................... 1 hr...........ISO q. ft.... n 4 s "* 1 (4) When there is a danger of an un shall be stored in an acceptable or ap derground fire, that land shall not be proved cabinet meeting the following re Nott: Flro protection system shall be used for combustible or flammable storage. (5) Method of piling shall be solid wherever possible and in orderly and regular piles. No combustible material shall be stored outdoors within 10 feet of a building or structure. (6) Portable fire extinguishing equip ment, suitable for the fire hazard in volved, shall be provided at convenient, conspicuously accessible locations in the yard area. Portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A, shall be placed so that maximum travel distance to the nearest unit shall not exceed 100 feet. (d> Indoor storage. (1) Storage shall not obstruct, or adversely affect, means of exit. (2) All materials shall be stored, han dled, and piled with due regard to their fire characteristics. (3) Noncompatible materials, which may create a fire hazard, shall be segre gated by a barrier having a Are resist ance of at least 1 hour. quirements: (i) Acceptable wdoden storage cabi nets shall be constructed in the following manner, or equivalent: The bottom, sides, and top shall be constructed of an exterior grade of plywood at least 1 Inch in thickness, which shall not break down or delaminate under standard Are test conditions. All Joints shall be rabbeted and shall be fastened in two directions with flathead wood screws. When more than one door is used, there shall be a rabbeted overlap of not less than 1 inch. Steel hinges shall be mounted in 6uch a manner as to not lose th ;ir holding ca pacity due to loosening < r burning out of the screws when subjected to fire. Such cabinets shall be painted Inside and out with fire retardar.t paint. (li) Approved metal storage cabinets will be acceptable. (ill) Cabinets shall be labeled In con spicuous lettering, '`Flammable--Keep Fire Away." sprinkler, water spray, carbon dioxide or other system approved by a nationally recog nized testing laboratory for this purpose. <v) Electrical wiring and equipment located in inside storage rooms shall be approved for Class 1, Division 1, Haz ardous Locations. For definition of Class 1, Division I, Hazardous Locations, see { 1926.404. (vi) Every inside storage room shall be provided with either a gravity or a mechanical exhausting system. Such sys tem shall commence not more than 12 inches above 4he floor and be designed to provide for a complete change of air within the room at least 6 times per hour. If a mechanical exhausting system Is used, it shall be controlled by a switch located outside of the door. The venti lating equipment and any lighting fix tures shall be operated by the same switch. An electric pilot light shall be installed adjacent to the switch If flam mable liquids are dispensed within the room. Where gravity ventilation is pro (4) Material shall be piled to minimize (3) Not more than 60 gallons of flam vided, the fresh air Intake, as well as the spread of fire Internally and to per mable or 120 gallons of combustible the exhausting outlet from the room, mit convenient access for firefighting. liquids shall be stored In any one storage shall be on the exterior of the building in Stable piling shall be maintained at all cabinet. Not more than three such cabi which the room Is located. times. Aisle space shall be maintained nets may be located In a single storage (vii) In every Inside storage room to safely accommodate the widest ve area. Quantities In excess of this shall there shall be maintamed one clear aisle hicle that may i/e used within the build be stored in an Inside storage room. at least 3 feet wide. Containers over 30 ing for firefighting purposes. (4) (1) Inside storage rooms shall be' gallons capacity shall not be stacked one (5) Clearance of at least 36 inches constructed to meet the required fire- upon the other. shall be maintained between the top resistive rating for their use. Such con (vlii) Flammable and combustible liq level of the stored material and the struction shall comply with the test uids in excess of that permitted in in sprinkler deflectors. specifications set forth In Standard side storage rooms shall be stored outside (6) Clearance shall be maintained Methods of Fire Test 'of Building Con of buildings In accordance with para around lights and heating units to pre struction and Material, NFPA. 251-1969. graph (c) of this section. CAPCO JEN 0001751 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 16 (c) Storage outside buildings. (1) Storage of containers (not more than 60 gallons each) shall not exceed 1,100 gallons In any one pile or area. Piles or groups of containers shall be separated by a 5-foot clearance. Piles or groups of containers shall not be nearer than 20 feet to a building. (2) Within 200 feet of each pile of containers, there shall be a 12-foot-wide access way to permit approach of Are control apparatus. (3) The storage area shall be graded in a manner to divert possible spills away from buildings or other exposures, or shall be surrounded by a curb or earth dike at least 12 inches high. When curbs or dikes are used, provisions shall be made for draining ofT accumulations of ground or rain water, or spills of flam mable or combustible liquids. Drains shall terminate at a safe location and shall be accessible to operation under Are conditions. (4) Outdoor portable tank storage: (i) Portable tanks shall not be nearer than 20 feet from any building. Two or more portable tanks, grouped together, having a combined capacity In excess of 2,200 gallons, shall be separated by a 5-foot-clear area. Individual portable tanks exceeding 1,100 gallons shall be separated by a 5-foot-clear area. <ii) Within 200 feet of each portable tank, there shall be a 12-foot-wide access way to permit approach of fire control apparatus. (5) Storage areas shall be kept free of weeds, debris, and other combustible material not necessary to the storage. (6) Portable tanks, not exceeding $60 gallons, shall be provided with emergency venting and other devices, as required by chapters III and IV of NFPA 30-1969, The Flammable and Combustible Liquids container to another tank or container, shall be separated from other operations by 25-feet distance or by construction having a Are resistance of at least 1 hour. Drainage or other means shall be pro vided to control spills. Adequate natural or mechanical ventilation shall be pro vided to maintain the concentration of flammable vapor at or below 10 percent of the lower flammable limit. (2) Transfer flammable liquids from one container to another shall be done only when containers are electrically interconnected (bonded). (3) Flammable or combustible liquids shall be drawn from or transferred into vessels, containers, or tanks within a building or outside only through a closed piping system, from safety cans, by means of a device drawing through the top. or from a container, or portable tanks, by gravity or pump, through an approved self-closing valve. Transferring by means of air pressure on the con tainer or portable tanks Is prohibited. (4) The dispensing units shall be pro tected against collision damage. (5) Dispensing devices and nozzles for flammable liquids shall be of an approved type. (f) Handling liquids at point of final use. (1) Flammable liquids shall be kept in closed containers when not actually In use. (2) Leakage or spillage of flammable or combustible liquids shall be disposed of promptly and safely. <3) Flammable liquids may be used only where there are no open flames or .other sources of Ignition within 50 feet of the operation, unless conditions war rant greater clearance. <g) Service and refueling areas. (1) Flammable or combustible liquids shall be stored In approved closed containers. In tanks located underground, or in tion engines, receiving or dispensing of flammable or combustible liquids. (9) Conspicuous and legible signs pro hibiting smoking shall be posted. (10) The motors of all equipment being fueled shall be shut off during the fueling operation. (11) Each service or fueling area shall be provided with at least one fire ex tinguisher havUg ft rating of not less than 20BC located so that an extin guisher will be within 75 feet of each pump, dispenser, underground fill pipe opening, and lubrication or service area. 1926.153 Liquefied petroleum ga* (LP-Cas). (a) Approval of equipment and sys tems. (1) Each system shall have con tainers. valves, connectors, manifold valve assemblies, and regulators of an approved type. (2) All cylinders shall meet the De partment of Transportation specifica tion Identification requirements pub lished In 49 CFR Part X78, Shipping Container Specifications. (b) Welding on LP~Gas containers. Welding Is prohibited on containers. <c) Container valves and container accessories. (1) Valves, fittings, and ac cessories connected directly to the con tainer, including primary shut off valves, shall have a rated working pressure of at least 250 pai.g. and shall be of mate rial and design suitable for LP-Gas service. (2) Connections to containers, except safety relief connections, liquid level gauging devices, and plugged openings, shall have shutoff valves located as close to the container as practicable. (d) Safety devices. (1) Every con tainer and every vaporizer shall be pro vided with one or more approved safety (7) Portable tanks, in excess of 660 gallons, shall have emergency venting and other devices, as required by chap ters n and in of The Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, NFPA 30- 1969. (d) Fire control for flammable or combustible liquid storage. (1) At least one portable Are extinguisher, having ft rating of not less than 20-B units, shall be located outside of, but not more than 10 feet from, the door opening into any room used for storage of more than 60 gallons of flammable or combustible liquids. (2) At least one portable Are extin guisher having a rating of not less than 20-B units shall be located not less than 25 feet, nor more than 75 feet, from any flammable liquid storage area located outside. (3) When sprinklers are provided, they shall be installed in accordance with the Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, NFPA 13-1969. (4) At least one portable fire extin guisher having a rating of not less than 20-B:C units shall be provided on all aboveground portable tanks. (2) The tank trucks shall comply with the requirements covered in the Standard for Tank Vehicles for Flam mable and Combustible Liquids, NFPA No. 385-1966. (3) The dispensing hose shall be an approved type. (4) The dispensing nozzle shall be an approved automatic-closing type with out a latch-open device. (5) Underground tanks shall not be abandoned. (6) Clearly identified and easily acces sible switch(es) shall be provided at a location remote from dispensing devices to shut off the powrer to all dispensing de vices in the event of an emergency. (7) (1) Heating equipment of an ap proved type may be Installed In the lubri cation or service area where there Is no dispensing or transferring of flammable liquids, provided the bottom of the heat ing unit Is at least 18 inches above the floor and Is protected from physical dam age. (ii) Heating equipment installed In lubrication or service areas, where flam tank trucks or other vehicles used for mable liquids are dispensed, shall be of transporting and/or dispensing flam an approved type for garages, and shall mable or combustible liquids. (e) Dispensing liquids. (1) Areas In which flammable or combustile liquids are transferred at one time. In quantities greater than 5 gallons frdm one tank or be installed at least 8 feet above the floor. (8) There shall Be no smoking or open flames in the areas used for fueling, serv icing fuel systems for internal combus relief valves or devices. These valves shall be arranged to afford free vent to the outer air with discharge not less than 5 feet horizontally aw'ay from any open ing Into a building which is below such discharge. (2) Shutoff valves shall not be in stalled between the safety relief device and the container, or the equipment or piping to w'hich the safety relief device is connected, except that a shutoff valve may be used where the arrangement of this valve is such that full required ca pacity flow through the safety relief de vice is always afforded. (3) Container safety relief devices and regulator relief vents shall be located not less than 5 feet in any direction from air openings into sealed combustion system appliances or mechanical ventilation air intakes. (e) Dispensing, (l) Filling of fuel con tainers for trucks or motor vehicles from bulk storage containers shall be per formed not less than 10 feet from the nearest masonry-walled building, or not less than 25 feet from the nearest build ing or other construction and, in any event, not less than 25 feet from any building opening. (2) Filling of portable containers or cbntalners mounted on skids from stor age containers shall be performed not less than 50 feet from the nearest building. CAPCO JEN 0001752 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 17 (f) Requirements for appliances. (1) Note: The provisions of this subparagraph LP-Gas consuming appliances shall be do not apply to portable heaters under 7,600 B.t.u. per hour input when used with con approved types. tainer* having a maximum water capacity of (2) Any appliance that was originally manufactured for operation with a gas eous fuel other than LP-Gas, and Is in good condition, may be used with LP-Gas 2V& pounds. (9) Container valves, connectors, reg ulators, manifolds, piping, and tubing shall not be used as structural supports for heaters. only after it is properly converted, (10) Containers, regulating equip adapted, and tested for performance with LP-Gas before the appliance is placed In use. (g> Containers and regulating equip- ment installed outside of buildings or structures. Containers shall be upright upon firm foundations or otherwise firmly secured. The possible effect on the outlet piping of settling shall be guarded against by a flexible connection or spe cial fitting. (h) Containers and equipment used ment, manifolds, pipe, tubing, and hose shall be located to minimize exposure to high temperatures or physical damage. (11) Containers having a water ca pacity greater than 2Va pounds (nominal 1 pound LP-Gas capacity) connected for use shall stand on a firm and substan tially level surface and, when necessary, shall be secured in an upright position. (12) The maximum water capacity of individual containers shall be 245 pounds (nominal 100 pounds LP-Gas capacity). inside of buildings or structures. (1) (13) For temporary heating, heaters When operational requirements make (other than integral heater-container portable use of containers necessary, and units) shall be located at least 6 feet their location outside of buildings or from any LP-Gas container. This shall structures is impracticable, containers not prohibit the use of heaters specifi and equipment shall be permitted to be cally designed for attachment to the used inside of buildings or structures in container or to a supporting standard, accordance with subparagraphs (2) provided they are designed and installed through (11) of this paragraph. so as to prevent direct or radiant heat (2) "Containers in use" means con application from the heater onto the con nected for use. tainers. Blower and fadlant type heaters (3) Systems utilizing containers hav shall not be directed toward any LP-Gas ing a water capacity greater than 2 Vi container within 20 feet. pounds (nominal 1 pound LP-Gas capac (14) If two or more heater-container ity) shall be equipped with excess flow units, of either the Integral or nonin valves. Such excess flow valves shall be tegral type, are located in an unparti either integral with the container valves tioned area on the same floor, the or In the connections to the container container or containers of each unit valve outlets. shall be separated from the container (4) Regulators shall be either directly or containers of any other unit by at connected to the container valves or to- least 20 feet. manifolds connected to the container (15) When heaters are connected to valves. The regulator shall be suitable containers for use In an unpartltloned for use with LP-Gas. Manifolds and area on the same floor, the total water fittings connecting containers to pres capacity of containers, manifolded to sure regulator inlets shall be designed for gether for connection to a heater or at least 250 p.s.i.g. service pressure. heaters, shall not be greater than 735 (5) Valves on containers having water pounds (nominal 300 pounds LP-Gas capacity greater than 50 pounds (nomi capacity). Such manifolds shall be nal 20 pounds LP-Gas capacity) shall be separated by at least 20 feet. protected from damage while In use or (16) Storage of containers awaiting storage. use shall be in accordance with para (6> Aluminum piping or tubing shall graphs (1) and (k) of this section. not be used. (1) Multiple container systems. V?) 'Rose shall be designed for a work (1) Valves in the assembly of multiple ing pressure of at least 250 p.s.i.g. Design, container systems shall be arranged so construction, and performance of hose, and hose connections shall have their suitability determined by listing by a that replacement of containers can be made without shutting off the flow of gas In the system. This provision Is not to be nationally recognized testing agency. The hose length shall be as short as practica ble. Hoses shall be long enough to permit compliance with spacing provisions of subparagraphs (1)-(13> of this para graph, without kinking or straining, or causing hose to be so close to a burner as to be damaged by heat. (8) Portable heaters, Including sala manders, shall be equipped with an approved automatic device to shut off the flow of gas to the main burner, and construed as requiring an automatic changeover device. (2) Heaters shall be equipped with an approved regulator in the supply line between the fuel cylinder and the heater unit. Cylinder connectors' shall be pro vided with an excess flow valve to mini mize the flow of gas in the event the fuel line becomes ruptured. (3) Regulators and low-pressure re lief devices shall be rigidly attached to pilot if used, in the event of flame failure. the cylinder valves, cylinders, supporting Such heaters, having lnputs'above 50,000 standards, the building walls, or other B.t.u. per hour, 6hall'be equipped with wise rigidly secured, and shall be so either a pilot, which must be lighted and proved before the main burner can be turned on, or an electrical ignition sys installed or protected from the elements. (J) Storage of JLPG containers. Stor tem. age of LPG within buildings Is prohibited. (k) Storage outside of buildings. (1) Storage outside of buildings, for con tainers awaiting use, shall be located from the nearest building or group of buildings. In accordance with the following: Tabu F-3 Distance Quantity of LP-Gu stored: (feet) 600 lbs. or lets......._________________ o 601 to 6.000 lbs............................................... 10 6.001 to 10,000 lb*............... 20 Over 10,000 Ibe......................................... 25 (2) Containers shall be In a suitable ventilated enclosure or otherwise pro tected against tampering. (!) Fire protection. Storage locations shall be provided with at least one ap proved portable fire extinguisher having a rating of not less than 20-B:C. 1926.154 Temporary healing devices. (a) Ventilation. (2) Fresh air shall be supplied in sufficient quantities to maintain the health and safety of work men. Where natural means of fresh air supply is Inadequate, mechanical ventila tion shall be provided. (2) When heaters are used In confined spaces, special care shall be taken to provide sufficient ventilation In order to ensure proper combustion, maintain the health and safety of workmen, and limit temperature rise In the area. (b) Clearance and mounting. (1) Temporary heating devices shall be In stalled to provide clearance to combusti ble material not less than the amount shown in Table F-4. (2) Temporary heating devices, which are listed for installation with lesser clearances than specified In Table F-4, may be installed in accordance with their approval. TafcLS f-4 Treating appliances Minimum clearance. (Inches) Chimney Eld* Rear connec tor Room beater, circulating Room beater, radiant type... 12 S6 12 >6 18 (2) Heaters not suitable lor use on w-ood floors shall not be set directly upon them or other combustible materials. When such heaters are used, they shall rest on suitable heat insulating material or at least 1-inch concrete, or equivalent. The insulating material shall extend beyond the heqter 2 feet or more In all directions. (4) Heaters used In the vicinity of combustible tarpaulins, canvas, or simi lar coverings shall be located at least 10 feet from the coverings. The cover ings shall be securely fastened to pre vent Ignition or upsetting of the heater due to wind action on the covering or other material. (c) Stability. Heaters, when in use, shall be set horizontally level, unless otherwise permitted by the manufac turer's markings. CAPCO JEN 0001753 18 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (d) Solid fuel salamanders. Solid fuel salamanders are prohibited In buildings and on scaffolds. <e) Oil-fired heaters. (1) Flammable liquid-fired heaters shall be equipped with a primary safety control to stop the flow of fuel in the event of flame failure. Barometric or gravity oil feed shall not be considered a primary safety control. (2) Heaters designed for barometric or gravity oil feed shall be used only with the integral tanks. (3) [Revoked] (4) Heaters specifically designed and approved for use with separate supply tanks may be directly connected for gravity feed, or an automatic pump, from a supply tank. 1926.155 Definitions applicable to tlus subpart. (a) "Approved", for the purpose of this subpart, means equipment that has been listed or approved by a nationally recognized testing laboratory such as Factory Mutual Engineering Corp,, or Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., or Federal agencies such as Bureau of Mines, or U.S. Coast Guard, which issue approvals for such equipment. (b) "Closed container" means a con tainer so sealed by means of a lid or other device that neither liquid nor vapor will escape from tt at ordinary temperatures. (c) "Combustible liquids" mean any liquid having a flash point at or above 140* F. (60* C.>. and below 200* F. (93.4* C.K <d) "Combustion" means any chem ical process that Involves oxidation suffi cient to produce light or heat. (e) "Fire brigade" means an orga nized group of employees that are knowl edgeable, trained, and skilled In the safe evacuation of employees during emer gency situations and in assisting In fire fighting operations. (I) *'Flre resistance" means so re sistant to fire that, for specified time and under conditions of a standard heat intensity, It will not fall structurally and will not permit the side away from the Are to become hotter than a specified temperature. For purposes of this part, fire resistance shall be determined by the Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials, NFPA 251-1969. <g) "Flammable" means capable of being easily ignited, burning Intensely, or having a rapid rate of flame spread. (h) "Flammable liquids" means any liquid having a flash point below 140* F. and having a vapor pressure not exceed ing 40 pounds per square Inch (absolute) at 100* F. (1) "Flash point" of the liquid means the temperature at which It gives off vapor sufficient to form an ignitable mix ture with the air near the surface of the liquid or within the vessel used as deter mined by appropriate test procedure and apparatus as specified below. (1) The flash point of liquids having a viscosity less than 45 Saybolt Universal Second(s) at 100* F. (37.8* C.) and a flash point below 175* F. (79.4* C.) shall be determined in accordance with the Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by the Tag Closed Tester, ASTM D-5G-69. (2) The flash point of liquids having a viscosity of 45 Saybolt Universal Sec ond^) or more at 175* F. (79.4* C.) or higher shall be determined in accord ance with the Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by the Pensky Martens Closed Tester. ASTM D-93-69. <J) "Liquefied petroleum gases," "LPG" and "LP Gas" mean and include any material which is composed pre dominantly of any of the following hy drocarbons, or mixtures of them, such as propane, propylene, butane (normal butane or iso-butane), and butylenes. ck) "Portable tank" means a closed container having a liquid capacity more than 60 U.S. gallons, and not intended for fixed Installation. (1) "Safety can" means an approved closed container, of not more than 5 gal lons capacity, having a flash-arresting screen, spring-closing lid and spout cover and so designed that it will safely relieve internal pressure when subjected to fire exposure. (m> "Vapor pressure" means the pres sure, measured in pounds per square inch (absolute), exerted by a volatile liquid as determined by the "Standard Method of Test for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products (Reid Method)." (ASTM D-323-58). Subpart G--Signs, Signals, and Barricades 1926.200 Accident prevention signs and tags* (a) General. Signs -sfld symbols re quired by this subpart shall be visible at all times when work is being performed, and shall be removed or covered promptly when the hazards no longer exist. (b) Danger signs. (1) Danger signs (see Figure G-l) shall be used only where an Immediate hazard exists. (2) Danger signs shall have red as the predominating color for the upper panel; black outline on the borders; and a white lower panel for additional sign wording. (c) Caution signs. (1) Caution signs (see Figure G-2) shall be used only to warn against potential hazards or to caution against unsafe practices. (2) Caution signs shall have yellow as the predominating color; black upper panel and borders; yellow lettering of "caution" on the black panel: and the lower yellow panel for additional sign wording. Black lettering shall be used for additional wording. Figure G-l Figure G-2 `YELLOW (d) Exit signs. Exit signs, when re quired, shall be lettered in legible red letters, not less than 6 inches high, on a white field and the principal stroke of the letters shall be at least three-fourths Inch in width. (e) Safety instruction signs. Safety instruction signs, when used, shall be white with green upper panel with white letters to convey the principal message. Any additional wording on the sign shall be black letters on the white background. <f) Directional signs. Directional signs, other than automotive traffic signs specified in paragraph <g) of this section, shall be white with a black panel and a white directional symbol. Any additional wording on the sign shall be black letters on the white background. <g) Traffic signs. (1) Construction areas shall be posted with legible traffic signs at points of hazard. (2) All traffic control signs or devices used for protection of construction work men shall conform to American National Standards Institute D6.1-1961. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. <h) Accident prevention tags. (1) Acci dent prevention tags shall be used as a temporary means of warning employees of an existing hazard, such as defective tools, equipment, etc. They shall not be used in place of, or as a substitute for, accident prevention signs. (2) Specifications for accident preven tion tags similar to those in Table G-l shall apply. CAPCO JEN 0001754 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 19 Table G-l \/ \/ \/ \ CAUTION omr order DO NOT USE White tag - White letters on red square Vhite tag* White letters on red oval vith a black square fellow tag* fellow letters on a black back* ground White tag * White letters on black back* ground Basic Stock (Background) Safety Colors (i*) Copy Specification (Letters) White Red Do Not Operate Milts fellow Black, and Red Black Danger Caution Vhit. Black Out of Order Do Not Dae (i) Additional rules. American Na tional Standards Institute (ANSI) Z35.11968. Specifications for Accident Preven tion Signs, and Z35.2-1968, Specifications for Accident Prevention Tags, contain rules which are additional to the rules prescribed in this section. The employer shall comply with ANSI Z35.1-1968 and Z35.2-1968 with respect to rules not spe cifically prescribed in this subpart* on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. (3) Hand signaling by flagmen shall be by use of red flags at least 18 Inches square or sign paddles, and In periods of darkness, red lights. (4) Flagmen shall be provided with and shall wear a red or orange warning garment while flagging. Warning gar ments worn at night shall be of reflectorized material. 1926.201 Signaling. <b) Crfffte and noist signals. Regula tions lor crane and hoist signaling will (a) Flagmen. (1) When operations are be found in applicable American Na such that signs, signals, and barricades do not provide the necessary protection tional Standards Institute standards. on or adjacent to a highway or street, flagmen or other appropriate traffic controls shall be provided. (2) Signaling directions by flagmen shall conform to American National Standards Institute D6.1-1961, Manual 1926.202 Barricade*. Barricades for protection of employees shall conform to the portions of the American National Standards Institute D6.1-1961, Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and High ways, relating to barricades. 1926.203 Definitions applicable to this Subpart. (a) "Barricade" means an obstruction to deter the passage of persons or vehicles. (b) "Signs" are the warnings of hazard, temporarily or permanently affixed or placed, at locations w'here hazards exist. (c) "Signals" are moving signs, pro vided by workers, such as flagmen, or by devices, such as flashing lights, to warn of possible or existing hazards. (d) "Tags" are temporary signs, usually attached to a piece of equipment or part of a structure, to warn of existing or Immediate hazards. Subport H--Materials Handling, Storage, Use, and Disposal 1926.250 General requirement* for storage. (a) General. (1) All materials stored in tiers shall be stacked, racked, blocked, interlocked, or otherwise secured to pre vent sliding, falling or collapse. (2) Maximum safe load limits of floors within buildings and structures. In pounds per square foot, shall be con spicuously posted in all storage areas, except for floor or slab on grade. Maximum safe loads shall not be exceeded. (3) Aisles and passageways shall be kept clear to provide for the free and safe movement of material handling equip ment or employees. Such areas shall be kept in good repair. (4) When a difference in road or work ing levels exist, means such as ramps, blocking, or grading shall be used to en sure the safe movement of vehicles be tween the two levels. (b) Material storage. (1) Material stored inside buildings under construc tion shall not be placed within 6 feet of any hoistway or inside floor openings, nor within 10 feet of an exterior wall which does not extend above the top of the material stored. (2) Employees required to work on stored material in silos, hoppers, tanks, and similar storage areas shall be equip ped with lifelines and safety belts meet ing the requirements o Subpart E of this part (3) Noncompatible materials shall be segregated In storage. CAPCO JEN 0001755 20 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (4) Sagged materials shall be stacked by stepping back the layers and cross keying the bags at le&Jt every 10 bags high. (5) Materials shall not be stored on scaffolds or runways In excess of supplies needed for Immediate operations. (6) Brick stacks shall not be more than 7 feet In height. When a loose brick stack reaches a height of 4 feet, it shall be tapered back 2 inches In every foot of height above the 4-foot level. (7) When masonry blocks are stacked higher than 6 feet, the stack shall be tapered back one-half block per tier above the 6-foot level. (8) Lumber: (i) Used lumber shall have all nails withdrawn before stacking. (ii) Lumber shall be stacked on level and solidly supported sills. (Hi) Lumber shall be so stacked as to be stable and self-supporting. (iv) Lumber plies shall not exceed 20 feet in height provided that lumber to be handled manually shall not be stacked more than 16 feet high. (9) Structural steel, poles, pipe, bar stock, and other cylindrical materials, unless racked, shall be stacked and blocked so as to prevent spreading or tilting. 1926.251 Rigging equipment for ma terial handling. (a) General. (1) Rigging equipment for material handling shall be inspected prior to use on each shift and as nec essary during Its use to ensure that it Is safe. Defective rigging equipment shall be removed from service. (2) Rigging equipment shall not be loaded in excess of its recommended safe working load, as prescribed in Tables H-l through H-20 in this subpart: (Fol lowing $ 1926.252(e) 3 for the specific equipment. (3) Rigging equipment, when not In use, shall be removed from the imme diate work area so as not to present a hazard to employees. (41 Special custom design grabs, hooks, clamps, or other lifting accesso ries, for such units as modular panels, prefabricated structures and similar ma terials, shall be marked to Indicate the safe working loads ani shall be prooftested prior to use to 115 percent of their rated load. (b) Alloy steel chains. (1) Welded al loy steel chain slings stall have perma nently affixed durable Identification stat ing size, grade, rated capacity, and sling manufacturer. (2) Hooks, rings, oblong links, pear- shaped links, welded or mechanical cou pling links, or other attachments, when used with alloy steel chains, shall have a rated capacity at least equal to that of the chain. (3) Job or shop hooks and links, or makeshift fasteners, formed from bolts, rods, etc., or other such attachments, shall not be used. ^ (4) Rated capacity (working load limit) for alloy steel chain slings shall conform to the values shown in Table H-l. <5) Whenever wear at any point of any chain link exceeds that shown In Inches beyond the last full tuck. In ap Table H-2, the assembly shall be removed plications where the projecting tails may from service. be objectionable, the tails shall be ta <c> Wire rope. (1) Tables H-3 through pered and spliced into the body of the H-14 shall be used to determine the safe rope using at least two additional tucks working loads of various sizes and clas- (which will require a tail length of ap slflcations of improved plow steel wire proximately six rope diameters beyond rope and wire rope slings with various the last full tuck). types of terminals. For sizes, classifica (lv> For all eye splices, the eye shall tions. and grades not included In these be sufficiently large to provide an In tables, the safe working load recom cluded angle of not greater than 60* at mended by the manufacturer for spe the splice when the eye is placed over the cific. identifiable products shall be fol load or support. lowed, provided that a safety factor of (v) Knots shall not be used in lieu of not less than 5 is maintained. splices. (2> Protruding ends of strands in (e) Synthetic webbing (.nylon, poly splices on slings and bridles shall be cov ester, and polypropylene). (1) The em ered or blunted. ployer shall have each synthetic web (3) Wire rope shall not be secured by sling marked or coded to show: knots, except on haul back lines on (1) Name or trademark of manufac scrapers. turer. (4) The following limitations shall (11) Rated capacities for the type of apply to the use of wire rope: hitch. U> An eye splice made in any wire (Hi) Type of material. rope shall have not less than three full (2) Rated capacity shall not be ex tucks. However, this requirement shall ceeded. not operate to preclude the use of an (f) Shackles and hooks. (1) Table other form of splice or connection which H-19 shall be used to determln: the safe can be shown to be as efficient and which working loads of various sizes of shack is not otherwise prohibited. les, except that higher safe working loads (ii) Except for eye splices in the ends are permissible when recommended by of wires and for endless rope slings, each the manufacturer for specific, identifia wire rope used in hoisting or lowering, ble products, provided that a safety fac or In pulling loads, shall consist of one tor of not less than 5 is maintained. continuous piece without knot or splice. (iii) Eyes in wire rope bridles, slings, or bull wires shall not be formed by wire rope clips or knots. (iv) Wire rope shall not be used If, In (2) The manufacturer's recommenda tions shall be followed in determining the safe working loads of the various sizes and types of specific and identifiable hooks. AH hooks for which no applicable any length of eight diameters, the total number of visible broken wires exceeds 10 percent of the total number of wires, or if the rope shows other signs of ex cessive wear, corrosion, or defect. (5) When u-bolt wire rope clips are used to form eyes, Table H-20 shall be manufacturer's recommendations are available shall be tested to twice the In tended safe working load before they are initially put into use. The employer shall maintain a record of the dates and re sults of such tests. used to determine the number and spac ing of clips. 1926.252 Disposal of waste materials. (1) When used for eye splices, the (a) Whenever materials are dropped U-bolt shall be applied so that the "u" more than 20 feet to any point lying out section is in contact with the dead end side the exterior walls of the building, an of the rope. enclosed chute of wood, or equivalent (d> Natural rope, arid synthetic fiber-- material, shall be used. For the purpose (1) General. When using natural or syn of this paragraph, an enclosed chute is a thetic fiber rope slings. Tables H-15, 16, Elide, closed In on all sides,, through 17, and 18 shall apply. which material is moved from a high (2) All splices in rope slings provided place to a lower one. by the employer shall be made in accord (b) When debris Is dropped through ance with fiber rope manufacturers* holes In the floor without the use of recommendations. chutes, the area onto which the material (1) In manlla rope, eye splices shall Is dropped shall be completely enclosed contain at least three full tucks, and with barricades not less than 42 inches short splices shall contain at least six full high and not less than 6 feet back from tucks (three on each side of the center- the projected edge of the opening above. line of the splice). Signs warning of the hazard of falling (ii) In layed synthetic fiber rope, eye splices shall contain at least four full tucks, and short splices shall contain at least eight full tucks (four on each materials shall be posted at each level. Removal shall not be permitted in this lower area until debris handling ceases above. side of the centerline of the splice). (Hi) Strand end tails shall not be trimmed short (flush with the surface of the rope) immediately adjacent to the full tucks. This precaution applies to both eye and short splices and all types of fiber rope. For fiber ropes under 1-inch (c) All scrap lumber, waste material, and rubbish shall be removed from the Immediate work area as the work progresses. (d) Disposal of waste material or de bris by burning shall comply with local fire regulations. diameter, the tails shall project at least ' (e) All solvent waste, oily rags, and six rope diameters beyond the last full flammable liquids shall be kept in fixe tuck. For fiber ropes 1-lnch diameter and resistant covered containers until re larger, the tails shall project at least 6 moved from worksite. CAPCO JEN 0001756 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Table H-l RATED CAPACITY (WORKING LCAO LIMIT). 'Oft ALLOT STEEL CHAIN JLINCf RATED CAPACITY (WORKING LOAD LIMIT), POUNDS Oi*U su, kcfcu i/4 T/a 1-3/4 Sl*U Biwcti / *0 Iff 3.2 SO 4.400 11,250 14,500 23.000 2S.7SO 44.900 57.900 7,000 10,000 100,000 oau mnt Yirtlcil A|U (1) 20 AS l<|'M 00 HvrliMMl A|l* (2) 40 41 lt|>M 34/*|f* 9.5*0 11,400 I4.S00 21.900 39. *00 49,100 47.100 77,000 99.900 114.000 tM.000 172.000 4,990 9.300 19,900 23.300 33,900 40.400 94,400 43,000 41,000 94.000 112.900 140.000 3,290 4.400 11.390 14.900 33.000 21.790 31,7$0 44,900 97,500 47,000 10,000 100.000 T'ipl* md OvWri^U fllAf YrtUl A*fU (1) 30 4|<H AS 40 HiltMil A*#U(l) 40 *S 4|t* 30 A|>m 1,400 17,000 29.000 43.000 S9.900 74.900 101.000 119.S0Q 149.000 174.000 207,000 291.000 4,400 J 4.000 34,000 39,000 41,900 41,000 12.000 94.900 121,900 141.000 149.000 3(0.000 4,000 4,900 17,000 34,900 34,900 42.000 91.000 44,900 4.000 100.900 119,900 190,000 (I) Rating of multileg aimgs Adjusted Tor ingle of loading measured as the included angle between the inclined leg ana me veruw. (2) Rating of multileg slings adjusted for angle of loading between the inclined leg and the horizontal plane of the load. .. Other grades of proof tested steel chain Include Proor Coll. BBB Coll and Hl-Test Chain. These grades are not recommended for o\erhead lifting and therefore are not covered by this code. Table H-2--Maximum Allowable Wear at any Point or Link (inches) Maximum allowable wear (inch) Chain rtze (inches) %............................ Maximum allowable tcear (inch) n;. ......................... lie Va............................ i`i......................... . l*i......................... .............................. `jj ............................ Ui......................... .............................. Table H-3 "l: 21 \ CAPCO JEN 0001757 22 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Table H-4 *. raila la. HT at<it ( It *' o * c>(a.u al tivaa'wa around arhu* 4 * laoti*. al raft. a*d la'MtMi !< I* It ar 64r a* ika all** I* bM Table H-5 RATEO CAPACITIES FOR SINGLE LEG SLINGS CAGLE LAIO ROPE - MECHANICAL SPLICE ONLV 7x7x7*7*7*>7 CONSTRUCTIONS GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE 7 xA x 1* IWRC CONSTRUCT!(X IMPROVED PLOW STEEL CKAOE ROPE ------------------------------- T~"-------------------------------- 1 Caal'f 1/4 7 x T x 7 3/G T X T x 7 in T x 7 x 7 in 7x7x7 S/ TxTx? 7 X 7 x IF 7 x 7 x IF 7 x 7 X IF 1*1/4 t.l/4 T.S/IG 1.1/3 Tx7x F 7 x 7 x IF 7 x x 19 IWRC 7x6 *19 IWRC 7 x G x IF IWRC 7 x 6 x 19 IF'RC 7 X 6 x 19 IWRC 7 x G x IF IWRC 7 x G x IF TVRC 7 xG x IF IWRC VaM.cal 0.90 t.l 1.S 3.1 1.1 3.F 4.1 S.4 G.F 1.1 9.9 1.1 5.0 6.4 7.Y 9.2 10.0 Ratad Caeacltlaa. Tana (2.000 IS) Chakar VarNeal GeWa' 0.1* O.GI 1.4 2.1 2.9 1.0 3.1 3.7 5.S 7.G 2.2 5.* G.2 IG.O 2.6 7.G 11.0 F.G n|r t)ttr * (ha D/4 walla la < ar r*ln a*a Table H-6 RATED CAPACITIES FOR SINGLE LEG SLINGS .PART AND A.PART GRAIDED ROPE * 7 ANO Ixll CONSTRUCTION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL CRAOE ROPE 7x7 CONSTRUCTION GALVANIZEO AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE --tr^rr,-- llncha.) 3/16 3/l 1/4 3/ 7/16 1/2 3/4 1 6x7 7x7 6 x IF 6 x 19 6 x 19 6 x IF 6 x 19 6 x 19 6 x IF 6 x 19 6 X IF Ra ad Caeacitiai. Tw (2.000 IS) Va. ,eoj CLok ar Gatka' V> ix al lo bo daxsax.1 -Part 6.Pa" 6-Parl | 6-Part PaM 0.42 0.76 l 1.7 0.32 0.57 1.3 0.32 0.57 1.3 0.24 0.42 0.94 0.74 0.5$ 1.3 O.FS 1 3-1 1 I-7 3.1 4.6 6.6 9.3 12.0 1 IS.O 19.0 37.0 1 36.0 I 47.0 0.39 0.71 1.5 1.3 2.3 3.6 5.1 6.9 9.0 11.0 14.0 20.0 27.0 3S.0 0.36 0.71 I.S 1.3 2.3 3.6 5.1 6.9 9.0 11.0 14.0 20.0 27.0 3S.0 0.29 0.53 1.2 0.9G 3-7 3.6 5.2 6.7 6.5 10.0 IS.O 20.0 26.0 0.B9 0.67 3.0 2.2 `Jktii valwat aalj ilflr *fcri\ Ilia D/d raUa I* 70 ar (raatar Mum 0 Oiaa>a<ar al aa*ia>d *Wrb Uia kadjr af Wia^llx* la Waal. d * Plaaalar al aaaipaaaat rapa. CAPCO JEN 0001758 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Table H-7 RATED CAPACITIES FOR 3J.CC l JJ-EC BRIOLE SLINCS 4 k It ANO 4x 37 CLASSIFICATION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL CRAOC ROPE WITH FIBER CORE (PC) r.m Raia4 Caaaciriat Tana (2.000 lb) ---------- 3.1: b. 41m Slmat .a Bi 41* Sima 0< (Inch** Canr Vart JU 4a*raa Hart 40 4aaraa "NT MS 43 1<| Anala hT MS Vrt 60 4a*>ta Vr| 30 4a,raa Hart 30 4aoraa H*fi 60 4aeraa HT MS 43 4a*>aa Anal* Van 60 4(m Kait 30 4aaraa O.IS 7/4 t-l/ 6* 19 14.0 0.4A 1.4 1.9 3.4 4.3 S3 7.6 10.0 16.0 0.70 i1 t.s 2.0 2.6 3.2 4.0 3.S 7.3 9.4 12.0 0.72 1.1 1.6 3.2 3.4 35 4.4 6.2 44 11.0 13.0 0.49 0.S1 1.3 0.76 0.79 2.0 1.1 1.1 3.4 1.4 t.s 37 1 4 2.0 4 4 2.3 2 S 6 0 2.4 3.1 7.3 3 9 4 4 100 S.l 59 13.0 6.7 7.7 17.0 4 9.S 22.0 1.3 2.0 2.9 40 S.l 6S 40 11.0 IS 0 20 0 24 0 1.0 1J4 2.3 3.0 3.9 4.9 3.9 II 11.0 14.0 140 l.l 1.7 2.4 3.2 4.2 S.3 6.5 9.3 13.0 16 0 20 0 0.74 1.1 1.6 2.1 3.4 4.2 10.0 13.0 0.7 1.2 1.7 2.3 3.0 3.7 19.0 14.0 16.0 9.4 21.0 2S.0 29.0 21.0 23.0 ISO i;.o 20.0 23.0 17.0 19.0 12.0 43.0 31.0 3S.0 2S.0 21.0 16.0 37.0 20 0 22.0 14.0 16.0 36.0 41.0 30.0 33.0 510 32.0 33.0 26.0 26.0 14 0 43.0 4| 0 3S.0 39.0 2S.0 34.0 33.0 37.0 27.0 30.0 19.0 n.o 49.0 56.0 40.0 4S.0 24.0 32.0 2 6x37 43.0 44.0 3S.0 39.0 2S.0 24.0 64.0 XT w Kan4 Trbe4 MS KiikHKil Ipl ica Table H-8 RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2-LEG B 3-LE6 BRIOLE SLINCS 6 x t* an4 6 x 37 CLASSIFICATION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL CRAOC ROPE WITH INDEPENDENT WIRE ROPE CORE (IWRC) ... Ola tnckaa] Cantlr --------- r Van 30 4araa Hart 60 4**aa HT --ST-- RaiaA Caaaritiaa Tan* <2.000 lb) J- .la B'i la Sima 43 4a*'*a Vat* 60 4a*raa Van 90 4|raa A*|ta Hart 90 6aaaa Hart 60 Fat'ia 45 N|<a Ana'a Van 60 4a*raa Hart 10 4aaaa WT" US RT----- MS HT---- MS HT 1/4 6 x 19 0.92 0 97 0 75 0.79 OSS 0.36 1.4 1.4 1.5 1.1 1.2 111 0.47 31 3/4 2 0 2.1 1.6 1.4 1.1 1.2 3.0 7/16 6 x 19 3.T 3.9 2.2 2.4 1.5 1.7 4.0 3.4 3.4 2 4 3 1 2.0 2.3 S.l 9A6 x 19 4.3 4.1 3.3 3 9 2.5 2.T 6.4 3.2 5.9 4.2 4 1 3.0 3.4 3.9 6.9 4.2 4.9 11.0 7/1 7.4 9.3 S.S 6.6 14.0 1S.0 10 0 12.0 7.2 4.3 19.0 l.l/t 6 1* 16.0 11.0 13.0 ISO 9.0 10.0 33.0 1.4 2.3 3.2 4.4 3.7 M 4.4 13.0 17.0 22.0 27.0 1.1 1.7 2.4 5.3 3.2 6.4 3.9 13.0 15.C 19.0 1.2 2.6 36 5 7.2 10.0 14.0 14.0 32.0 0.79 6.3 11.0 0.64 1.1/4 6x37 14.0 1.1/2 a 6x37 6 x 37 26.0 31 0 35.0 46.0 21.0 25.0 30 0 41.0 53.0 1S.0 14.0 21.0 25 0 29.0 37.0 17.0 21.0 2S.4 29 0 33.0 43.0 10.0 13.0 13.0 II 0 20.0 26 0 12.0 13.0 17.0 20 0 24.0 30.0 27.0 33.0 39.0 46.0 33.0 66.0 32.0 31.0 45.0 53.0 61.0 79.0 33.0 32.0 36.0 43.0 36.0 26.0 37.0 30.0 65 0 16.0 23.0 11.0 MT - HwM Twh* Ml* Ml INK* Table H-9 RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2-LEC A 3-LEC BRIOLE SLINCS CABLE LAIO ROPE - MECHANICAL SPLICE ONLY 3x7x7 AND 7 x7 x IT CONSTRUCTIONS CALVANIZEO AIRCRAFT 6RADERCPE 7 xi x If IWRC CONSTRUCTION IMPROVEO PLOW STEEL CRAOE ROPE Rapa Rata4 CaaaeHiat. Tana (2.000 lb) ----------------- 5.1.. K.JI. SI...------ ------- J.L., U.JI.TT7.-; iL.) 1/4 3/1 1/2 S/I 3/4 3/3 3/4 7/3 | M/3 M/4 3/4 7/4 i 1*1/1 M/4 14/te io/ ii/a c~" VaM 90 4a| Hart 60 4a 7x7x7 7xTx7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 0.37 1.9 3.2 4.1 6.6 7x7x19 7x7x19 7x7x19 7 x 7 x 19 7x7x19 7x7x19 5.0 7.0 9.3 12.0 14.0 27.0 7x6x19 IWRC 7**19 IWRC 7**14 IWRC 7**19 IWRC 7*xl9fVRC 7**19 tWRC 7**19 IWRC 7*xl9 IWRC 6.6 4.7 11.0 13.0 16.0 IT.O 19.0 22.0 45 4a*ra Anjla 0.71 1.5 2.6 3.9 5.4 4.1 5.7 7.6 9.7 12.0 14.0 Vart 60 Jap Vn 30 4a* Hart 30 4a* Hart 60 4a* 0.30 1.1 1.3 2.B 9.B 1.3 2.9 4.B 7.2 9.9 2.9 7.5 4.1 10.0 3.4 14.0 B.9 15.0 B.2 9.9 | 21.0 26.0 9.0 11.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 11.0 4.2 10.0 11.0 13.0 13.0 17.0 20.0 24.0 30.0 24 0 33.0 4S4**raa *" 1.1 2-3 3.9 5.9 .l 6.1 * 11.0 14.0 37.0 21.0 V*'l 40 4** Han 30 4a* 0.75 !* 3-> 4.2 *-T 4..* ** B.l 10.0 12.0 13.0 11.0 13.0 16.0 20.0 21.0 "33.0 2T.0 9,6 11.0 1145..00 16.0 19.0 23 CAPCO JEN 0001759 24 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Table H-10 RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2-LEC A NO 1-LEC BRIDIE JUMCt I .PART AND 4-PART BRAIDED ROPE 4x7 AND 4x19 CONSTRUCTION IMPROVEO PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE 7x7 CONSTRUCTION GALVANIZEO AIRCRAFT CRAOC ROPE Raf4CaaaHiaa.Taxi (3.000 M }. .a Bri4la Stitts 3-La B'.AJa Hint* Vart 30 4a|aa iJli'.l C~" Ha* 40 4araa 43 4araa Vat 40 4araa Van 30 Aaf.aa Ana la Her* 30 tfaraa Hart 60 tfaa'aa 43 4f>aa Vait 49 4af>aa Hart 10 4at'aa J.P#/* 4 Par. TTaTi 6-Pad IP... t-l'.rl 6-Pa.t 3/14 6x7 0 74 O.SS 0.60 0.4S 0.42 0.32 l.l 1.3 0.91 1.1 0.40 0.76 0.S7 2 0 2.9 2.2 2.4 1.4 1.7 1.3 4.4 0.43 0.90 l.S 1.6 3.3 3.6 0.64 0.64 1.1 2.S 0.44 0-4$ 3/16 7x7 0 49 1.6 3.6 0 67 1.2 2.7 0.72 t.S -2.9 O.SS 1.0 7.2 0.S1 0.9S 2.1 0.39 0.71 IS 1.3 2.S S.4 1.0 l.l 1.4 3.0 4.0 4.4 0.42 3.3 0.77 1.4 3.1 0.S4 30 1/4 S3 4.3 12.0 6 x 19 16.0 21.0 26 0 5/8 32.0 3/4 6 x 19 46 0 7/4 62.0 1 6 x 19 .1.0 2.2 4.0 6.2 1.9 12.0 ISO 20.0 24.0 J5.0 47.0 61.0 2.4 4.3 6.7 9.7 13.0 17.0 21.0 26.0 34.0 S1.0 66.0 1.4 3.2 S.O 7.2 9.1 13.0 16.0 20.0 24.0 34.0 SO.O 1.7 3.1 4.4 6.4 9.3 12.0 IS.O 19.0 27.0 36.0 47.0 1.3 2.3 3.6 5.1 6.9 9.0 11.0 14 0 20.0 27.0 3S.0 4.S 4.0 12.0 11 0 24.0 3>.0 39.0 44.0 69.0 94.0 22.0 3.4 60 93 13.0 14.0 33.0 39.0 36.0 S2.0 70.0 91.0 3.7 6.S 10.0 14 0 20.0 3S.0 32.0 40.0 S6.0 76.0 99.0 2.4 4.9 7.6 11.0 ISO 19.0 24.0 30.0 42.0 S7.0 74.0 3.6 7.1 10.0 14.0 14 0 23.0 24 0 40.0 54 0 70 0 1.9 10.0 13.0 30.0 40.0 S3.0 Table H-ll rated capacities for strand laid grommet - hand tucked IMPROVEO PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE ROPE BODY RATED CAPACITIES. TONS (7.000 Ikl Dia (inchai) Cariitr 0 1/4 S/16 3/4 7/JS 1/2 9/lG S/4 3/4 7/4 1 l-t/4 1-1/2 7 x 19. 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 37 7 x 37 7 x 37 Vertical 0.4S 1.3 1.9 2.6 3.3 4.2 S.2 7.4 10.0 13.0 16.0 14.0 32.0 36.0 * T* nl.rt *fttr apfU *<''> 'lit D/J tla l< I M C"'ir At*#." 0 * Di*tir tl rw'rtir4 etiicX It 4s Ol.' ( if* 6 CKaV.r 0.64 1.0 1.4 1.9 2.S 3.1 3.9 $.6 T.S 9.7 12.0 14.0 10.0 19.0 0 Vail.cal Baikal* 1.7 3 3-4 S3 4.4 10.00 IS.O 20.0 33-0 37.0 Table H-12 RATED CAPACITIES FOR CABLE LAID GROMMET - HAND TUCKED 7x4x7 AMD 7 x 4 x 19 CONSTRUCTIONS IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE 7x7x7 CONSTRUCTION GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE CABLE BOOT RATED CAPACITIES. TONS (2.000 \k) Dia (lachaa) 9/16 s/a 3/1 9/16 S/4 S/4 3/4 1S/16 1-1/4 t-S/16 M/2 1-11/16 1-7/4 2-1/4 2-s/a !>* >* 0 6Gtilr Vertical CHaVar 7xx7 7x6x7 t x6 x T 1.3 2.4 3.4 0.95 2.1 2-4 7x7x7 7x7x7 7*7x7 1.6 3.S 4.S 1.2 2.6 7 x 6 x 19 7 x6 x 19 T X6 x 19 7 x 6 x 19 7xxl9 7x4x19 7 x 6 x 19 7 x6 x 19 7x6 x 19 7 x x 19 1 1 I 3.9 S.l T.9 11.0 IS.O 19.0 24.0 30.0 42.0 56.0 3.0 S.4 11.0 14.0 11.0 32.0 31.0 42.0 ptr vkk k* d/4 ratia u l * |rt Mt: D Dtaaata* ( cwnlwi an4 wMalt tW Mf J 6*#f. 4 ( tikU M;, 0 Vertical Baikal* 2.5 31 7.9 CAPCO JEN 0001760 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS TaMe H-13 RATED CAPACITIES FOR STRAND LAIO ENDLESS SLINGS-MECHANICAL JOINT IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE ROPE BOOT RATEO CAPACITIES. TONS 1 .000 fbl d: (fiacfcai) 1/4 1/7 5/1 3/4 M/I M/4 SO/I M/2 * Canal* 06 6 x 19 IWRC 5 X 19 IWRC 6 X 19 IWRC fix 19 IWRC 6 X 19 IWRC 6x 19 IWRC A x 19 IWRC A X 19 IWRC 6 s. V IWRC A x 37 IWRC 6X37 IWRC VartUal 0.92 3.0 3.6 5.6 1.0 11.0 14.0 11.0 at.o 25.0 39.0 Cklar 0.69 l.S 3.7 4.3 1.1 10.0 11.0 1S.0 19.0 37.0 a*l rf' iha D/a raUa la t at rraataf vfcarat p - ri<Ml at taovatyra ahlrti *f< Ir haul. 4 Dlaataiat af *apa Wa4f. 0 Vanital Baalat* l.S 4.1 171..20 31.0 34.0 35.0 41.0 50.0 J9.0 TaMe H-14- rated CAPACITIES FOR CABLE LAID ENDLESS SLlHCS-UECHANICAL JOINT 7x7x7 AND 7 x 7 x 19 CONSTRUCTIONS CALVANI2E0 AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE 7 X I x 19 IWRC CONSTRUCTION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE CABLE BODY RATED CAPACITIES. TONS (7.000 Ik) Dla (Incka al 3/4 M/I 1-1/4 M/S M/2 Camtr 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7 x 7 x 19 7 x 7 x 19 7 x 7 x 19 7 x7 x 19 7x7 x 19 7 x 0 x 19 IWRC 7 x 6 x 19 IWRC 7x6x19 IWRC 7 x6 y. 19 IWRC 7 xO x 19 IWRC 7 X 6 x 19 IWRC 7 x6 x 19 IWRC 1 0 Vait'cal on 1.1 2.0 4. S 61 4.7 6.7 6.9 11.0 14.0 17.0 6.2 6.1 10.0 13.0 16.0 2n1..o0 6 CkaVaP 0.62 2.1 l.S 5.0 J0.O 13.0 4.7 6.2 12.0 14.0 16.0 0 Vii'a! Batlal* 1.4 9.S 17.0 a Then talutt ar-lf apply hn tt< D/4 'aim la S ar trtattt c Diami#> at ryrratara a>aw4 xhich <V1 C Piamcirr al cabt* ba4j. U b*Al 25 CAPCO JEN 0001761 26 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Table K-15 MANILA ROPE SLINGS ROPE dia meter Nominal ! In chat Nomine! Weight P.r 100 ft In PevnJa Minimum Brooking Strength In > E R T IC A L H IT C H CHOKER H IT C H V E R T IC A L H ITC H ! CHOKER ! H IT C H 1 RATEO CAPACITY IN POUNOS <Sf.t. Ftio> > 51 EYE AND EYE SUNG ENOLESS SLING BASKET HITCH BASKET HITCH Ang f Rep* 10 Horizontal Angl a of Rapa la Horizontal 90 J.g 60 deg 45 dag 30 Jag 90 Jag 60 Jag 45 Jag 30 Jag Angle of Rep ro Vertical Angl# of Rop a to Vertical 0 Jag 30 Jag 45 Jag 60 Jag 0 Jog 30 Jag 45 Jag 60 Jag 1/2 9A6 5/8 3/4 7.5 10.4 11.3 J6.7 2,650 3.450 4,400 5.400 550 700 900 1,200 2S0 3S0 450 550 1,100 1,400 1,800 2,200 900 1,200 1,500 1,900 750 1,000 1,200 1.500 550 700 900 1,100 950 1.200 1,600 2,000 500 600 800 950 1.900 2,500 3,200 3,900 1.700 2.200 2,700 3,400 1.400 1,800 2,200 2,800 950 1.203 1,600 2,000 13/16 7/8 l lw 19.5 22.5 27.0 31.3 6.S00 7,700 9,000 10,500 1,300 1,500 1,800 2,100 650 750 900 1,100 2.600 3,100 3.600 4,200 2.300 2,700 3,100 3,600 1.800 2.200 2.600 3,000 1,300 1,500 1,800 2,100 2.300 2.8 QO 3,200 3,800 1,200 1.400 1,600 1.900 4.700 5.600 6,500 7.600 4,100 4,800 5.600 6,600 3,300 3,900 4,600 5.400 2,300 2,800 3,200 3,800 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 5/16 1 1/2 36.0 41.7 47.9 59.9 12,000 13.500 15,000 18.500 2,400 2.700 3,000 3,700 1,200 1.400 1,500 3,850 4,800 5,400 6.000 7,400 4,200 4,700 5,200 15,400 3,400 3.800 4,300 5.200 2.400 2,700 3.000 3.700 4,300 4.900 5,400 6.700 2.200 2,400 2,700 3,300 8,600 9.700 11,000 13.S00 7,500 8,400 9.400 11,500 6,100 6,900 7,700 9.400 4,300 4,900 5,400 6,700 1 5/8 13/4 2 2 1/1 74.6 89.3 107.5 125.0 22.500 26,500 31.000 36.000 4.500 5.300 6,200 7,200 7.300 2,700 3,100 3,600 9.000 10.500 12.Sob 14.500 7,800 9.200 10.500 12.500 6,400 7,500 8,800 10,000 4.500 5,300 6,200 7,200 8,100 9,500 11,000 13.000 4,100 4,800 5.600 0,500 16.000 19,000 22,500 26,000 14,000 16,500 19,500 22.500 11.500 13,500 16,000 38.500 8.000 9.S00 U.000 13,000 2 1/4 2 1/2 2 5/8 246.0 166.7 190.8 41.000 46.500 52.000 8,200 9,300 10.500 4,100 4.700 5.200 16,500 18,500 21,000 14;000 16,000 18,000 11,500 13,000 14,500 8,200 9,300 10.500 15,000 16,500 18,500 7,400 8,400 9.500 29.500 33.500 37,500 25.500 29,000 32,500 21,000 23,500 26.500 15.000 16.500 18,500 Table H-16 NYLON ROPE SLINGS ROPE DIA. METER Nominal In Inchat Nominal Weight Minimum Bracking Par Strength 100 ft In In PewnJi Pound* V E R T IC A L H IT C H CHOKER H IT C H V E R T IC A L H IT C H CHOKER H IT C H RATEO CAPACITY IN POUNDS (Safety Factor 9'. EYE AND EYE SLING BASKET HITCH Angie of Rapa to Horizontal 90 Jag 60 Jag 45 Jag 30 Jag Angle el Rep te Van cal 0 Jag 30 dag 4Sdag 60 Jag ENDLESS SLING BASKET HITCH Ang! a ef Repe te Horizontal 90 Jag 60 Jag 45 Jag 30 Jag An (a ef Rop a ie Vani cal 0 Jag 30 Jag 45 Jag 60 Jag 1/2 9/16 --S/8 3/4 6.5 8.3 IOlS 14.5 6,080 7,600 9,880 13.490 700 850 1,100 1,500 350 1,400 1,200 950 400 1,700 1.S00 1,200 5S0 2.200 1,900 1.600 750 3,000 2.400 3.100 700 850 1.100 1.500 1,200 1,500 2.000 600 750 1.000 1,400 2,400 3.000 4.000 5,400 2,100 2,600 3,400 -4.700 1,700 2,200 2.800 3,800 1,200 1,500 2.000 2,700 13/16 7/8 1 1 1/16 37.0 20.0 26.8 29.0 16,150 19.000 23.750 27,360 1.800 2,100 2.600 3,000 900 1.100 1,300 2,500 3.600 4.200 5,300 6,100 3,100 3,700 4,600 5.300 2.600 3.000 3,700 4,300 1,800 2.100 2,600 3,000 3,200 3,800 4,800 5,500 f,600 1,900 2,400 2,700 6,400 7.600 9,500 11,000 5,600 6,600 8.200 9,500 4,600 5,400 6,700 7,700 3.200 3,800 4,800 5,500 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 5/16 l 1/2 34.0 40.0 4S.0 55.0 31,350 35.625 40.850 50,350 3,500 4,000 4,$00 5,600 1,700 2.000 2.300 2,100 7,000 7,900 9.100 11.000 6,000 6.900 7J00 9,700 5,000 5,600 6,400 7,900 3,500 4,000 4,500 5,600 6,300 7.100 8,200 10,000 3,100 3,600 4,100 S,000 12,500 14,500 16,500 20,000 11,000 32.500 i4,ooa 17,500 4,900 20.009 12,000 14,000 6,300 7.100 8,200 10,000 1 5/8 13/4 2 2i n 68.0 83.0 95.0 109.0 61,750 74,100 87,400 100,700 6.900 8,200 9.700 11,000 3,400 4.100 4,900 6,600 13,500 16,500 19,500 22,500 12.000 14,500 37,000 19,500 9,700 21.500 13,500 16,000 6,900 8,200 9.700 11.000 12.500 15,000 17,500 20,000 6,200 7,400 8,700 10,000 24,500 29,500 35,000 40.500 21,500 27,500 30,500 35,000 17,500 21,000 34,500 28.500 22,500 15,000 27,500 20,000 2 1/4 21/2 2 S/6 129.0 >494 166.0 118,750 I3J.000 : 53,900 13,000 15,000 17,100 6,600 7.400 8.400 24.500 29.500 34,000 23.900 25.500 29,500 18,500 21,000 24X00 13,000 13,000 17.000 24.000 26 >00 31,008 12.000 13.500 15.?60 47,500 ,000 I1.S06 41,000 46,000 535W 33,500 37,500 43.500 24.000 26,500 31,000 CAPCO JEN 0001762 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Table B-17 POLYESTER ROPE SLIKCS 27 ROPE DIA. METER Nominal Waight Par Nominal In Inch** 100 ft In Pound* Minimum Bracking Stran gth In Paundi v e r t ic a l HITCH | 1 CHOKER H IT C H V E R T IC A L H IT C H CHOKER H IT C H RATEO CAPACITY IN POUNDS (SMy Fel t * 9) EYE AND EYE SLING ENDLESS SLING BASKET HITCH BASKET HITCH Angle f Rapa ta Haritantal Angla 1 Rapa ta Haritantal 90 dag 60 dg 45 dag -30 dag 90 dag 40 dag 45 dag 30 dag Ang a ( Rapa ta Van! cal Ang a tl Rap a to Vartica! 0 dag 30 dag 45 dag 60 dag 0 dag 30 dag 45 dag 40 dag 1/2 9 n6 3/4 7/S l 1 1/16 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 5/16 1 1/2 1 5/8 2 2 1/8 2 1/4 2m 6.0 10.2 13.0 17.S 21.0 2S.0 30.5 34.5 40.0 46.3 52.5 66.8 62.0 98.0 118.0 135.0 137.0 181.0 2/5.0 6,080 7.600 9.SOO 11,875 700 850 1,100 1,300 14,725 27,100 20,900 24,225 1,600 1,900 2,300 2,700 28,025 31,540 35.625 44,460 3,100 3,500 4,000 4,900 54.150 64,410 76,000 87,400 6,000 7,200 8.400 9,700 101,650 115,900 UO.ISO 11,500 13,000 14,500 350 400 SSO 650 800 950 1,200 1,300 1.600 1,800 2.000 2.500 2.000 3.600 4.200 4,900 5,700 6,400 7,200 1,400 1,700 2.100 2,600 3.300 3.800 4,600 5.400 6,200 7.000 7,900 9.900 12,000 14,500 17.000 19.500 22,500 16.000 29,000 1,200 1.500 1,800 2,300 2.800 3.300 4.000 4.700 5.400 6,100 6,900 8,600 10.400 12.500 14,500 17,000 19,500 22.SOO 25,000 9S0 1.200 1,500 1.900 2,300 2,700 3,300 3.800 4,400 5,000 5,600 7.000 8,500 10,000 12,000 13,500 16,000 18.000 20.500 700 850 1.100 1,300 1.690 1,900 2,300 2,700 3,100 3.$00 4.000 4.900 0,000 7.100 8,400 9,700 I1.5CO 13.000 14.500 1,200 1,500 1,900 2,400 2.900 3,400 4.200 4,800 5.600 6,700 7,100 8,900 11,000 13.000 15.000 17,500 20,500 23,000 26.000 600 750 9SO 1.200 1,500 1,700 2,100 2.400 2,800 3.200 3,600 4,400 5,400 6,400 7.600 8,700 10,000 11,500 13.000 2.400 3.000 3.800 4,800 5.900 6,800 8.400 9.700 11,000 22.500 14,500 18,000 22,500 26,000 30.500 35.000 40.500 46.S00 52.000 2,100 2.600 3,300 4.100 5,100 5.900 7.200 8,400 9,700 21.000 12,500 15.500 19,000 22.500 26.500 30.500 35,000 40.000 45,000 1.700 2.200 2,700 3,400 1,200 1.500 1,900 2.400 4,200 4,800 5.900 6,900 7,900 8.900 10,000 12,500 2,900 3.400 4,200 4,800 5,600 6,300 7,100 8.900 25,500 18,000 21,500 24.500 11.000 13,000 15,000 17,500 29,000 33.000 37,000 20,500 23.000 26,000 Table H-18 POLYPROPYLENE ROPE SLINGS V E R T IC A L HITCH 1 ROPE DIA. METER Nominal In Inchai Haminal WaigM Par 100 It In Ppvndt Minimum Bracking Sl'tngih In Pcwndt 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 13/16 7/8 1 1 1/16 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 S/15 l 1/2 1 S/S 1 3/4 2 21/8 21/4 21/2 2 5/1 4,7 6.1 7.5 10.7 12.7 25.0 18.0 20.4 23.7 27.0 30.5 38.5 47.5 57.0 69.0 80.0 92.0 107.0 120.0 3,990 4,845 S.890 8,075 9.40S 20,925 13,300 15.200 17,365 19,950 22.325 28,215 34,200 40.850 49,400 57,950 65,550 76,000 85,500 6S0 800 1,000 1.300 1,600 2.800 2,200 2,500 2.900 3,300 3,700 4.700 3,700 6,800 8,200 9,700 11,000 12,500 14,500 1 CHOKER H IT C H RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (Safely Factor 6) EYE AND EYE SLING ENDLESS SLING BASKET HITCH Angla of Rapa ta Haritantal 90 dag 60 dag 45 dag 30 dtp Angl a a( Rap a ta Vartica 0 dag 30 d.g 45 d.g 60 dag V E R T IC A L H IT C H CHOKER HITCH BASKET HITCH Angl a ef Rapa to Haritantal 90 d.g 60 dag 45 dag 30 dag Angla f Rap a to Yarticol 0 deg 30 dag 45 dag 66 dag ___ 1 3S0 400 500 700 800 900 2,100 1,300 1,500 1.700 1,900 2,400 2,900 3,400 4.100 4.800 5.500 6,300 *7,100 1,300 1,600 2,000 2,700 3,1^0 3,600 4,400 5,100 5,800 6,700 7,400 9,400 11.500 13,500 16.500 19.500 22,000 25.500 28,500 1,200 1.400 1,700 2,300 2.700 3,200 3.800 4,400 5.000 5,800 6,400 8.100 9,900 12.000 14,500 16,500 19.000 22.000 24,500 950 1,100 1.400 1,900 2,200 2,600 3,100 3,600 4,100 4.700 5,300 6.700 8,100 9.600 11,500 13.500 1S.SOO 18,000 40.004 650 800 1,000 1,300 1,600 1,800 2.200 2.500 2.900 3.300 3,700 4,700 5,700 6,800 e.to 9,700 11,000 12,500 14,560 1,200 1,500 1,800 2,400 2.800 3,300 4,000 4,600 5,200 6.006 6.700 8.500 10,500 12,500 16,000 17,500 19,500 23,000 25.500 600 750 900 1,200 1.400 1.60Q 2,000 2,300 2.600 3.000 3.400 4,200 5,100 6.100 7,400 8,700 9,900 11.500 13.000 2.400 2,900 3.500 4.900 2,100 2.S00 3,100 4.200 5,600 >.600 *..ooo 9.100 4,900 5.700 6,900 7,900 10.500 22,000 13.500 17.000 9.000 10,500 11,500 14,500 20.500 24.500 29.S00 3S.000 18.000 21.000 25.500 30,100 39,500 45,500 $1,500 34,000 39,500 44,500 1,700 2,100 2.500 3,400 1,200 1.500 1,800 2.400 4,000 4,600 5.600 6.500 2,800 3,500 4,000 4,600 7,400 8,500 9,500 12,000 5.200 6.000 6,700 8,500 34,500 17.500 11.000 24.500 10,500 12.500 15,000 17,500 28,000 S2.500 $6,500 19,500 23.000 2S.5O0 CAPCO JEN 0001763 28 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Tabu H-l--Sir* Wobedio Loam rot Bhacxlm {la tool 0/ 2000 ponntia'. Material at** (locbea) Pin dlax&- 8*fe workt (Incbea) tag load c {/ r tLi iL? tii ,1* 2............................. 1.4 2.2 u *2 4.3 . lu 17 ll| U 1U IwO U. 14.2 2L2 Table H-30--Ncmbe* and encmo or U-Boit Wise Bom Cum rope diameter Lncbea Number of eUpi Minimum * spacing Drop Other (Inches) forged material K................................. it.................................. 8 1 4 4 4 A t $ u.................................. 4 C 6 w................................ 6 e 6K wi*5................................................................ 6 7 7 7*1 Mi m................................ 7 1 9 [Delete Fig. H-l] (Delete Fig. H-21 Subpart I--Tools--Hand and Power 1926.300 General requirements. (a) Condition oj tools. All,hand and power tools and similar equipment, whether furnished by the employer or the employee, shall be maintained in a safe condition. (b) Guarding. (1) When power oper ated tools are designed to accommodate guards, they shall be equipped with such guards when in use. (2) Belts, gears, shafts, pulleys, sprockets, spindles, drums, fly wheels, chains, or other reciprocating, rotating or moving parts of equipment shall be guarded if such parts are exposed to con tact by employees or otherwise create a hazard. Guarding shall meet the require ments as 6et forth In American National Standards Institute, B15.1-1953 (R1958), Safety Code for Mechanical PowerTransmission Apparatus. (c) Personal protective equipment. Employees using hand and power tools and exposed to the hazard of falling, fly ing. abrasive, and splashing objects, or exposed to harmful dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases shall be provided with the particular personal protective equip ment necessary to protect them from the hazard. All personal protective equip ment shall meet the requirements and be maintained according to Subparts D and E of this part. <d) Switches. (1) All hand-held pow'ered platen sanders, grinders with wheels 2-lnch diameter or less, routers, planers, laminate trimmers, nlbblers, shears, scroll saws, and Jigsaws with blade shanks one-fourth of an Inch wide or less may be equipped with only a posi tive "on-off" control, (2) All hand-held powered drills, tappers, fastener drivers, horizontal, vertical, and angle gTlnders with wheels greater than 2 Inches in diameter, disc sanders, belt 6&nders, reciprocating saws, saber saws, and other similar operating powered tools shall be equipped with a momentary contact "on-off" control and may have a lock-on control provided that turnoff can be accomplished by a single motion of the same Anger or Angers that turn it on. (3) All other hand-held powered tools, such as circular saws, chain saws, and percussion tools without positive acces sory holding means, shall be equipped with a constant pressure switch that will shut off the power when the pressure Is released. (4) The requirements of this para graph shall become effective on July IS, 1972. (5) Exception: This paragraph does not apply to concrete vibrators, concrete breakers, powered tampers, Jack ham (7) All hoses exceeding &-inch Inside diameter shall have a safety device at the source of supply or branch line to reduce pressure In case of hose failure. (8) Airless spray guns of the type which atomize paints and fluids at high pressures (1,000 pounds or more per square inch) shall be equipped with automatic or visible manual safety de vices which will prevent pulling of the trigger to prevent release of the paint or fluid until the safety device is manually released. <9) In lieu of the above, a diffuser nut which will prevent high pressure, high velocity release, while the nozzle tip is removed, plus a nozzle tip guard which will prevent the tip from coming Into contact with the operator, or other equivalent protection, shall be provided. mers, rock drills, and similar hand oper (c) Fuel powered tools. (1) All fuel ated power tools. powered tools shall be stopped while be ing refueled, serviced, or maintained, and 1926.301 Hand tools. fuel shall be transported, handled, and (a) Employers shall not Issue or per stored in accordance with Subpart F of mit the use of unsafe hand tools. this part. <b) Wrenches, including adjustable, (2) When fuel powered tools are used pipe, end, and socket wrenches shall not in enctosed spaces, the applicable re be used when Jaws are sprung to the quirements for concentrations of toxic point that slippage occurs. (c) Impact tools, such as drift pins, wedges, and chisels, shall be kept free of mushroomed heads. (d> The wooden handles of tools shall be kept free of splinters or cracks and shall be kept tight In the tool. 1926.302 Pouer-operated hand tools. (a) Electric power-operated tools. (1) Electric power operated tools shall either be of the approved double-insulated type or grounded In accordance with Subpart K of this part. (2) The use of electric cords for hoist ing or lowering tools shall not be permitted. (b) Pneumatic power tools. (1) Pneu matic power tools shall be secured to the hose or whip by some positive means to prevent the tool from becoming ac cidentally disconnected. (2) Safety clips or retainers shall be securely Installed and maintained on pneumatic Impact (percussionVTools to prevent attachments from being acci dentally expelled. (3) All pneumatically driven nailers, staplers, and other similar equipment provided with automatic fastener feed, which operate at more than 100 psi. pressure at the tool shall have a safety device on the muzzle to prevent the tool from ejecting fasteners, unless the muz zle is In contact with the work surface. (4) Compressed air shall not be used for cleaning purposes except where re duced to less than 30 pjsX and then only with effective chip guarding and per sonal protective equipment which meets the requirements of Subpart E of this part. The 30 psJ. requirement does not apply for concrete form, mill scale and similar cleaning purposes. (5) The manufacturer's safe operating pressure for hoses, pipes, valves. Alters, and other fittings shall not be exceeded. (6) The use of hoses lor hoisting or lowering tools shall not be permitted. gases and use of personal protective equipment, as outlined in Subparts D and E of this part, shall apply. <d> Hydraulic potoer tools. (1) the fluid used In hydraulic powered tools shall be fire-resistant fluids approved under Schedule 30 of the U.S. Bureau of Mines, Department of the Interior, and shall retain Its operating characteristics at the most extreme temperatures to which it will be exposed. (2) The manufacturer's safe operat ing pressures for hoses, valves, pipes. Alters, and other fittings shall not be exceeded. (e) Powder-actuated tools. (1> Only employees who have been trained in the operation of the particular tool in use shall be allowed to operate a powderactuated tool. (2) The tool shall be tested each day before loading to see that safety devices are in proper working condition. The method of testing shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended procedure. (3) Any tool found not in proper working order, or that develops a detect during use, shall be immediately re moved from service and not used until properly repaired. (4) Personal protective equipment shall be in accordance with Subpart E of this part. (5) Tools shall not be loaded until Just prior to the Intended firing time. Neither loaded nor empty tools are to be pointed at any employees. Hands shall be kept clear of the open barrel end. (6) Loaded tools shall not be left unattended. (7) Fasteners shall not be driven Into very hard or brittle materials Including, but not limited to, cast Iron, glazed tile, surface-hardened steel, glass block, live rock, face brick, or hollow tile. (8) Driving into materials easily pene trated shall be avoided unless such ma terials are backed by a substance that CAPCO JEN 0001764 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 29 will prevent the pin or fastener from passing completely through and creating a flying missile hazard on the other side. (9) No fastener shall be driven into a spalled area caused by an unsatisfactory fastening. (10) Tools shall not be used in an ex plosive or flammable atmosphere. (ID All tools shall be used with the correct shield, guard, or attachment recommended by the manufacturer. (12) Powder-actuated tools used by employees shall meet all other appli cable requirements of American National Standards Institute, A10.3-1970, Safety Requirements for Explosive-Actuated Fastening Tools. 1926.303 Abrasive wheels and tools. (a) Power. All grinding machines shall be supplied with sufficient power to maintain the spindle speed at safe levels under all conditions of normal operation. (b) Grinding. Grinding machines shall be equipped with safety guards In con formance with the requirements of American National Standards Institute, B7.1-1970, Safety Code for the Use, Care and Protection of Abrasive Wheels, and paragraph (d) of this section. (c) Use of abrasive wheels. (D Floor stand and bench mounted abrasive wheels, used for external grinding, shall be provided with safety guards (protec tion hoods). The maximum angular ex posure of the grinding wheel periphery and sides shall be not more than 90\ ex cept that when work requires contact with the wheel below the horizontal plane of the spindle, the angular exposure shall not exeecd 125. In either case, the expo sure shall begin not more than 65* above the horizontal plane of the spindle. Safety guards shall be strong enough to withstand the effect of a bursting wheel. (2) Floor and bench-mounted grind ers shall be provided with work rests u'hich are rigidly supported and readily adjustable. Such work rests shall be kept at a distance not to exceed one-eighth inch from the surface of the wheel. (3) Cup type wheels used for external grinding shall be protected by either a revolving cup guard or a tjand type guard in accordance with the provisions of the American National Standards Institute. B7.1 1970 Safety Code for the Use, Care, and Protection of Abrasive Wheels. AU other portable abrasive wheels used for external grinding, shall be provided with safety guards (protection hoods) meet ing the requirements of subparagraph (5> of this paragraph, except as follows: <i) When the work location makes it impossible, a wheel equipped with safety flanges, as described in subparagraph (6) of this paragraph, shall be used: (ii) When wheels 2 inches cr less in diameter which are securely mounted on the end of a steel mandrel are used. (4) Portable abrasive wheels used for Internal grinding shall be provided with safety flanges (protection flanges) meet ing the requirements of subparagraph (6) of this paragraph, except as follows: (1) When wheels 2 inches or less in diameter which are securely mounted on the end of a steel mandrel are used; (ii) If the wheel is entirely within the work being ground while In use. (5) When safety guards are required, they shall be so mounted as to maintain proper alignment with the wheel, and the guard and its fastenings shall be of sufficient strength to retain fragments of the wheel in case of accidental break age. The maximum angular exposure of the grinding wheel periphery and sides shall not exceed 180*. (6) When safety flanges are required, they shall be used only with wheels de signed to fit the flanges. Only safety flanges, of a type and design and properly assembled so as to ensure that the pieces of the wheel will be retained in case of accidental breakage, shall be used. (7) All abrasive wheels shall be closely Inspected and ring-tested before mount ing to ensure that they are free from cracks or defects. (8) Grinding wheels shall fit freely on the spindle and shall not be forced on. The spindle nut shall be tightened only enough to hold the w'heel In place. (9) All employees using abrasive wheels shall be protected by eye protec tion equipment in accordance with the requirements of Subpart E of this part, except when adequate eye protection is afforded by eye shields which are perma nently attached to the bench or floor stand. (d) Other requirements. All abrasive wheels and tools used by employees shall meet other applicable requirements of American National Standards Institute. B7.1-1970, Safety Code for the Use, Care and Protection of Abrasive Wheels. 1926.304 Woodworking tools. (a) Disconnect switches. All fixed power driven woodworking tools shall be provided with a disconnect switch that can either be locked or tagged in the off position. (b) Speeds. The operating speed shall be etched or otherwise permanently marked on all circular saws over 20 inches in diameter or operating at over 10,000 peripheral feet per minute. Any saw' so marked shall not be operated at a speed other than that marked on the blade. When a marked saw is retensioned for a different speed, the marking shall be corrected to show the new speed. (c) Self-feed. Automatic feeding de vices shall be installed on machines whenever* the nature of the work will permit. Feeder attachments shall have the feed rolls or other moving parts covered or guarded so as t: protect the operator from hazardous points. (d) Guarding. All portable, powerdriven circular saws shall be equipped with guards above and below the base plate or shoe. The upper guard shall cover the -aw to the depth of the teeth, except for the minimum arc required to permit the base to be tilted for bevel cut.. The lower guard shall cover the saw to the depth of the teeth, except for the minimum arc required to allow proper retraction and contact with the work. When the tool is withdrawn from the work, the lower guard shall automatically and Instantly return to the covering position. <e> Personal protective equipment. All personal protective equipment provided for use shall conform to Subpart E of this part. (f) Other requirements. All wood working tools and machinery shall meet other applicable requirements of Ameri can National Standards Institute, 01.1-- 1961, Safety Code for Woodworking Machinery. 1926.305 Jacks--lever and ratchet, crew, and hydraulic. (a) General requirements. (1) The manufacturer's rated capacity shall be legibly marked on all Jacks and shall not be exceeded. (2) All jacks shall have a positive stop to prevent overtravel. (b) Lift slab construction. (I) Hy draulic Jacks used In lift slab construc tion shall have a safety device which will cause the Jacks to support the load in any position in the event the jack mal functions. (2) If lift slabs are automatically con trolled, a device shall be installed which will step the operation when the Vi-inch leveling tolerance is exceeded. (c) Blocking. When it is necesary, to provide a firm foundation, the base of the Jack shall be blocked or cribbed. Where there is a possibility of slippage of the metal cap of the Jack, a wood block shall be placed between the cap and the load. Subpart J--Welding and Cuffing 1926.350 Gas Welding and Cutting () Transporting, moving, and storing compressed gas cylinders. (1) Valve pro tection caps shall be In place and secured. (2) When cylinders are hoisted, they shall be secured on a cradle, slingboard, or pallet. They shall not be hoisted or transported by means .of magnets or choker slings. (3) Cylinders shall be moved by tilt ing and rolling them on their bottom, edges. They shall not be intentionally dropped, struck, or permitted to strike each other violently, (4) When cylinders are transported by powered vehicles, they shall be secured in a vertical position. (5) Valve protection caps shall not be used tor lifting cylinders from one verti cal position to another. Bars shall not be used under valves or vale protection caps to pry cylinders lose when frozen. Warm, not boiling, water shall be used to thaw cylinders loose. () Unless cylinders are firmly secured on a special carrier Intended for this purpose, regulators shall be removed and valve protection caps put in place before cylinders are moved. (7) A suitable cylinder truck, chain, or other steadying device shall be used to keep cylinders from being knocked over while in use. CAPCO JEN 0001765 30 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS <8) When work Is finished, when cylinders are empty, or when cyiinders are moved at any time, the cylinder valve shall be closed. <9> Compressed gas cylinders shall be secured In an upright position at all times except, If necessary, for short pe riods of time while cylinders are actually being hoisted or carried. <b) Placing cylinders. (1) Cylinders shall be kept far enough away from the actual welding or cutting operation so that sparks, hot slag, or Same will not reach them. When this Is impractical, fire resistant shields shall be provided. (2) Cylinders shall be placed where they cannot become part of an electrical circuit. Electrodes shall not be struck against a cylinder to strike an arc. (3) Fuel gas cylinders shall be placed with valve end up whenever they are In use. They shall not be placed In a loca tion where they would be subject to open flame, hot metal, or other sources of artificial heat. <4) Cylinders containing oxygen or acetylene or other fuel gas shall not be taken into confined spaces. (ci Treatment of cylinders. (1) Cylin ders, whether full or empty, shall not be used as rollers or supports. (2) No person other than the gas supplier shall attempt to mix gases in a cylinder. No one except the owner of the cylinder or person authorized by him. shall refill a cylinder. No one shall use a cylinder's contents for purposes other than those intended by the supplier. All cylinders used shall meet the Depart ment of Transportation requirements published in 49 CFR Part 178. Subpart C, Specification for Cylinders. (3) No damaged or defective cylinder shall be used. (d) Use of fuel pas. The employer shall thoroughly instruct employees in the safe use of fuel gas, as follows: (1) Before a regulator to a cylinder valve is connected, the valve shall be opened slightly and closed immediately. (This action Is generally termed "crack ing" and Is intended to clear the valve of dust or dirt that might otherwise enter the regulator.) The person crack ing the valve shall stand to one side of the outlet, not in front of it. The valve of a fuel gas cylinder shall not be cracked where the gas would reach welding work, sparks, flame, or other possible sources of ignition. (2) The cylinder valve shall always be opened slowly to prevent damage to the regulator. For quick closing, valves on fuel gas cylinders shall not be opened more than 1% turns. When a special wrench Is required. It shall be left in position on the stem of the valve while the cylinder Is in use so that the fuel gas flow can be shut off quickly In case of an emergency. In the case of mani folded or coupled cylinders, at least one such wrench shall always be available for Immediate use. Nothing shall be placed on top of a fuel gas cylinder, when in use, which may vamage the safety device or interfere with the quick closing of the valve, (3) Fuel gas shall not be used from cylinders through torches or other de vices which are equipped with shutoff valves without reducing the pressure through a suitable regulator attached to the cylinder valve or manifold. (4) Before a regulator Is removed from a cylinder valve, the cylinder valve shall always be closed and the gas re leased from the regulator. <5) If, when the valve on a fuel gas cylinder is opened, there is found to be a leak around the valve stem, the valve shall be closed and the gland nut tightened. If this action does not stop the leak, the use of the cylinder shall be discontinued, and it shall be properly tagged and removed from the work area. In the event that fuel gas should leak from the cylinder valve, rather than from the valve stem, and the gas cannct be shut off, the cylinder shall be properly tagged and removed from the work area. If a regulator attached to a cylinder valve will effectively stop a leak through the valve seat, the cylinder need not be removed from the work area. (6) If & leak should develop at a fuse plug or other safety device the cylinder shall be removed from the work area. (e) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds. (1) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds shall bear the name of the substance they contain in letters at least 1-inch high which shall be either painted on the man ifold or on a sign permanently attached to it. (2) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds shall be placed in safe, well ventilated, and accessible locations. They shall not be located within enclosed spaces. (3) Manifold hose connections, in cluding both ends of the supply hose that lead to the manifold, shall be such that the hose cannot be interchanged between fuel gas and oxygen manifolds and supply header connections. Adapters shall not be used to permit the inter change of hose. Hose connections shall be kept free of grease and oil. (4) When not in use, manifold and header hose connections shall be capped. (5) Nothing shall be placed on top of a manifold, when in use, which will dam age the manifold or interfere with the quick closing of the valves. (f) Hose. <1 > Fuel gas hose and oxy gen hose shall be easily distinguishable from each other. The contrast may be made by different colors or by surface characteristics readily distinguishable by the sense of touch. Oxygen and fuel gas hoses shall not be interchangeable. A sin gle hose having more than one gas pas sage shall not be used. (2) When parallel sections of oxygen and fuel gas hose are taped together, not more than 4 inches out of 12 inches shall be covered by tape. (3> All hose in use, carrying acetylene, oxygen, natural or manufactured fuel gas, or any gas or substance which may ignite or enter into combustion, or be in any way harmful to employees, shall be inspected at the beginning of each work ing shift. Defective hose shall be re moved from service. (4) Hose which has been subject to flashback, or which shows evidence of severe wear or damage, shall be tested to twice the normal pressure to which It is subject, but In no case less than 300 p.s.i. Defective hose, or hose in doubtful condition, shall not be used. <5) Hose couplings shall be of the type that cannot he unlocked or disconnected by means Of a straight pull without ro tary motion. (6) Boxes used for the storage of gas hose 6hall be ventilated. (7) Hoses, cables, and other equipment shall be kept clear of passageways, lad ders and stairs. (g) Torches. (1) Clogged torch tip openings shall be cleaned with suitable cleaning wires, drills, or other devices designed for such purpose. (2) Torches in use shall be Inspected at the beginning of each working shift for leaking shutoff valves, hose cou plings, and tip connections. Defective torches shall not be used. (3) Torches shall be lighted by friction lighters or other approved devices, and not by matches or from hot work. <h> Regulators and gauges. Oxygen and fuel gas pressure regulators, includ ing their related gauges, shall be in proper working order while in use. (1) Oil and grease hazards. Oxygen cylinders and fittings shall be kept away from oil or grease. Cylinders, cylinder caps and valves, couplings, regulators, hose, and apparatus shall be kept free from oil or greasy substances and shall not be handled with oily hands or gloves. Oxygen shall not be directed at oily sur faces, greasy clothes, or within a fuel oil or other storage tank or vessel. (J) Additional rules. For additional details not cover in this subpart, ap plicable technical portions of American National Standards Institute, Z49.11967, Safety in Welding and Cutting, shall aoply. 1926.3S1 Arc welding and cutting. (a) Manual electrode holders. (1) Only manual electrode holders which are specifically designed for arc welding and cutting, and are of a capacity capable of safely handling the maximum rated cur rent required by the electrodes, shall be used. (2) Any current-carrying parts pass ing through the portion or the holder which the arc welder or cutter grips In his hand, and the outer surfaces of the jaws of the holder, shall be fully insu lated against the maximum voltage en countered to ground. <b) Welding cables and connectors. (1) All arc welding and cutting cables shall be of the completely Insulated, flexible type, capable of handling the maximum current requirements of the work In progress, taking into account the duty cycle under which the arc welder or cut ter Is working. (2) Only cable free from repair or splices for a minimum distance of 10 feet from the cable end to which the electrode holder Is connected shall be used, except that cables with standard Insulated con nectors or with splices whose Insulating Quality is equal to that of the cable are permitted. (3) When It becomes necessary to con nect or splice lengths of cable one to an CAPCO JEN 0001766 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 31 other, substantial insulated connectors of a capacity at least equivalent to that of the cable shall be used. If connections are effected by means of cable lugs, they shall be securely fastened together to give good electrical contact, and the exposed metal parts of the lugs shall be com pletely Insulated. (4) Cables In need of repair shall not be used. When a cable, other than the cable lead referred to in subparagraph (2) of this paragraph, becomes worn to the extent of exposing bare conductors, the portion thus exposed shall be pro tected by means of rubber and friction tape of other equivalent Insulation. (c) Ground returns and machine grounding. (1) A ground return cable shall have a safe current carrying capac ity equal to or exceeding the specified maximum output capacity of the arc welding or cutting unit which it services. When a single ground return cable serv ices more than one unit, its safe currentcarrying capacity shall equal or exceed the total specified maximum output ca pacities of all the units which it serv ices. (2) Pipelines containing gases or flam mable liquids, or conduits containing electrical circuits, shall not be used as a ground return. For welding on natural gas pipelines, the technical portions of regulations Issued by the Department of Transportation, Office of Pipeline Safety, 49 CFR Part 192, Minimum Federal Safety Standards for Gas Pipelines shall apply. (3) When a structure or pipeline is emloyed as a ground return circuit, It shall be determined that the required electrical contact exists at all joints. The generation of an arc, sparks, or heat at any point shall cause rejection of the structures as a ground circuit. (4) When a structure or pipeline Is continuously employed as a ground re turn circuit, all joints shall be bonded, and periodic inspections shall be con ducted to ensure that no condition of electrolysis or fire hazard exists by vir tue of such use. (5) The frames of all arc welding and cutting machines shall be grounded either through a third wire In the cable containing the circuit conductor or through a separate wire which is ground ed at the source of the current. Ground ing circuits, other than by means of the structure, shall be checked to ensure that the circuit between the ground and the grounded power conductor has resistance low enough to permit sufficient current to flow to cause the fuse or circuit break er to interrupt the current. (6) All ground connections shall be inspected to ensure that they are me chanically strong and electrically ade quate for the required current. (d) Operating instructions. Employ ers shall instruct employees in the safe means of arc welding and cutting as fol lows: (1) When electrode holders are to be left unattended, the electrodes shall be removed and the holders shall be so placed or protected that they cannot make electrical contact with employees whenever the torch is left unattended for or conducting objects. a substantial period of time, such as (2) Hot electrode holders shall not be dipped in water; to do so may expose the arc welder or cutter to electric shock. (3) When the arc welder or cutter has occasion to leave his work or to stop work for any appreciable length of time, or when the arc welding or cutting ma chine is to be moved, the power supply switch to the equipment shall be opened. (4) Any faulty or defective equipment shall be reported to the supervisor. (5) Other requirements, as outlined In Article 630, National Electrical Code, NFPA 70-1971; ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. of 1968), Electric Welders, shall be used when applicable. during the lunch period. Overnight and at the change of shifts, the torch and hose shall be removed from the con fined space. Open end fuel gas and oxygen hoses shall be immediately re moved from enclosed spaces when they are disconnected from the torch or other gas-consuming device. (h) Except when the contents are be ing removed or transferred, drums, pails, and other containers, which contain or have contained flammable liquids, shall be kept closed. Empty containers shall be removed to a safe area apart from hot work operations or open flames. (i> Drums, containers, or hollow struc tures which have contained toxic or flam (e) Shielding. Whenever practicable, all arc welding and cutting operations shall be shielded by noncombustible or flameproof screens which will protect employees and other persons working In the vicinity from the direct rays of the arc. 1926.352 Fire prevention. mable substances shall, before welding, cutting, or heating is undertaken on them, either be filled with water or thor oughly cleaned of such substances and ventilated and tested. For welding, cut ting and heating on steel pipelines con taining natural gas, the pertinent por tions of regulations issued by the Department of Transportation, Office of Pipeline Safety. 49 CFR Part 192, Mini (a) When practical, objects to be mum Federal Safety Standards for Gas welded, cut, or heated shall be moved to Pipelines, shall apply. a designated safe location or, If the ob jects to be welded, cut, or heated cannot be readily moved, all movable fire haz ards in the vicinity shall be taken to a safe place, or otherwise protected. (j) Before heat is applied to a drum, container, or hollow structure, a vent or opening shall be provided for the release of any built-up pressure during the application of heat. (b) If the object to be welded, cut, or heated cannot be moved and if all the fire hazards cannot be removed, positive 1926.353 Ventilation and protection in welding, cutting, and healing. means shall be taken to confine the heat, (a) Mechanical ventilation. For pur sparks, and slag, and to protect the Im movable fire hazards from them. (c) No welding, cutting, or heating shall be done where the application of flammable paints, or the presence of other flammable compounds, or heavy dust concentrations creates a hazard. poses of this section, mechanical ventila tion shall meet the following require ments: (1) Mechanical ventilation shall con sist of either general mechanical ventila tion systems or local exhaust systems. (2) General mechanical ventilation <d) Suitable fire extinguishing equip shall be of sufficient capacity and so ar ment shall be immediately available In ranged as to produce the number of air the work area and shall be maintained changes necessary to maintain welding in a state of readiness for instant use. fumes and smoke within safe limits, as (e) When the welding, cutting, or heat defined in Subpart D of this part. ing operation is such that normal fire (3) Local exhaust ventilation shall prevention precautions are not sufficient, consist of freely movable hoods Intended additional personnel shall be assigned to to be placed by. the welder or Burner as guard against fire while the actual weld close as practicable to the work. This sys ing, cutting, or heating operation is being tem shall be of sufficient capacity and so performed, and for a sufficient period arranged as to remove fumes and smoke of time after completion of the work at the source and keep the concentration to ensure that no possibility of fire of them in the breathing zone within exists. Such personnel shall be Instructed safe limits as defined In Subpart D of this as to the specific anticipated fire hazards part. and how the firefighting equipment pro (4) Contaminated air exhausted from vided is to be used. a working space shall be discharged Into cf) When welding, cutting, or heating the open air or otherwise clear of the fs performed on walls, floors, and ceil source of intake air. ings, since direct penetration of sparks (5) All air replacing that withdrawn or heat transfer may introduce a fire shall be clean and respirable. hazard to an adjacent area, the same (6) Oxygen shall not be used for ven precautions shall be taken on the oppo tilation purposes, comfort cooling, blow site side as are taken on the side on ing dust from clothing, or for cleaning which the welding is being performed. the work area. <g) For the elimination of possible fire (b) Welding, cutting, and heating in In enclosed spaces as a result of gas confined spaces. (1) Except as provided escaping through leaking or improperly in subparagraph (2) of this paragraph closed torch valves, the gas supply to 4and paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the torch shall be positively shut off at 'either general mechanical or local ex some point outside the enclosed space haust ventilation meeting the require whenever the torch is not to be used or ments of paragraph (a) of this section CAPCO JEN 0001767 32 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS shall be provided whenever welding, cut ting, or heating Is performed in a con fined space. (2) When sufficient ventilation cannot be obtained without blocking the means of access, employees in the confined space shad be protected by air line respirators in accordance with the requirements of Subpart E of this part, and an employee on the outside of such a confined space shall be assigned to maintain communi cation with those working within it and to aid them In an emergency. (c) Welding, cuffing, or heating of metals of toxic significance. (1) Welding, cutting, or heating in any enclosed spaces involving the metals specified in this subparagraph shall be performed with either general mechanical or local exhaust ven tilation meeting the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section:-. (1) Zinc-bearing base or filler metals or metals coated with zinc-bearing materials. (il) Lead base metals: (iil) Cadmium-bearing filler mate rials; (iv) Chromium-bearing metals or metals coated with chromium-bearing materials. (2) Welding, cutting, or heating In any enclosed spaces involving the metals specified In this subparagraph shall be performed with local exhaust ventilation in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, or em ployees shall be protected by air line res pirators In accordance with the require ments of Subpart E of this part: (1) Metals containing lead, other than as an impurity, or metals coated with lead-bearing materials; (ii) Cadmium-bearing or cadmium- coated base metals; (iil) Metals coated with mercury- bearing metals; (iv) Beryllium-containing base or filler metals. Because of its high toxicity, w'ork involving beryllium shall be done with both local exhaust ventilation and air line respirators. (3) Employees performing such opera tions in the open air shall be protected by filter-type respirators in accordance with the requirements of Subpart E of this part, except that employees per forming such operations on berylliumcontaining base or filler metals shall be protected by air line respirators in ac cordance with the requirements of Subpart E of this part. (4) Other employees exposed to the same atmosphere as the welders or burners shall be protected in the same manner as the welder or burner. <d) Inert-gas metal-arc welding. (1) Since the inert-gas metal-arc welding process Involves the production of ultra violet radiation of intensities of 5 to 30 times that produced during shielded metal-arc welding, the decomposition of chlorinated solvents by ultraviolet rays, and the liberation of toxic fumes and gases, employees shall not be permitted to engage in, or be exposed to the process until the following special precautions have been taken: (l) Hie use of chlorinated solvents shall be kept at least 200 feet, unless shielded, from the exposed arc. and surfaces prepared with chlorinated sol vents shall be thoroughly dry before welding is permitted on such surfaces. (ii> Employees in the area not pro tected from the arc by screening shall be protected by filter lenses meeting the requirements of Subpart E of this part. When two or more welders are exposed to each other's arc, filter lens goggles of a suitable type, meeting the require ments of Subpart E of this part shall be worn under welding helmets. Hand shields to protect the welder against Hashes and radiant energy shall be used when either the helmet is lifted or the shield is removed. (iii) Welders and other employees who are exposed to radiation shall be suitably protected so that the skin is covered completely to prevent bums and other damage by ultraviolet rays. Welding helmets and hand shields shall be free of leaks and openings, and free of highly reflective surfaces. (iv) When Inert-gas metal-arc weld ing is being performed on stainless steel, the requirements of paragraph (c) (2) of this section shall be met to protect against dangerous concentrations of nitrogen dioxide. (e> General welding, cutting, and heating. (1) Welding, cutting, and heat ing, not involving conditions or materials described In paragraph (b), (c), or (d) of this section, may normally be done without mechanical ventilation or respi ratory protective equipment, but where, because of unusual physical or atmos pheric conditions, an unsafe accumula tion of contaminants exists, suitable mechanical ventilation or respiratory protective equipment shall be provided. (2) Employees performing any type oT welding, cutting, or heating shall be protected by suitable eye protective equipment in accordance with the re quirements of Subpart E of this part. 1926.354 Welding, cutting, and heating in way of preservative coatings. (a) Before welding, cutting, or heat ing is commenced on any surface cov ered by a preservative coating whose flammability is not known, a test shall be made by a competent person to deter mine its flammability. Preservative coatirgs shall be considered to be highly flammable when scrapings burn with extreme rapidity. (b) Precautions shall be taken to pre vent Ignition of highly flammable hard en id preservative coatings. When coat ings are determined to be highly flam mable, they shall be stripped from the area to be heated to prevent ignition. (c) Protection against toxic preserva tive coatings: (1) In enclosed spaces, all surfaces covered with toxic preservatives shall be stripped of all toxic coatings for a distance of at least 4 inches from the area of heat application, or the em ployees shall be protected by air line respirators, meeting the requirements of Subpart E of this part. (2) In the open air. employees shall be protected by a respirator, in accord ance with requirements of Subpart E of this part. <d) The preservative coatings shall be removed a sufficient distance from the area to be heated to ensure that the temperature of the unstripped metal will not be appreciably raised. Artificial cool ing of the metal surrounding the heating area may be used to limit the size of the area required to be cleaned. Subpart K--Electrical 1926.400 Ccneral Requirements. (a) All electrical work. Installations, and wire capacities shall be in accord ance with pertinent provisions of the National Electrical Code, NFPA 70-1971; ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. of 1968). and the National Electrical Safety Code, Na tional Bureau of Standards, Part 4 (ANSI C2.4) unless otherwise provided by regulations of this part. (b) applicability. These regulations apply only to electrical installations used on the Jobsite, both temporary and per manent. For power distribution and transmission lines, see Subpart V of this part. (c) Protection of employees: (1) No employer shall permit an employee to work in such proximity to any part of an electric power circuit that he may con tact the same in the course of his work unless the employee Is protected against electric shock by deenergizing the circuit and grounding it or by guarding it by effective insulation or other means. In work areas where the exact location of underground electric power lines is un known, workmen using Jack-hammers, bars, or other hand tools which may con tact a line shall be provided with Insu lated protective gloves. (2) Before work Is begun the employer shall ascertain by Inquiry or direct ob servation, or by instruments, whether any part of an electric power circuit, ex posed or concealed, is so located that the performance of the work may bring any person, tool, or machine Into physical or electrical contact therewith. The em ployer shall post and maintain proper warning signs where such a circuit exists. He shall advise his employees of the lo cation of such lines, the hazards Involved and the protective measures to be taken. (d) Passageways End open spaces: Suitable barriers or other means shall be provided to ensure that workspace for electrical equipment will not be used as a passageway during periods when energized parts of electrical equipment are exposed. (e) Workspace around equipment: Sufficient space shall be provided and maintained in the area of electrical equipment to permit ready and safe operation and maintenance of such equipment. When parts are exposed, the minimum clearance for the workspace shall be not less than 6 ft'feet high, nor less than a radius of 3 feet wide, and there shall be clearance sufficient to per mit at least a 90* opening of all doors or hinged panels. All working clearances shall be maintained In accordance with Artfcle 110-16, National Electrical Code, NFPA 70-1971; ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. of 1968). CAPCO JEN 0001768 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 33 (f) Load ratings: In existing installa tions no changes In circuit protection shall be made to Increase the load in ex cess of the load rating of the circuit wiring, as specified in National Electric Code. NFPA 70-1971; ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. of 1968). Article 310. (g) Lockout and tagging of circuits: (1) Equipment or circuits that are de energized Khali be rendered inoperative and have tags attached at all points where such equipment or circuits can be energized. (2) Controls that are to be deactivated during the course of work on energized or deenergized equipment or circuits shall be tagged. (3) Tags shall be placed to identify plainly the equipment or circuits being worked on. 1926.401 Grounding and bonding. (a) Portable and/or cord and plug- connected equipment. (1) The noncur rent-carrying metal parts of portable and/or plug-connected equipment shall be grounded. (2) Portable tools and appliances pro tected by an approved system of double insulation, or its equivalent, need not be grounded. Where such an approved sys tem is employed, the equipment shall be distinctively marked. (b) Fixed equipment. Exposed noncur rent-carrying metal parts of fixed elec trical equipment, Including motors, gen erators, frames and tracks of electrically operated cranes, electrically driven ma chinery, etc., shall be grounded. (c) Effective grounding. The path from circuits, equipment, structures, and conduit or enclosures to ground shall be permanent and continuous; have ample carrying capacity to conduct safely the currents liable to be imposed on it; and have the impedance sufficently low to limit the potential above ground and lo result in the operation of the overcur rent devices in the circuit. (d) Ground resistance. Driven rod electrodes shall, where practicable, have a resistance to ground not to exceed 25 ohms. Where the resistance Is not as low as 25 ohms, two or more electrodes con nected In parallel shall be used. (e) Testing of grounds. Grounding circuits shall be checked to ensure that the circuit between the ground and the grounded power conductor has a resist ance which Is low enough to permit sufficient current to flow to cause the fuse or circuit breaker to interrupt the current. (f) Extension cords. Extension cords used with portable electric tools and ap pliances shall be of three-wire type. (g) Bonding. (1) Conductors used for bonding and grounding stationary and moveable equipment shall be of ample size to carry the anticipated current. (2) When attaching bonding and grounding clamps or clips, a secure and positive metal-to-metal contact shall be made. Such attachments shall be made before closures are opened and material movements are started and shall not be broken until after material move ments are stopped and closures are made. (h) Temporary wiring. All temporary wiring shall be effectively grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. NFPA No. 70-1968 (see Articles 200 and 250). (i) Cortsfrucfion site. Precautions shall be taken to make any necessary open wiring Inaccessible to unauthorized per sonnel <j) Temporary lighting. (1) Tempo rary lights shall be equipped with guards to prevent accidental contact with the bulb, except that guards are not required when the construction of the reflector Is such that the bulb is deeply recessed. (2) Temporary lights shall be equip ped with heavy duty electric cords with connections and insulation maintained in safe condition. Temporary lights shall not be suspended by their electric cords unless cords and lights are designed for this means of suspension. Splices shall have insulation equat to that of the cable. (3) Working spaces, walkways, and similar locations shall be kept clear of cords so as not to create a hazard to employees. (4) Portable electric lighting used in moist and/or other hazardous locations, as for example, drums, tanks, and vessels shall be operated at a maximum of 12 volts. (9) Handlamps of the portable type shall be of the molded composition or other type approved for the purpose. Brass-shell, paper-lined lampholders shall not be used. Handlamps shall be equipped with a handle and a substantial guard over the bulb and attached to the lampholder or the handle. (10) Worn or frayed electric cables shall not be used. (11) Extension cords shall be pro tected against accidental damage as may be caused by traffic, sharp corners, or projections and pinching in doors or elsewhere. (12) Extension cords shall not be fast ened with staples, hung from nails, or suspended by wire. (b) Overcurrent protection. (1) Overcurrent protection shall be provided by fuses or circuit breakers for each feeder and branch circuit, and shall be based on the current-carrying capacity of the con ductors supplied and the power load being used. (2) No overcurrent derice shall be placed in any permanently grounded conductor, except where the overcurrent device simultaneously opens all conduc tors of the circuit or for motor running protection. (3) When fuses are installed or re moved with one or both terminals ener gized. special tools insulated for the volt age shall be used. (c) Switches, circuit breakers, and 1926.402 Equipment insinuation And disconnecting means. (1) Each discon maintenance. necting means for motors and appliances, () Flexible cable and cords. (1) Re ceptacles for attachment plugs shall be of approved, concealed contact type with a contact for extending ground continu ity and shall be so designed and con structed that the plug may be pulled out without leaving any live parts exposed to accidental contact. (2) Where different voltages, frequen cies. or types of current (a.c. or d.c.) are to be supplied by portable cords, recep tacles shall be of such design that attach ment plugs used on such circuits are not interchangeable. (3) Attachment plugs or other con nectors supplying equipment at more and each service feeder or branch circuit at the point where it originates, shall be legibly marked to Indicate its purpose unless located and arranged so the pur pose is evident. (2) Disconnecting means shall be lo cated or shielded so that employees will not be injured. (3) Boxes for disconnecting means shall be securely and rigidly fastened to the surface upon which they are mounted and fitted with covers. (4) Boxes and disconnecting means in stalled Jn damp or wet locations shall be waterproof to the extent that water does not enter or accumulate. than 300 volts shall be of the skirted type or otherwise so designed that arcs will be confined. (4) Attachment plugs for use In work areas shall be so constructed that they will endure rough use and be equipped with a suitable cord grip to prevent strain on the terminal screw's. <5) Flexible cord shall be used only in continuous lengths without splice, except suitable molded or vulcanized splices may be used where properly made, and the insulation shall be equal to the cable being spliced and wire connections soldered. () Trailing cables shall be protected from damage. (d) Transformers. (1) Energized transformers and other related electri cally energized equipment over ISO volts to ground shall be protected so as to pre vent accidental contact with any person. Protection shall be provided by Individual integrated housing or by an enclosure, such as an electrical substation fence, w'hlch accommodates a group of such equipment. Metallic enclosures shall be grounded. (2) Access to energized equipment covered by subparagraph (1) of this paragraph shall be secured by lock or other fasteners requiring the use of tools to open them. (7) Splices in trailing cable shall be (3) Signs Indicating danger and pro mechanically strong components and in hibiting unauthorized access shall be sulated to retain the mechanical and conspicuously displayed on the housing dielectric strength of the original cable. or other enclosure around the equipment. (8) Cable passing through W'ork areas (4) Transformers mounted on utility shall be covered or elevated to protect" it poles at a height of more than 12 feet from damage which would create a haz from the ground are exempt from the ard to employees. requirements of this paragraph. CAPCO JEN 0001769 34 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (e) Welding and cutting equipment. Welding and cutting equipment shall meet the requirements specified in Sub parts P and J of this part. 1926.403 Ballery rooms anil battery charging. (a) General requirements. <1) Bat teries of the nonseal type shall be located in enclosures with outside vents or in well ventilated rooms, so arranged as to prevent the escape of fumes, gases, or electrolyte spray into other areas. (2) Ventilation shall be provided to ensure diffusion of the gases from the battery to prevent the accumulation of an explosive mixture. (3) Racks and trays shall be substan tial and treated to be resistant to the electrolyte. (4) Floors shall be of acid resistant construction or be protected from acid accumulations. (5) Face shields, aprons, and rubber gloves shall be provided for workmen handling acids or batteries. 16) Facilities for quick drenching of the eyes and body shall be `provided within 25 feet of the work area for emergency use. (7) Facilities shall be provided for flushing and neutralizing spilled electro lyte, for fire protection, for protecting charging apparatus from damage by trucks, and for adequate ventilation for dispersal of fumes from gassing batteries. (b) Charging. (1> Battery charging installations shall be located in areas designated for that purpose. (2) When charging batteries, the vent caps shall be kept in place to avoid elec trolyte spray. Care shall be taken to as sure that vent caps are functioning. 1926.404 Hazardous locations. (a) General: For the purpose of this section, hazardous locations are defined as follows: (1) Class I Locations--Class I Loca tions are those in which flammable gases or vapors are or may be present Jn quan tities sufficient to produce explosive or fgnitable mixtures. (2) Class II Locations--Class II Loca tions are those which are hazardous be cause of the presence of combustible dust. (3) Class III Locations--Class III Locations are those which are hazardous because of the presence of easily Jgnitable fibers or flyings, but in which such fibers or flyings are not likely to be in suspension in air in quantities sufficient to produce ignitable mixtures. (4) See the National Electrical Code, NFPA 70-1971; ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. of 1968) for further definition of divisions 1 and 2 for each class. <b) All components and utilization equipment used in a hazardous location shall be chosen from among those listed by a nationally recognized testing lab oratory, such as Underwriters' Labora tories, Inc., or Factory Mutual Engineering Corp., except custom-made components and utilization equipment. (c) Equipment approved for a specific hazardous location shall not be installed or intermixed with equipment approved for another specific hazardous location. (d> Employer shall ensure that all wiring components and utilization equip ment are maintained as vapor, dust, or fiber tight as contemplated by their ap provals. There shall be no loose or miss ing screws, gaskets, threaded connec tions, or other impairments to this tight condition. 1926.405 Definitions applicable to tins subpart. (a) The definition of "approved" as set forth in S 1910.308(d) of this chapter shall apply. (b) "Bonding jumper"--a conductor to assure the required electrical conduc tivity between metal parts required to be electrically connected. (c) "Branch circuits"--that portion of a wiring system extending beyond the final overcurrent device protecting the circuit. (A device not approved for branch circuit protection, such as ther mal cutout or motor overload protective device, is not considered as the overcur rent device protecting the circuit.) (d) "Circuit breaker"--a device de signed to open and close a circuit by manual means, and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined over load of current, without injury to itself when properly applied within its rating. (e) "Exposed" (as applied to live parts)--means that a live part can be Inadvertently touched or approached nearer than a safe distance by a person. This term applies to parts not suitably guarded, isolated, or insulated. (f) "Ground"--a conducting connec tion, whether intentional or accidental, between an electrical circuit or equip ment and earth, or to some conducting body which serves in place of the earth. (g) "Grounded"--connected to earth or to some conducting body which serves In place ol the earth. <h) "Hazard"--Is considered to in clude casualty, fire, and shock when applicable. (i) "Isolated" means not readily ac cessible to person unless special means of access are used. <j) "Raceway"--any channel for loosely holding wires or cables in Interior work which is designed expressly and used solely for this purpose. Raceufays may be of metal, wood, or insulating ma terial, and the term includes wood and metal moldings consisting of a backing and capping, and also metal ducts into which wires are to be pulled. (k) "Shock hazard"--considered to exist at an accessible part in a circuit between the part and ground, or other accessible parts if the potential is more than 42.4 volts peak and the current through a 1,500-ohih load Is more than 5 milliamperes. (l) "Weatherproof"--so constructed or protected that exposure to the weather shall not interfere with successful operation. Subpart L--ladders and Scaffolding 1926.450 Ladders. (a) General requirements. (I) Except where either permanent or temporary stairways or suitable ramps or runways are provided, ladders described in this subpart shall be used to give safe access to all elevations. (2) The use of ladders with broken or missing rungs or steps, broken or split side rails, or other faulty or defective construction is prohibited. When ladders with such defects are discovered, they shall be immediately withdrawn from service. Inspection of metal ladders shall include checking for corrosion of in teriors of open end hollow rungs. (3) Manufactured portable wood lad ders provided by the employer shall be in accordance with the provisions of the American National Standards Institute, A 14.1-2968, Safety Code for Portable Wood Ladders. (4) Portable metal ladders shall be of strength equivalent to that of wood ladders. Manufactured portable metal ladders provided by the employer shall be in accordance with the provisions of the American National Standards Insti tute, A 14.2-1956, Safety Code for Port able Metal Ladders. (5) Fixed ladders shall be in accord ance with the provisions of the American National Standards Institute, A 14.31956, Safety Code for Fixed Ladders. (6) Portable ladder feet shall be placed on a substantial base, and the area around the top and bottom of the ladder shall be kept clear. (7) Portable ladders shall be used at such a pitch that the horizontal distance from the top support to the foot of the ladder is about one-quarter of the work* ing length of the ladder (the length along the ladder between the foot and the top support). Ladders shall not be used in a horizontal position as plat forms, runways, or scaffolds. (8) Ladders shall not be placed in passageways, doorways, driveways, or any location where they may be dis placed by activities being conducted on any other work, unless protected by barricades or guards. (9) The side rails shall extend not less than 36 inches above the landing. When this is not practical, grab rails, which provide a secure grip for an employee moving to or from the point of access, shall be installed. (10) Portable ladders In use shall be tied, blocked, or otherwise secured to prevent their being displaced. (11) Portable metal ladders shall not be used for electrical work or where they may contact electrical conductors. (b) Job-made ladders. (1) Job-made ladders shall be constructed for Intended use. If a ladder is to provide the only means of access or exit from a working area for 25 or more employees, or simul taneous two-way traffic is expected, a double cleat ladder shall be installed. (2) Double cleat ladders shall not exceed 24 feet in length. CAPCO JEN 0001770 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 35 <3) Single cleat ladders shall not ex ceed 30 feet in length between supports (base and top landing). If ladders are to connect different landings, or if the length required exceeds this maximum length, two or more separate ladders shall be used, offset with a platform be tween each ladder. Guardrails and toeboards hall be erected on the exposed sides of the platforms. (See S 1926.451 (a) (5).) (4) The width of single cleat ladders shall be at least 25 Inches, but not more than 20 inches between rails at the top. (5) Side rails shall be parallel or flared top to bottom by not more than onequarter of an inch for each 2 feet of length. (6) Wood side rails of ladders having cleats shall be not less than W2 inches thick and VA* inches deep (2 inches by 4 inches nominal) when made of Group 2 or Group 3 woods (see Table L-l). Wood side rails of Group 4 woods (see Table L-l) may be used in the same cross-section of dimensions for cleat ladders up to 20 feet In length. Table L-l AvcftAcq Densities or Various Species of Wood for Use in Ladders CROUP I Density Species (Ibs./ft.*) White ash............ 41 Beech_____ -___ 43 Birch - 44 Rock elm______ 43 Hickory _____ -- 50 Locust . 47 Density Species (lbs./ft.*) Hard maple.... 43 Red maple_____ 36 Red oak 43 White oak.......... 46 Pecan _ 46 Persimmon .... 50 Douglas fir (coast region) Western larch-- croup a Southern yellow 34 pine 38 37 Red alder........... Oregon ash.... Pumpkin ash... Alaska cedar... Port Orford cedar ............. C+toimber ..... Cypress ....... Soft elm______ _ Douglas fir (Rocky Mountain type) ___ Noble fir....... CROUP 9 28 Gum .......... 88 West Coast hem37 lock__________ 31 Magnolia Oregon maple.. 30 Norway pine... 34 Poplar 33 Redwood ...... 36 Eastern spruce. Sitka Bpruce... Sycamore ..... 30 Tamarack ..... 27 Tupelo ... 34 30 35 34 31 28 25 28 38 36 37 36 Table L-l---Continued CROUP 4 Aspen_____ .... Basswood ...... Buckeye ...... Butternut Incense cedar.. Western fed cedar Black oottonwood .. White fir............. Hackberry____ _ 27 25 25 27 25 23 24 26 37 Eastern hemlock Holly ................... Soft maple..... Lodgepole pine. Idaho white pine ......... ...... Northern white pine ___..... Ponderosa pine. Sugar pine 28 39 33 29 28 25 28 26 (7) It Is preferable that side rails be continuous. If splicing is necessary to attain the requirec. length however, the splice must develop the full strength of a continuous side rail of the same length. (8) 2-inch by 4-inch lumber shall be used for side rails of single cleat ladders up to 16 feet long; 3-inch by 6-inch lum ber shall be used for single cleat ladders from 16 to 30 feet in length. (9) 2-inch by -i-inch lumber shall be used for side and middle rails of double cleat ladders up to 12 feet in length; 2-inch by 6-Inch lumber for double cleat ladders from 12 to 24 feet in length. (10) Wood cleats shall have the fol lowing minimum dimensions when made of Group 1 woods (see Table L-l): Table L-2 Length of cleat (Inches) Thickness Width (inches) (Inches) Up to and Including 20.................. Over A> and up to and including 30................................................... *4 u 3 w (11) Cleats may be made of species of any other group 0! wood (see Table L-l) provided equal or greater strength is maintained. (12) Cleats shall be inset into the edges of the side rails one-half inch, or filler blocks shall be used on the rails between the cleats. The cleats shall be secured to each rail with three lQd common wire nails or other fasteners of equivalent strength. Cleats shall be uniformly spaced, 12 inches top-to-top. 1926.451 Scaffolding. () General requirements, (l) Scaf folds shall be erected in accordance with requirements of this section. (2) The footing or anchorage for scaf folds shaLl be sound, rigid, and capable of carrying the maximum intended load without settling or displacement. Un stable objects such as barrels, boxes, loose brick, or concrete blocks, shall not be used to support scaffolds or planks. (3) No scaffold shall be erected, moved, dismantled, or altered except under the supervision of competent persons. (4) Guardrails and tdeboards shall be installed on all open sides and ends of platforms more than 6 feet above the ground or floor, except needle beam scaf folds and floats. Scaffolds 4 feet to 6 feet in height, having a minimum horizontal dimension in either direction of less than 45 inches, shall have standard guardrails installed on all open sides and ends of the platform. (5> Guardrails shall be 2- x 4-lnches, or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail, when re quired. Supports shall be at intervals not to exceed 6 feet. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. () Where persons are required to work or pass under the scaffold, scaffolds shall be provided wnn a screen between the toeboard and the guardrail, extend ing along the entire opening, consisting of No. 18 gauge U.S. Standard wire ",2Jnch mesh, or the equivalent. (7) Scaffolds and their components shall be capable of supporting without failure at least 4 times the maximum In tended load. (8) Any scaffold including accessories such as braces, brackets, trusses, screw legs, ladders, etc. damaged or weakened from any cause shall be immediately re paired or replaced. (9) All load-carrying timber mem bers of scaffold framing shall be a mini mum of 1,500 fiber (Stress Grade) con struction grade lumber. All dimensions are nominal sizes aa provided In the American Lumber Standards, except that where rough sizes are noted, only rough or undressed lumber of the size specified will satisfy minimum requirements. (10) All planking shall be Scaffold Grades, or equivalent, as recognized by approved grading rules for the species of wood used. The maximum permissible spans for 2- x 10-inch or wider planks shall be as shown in the following; Table L-3 Material Full thickness Nomina', undressed thickness lumber lumber** 11 Vorkiiur load <p M........ M SO lYtllUsstlilr Jp.ili (.ll.)........ 10 & fe 6 6 ' NomiiiJJ lhu.kn.ss lumber not rveoimiu-nJvd for heavy duty ui<\ (11) The maximum permissible 6pan for I*;- x 9-inch or wider plank of full thickness shall be 4 feet with medium duty loading of 50 p.s.f. (12) All planking or platforms shall be overlapped (minimum 12 Inches), or secured from movement. (13) An access ladder or equivalent safe access shall be provided. (14) Scaffold planks shall extend over their end supports not less than 6 inches nor more than 12 inches. (15) The poles, legs, or uprights of scaffolds shall be plumb, and securely and rigidly braced to prevent swaying and displacement. (16) Overhead protection shall be pro vided for men on a scaffold exposed to overhead hazards. (17) Slippery conditions on scaffolds shall be eliminated as soon as possible after they occur. (18) No welding, burning, riveting, or open flame work shall be performed on any staging suspended by means of fiber or synthetic rope. Only treated or pro tected fiber or synthetic ropes shall be used for or near any work involving the use of corrosive substances or chemicals. (19) Wire, synthetic, or fiber rope used for scaffold suspension shall be capable cf supporting at least 6 times the rated load. (20) The pse of shore pump Jack, or lean-to scaffolds is prohibited. (21) Lumber sizes, when used in this subpart, refer to nominal sizes except where otherwise stated. (b) Wood pole scaffolds. (1) Scaffold poles shall bear on a foundation of suffi cient size and strength to spread the load from the pole over & sufficient area to prevent settlement. All poles shall be set . plumb. (2) Where wood poles are spliced, the ends shall be squared and the upper sec tion shall rest squarely on the lower CAPCO JEN 0001771 36 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS section. Wood splice plates shall be pro vided on at least two adjacent sides and shall be not less than 4 feet In length, overlapping the abutted ends equally, and have the same width and not less than the cross-sectional area of the pole. Splice plates or other materials of equivalent strength may be used. (3) Independent pole scaffolds shall be set as near to the wall of the building as practicable. (4) All pole scaffolds shall be securely guyed or tied to the building or structure. Where the height or length exceeds 25 feet, the scaffold shall be secured at intervals not greater than 25 feet vertically and horizontally. <5) Putlogs or bearers shall be set with their greater dimension vertical, long enough to project over the ledgers of the Inner and outer rows of poles at least 3 Inches for proper support. <6) Every wooden putlog on single pole scaffolds shall be reinforced with a *1$- x 2-tnch steel strip, or equivalent, secured to its lower edge throughout its entire length. (7) Ledgers shall be long enough to extend over two pole spaces. Ledgers shall not be spliced between the poles. Ledgers shall be reinforced by bearing blocks securely nailed to the side of the pole to form a support for the ledger. (8) Diagonal bracing shall be provided to prevent the poles from moving in a direction parallel with the wTall of the building, or from buckling. (9) Cross bracing shall be provided between the inner and outer sets of poles In independent pole scaffolds. The free ends of pole scaffolds shall be cross braced. (10) Full diagonal face bracing shall be erected across the entire face of pole scaffolds in both directions. The braces shall be spaced at the poles. The Inner row of poles on medium and heavy duty scaffolds shall be braced in a similar manner. (U) Platform planks snail be laid with their edges close together so the platform will be tight with no spaces through which tools or fragments of material can fall. (12) Where planking is lapped, each plank shall lap Its end supports at least 12 Inches. Where the ends of planks abut each other to form a flush floor, the butt Joint shall be at the centerline of a pole. The abutted ends shall rest on separate bearers. Intermediate beams shall be provided where necessary to pre vent dislodgment of planks due to deflec tion. and the ends shall be secured to prevent their dislodgment. (13) When a scaffold materially changes its direction, the platform planks shall be laid to prevent tipping. The planks that meet the corner putlog at an angle shall be laid first, extending over the diagonal placed putlog far enough to have a good safe bearing, but not far enough to Involve any danger from tipping. The planking running in the opposite direction at an angle shall be laid so as to extend over and rest on the first layer of planking. (14) When moving platforms to the next level, the old platform shall be left undisturbed until the new putlogs or bearers have been set in place, ready to receive the platform planks. (15) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 Inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail of 1- x 6inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be Installed at all open sides and ends or all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 Inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed In accord ance with paragraph (a) (6) of this section, when required. (16) All wood pole scaffolds 60 feet or less in height shall be constructed and erected in accordance with Tables L~4 to 10. If they are over 60 feet in height, they shall be designed by a qualified en gineer competent in this field, and it shall be constructed and erected in ac cordance with such design. Table L-8--Minimum Nominal Size and Maximum Spacing op Msmbexs op Inde pendent Pole Scaitolds--MsoruM Dutt Uniformly distributed load. Maximum height of scaffold. Poles or uprights------ -- Not to exceed 50 pjJ. 60 It. 4 x 4 In. (Continued on p. 31:3136) Table L-4-Mixihcm Nominal Sue and Maximum Spacing or Meubers or Single Tote Scaffolds Light Dutt Maximum height of scaffold 30 ft. 60 ft. Uniformly distributed load.................... Toles or uprights...................................... Pole spacing (longitudinal).................... Maximum width of scaffold.................... Bejms or put lots to 3 (I. 0 in. width.. Bearers or putlogs to ft ft. 0In. width... Ledgers....................................................... Planking.................................................... Vertical sparing of horhonla) mrrubers. Bracing, homoniat and diagonal........... Tie-Ins........................................................ Toeboards.................................................. Guardrail................................................... Not to exceed 25p4.f. 2s 4 in.......................... 6 ft. 0 In....................... 5 ft. 0 In......................... 21 4 In......................... . 2 X 6 in. o< 3 I 4 In....... I x 4 In.......................... IK x 9 In. (rough)....... 7 It. 0 In......................... 1 x 4 In......................... . I x 4 In......................... 4 In. high (minimum). 2x4 In......................... 4 i 4 In. 10 ft. 0 In. 5 It. 0 In. 2 x 4 in. 2 x 0 In. or 3 14 In. (rough). IK t0 In. 21 to In. 9 It. 0 In. 1 x 4 In. 1 x 4 in. 4 In. high (minimum). 2 x 4 In. All members except planking are used on edge. Table L-5--Minimum Nominal Size ano Maximum Spacing op Members or Single Pole Scaffolds--Medium Dutt Uniformly distributed load. Maximum height of scaffold. Poles or uprights Pole spacing (longi tudinal). Maximum width of scaffold. Bearers or putlogs.... Spacing of bearers or putlogs. Ledgers........................... Vertical spacing of horizontal members. Bracing, horizontal... Bracing, diagonal____ Tle-lns ........................... planking__.......... Toeboards Guardrail... Not to exeeed SO p.s.I. 60 ft. 4 x 4 In. 8 ft. 0 In. 5 ft. 0 In. 2 x 10 In. or 3 x 4 in. 8 ft. 0 in. 2 x 10 In. 7 ft. 0 In. 1 x6 In.or 1 x4ln. 1 x 4 In. 2x10 in. 4-ln. high mum). 2x4 in. x 4 in. (mini All member* except planking are ueed on edge. Table L-6--Minimum Nominal Size and Maximum Spacing or Members or Single Pole Scaffolds--Heavy Dutt Uniformly distributed load. Maximum height of scaffold. Poles or uprights Pole spacing (longi tudinal). Maximum width of scaffold. Bearers or putlogs____ Spacing of bearers or putlog. Ledgers -._. Vertical spacing of horizontal members. Bracing, horizontal and diagonal. Tle-lns Planking Toeboards ___________ Guardrail.... _ Not to exceed 75 p-s.f. 60 ft. 4 x 6 In. 6 ft. 0 in. 5 ft. 0 in. 2 x 10 In. or 3 x 5 In. 6 ft. 0 In. 2 x 10 In. 6 ft. 6 In. 2x4 In. 1 x 4 In. 2 x 10 in. 4-ln. high mum). 2 x 4 tn. (mini All membera except planking are used on edge. Table L-t-- Miniucm N'okinal fiuc and Maxivcn Sucthq or Mivatu or Inowndent Polx Scaffold Light Dutt Maximum height of icaOold1 soft. eon. Uniformly distributed load................. Poles or uprights...................................... Tole spacing (longitudinal).................... Pole spacing (transeerae)............... ..... Ledgers................ .................. ................. Bearers to 3 It. 0 In. span........................ Bearers to 10ft. 01a. span.............. . Planking.................................................. Vertical spacing of horizontal members Bracing, borUootal sod diagonal.......... Tle-lns...................................................... Toeboards................................................. Guardrail................................................. . . Not to exceed 23 pjJ. . 214 la........................... .. en.Oln......................... en.oin......................... . \\i *4in....................... . 2 s 4 in........................... . 2*6ln.or 3x41a... ,. IKxtin........................ . Tn.Olo......................... .1x4 In........................... .. 1 x4 In........................... .,4 In. high....................... ,:-2x4la........................... 4 x 4 In. io n.oio. lort.oin. IK 14 in. 2 x 4 tn. 2 s 10 (rough) or 3 x 8 in. 2 x 10 In. 7 ft. 0 In. 1 I 4 Id. 1 x 4 In. 4 In. high (minimum). 2 x 4 to. All members except planking are used on edge. I CAPCO JEN 0001772 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 37 Pole spacing (longi tudinal). Pole spacing (trans verse). Ledgers _ Vertical spacing of horizontal members. Spacing of bearers-----Bearers ............. Bracing, horizontal... Bracing, diagonal-----Tie-ins ............................. Planking ------------------Toeboards................ .. Guardrail ....----------AH members except 8 ft. 0 In. 8 ft. 0 In. 2 x 10 in. 6 ft. 0 In.. 8 ft.Oln. 2 x 10 In. 1x6 In. or 1VI x4 la. 1 x41n. 1 x41n. 2x10 la. 4-ln. high (mini mum) . 2 x 4 In. lacking are used on edge. Table L~9--Minimum Nominal Size and Maximum Spacing or Members or Inde pendent Pole Scaftolds--Heavt Dutt Uniformly distributed .Not to exceed 75 load. p-s.f. Maximum height of 60 ft. scaffold. Poles or uprights 4 x 4 In. Pole spacing (longi 6 ft.Oln. tudinal) . Pole spacing (trans 8 ft. 0 In. verse). Ledgers ...__........ 2x10 In. Vertical spacing of 6 ft. 0 in. horizontal members. Bearers .......--.... 2x 10In. (rough). Bracing, horizontal 2x4 In. and diagonal. Tie-Ins ............................ 1 x4 In. Planking 2 x 20 In. Toeboards ........... 4-ln. high (mini mum). Guardrail 2 x 4 In. All members except planking are used on edge. <c> Tube and coupler scaffolds. (1) A light duty tube and coupler scaffold shall have all posts, bearers, runners, and brac ing of nominal 2-inch O.D, steel tubing. The posts shall be spaced no more than 6 feet apart by 10 feet along the length of the scaffold. Other structural metals when used must be designed to carry un equivalent load. No dissimilar metals shall be used together. (2> A medium duty tube and coupler scaffold shall have all posts, runners, and bracing of nominal 2-inch O.D. steel tubing. Posts spaced not more than 6 feet apart by 6 feet along the length of the scaffold shall have bearers of nominal 2 Vi-inch O.D. steel tubing. Posts spaced not more than 6 feet apart by 8 feet along the length of the scaffold shall have bearers of nominal 2-inch O.D. steel tub ing. Other structural metals, when used, must be designed to carry an equivalent load. No dissimilar metals shall be used together. (3) , A heavy duty tube and coupler scaffold shall have all posts, runners, and bracing of nominal 2-lnch OX>. steel tubing, with the posts spaced not more than 6 feet by 6 feet 6 inches. Other structural metals, when used, must be designed to carry an equivalent load. No dissimilar metals shall be used together. (4) Tube and coupler scaffolds shall be limited In heights and working levels to those permitted in Tables L-10,11, and 12. Drawings and specifications of all tube and coupler scaffolds above the limi tations in Tables L-10. 11, and 12 shall be designed by a qualified engineer com petent in this field. (5) All tube and coupler scaffolds shall length of the scaffold permits, such brac be constructed and erected to support ing shall be duplicated beginning at four times the maximum Intended loads, every fifth post. In a similar manner, as set forth in Tables L-10,11, and 12, or longitudinal diagonal bracing shall also as set forth in the specifications by a li be Installed from the last post extending censed professional engineer competent back and upward toward the first post. in this field. Where conditions preclude the attach Table L-10--Tube and Couflea Scaffolds Light Dutt ment of this bracing to the posts, it may be attached to the runners. (12) The entire scaffold shall be tied Uniformly distributed load........ Not to exceed 29 pj.f. to and securely braced against the build Post spacing (longitudinal)........ 10 U. 0 In. ing at intervals not to exceed 30 feet Post spacing (transverse)........... 0 It. 0 in. horizontally and 26 feet vertically. Working levels (13) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 Additional planked levels Maximum height inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail of 1- x 6- inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboard. 1 2 S 4 125 ft, 129 It. shall be installed at all open sides and i o 81 (u 0 la. ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards Table L-n--Tube and Coupler Scaffold* shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Medium Dutt Wire mesh shall be installed in accord ance with paragraph (a) (6) of this Uniformly distributed load........ Not to exceed 90 pj.f. Tost spacing (longitudinal)........ 8 it. 0 in. Tost sparing (transverse)........... (l. 0 In. section. (d> Tubular welded frame scaffolds. (1) Metal tubular frame scaffolds, in Working levels Additional planked levels Maximum height cluding accessories such as braces, brackets, trusses, screw legs, ladders, etc., shall be designed, constructed, and J 6 J29 0. erected to safety support four times the 2 0 78 It. 0 In. maximum rated load. (2) Spacing of panels or frames shall Tablx Li-12--Tcbx and CocrLtx Scaffold* be consistent with the loads imposed. Ueavi Duxr (3) Scaffolds shall be properly braced by cross bracing or diagonal braces, or Uniformly distributed load..... Not to exceed 79 p.s.f. Post spacing (longitudinal)........ d it. 6 In. Post spacing (traverse)............. fill. Ola. both, for securing vertical members to gether laterally, and the cross braces shall be of such length as will automat Working levels Additional planked Maximum ically square and aline vertical members leveli height so that the erected scaffold Is always plumb, square, and rigid. All brace con 1 6 129 0. nections shall be made secure. (4) Scaffold legs shall be set on ad (6) Posts shall be accurately spaced, justable bases or plain bases placed on erected on suitable bases, and maintained mud sills or other foundations adequate plumb. to support the maximum rated load. (7) Runners shall be erected along the (5) The frames shall be placed one on length of the scaffold, located on both top of the other with coupling or stack the inside and the outside posts at even ing pins to provide proper vertical aline- height. Runners shall be Interlocked to ment of the legs. the inside and the outside posts at even (6) Where uplift may occur, panels heights. Runners shall be interlocked to shall be locked together vertically by pins form continuous lengths and coupled to or other equivalent suitable means. each post. The bottom runners shall be (7) To prevent movement, the scaf located as close to the base as possible. fold shall be secured to the building or Runners xhall be placed not more than structure at intervals not to exceed 30 6 feet 6 Inches on centers. feet horizontally and 26 feet vertically. (8) Bearers shall be installed trans (8) Maximum permissible spans of versely between posts and shall be se planking shall be in conformity with curely coupled to the posts bearing on paragraph (a) (11) of this section. the runner coupler. When coupled direct (9) Drawings and specifications for all ly to the runners, the coupler must be frame scaffolds over 125 feet In height kept as close to the posts as possible. above the base plates shall be designed (2) Bearers shall be at least 4 inches by a registered professional engineer. but not more than 12 Inches longer than (10) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 the post spacing or runner spacing. Inches or the equivalent, and approxi (10) Cross bracing shall be installed across the w*ldth of the scaffold at least every third set of posts horizontally and every fourth runner vertically. Such mately 42 Inches high, with a midrail, of 1- x 6-lnch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toe bracing shall extend diagonally from the boards shall be a minimum of 4 inches Inner and outer runners upward to the in height Wire mesh shall be Installed In next outer and inner runners. accordance with paragraph (a)(6) of (11) Longitudinal diagonal bracing this section. on the inner and outer rows of poles ,(e> Manually propelled mobile scaf shall be installed at approximately a 45* folds. (1) When free-standing mobile angle from near the base of the first scaffold towers are used, the height shall outer post upward to the extreme top of not exceed four times the minimum base the scaffold. Where the longitudinal dimension. CAPCO JEN 0001773 38 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (2) Casters shall be properly designed for strength and dimensions to support four times the maximum Intended load. All casters shall be provided with a posi tive locking device to hold the scaffold In position. (3) Scaffolds shall be properly braced by cross bracing and horizontal bracing conforming with paragraph (d)(3) of this section. (4) Platforms shall be tightly planked for the full width of the scaffold except for necessary entrance opening. Plat forms shall be secured In place. (5) A ladder or stairway shall be pro vided for proper access and exit and shall be affixed or built into the scaffold and so located that when In use it will not have a tendency to tip the scaffold. A landing platform must be provided at intervals not to exceed 35 feet. <6) The force necessary to move the mobile scaffold shall be applied near or as close to the base as practicable and provision shall be made to stabilize the tower during movement from one loca tion to another. Scaffolds shall only be moved on level floors, free of obstructions 8nd openings. (7) The employer shall not allow em ployees to ride on manually propelled scaffolds unless the following conditions exist: (i> The floor or surface is within 3' of level, and free from pits, holes, or obstructions: (il) The minimum dimension of the scaffold base when ready for rolling, is at least one-half of the height. Outrig gers, if used, shall be installed on both sides of staging: (iii) The wheels are equipped with rubber or similar resilient tires; (iv) All tools and materials are se cured or removed from the platform before the mobile scaffold is moved. (8) Scaffolds in use by any persons shall rest upon a sultame footing and shall stand plumb. The casters or wheels shall be locked to prevent any movement. (9) Mobile scaffolds constructed of metal members shal* also conform to applicable provisions of paragraphs (b), (c), or (d) of this section, de pending on the material of which they arc constructed. (10) Guardrails not less than 2x4 Inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail, of 1- x 6-inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be instilled at ail open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be Installed In accordance with paragraph (a'(6> of this section. (f) Elevating end rotating tcorfc plef- fortns. Applicable requirements of Amer ican National Standards Institute A92.2-1969, Vehicle Mounted Elevating and Rotating Work Platforms, shall be met for such equipment In use. (g) Outrigger scaffolds. (1) Outrigger beams shall extend not more than 6 feet beyond the face of the building. The in board end of outrigger beams, measured from the fulcrum point to anchorage point, shall be not less than 11/2 times the outboard end in length. The beams shall rest on edge, the sides shall be plumb, and the edges shall be horizontal. The ful crum point of the beam shall rest on a secure bearing at least 6 inches In each horizontal dimension. The beam shall be secured in place against movement and shall be securely braced at the fulcrum point against tipping. (2) The inboard ends of outrigger beams shall be securely anchored either by means of struts bearing against sills in contact with the overhead beams or celling, or by means of tension members secured to the floor Joists underfoot, or by both if necessary. The Inboard ends of outrigger beams shall be secured against tipping and the entire supporting struc ture shall be securely braced in both di rections to prevent any horizontal movement. (3) Unless outrigger scaffolds are de signed by a registered professional engi neer competent in this field, they shall be constructed and erected in accordance with Table L-13. Outrigger scaffolds, de signed by a registered professional engi neer, shall be constructed and erected In accordance with such design. Table L-IS--Minimvu Nowivax. Put and Maximvic Spacing or Meudeu or Outrigger ScArroios Maximum scaffold load. Light duty Medium duty 25 p.s f.............. . S0p.s.f. Outripccr site............ . 2 x 10 In............ .. St 10 In. Maximum outrigger 10 It. v in.......... .. fill. Ota. spacing. . 2 x 10 in........... .. 2x 10 ;`n. . 2 x 4 In............. .. 2 x 4 In. Guardrail uprights.. . 2x4tn............. .. 2 x 4 In. Toeboards.................. . 4 in. (mini* 4 in. (mini- mum). mum). (4) Planking shall be laid tight and shall extend to within 3 inches of the building wall. Planking shall be secured to the beams. (5) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail of 1- x 6inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be Installed at all open si Jei and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above tl.? ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be Installed in accord ance with paragraph (a)(6) of this section. (h) Masons' adjustable multiple-point suspension scaffolds. (1) The scaffold shall be capable of sustaining a working toad of 50 pounds per square foot and shall not be loaded in excess of that figure. (2) The scaffold shall be provided with hoisting machines that meet the requirements of Underwriters* Labora tories or Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation. (3) The platform shall be supported by wire ropes, capable of supporting at least 6 times the Intended load, sus pended from overhead outrigger beams. (4) The scaffold outrigger beams shall consist of structural metal securely fas tened or anchored to the frame or floor system of the building or structure. (5) Each outrigger beam shall be equivalent in strength to at least a stand ard 7-inch, 15.3-pound steel I-beam, at least 15 feet long, and shall not project more than 6 feet 6 inches beyond the bearing point. (6) Where the overhang exceeds 6 feet 6 inches, outrigger beams shall be com posed of stronger beams or multiple beams and be installed under the super vision of a competent person. (7) All outrigger beams shall be set and maintained with their webs in a vertical position. <8) A stop bolt shall be placed at each end of every outrigger beam. (9) The outrigger beam shall rest on suitable wood bearing blocks. (10) The free end of the suspension wire ropes shall be equipped with proper size thimbles and secured by splicing or other equivalent means. The running ends shall be securely attached to the hoisting drum and at least four turns of wire rope shall at all times remain on the drum. The use of fiber rope is prohibited. (11) Where a single outrigger beam is used, the steel shackles or clevises with which the wire ropes are attached to the outrigger beams shall be placed directly over the hoisting drums. 02) The scaffold platform shall be equivalent in strength to at least 2-inch planking. (For maximum planking spans, see paragraph (a) (11) of this section.) (13) When employees are at work on the scaffold and an overhead hazard exists, overhead protection shall be pro vided on the scaffold, not more than 9 feet above the platform, consisting of 2lnch planking, or material of equivalent strength, laid tight, and extending not less than the width of the scaffold. (14) Each scaffold shall be Installed or relocated under the supervision of a com petent person. <15) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail, and toeboards. shall be installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accord ance with paragraph (a)(6) of this section. (1) {Swinging scaffolds) two-point suspension. (1) Two-point suspension scaffold platforms shall be not less than 20 inches nor more than 36 inches wide overall. The platform shall be securely fastened to the hangers by u-bolts or by other equivalent means. (2) The hangers of two-point suspen sion scaffolds shall be made of mild steel, or other equivalent materials, having a cross-sectional area capable of sustain ing 4 times the maximum rated load, and shall be designed with a support for guardrail. Intermediate rail, and toeboard. (3) When hoisting machines are used on two-point suspension scaffolds, such machines shall be of a design tested and approved by Underwriters' Laborato ries or Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation. ' (4) The roof irons or hooks shall be of mild steel, or other equivalent mate rial, of proper size and design, securely installed and anchored. Tiebacks of *- CAPCO JEN 0001774 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 39 Inch manlla rope, or the equivalent, shall serve as a secondary means of anchor age, installed at right angles to the face of the building, whenever possible, and secured to a structurally sound portion of the building. (5) Two-point suspension scaffolds shall be suspended by wire, synthetic, or fiber ropes capable of supporting at least 6 times the rated load. All other com ponents shall be capable of supporting at least four times the rated load. (6) The sheaves of all blocks, consist ing of at least one double and one single block, shall fit the size and type of rope used. (7) All wire ropes, fiber and syn thetic ropes, slings, hangers, platforms, and other supporting parts shall be in spected before every Installation. Pe riodic inspections shall be made while the scaffold is in use. (8) On suspension scaffolds designed for a working load of 500 pounds, no more than two men shall be permitted to work at one time. On suspension scaf folds with a working load of 750 pounds, no more than three men shall be per mitted to work at one time. Each em ployee shall be protected by an approved safety life belt attached to a lifeline. The lifeline shall be securely attached to sub stantial members of the structure (not scaffold), or to securely rigged lines, which will safely suspend the employee in case of a fall. In order to keep the lifeline continuously attached, with a minimum of slack, to a fixed structure, the attachment point of the lifeline shall be appropriately changed as the work progresses. (9) Two-point suspension scaffolds shall be securely lashed to the building or structure to prevent them from swaying. Window cleaners' anchors shall not be used for this purpose. (10) The platform of every two-point suspension scaffold shall be one of the following types: (i) Ladder-type platforms. The side stringer shall be of clear straight-grained spruce or materials of equivalent strength and durability. The rungs shall be of straight-grained oak, ash, or hickory, at least IV* Inch In diameter, with %-inch tenons mortised into the side stringers at least seven-eighths Inch. The stringers shall be tied together with tie rods not less than one-quarter inch in diameter, passing through the string ers and riveted up tight against washers on both ends. The flooring strips shall be* spaced not more than five-eighths inch apart except at the side rails where the space may be 1 inch. Ladder-type platforms shall be constructed In ac cordance with Table L-M. <U) Plank-type platforms. Plank-type platforms shall be composed of not less than nominal 2- x 10-inch unspllced planks, properly cleated together on the underside, starting 6 inches from each end: Intervals in between shall not ex ceed 4 feet. The plank-type platform shall not extend beyond the hangers more than 12 inches. A bar or other ef fective means shall be securely fastened to the platform at each end to prevent its slipping off the hanger. The span be Tavlk L-U-Sair.t>iit ro* L.urEA-Trr rtATfomia Length of plal/orm (tcrt) 12 14 and 16 J8amJ 2?nnd?4 Wand 30 Side Stringers, minimum cross section (Onlshed sites): At ends Itnches)............................................... 1** I ?V...... 1*,' z ....... I1* * 3........... 1*.' 3.......... 14*t V/,. At middle (indies)........................................... 1? x 31*.......1 `i x3J......... 1>* x4........... 1}* x 4*<....... 1< t S. Rdittorcitig strip (minimum)............................. A Ux'rlnclijtedrcmlorclnpslnpor Its equivalent shall be studied to the side or underside, (nil length. Rungs....................................................................... Pungs shall be ljf-lndies minimum dhmeler wllh nt Jrosl ?{ lneh dhun-ter Icnoiis, and the luaxinium sjucinc slull be U Indus center to center. Tie rods: Number (minimum)................... .................. 3..................... 4......................4......................9......................& I>jinetrr (minimum....................................... )$ In............. } In................V in............... In....................& In. Flooring, minimum Imtsiicd size (Inches)......... Jl>t2J4............. ........................ ........................*2?............. *-,'-''4\ tween hangers for plank-type platforms shall not exceed 8 feet. (iii) Beam-type platforms. Beam plat forms shall have side stringers of lumber not less than 2x6 inches set on edge. The span between hangers shall not exceed 12 feet when beam platforms are used. The flooring shall be supported on 2- x 6-inch cross beams, laid flat and set Into the upper edge of the stringers with a snug fit, at intervals of not more than 4 feet, securely nailed in place. The floor ing shall be of 1- x 6-lnch material prop erly nailed. Floor boards shall not be spaced more than one-half inch apart. (iv) Light metal-type platforms. When used, shall be tested and listed according to Underwriters' Laborato ries or Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation. (11) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 inches, or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accord ance with paragraph (a) (6) of this section. (J) Stone setters' adjustable multiplepoint suspension scaffolds. (1) The scaf fold shall be capable of sustaining a working load of 25 pounds per square foot and shall not be overloaded. Scaffolds shall not be used for storage of stone or other heavy materials. (2) When used, the hoisting machine and its-supports shall be of a type tested and listed by Underwriters* Laborato ries or Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation. (3) The platform shall be securely fastened to the hangers by U-bolts or other equivalent means. (For materials and spans, see subdivision <U) of para graph (i) (10), Plank-Type Platforms, and Table L-14 of this section.) (4) The scaffold unit shall be sus pended from metal outriggers, iron brackets, wire rope slings, or iron hooks. (5) Outriggers, when used, shall be set with their webs in a vertical position, se curely anchored to the building or struc ture and provided with stop bolts at each end. (6) The scaffold shall be supported by wire rope capable of supporting at least 6 times the rated load. All other com ponents shall be capable of supporting at least 4 times the rated load. (7) The free ends of the suspension wire ropes shall be equipped with proper size thimbles, secured by splicing or other equivalent means. The running ends shall be securely attached to the hoisting drum and at least four turns of wire rope shall remain at the drum at all times. (8) When two or more scaffolds are used on a building or structure, they shall not be bridged one to the other, but shall be maintained at even height with plat forms abutting closely. (9) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midraii, and toe- boards, shall be installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accord ance with paragraph (a) (/j) of this section. (k) Sfnpfe-pomf adjustable suspen sion scaffolds. (1) The scaffolding, in cluding power units or manually oper ated winches, shall be of a type tested and listed by Underwriters' Laborato ries or Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation. (2) The power units may be either electrically or air motor driven. (3) All power-operated gears and brakes shall be enclosed. (4i In addition to the normal operat ing brake, all power-driven units shall have an emergency brake which engages automatically when the normal speed of descent is exceeded. (5) The hoisting machines, cables, and equipment shall be regularly serviced and inspected. (6) The units may be combined to form a two-point suspension scaffold. Such scaffold shall then comply with paragraph (i) of this section. (7) Hie supporting cable s'aall be verti cal for its entire length, and the basket shall not be swayed nor the cable fixed to any intermediate points to change the original path of travel. <8) Suspension methods shall conform to applicable provisions of paragraphs (h) and (i) of this section. (9) Guards, midrails, and toeboards shall completely enclose the cage or bas ket. Guardrails shall be no less than 2x4 Inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches above the. platform. Midrails shall be 1 x 6 inches or the equivalent, installed equidistant between the guard rail and the platform. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. (10) For additional details not covered in this paragraph, applicable technical CAPCO JEN 0001775 40 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS portions of American National Standards Institute. A120, 1970, Power-Operated Devices for Exterior Building Mainte nance Powered Platforms, shall be used. (1) Boatswain's chairs. (1) -The chair seat shall not be less than 12 x 24 inches, and l-inch thickness. The seat shall be reinforced on the underside by cleats securely fastened to prevent the board from splitting. (2) The two fiber rope seat slings shall be of *e-inch diameter, reeved through the four seat holes so as to cross each other on the underside of the seat. (3) Seat slings shall fce of at least Inch wire rope when an employee is con ducting a heat-producing process, such as gas or arc welding. (4) The employee shall be protected by a safety belt and lifeline in accord ance with $ 1926.104. The attachment point of the lifeline to the structure shall be appropriately changed os the work progresses. (5) The tackle shall consist of correct size ball bearing or bushed blocks and properly spliced %-lnch diameter first- grade manila rope, or equivalent. (6) The roof irons, hooks, or the object to which the tackle is anchored, shall be securely installed. Tiebacks, when used, shall be Installed at right angles to the face of the building and securely fastened. <m) Carpenters' bracket scaffolds. Cl) the brackets shall consist of a triangular wood frame not less than 2x3 inches fn cross section, or of metal of equivalent strength. Each member shall be properly fitted and securely joined. (2) Each bracket shall be attached to the structure by means of one of the following: (i) A bolt, no less than five-eighths inch in diameter, which shall extend through to the inside of the building wall; (ii) A metal stud attachment device; (iil) Welding to steel tanks; civ) Hooking over a well-secured and adequately strong supporting member. <3> The brackets shall be spaced no more than 8 feet apart. (4) No more than two employees shall occupy any given 8 feet of a bracket scaf fold at any one time. Tools and mate rials shall not exceed 75 pounds in addi tion to the occupancy. C5> The platform shall consist of not less than two 2- x 10-inch nominal size planks extending not more than 12 inches or less than 6 Inches beyond each end support (6) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail, or 1- x 6-inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be Installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 Inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accordance with paragraph (a) (6) of this section. (n) Bricklayers' square scaffolds. O) The squares shall not exceed 5 feet in width and 5 feet In height. (2) Members shall be not less than those specified in Table L-15. Table L-15--Minimum Dimensions roe Bricklayers' Square Scaffold Members Member* Dimeniion* Bearers or horizontal members-- Legs ......................................................... Braces at corners.......... Braces diagonally from center frame. 2 X 4 in. 2 x 6 In. 1 x 6 la. I x 8 In. (3) The squares shall be reinforced on both sides of each comer with 1- x 6-inch gusset pieces. They shall also have di agonal braces 1x8 inches on both sides running from center to center of each member, or other means to secure equiv alent strength and rigidity. (4) The squares shall be set not more than 5 feet apart for medium duty scaf folds, and not more than 8 feet apart for light duty scaffolds. Bracing. 1x8 inches, extending from the bottom of each square to the top of the next square, shall be provided on both front and rear sides of the scaffold. (5) Platform planks shall be at least 2- x 10-inch nominal size. The ends of the planks shall overlap the bearers of the squares and each plank shall be sup ported by not less than three squares. (6) Bricklayers' square scaffolds shall not exceed three tiers in height and shall be so constructed and arranged that one square shall rest directly above the other. The upper tiers shall stand on a con tinuous row of planks laid across the next lower tier and be nailed down or otherwise secured to prevent displacement. (7) Scaffolds shall be level and set upon a firm foundation. <o) Norse scaffolds. (1) Horse scaf folds shall not be constructed or ar ranged more than two tiers or-10 feet in height. <2> The members of the horses shall be not less than those specified in Table L-16. Table L-16--Minimum Dimensions Horse Scaffold Members for Member* Dimentiona Horizontal members or bearers. Legs............................................... Longitudinal brace between legs. Gusset brace at top of legs.. Half diagonal braces_______ 3x4 In. 1 Vi * la- lx6lo. Ix81n. 1% x 4% In. (3) Horses shall be spaced sot more than 5 feet for medium duty and not more than 8 feet for light duty. (4) When arranged in tiers, each horse shall be placed directly over the horse in the tier below. (5) On all scaffblds arranged In tiers, the legs shall be nailed down or other wise secured to the planks to prevent dis placement or thrust and each tier shall be substantially cross braced. (6) Horses or parts which have be come weak or defective shall not be used. (7) Guardrails, not less than 2x6 Inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 Inches high, with a midrail, of X- x 4inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be Installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be Installed in accord ance with paragraph (a) (6) of this section. <p> Needle beam scaffold. (1) Wood needle beams shall be not less than 4x0 Inches in size, with the greater dimension placed in a vertical direction. Metal beams or the equivalent, conforming to paragraphs (a) (8) and (10) of this sec tion, may be used and shall not be altered or moved horizontally while they are In use. <2) Hopes or hangers shall be pro vided for supports. The span between supports on the needle beam shall not exceed 10 feet for 4- x 6-inch timbers. Rope supports shall be equivalent in strength to 1-inch diameter first-grade manila rope. (3) The ropes shall be attached to the needle beams by a scaffold hitch or a properly made eye splice. The loose end of the rope shall be tied by a bowline knot or by a round turn and a half hitch. (4) The scaffold hitch shall be ar ranged so as to prevent the needle beam from rolling or becoming otherwise displaced. (5) The platform span between the needle beams shall not exceed 8 feet when using 2-inch scaffold plank. For spans greater than 8 feet, platforms shall be designed based on design require ments for the special span. The overhang of each end of the platform planks shall be not less than 6 inches and not more than 12 Inches. (6) When needle beam scaffolds are used, the planks shall be secured against slipping. (7) All unattached tools, bolts, and nuts used on needle beam scaffolds shall be kept In suitable containers, properly secured. (8) One end of & needle beam scaffold may be supported by a permanent struc tural member conforming to paragraphs (a) (8) and (10) of this section. (9) Each employee working on a needle beam scaffold shall be protected by a safety belt and lifeline in accord ance with { 1926.104. (q) -Plasterers', decorators', and larpe area scaffolds. (1) Plasterers', lathers', and ceiling workers' inside scaffolds shall be constructed in accordance with the general requirements set forth for Inde pendent wood pole scaffolds. (See para graph (b) and Tables D-7, 8, and 9 of this section.) (2) All platform planks shall be laid with the edges close together. (3) When Independent pole scaffold platforms are erected in sections, such sections shall be provided with connect ing runways equipped with substantial guardrails. i4) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail of 1- x 6inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, 5hall be Installed on all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be & minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accordance with paragraph (a) (6) of this section. CAPCO JEN 0001776 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 41 (r) Interior hung scaffolds. (1) An in terior hung scaffold shall be hung or suspended from the roof structure or ceiling beams. C2) The suspending wire or fiber rope shall be capable of supporting at least 6 times the rated load. The rope shall be wrapped at least twice around the supporting members and twice around the bearers of the scaffold, with each end of the wire rope secured by at least three standard wire-rope clips properly installed. (3) For hanging wood scaffolds, the following minimum nominal size ma terial shall be used: ci) Supporting bearers 2 % 10 Inches on edge: (ii) Planking 2x10 inches, with maxi mum span 7 feet for heavy duty and 10 feet for light duty or medium duty. (4) Steel tube and coupler members may be used for hanging scaffolds with both types of scaffold designed to sustain a uniform distributed working load up to heavy duty scaffold loads with a safety factor of four. (Si Guardrails, not less than 2x4 inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail of 1- x 6inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches In height. WJre mesh shall be installed in accord ance with paragraph (a) (6) of this section. <s> Ladder jack scaffolds. (1> All ladder Jack scaffolds shall be limited to light duty and shall not exceed a height of 20 feet above the floor or ground. (2) All ladders used in connection wiih ladder Jack scaffolds shall be heavy-duty ladders and shall be designed and con structed In accordance with American National Standards Institute A 14.1-1968. Safety Code for Portable Wood Ladders, and A 14.2-1968, Safety Code for Port able Metal Ladders. Cleated ladders shall not be used for this purpose. (3) The ladder jack shall be so designed'and constructed that it will bear on 4he side rails in addition to the ladder rungs, or If bearing on rungs only, the bearing area shall be at least 10 inches on each run?. (4) Ladders used in conjunction with ladder jacks shall be so placed, fastened, held, or equipped with devices so as to prevent slipping. (5) The wood platform planks shall be not less than 2 inches nominal In thickness. Both metal and wood platform planks shall overlap the bearing surface not less than 12 inches. The span be tween supports for wood shall not exceed 8 feet. Platform width shall be not less than 18 inches. (6) Not more than two employees shall occupy any given 8 feet of any ladder Jack scaffold at any one time. (t) Window jack scaffolds' (1) Win dow jack scaffolds shall be used only for the purpose of working at the window opening through which the jack Is placed. (2) Window Jacks shall not be used to support planks placed between one window Jack and another or for, other prevent tools from rolling off. elements of scaffolding. (5) Supporting ropes shall be 1-inch (3) Window jack scaffolds shall be diameter manila rope or equivalent, free provided with guardrails unless safety from deterioration, chemical damage, belts with lifelines are attached and pro flaws, or other imperfections. Rope con vided for employee. nections shall be such that the platform (4) Not more than one employee shall cannot shift or slip. If two ropes are used occupy a window jack scaffold at any one with each float, they shall be arranged so time. as to provide four ends which are to be (u) Roofing brackets. (1) Roofing securely fastened to an overhead sup brackets shall be constructed to fit the port. Each of the two supporting ropes pitch of the roof. shall be hitched around one end of (2) Brackets shall be secured in place bearer and pass under the platforms to by nailing in addition to the pointed the other end of the bearer where it is metal projections. When it Is impractical hitched again, leaving sufficient rope at to nail brackets, rope supports shall be each end for the supporting ties. used. When rope supports are used, they (6) Each employee shall be protected shall consist of first-grade manila of at by an approved safety lifebelt and life least %-inch diameter, or equivalent. line, in accordance with l 1926.104. (3) A catch platform shall be In (x) Form scaffolds. (1) Form scaffolds stalled below the working area of roofs shall be constructed of wood or other more than 10 feet from the ground to suitable materials, such as steel or alu eaves with a slope greater than 3 inches minum members of known strength in 12 Inches without a parapet. In width, characteristics. All scaffolds shall be de the platform shall extend 2 feet beyond signed and erected with a minimum the projection of the eaves and shall be safety factor of 4, computed on the basis provided with a guardrail, midrail, and of the maximum rated load. toeboard. This provision shall not apply (2) All scaffold planking shall be a where employees engaged in work upon minimum of 2- x 10-inch nominal Scaf such roofs are protected by a safety belt fold Grade, as recognized by approved attached to a lifeline. grading rules for the species of lumber (v) Crawling boards or chicken lad used, or equivalent material. Maximum ders. (1) Crawling boards shall be not permissible spans shall not exceed 8 feet less than 10 inches wide and 1 inch thick, on centers for 2- x 10-lnch nominal having cleats lxl^ inches. The cleats planking. Scaffold planks shall be either shall be equal in length to the width of nailed or bolted to the ledgers or of such the board and spaced at equal Intervals length that they overlap the ledgers at not to exceed 24 inches. Nails shall be least 6 Inches. Unsupported projecting driven through and clinched on the ends of scaffolding planks shall be lim underside. The crawling board shall ex ited to a maximum overhang of 12 tend from the ridge pole to the eaves inches. when used in connection with roof con (3) Scaffolds shall not be loaded in struction, repair, or maintenance. excess of the working load for which they (2) A firmly fastened lifeline of at least 3,-lnch diameter rope, or equiv alent, shall be strung beside each crawl ing board for a handhold. (3) Crawling boards shall be secured to the roof by means of adequate ridge hooks or other effective means. (w) Float or ship scaffolds. (3) Float or ship scaffolds shall not be used to sup port more than three men and a few light tools, such as those needed for riveting, bolting, and welding. They shall be constructed os designd in subpara were designed. (4) Figure-four form scaffolds: (1) Figure-four scaffolds are Intended for light duty and shall not be used to sup port loads exceeding 25 pounds per square foot unless specifically designed for heavier loading. For minimum design criteria, see Table L-17. Table L-17--Minimum Design Criteria tor Figure-Four Form Scavtolss Members Dimensions Uprights------ ------------- 2 x4 ln.or2 xd In. Outriggers ledgers 1 x 6 In. graphs (2) through (6) of this para graph, unless substitute designs and materials provide equivalent strength, (two). Braces ------ -------------- Guardrails _ Guardrail height...... 1 x 6 In. 2 x 4 In. Approximately 42 In. stability, and safety. Intermediate guard- I x 6 In. (2) The platform shall be not less Toeboards ........... 4In. (minimum). than 3 feet wide and 6 feet long; made of Maximum length of 3 ft. 6 In. (unsup %-inch plywood, equivalent to American Plywood Association Grade B-B, Group I, Exterior, or other similar material. ledgers Planking ------------------ Upright spacing...... ported). 2 x 10 In. 8 ft. 0 la. (on cen ters). (3) Under the platform, there shall be two supporting bearers made from 2- x 4-Inch, or 1- x 10-lnch rough, "selected lumber," or better. They shall be free of knots or other flaws and project 6 inches beyond the platform on both sides. The ends of the platform shall extend 6 inches beyond the outer edges of the bearers. Each bearer shall be securely fastened to the platform. (4) An edging of wood not less than' % x XVz Inches or equivalent shall be placed around all sides of the platform to (U) Figure-four form scaffold frames shall be spaced not more than 8 feet on centers and constructed from sound lum ber, as follows: The outrigger ledger shall consist of two pieces of 1- x 6-lnch or heavier material nailed on opposite sides of the vertical form support. Ledg ers shall project not more than 3 feet 6 Inches from the outside of the form support and shall be substantially braced and secured to prevent tipping or turn ing. The knee or angle brace 6hall inter- CAPCO JEN 0001777 47 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS sect the ledger at least 3 feet from the form at an angle of approximately 45\ and the lower end shall be nailed to a vertical support. The platform shall con sist of two or more 2- x JO-Jnch planks, which shall be of such length that they extend at least 6 inches beyond ledgers at each end unless secured to the ledgers. When planks are secured to the ledgers (nailed or bolted), a wood filler strip shall be used between the ledgers. Un supported projecting ends of planks shall be limited to an overhang of 12 inches. (5) Metal bracket form scaffolds: (i) Metal brackets or scaffold Jacks which are an integral part of the form shall be securely bolted or welded to the form. Folding type brackets shall be either bolted or secured with a locking-type pin when extended for use. di) "Clip-on" or "hook-over*' brackets may be used, provided the form waters are bolted to the form or secured by snap ties or shea-bolt extending through the form and securely anchored. (lii) Metal brackets shall be spaced not more than 8 feet on centers. (iv) Scaffold planks shall be either bolted to the metal brackets or of such length that they overlap the brackets at each end by at least 6 inches. Unsup ported projecting ends of scaffold planks shall be limited to a maximum overhang of 12 inches. (v) Metal bracket form scaffolds shall be equipped with wood guardrails, inter mediate rails, toeboards, and scaffold planks meeting the minimum dimensions shown in Table L-18. (Metal may be sub stituted for wood, providing it affords equivalent or greater design strength.) Table L-18--Minimum Desicn Criteria for Metal Bracket Form Scaffolds Member* Dimension* Uprights----------- -------- 2 x 4 In. Guardrails___________ 2x4 In. Guardrail height_____ Intermediate guard- rails. Toeboards ___________ Planking.................. . Approximately 42 In. 1 x 6 In. 4 In. (minimum) 2x9 In. (6) Wooden bracket form scaffolds: (i) Wooden bracket form scaffolds shall be an integral part of the form panel. The minimum design criteria set forth herein and in Table L-I9 cover scaffold ing Intended for light duty and shall not be used to support loads exceeding 25 pounds per square foot, unless specifi cally designed for heavier loading. <li) Scaffold planks shall be either nailed or bolted to the ledgers or of such length that they overlap the ledgers at each end by at least 8 Inches. Unsup ported projecting ends of scaffold planks shall be limited to a maximum overhang of 12 inches. Table L-I9---Minimum Desicn Criteria for Wooden Bracket Fork Scaffolds Member* Uprights Support ledgers_____ Maximum scaffold width. Braces . Guardrails Guardrail height... Intermediate guard rails. Toeboards __________ Upright spacing____ Dimension* 2 x 4 in. or 2 x 6 In. 2x6 In. 3 ft. 6 in. 2 x4 la. Approximately 42 in. 1 x 6 in. 4 In. (minimum). 8 ft. 0 in. (on centers) (iii) Guardrails and toeboard shall be installed on all open sides and ends of platforms and scaffolding over 6 feet above floor or ground. Guardrails shall be 2- x 4-inch nominal dimension or equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, supported at intervals not to ex ceed 8 feet. Guardrails shall be equipped with midrails constructed of 2- x 4-inch nominal lumber or equivalent, Toeboards shall be constructed of 1- x 6-inch nomi nal lumber or equivalent and shall ex tend not less than 4 inches above the scaffold plank. 1926.452 Definitions applicable to this sitbpart, (a) "Ladders"--(1) '`Cleats"--Ladder crosspieces of rectangular cross section placed on edge on which a person may step in ascending or descending. (2) "Single cleat ladder"--One which consists of a pair of side rails, usually parallel, but with flared side rails per missible, connected together with cleats that are joined to the side rails at reg ular intervals. (3) "Double cleat ladder"--One that Is similar to a single cleat ladder, but Is wider, with an additional center rail which will allow for two-way traffic for workmen in ascending and descending. (b) "Scaffolding"--<1) "Bearer"--A horizontal member of a scaffold upon which the platform rests and which may be supported by ledgers. (2) "Boatswain's chair"--A seat sup ported by slings attached to a suspended rope, designed to accommodate one workman in a sitting position. <3> "Brace"--A tie that holds one scaffold member in a fixed position with respect to another member. (4) "Bricklayers' square scaffold"--A scaffold composed of framed wood squares which support a platform, lim ited to light and medium duty. (5) "Carpenters' bracket scaffold"--A scaffold consisting of wood or metal brackets supporting a platform. (6) "Coupler"--A device for locking together the component parts of a tubu lar metal scaffold. (The material used for the couplers shall be of & structural type, such as a drop-forged steel, mallea ble iron, or structural grade aluminum.) (7) "Crawling board or 'Chicken lad der"--A plank with cleats spaced and secured at equal intervals, for use by a worker on roofs, not designed to carry any material. (8) "Double pole or independent pole scaffold''--A scaffold supported from the base by a double row of uprights, in dependent of support from the walls and constructed of uprights, ledgers, horizontal platform bearers, and di agonal bracing. <9) "Float or ship scaffold"--A scaf fold hung from overhead supports by means of ropes and consisting of a sub stantial platform having diagonal brac ing underneath, resting upon and se curely fastened to two parallel plank bearers at right angles to the span. (10) "Guardrail"--A rail secured to uprights and erected along the exposed sides and ends of platforms. (11) "Heavy duty scaffold"--A scaf fold designed and constructed to carry a working load not to exceed 75 pounds per square foot. (12) "Horse scaffold'*--A scaffold for light or medium duty, composed of horses supporting a work platform. (13) "Interior hung scaffold"--A scaf fold suspended from the ceiling or roof structure. (14) "Ladder Jack scaffold"--A light duty scaffold supported by brackets at tached to ladders. (15) "Ledgers (stringer)"--A horizon tal scaffold member which extends from post to post and which supports the put logs or bearers forming & tie between the posts. (16) "Light duty scaffold"--A scaffold designed and constructed to carry a working load not to exceed 25 pounds per square foot. (17) "Manually propelled mobile scaf fold"--A portable rolling scaffold sup ported by casters. (18) "Masons' adjustable multiplepoint suspension scaffold"--A scaffold having a continuous platform supported by bearers suspended by wire rope from overhead supports, so arranged and op erated as to permit the raising or lower ing of the platform to desired working positions. (19) "Maximum rated load"--The total of all loads including the working load, the weight of the scaffold, and such other loads as may be reasonably anticipated. (20) "Medium duty scaffold"--A scaf fold designed and constructed to carry a working load not to exceed 50 pounds per square foot. (21) "Midrail"--A rail approximately midway between the guardrail and plat form, secured to the uprights erected along the exposed sides and ends of platforms. (22) "Needle beam scaffold"--A light duty scaffold consisting of needle beams supporting a platform. (23) "Outrigger scaffold"--A scaffold supported by outriggers or thrustouts projecting beyond the wall or face of the building or structure, the Inboard ends of which are secured Inside of such build ing or structure. (24) "Putlog**--A scaffold member upon which the platform rests. (25) "Roofing or bearer bracket"--A bracket used in slope roof construction, having provisions for fastening to the roof or supported by ropes fastened over the ridge and secured to some suitable object. (26) "Runner"--The lengthwise hori zontal bracing or bearing members or both. (27) "Scaffold"--Any temporary ele vated platform and Its supporting struc ture used for supporting workmen or materials, or both. (28) "Single-point adjustable suspen sion scaffold"--A manually or powernperated unit designed for light duty use. 'supported by a single wire rope from an overhead support so arranged and op erated as to permit the raising or lower ing of platform to desired working positions. CAPCO JEN 0001778 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 43 (29) "Single-polescaffold'*--Platforms resting on putlogs or cross beams, the outside ends of which are supported on ledgers secured to a single row or posts or uprights, and the inner ends of which are supported on or in a wall, (30) "Stone setters' adjustable mul tiple-point suspension scaffold"--A swinging type scaffold havLng a platform supported by hangers suspended at four points so as to permit the raising or lowering of the platform to the desired working position by the use of hoisting machines. <31> "Toeboard"--A barrier secured along the sides and ends of a platform to guard against the falling of material. (32) "Tube and coupler scaffold"--An assembly consisting of tubing which serves as posts, bearers, braces, ties, and runners, a base supporting the posts, and special couplers which serve to connect the uprights and to Join the various members. (33) "Tubular welded frame scaf fold"--A sectional panel or frame metal scaffold substantially built up of pre fabricated welded sections which consists of posts and horizontal bearer with inter mediate members. (34) "Two-point suspension scaffold (swinging scaffold)"--A scaffold, the platform of which is supported by hang ers (stirrups) at two points, suspended from overhead supports so as to permit the raising or lowering of the platform to the desired working position by tackle or hoisting machines. (35) "Window Jack scaffold"--A scaf fold the platform of which is supported by a bracket or jack which projects through a window opening. (36) "Working load"--Load Imposed by men, materials, and equipment. Subpart M--Floor and Wall Openings, and Stairways 1926.500 Cuardraits, handrails, and covers. (a) General provision. This subpart shall apply to temporary or emergency conditions where there is danger of em ployees or materials falling through floor, roof, or wall openings, or from stairways or runways. (b) Guarding of floor openings and floor holes. (1) Floor openings shall be guarded by a standard railing and toe boards or eoter. as specified in paragraph (f) of this section. In general, the railing shall be provided on all exposed sides, except at entrances to stairways. (2) Ladderway floor openings or plat forms shall be guarded by standard rail ings with standard toe boards on all exposed sides, except at entrance to open ing. with the passage through the railing either provided with a swinging gate or so offset that a person cannot walk directly Into the opening. (3) Hatchways and chute floor open ings shall be guarded by one of the fol lowing: (1) Hinged covers of standard strength and construction and a standard railing with only one exposed side. When the opening is not in use, the cover shall be closed or the exposed side shall be guarded at both top and Intermediate positions by removable standard railings; (ii) A removable standard railing with toe board on not more than two sides of the opening and fixed standard rail ings with toe boards on all other exposed sides. The removable railing shall be kept In place when the opening is not in use and should preferably be hinged or otherwise mounted so as to be con veniently replaceable. (4) Wherever there is danger of fall ing through a skylight opening. It shall be guarded by a fixed standard railing on all exposed sides or a cover capable of sustaining the w*elght of a 200-pound person. (5) Pits and trap-door floor openings shall be guarded by floor opening covers of standard strength and construction. While the cover is not in place, the pit or trap openings shall be protected on all exposed sides by removable standard railings. (6) Manhole floor openings shall be guarded by standard covers which need not be hinged In place. While the cover Is not in place, the manhole opening shall be protected by standard railings. (7) Temporary floor openings shall have standard railings. (8) Floor holes. Into which persons can accidentally walk, shall be guarded by either a standard railing with standard toe board on all exposed sides, or a floor hole cover of standard strength and con struction that is secured against acci dental displacement. While the cover Is not in place, the floor hole shall be protected by a standard railing. (9) Where doors or gates open directly on a stairway, a platform shall be pro vided, and the swing of the door shall not reduce the effective width of the platform to less than 20 Inches. <c) Guarding of wall openings. (1) Wall openings, from which there is a drop of more than 4 feet, and the bottom of the opening Is less than 3 feet above the working surface, shall be guarded as follows: (1) When the height and placement of the opening in relation to the working surface Is such that either a standard rail or intermediate rail will effectively re duce the danger oT raulhg/Sfie t>r both shall be provided; (ii) The bottom of a wall opening, w'hich is less than 4 Inches above the working surface, regardless of width, shall be protected by a standard toeboard or an enclosing screen either of solid construction or as specified in para graph (f) (7) (11) of this section. (2) Extension platforms outside of wall openings onto which materials can be hoisted for handling shall have side rails or equivalent guards of standard specifications. (3) When a chute Is attached to an opening, the provisions of subparagraph (1) of this paragraph shall apply, except that a toeboard is n$t required. <d) Guarding of open-sided floors, platforms, and runways. (1) Every open sided floor or platform 6 feet or more above adjacent floor or ground level shall . be guarded by a standard railing, or the equivalent, as specified In paragraph (f) U> of this section, pn all open sides, ex cept where there is entrance to a ramp, stairway, or fixed ladder. The railing shall be provided with a standard toeboard wherever, beneath the open sides, persons can pass, or there is moving ma chinery. or there is equipment with which falling materials could create a hazard. <2> Runways shall be guarded by a standard railing, or the equivalent, as specified In paragraph (!) of this section, on all open sides, 4 feet or more above floor or ground level. Wherever tools, ma chine parts, or materials are likely to be used on the runway, a toe board shall also be provided on each exposed side. (3) Runways used exclusively for special purposes may have the railing on one side omitted where operating condi tions necessitate such omission, provid ing the falling hazard Is minimized by using a runway not less than 18 inches wide. (4) Where employees entering upon runways become thereby exposed to ma chinery, electrical equipment, or other danger not a falling hazard, additional guarding shall be provided. (5) Regardless of height, open-sided floors, walkways, platforms, or runways above or adjacent to dangerous equip ment, pickling or galvanizing tanks, de greasing units, and similar hazards, shall be guarded with a standard railing and toe board. (e) Sfairu;ay railings and guards. (1) Every flight of stairs having four or more risers shall be equipped with standard stair railings or standard handrails as specified below, the width of the stair to be measured clear of all obstructions ex cept handrails: (j) On stairways less than 44 inches wide having both sides enclosed, at least one handrail, preferably on the right side descending; (ii) On stairways less than 44 inches wide having one side open, at least one stair railing on the open side; (iii) On stairways less than 44 inches wide having both sides open, one stair railing on each side; <iv) On stairways more than 44 inches wide but less than 88 inches wide, one handrail on each enclosed side and one stair railing on each open side; (v) On stairways 88 or more inches wide, one handrail on each enclosed side, one stair railing on each open side, and one intermediate stair railing located ap proximately midway of the width. (2) Winding stairs shall be equipped with a handrail offset to prevent walking on all portions of the treads having width less than 6 inches. <f> Standard specifications. (1) A standard railing shall consist of top rail, intermediate rail, toeboard, and posts, and shall have a vertical height of ap proximately 42 inches from upper sur face of top rail to floor, platform, run way, or ramp level. The top rail shall be smooth-surfaced throughout the length of the railing. The intermediate rail shall be halfway between the top rail and the floor, platform, runway, or ramp. The ends of the rails shall not overhang the terminal posts except where such over hang does not constitute a projection CAPCO JEN 0001779 44 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS hazard. Minimum requirements for standard railings under various types of construction are specified in the follow ing paragraphs: (i) For wood railings, the posts shall be of at least 2-inch by 4-lnch stock spaced not to exceed 8 feet: the topratl shall be of at least 2-lnch by 4-inch stock: the intermediate rail shall be of at least 1-inch by 6-inch stock. Cii) For pipe railings, posts and top and intermediate railings shall be at least 1ft inches nominal diameter with posts spaced not more than 8 feet on centers. (iii) For structural steel railings, posts and top and intermediate rails shall be of 2-lnch by 2-inch by ft-Inch angles or other metal shapes of equivalent bending strength, with posts spaced not more than 8 feet on centers. (iv) The anchoring of posts and fram ing of members for railings of all types shall be of such construction that the completed structure shall be capable of withstanding a load of at least 200 pounds applied in any direction at any point on the top rail, with a minimum of deflection. (v) Railings receiving heavy stresses from employees trucking or handling materials shall be provided additional strength by the use of heavier stock, closer spacing of posts, bracing, or by other means. (vi) Other types, sizes, and arrange ments of railing construction are ac ceptable, provided they meet the following conditions: (a) A smooth-surfaced top rail at a height above floor, platform, runway, or ramp level of approximately 42 inches: (b) A strength to withstand at least the minimum requirement of 200 pounds top rail pressure with a minimum of deflection: (c) Protection between top rati and floor, platform, runway, ramp, or stair treads, equivalent at least to that afforded by a standard intermediate rail; <d) Elimination of overhang of rail ends unless such overhang does not constitute a hazard. <2) A stair railing shall be of con struction similar to a standard railing, but the vertical height shall be not more than 34 inches nor less than 30 inches from upper surface of top rail to surface of tread In line with face of riser at forward edge of tread. (3) (1) A standard toeboard shall be 4 Inches minimum in vertical height from its top edge to the level of the floor, plat form. runway, or ramp. It shall be se curely fastened In place and have not more than ft-inch clearance above floor level. It may be made of any substantial material, either solid, or with openings not over 1 Inch in greatest dimension. <ii) Where material is piled to such height that a standard toeboard does not provide protection, paneling, or screening from floor to intermediate rail or to top rail shall be provided. (4) (i) A standard handrail shall be of construction similar to a standard railing except that it is mounted on & wall or partition, and does not include an intermediate rail. It shall have a smooth surface along the top and both sides of the handrial. The handrail shall have an adequate handhold for any one grasping It to avoid falling. Ends of the handrail shall be constructed so as not to constitute a projection hazard. (ii) The height of handrails shall be not more than 34 inches nor less than 30 inches from upper surface of handrail to surface of tread, in line with face of riser or to surface of ramp. Oil) All handrails and railings shall be provided with a clearance of approxi mately 3 inches between the handrail or railing and any other object. (5) Floor opening covers shall be of any material that meets the following strength requirements: (1) Conduits, trenches, and manhole covers and their supports, when located in roadways, and vehicular aisles, shall be designed to carry a truck rear-axle load of at least 2 times the maximum intended load: (li) The floor opening cover shall be capable of supporting the maximum In tended load and so installed as to pre vent accidental displacement. (6) Skylight openings that create a falling hazard shall be guarded with a standard railing, or covered in accord ance with subparagraph (5) tU) of this paragraph. c?) Wall opening protection shall meet the following requirements: <i) Barriers shall be of such construc tion and mounting that, when in place at the opening, the barrier is capable of withstanding a load of at least 200 pounds applied in any direction (except upward), with a minimum of deflection at any point on the top rail or corre sponding member, <il) Screens shall be of such construc tion and mounting that they are capable of withstanding a load of at least 200 pounds applied horizontally at any point on the near side of the screen. They may be of solid construction, of grill work with openings not more than 8 inches long, or of slat work with openings not more than 4 inches wide with length unrestricted. 4926.501 Stairways. (a) On all structures, two or more floors (20 feet or over' in height, stair ways. ladders, or ramps shall be provided for employees during the construction period. (b) Stairway railing:, and guardrails shall meet the requirements of fi 1518.500 (e) and <D. (c) All parts of stairways shall be free of hazardous projections, such as pro truding nails. <d) Debris, and other loose materials, shall not be allowed on or under stairways. (e) Slippery conditions on stairways shall be eliminated as soon as possible after they occur. <f) Permanent steel or other metal stairways, and landings with hollow pan-type treads that are to be filled with concrete or other materials, when used during construction, shall be filled to the level of the nosing with solid material. The requirement shall not apply during the period of actual construction of the stairways themselves. (g) Wooden treads for temporary service shall be full width. (h) Metal landings shall be secured in place before filling. (i) Temporary stairs shall have a landing not less than 30 inches in the direction of travel at every X2 feet of vertical rise. (j) Stairs shall be installed at angles to the horizontal of between 30* and 50*. (k) Rise height and tread width shall be unirorm throughout any flight of stairs including any foundation structure used as one or more treads of the stairs. (l) A11 stairs shall be lighted in ac cordance with Subpart D of this part. (m) Spiral stairways shall not be per mitted except for special limited usage and secondary access situations where it Is not practical to provide a-conventional stairway. 1926.502 Definitions applicable to litis subpart. (a) "Floor hole''--An opening measur ing less than 12 inches but more than 1 inch In its least dimension in any floor, roof, or platform through which ma terials but not persons may fall, such as a belt hold, pipe opening, or slot opening. (b) "Floor opening'*--An opening measuring 12 inches or more in Its least dimension in any floor, roof, or platform, through which persons may fall. (c) "Handrail"--A bar or pipe sup ported on brackets from a wall or parti tion. as on a stairway or ramp, to fur nish persons with a handhold in case of tripping. (d> "Nose, nosing"--That portion of a tread projecting beyond the face of the riser immediately below, (e) 'platform*--A working space for persons, elevated above the surrounding floor or ground, such as a balcony or platform for the operation of machinery and equipment (f) "Runway**--A passageway for per sons, elevated above the surrounding floor or ground level, such as a footwalk along shafting or a walkway between buildings. <g) "Rise"--The vertical distance from the top of a tread to the top of the next higher tread. (h) "Stair platform"--An extended step or landing breaking a continuous run of stairs, U# "Stair railing"--A vertical barrier erected along exposed sides of a stairway to prevent falls of persons. (J) "Stairs, stairways"--A series of steps leading from one level or floor to another, or leading to platforms, pits, boiler rooms, crossovers, or around machinery, tanks, and other equipment that are used more or less continuously or routinely by employees or only occa sionally by specific individuals. For the purpose 0. this subpart, a series of steps and landings having three or more rises constitutes stairs or stairway. <k) "Standard railing"--A vertical barrier erected along exposed edges of a floor opening, wall opening, ramp, plat form, or runway to prevent falls of persons. (1) "Standard strength and construc tion"--Any construction of railings. CAPCO JEN 0001780 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 45 covers, or other guards that meets the requirements o( this subpart. <m) "Toe board"--A vertical barrier at floor level erected along exposed edges of a floor opening, wall opening, plat Kinking, crushing, bird caging, or any other damage resulting in distortion of the rope structure; (iii) Evidence of any heat damage from any cause; form, runway, or ramp to prevent falls (iv) Reductions from nominal diam of materials. eter of more than one-sixty-fourth inch (n) "Tread width"--The horizontal for diameters up to and Including five- distance from front to back of tread, sixteenths inch, one-thirty-second inch including nosing, when used. for diameters three-eighths inch to and (o) "Wall opening"--An opening at including one-half inch, three-sixty- least 30 inches high and 18 Inches wide, fourths Inch for diameters nine-six in any wall or partition, through which teenths Inch to and including three- persons may fall, such as a yard-arm fourths inch, one-sixteenth Inch for doorway or chute opening. diameter seven-eighths inch to 1% Inches inclusive, three-thirty-seconds inch for diameters VU to lla inches Subporl N--Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, inclusive; Elevators, and Conveyors (v) In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in one lay in sections be 1926.5SO Cranes and derricks. yond end connections or more than one () General requirements. (1) The employer shall comply with the manu facturer's specifications and limitations applicable to the operation of any and all cranes and derricks. Where manufac turer's specifications are not available, the limitations assigned to the equip ment shall be based on the determina tions of a qualified engineer competent in this field and such determinations will be appropriately documented and re corded. Attachments used with cranes shall not exceed the capacity, rating, or scope recommended by the manufac turer. (2) Rated load capacities, and rec broken wire at an end connection. (vi) Wire rope safety factors shall be in accordance with American National Standards Institute B 30.5-1968 or SAE J959-1966. (8) Belts, gears, shafts, pulleys, sprockets, spindles, drums, fly wheels, chains, or other reciprocating, rotating, or other moving parts or equipment shall be guarded if such parts are ex posed to contact by employees, or other wise create a hazard. Guarding shall meet the requirements of the American National Standards Institute B 15.1-- 1958 Rev., Safety Code for Mechanical Power Transmission Apparatus. ommended operating speeds, special (9) Accessible areas within the swing hazard warnings, or instruction, shall radius of the rear of the rotating super be conspicuously posted on all equip structure of the crane, either perma ment. Instructions or warnings shall be nently or temporarily mounted, shall be visible to the operator while he is at his barricaded in such a manner as to pre control station. vent an employee from being struck or (3> A boom angle indicator and a load crushed by the crane. Indicating device in good working order (10) All exhaust pipes shall be shall be provided. A load moment device guarded or insulated in areas where con approved by a government or private tact by employees is possible in the per agency recognized by the U.S. Depart formance of normal duties. ment of Labor will be accepted in lieu of (ID Whenever internal combustion a boom angle indicator and a load- engine powered equipment exhausts m indicating device. enclosed spaces, tests shall be made and (4) Hand signals to crane and der recorded to see that employees are not rick operators shall be those prescribed exposed to unsafe concentrations of toxic by the applicable ANSI standard for the gases or oxygen deficient atmospheres. type of crane in use. An illustration of (12) All windows in cabs shall be the signals shall be posted at the Job site. of .safety .glass, or equivalent, that Intro (5) The employer shall designate a duces no visible distortion, that will competent person who shall inspect all interfere with the safe operation of the machinery and equipment prior to each machine. use, and during use to make sure it is In (13) (i) Where necessary for rigging safe operating condition. Any deficien or service requirements, a ladder, or cies shall be repaired, or defective parts steps, shall be provided to give access to replaced, before continued use. a cab roof. () A thorough, annual Inspection of (11) On cranes, guardrails, handholds the hoisting machinery shall be m&de by and steps shall be provided for easy a competent person, or by a government access to the car and cab conforming to or private agency recognized by the U.S. American National Standards Institute Department of Labor. The employer shall B30.5. maintain a record of the dates and re Oil) Platforms and walkways shall sults of inspections for each hoisting have anti-skid surfaces. machine and piece of equipment. (14) Fuel tank filler pipe shall be lo (7) Wire rope shall be taken out of cated in such a position, or protected in service when any of the following condi such manner, as to not allow spill or tions exist: overflow to run onto the engine, exhaust, U) In running ropes, six randomly or electrical equipment of any machine `distributed broken wires in one lay or being fueled. three broken wires in one strand in one <i) An accessible fire extinguisher of lay; 55C rating, or higher, shall be available (ii) Wear of one-third the original at all operator stations or cabs of diameter of outside individual wires. equipment. (ii) All fuels shall be transported, stored, and handled to meet the rules of Subpart F of this part. When fuel is transported by vehicles on public high ways, Department of Transportation rules contained in 49 CFR Parts 177 and 393 concerning such vehicular trans portation are considered applicable. (15) Except where electrical distribu tion and transmission lines have been de energized and visibly grounded at point of work or where insulating barriers, not a part of or an attachment to the equip ment or machinery, have been erected to prevent physical contact with the lines, equipment or machines shall be operated proximate to power lines only in accord ance with the following: (J) For lines rated 50 kV. or below, minimum clearance between the lines and any part of the crane or lead shall be 10 feet; <il) For lines rated over 50 kV.. mini mum clearance between the lines and any part of the crane or load shall be 10 feet plus 0.4 inch for each 1 kV. over 50 kV., or use twice the length of the line insulator but never less than 10 feet; < iii v in transit with no load and boom lowered, the equipment clearance shall be a minimum of 4 feet for voltages less than 50 kV., and 10 feet for voltages over 50 kV. up to and including 345 kV., and 16 feet for voltages up to and including 750 kV. iv) A person shall be designated *o observe clearance of the equipment and give timely warning for all operations where it is difficult for the operator to maintain the desired clearance by visual means: v> Cage-type boom guards, insulat ing links, or proximity warning devices may be used on cranes, but the use of such devices shall not alter the require ments of any other regulation of this part even if such device is required by law or regulation; tvi) Any overhead wire shall be .con sidered to be an energized line unless and until the person owning such line or the electrical utility authorities in dicate that It is not an energized line and it has been visibly grounded; (vli) Prior to work near transmitter towers where an electrical charge can be induced in the equipment or materials being handled, the transmitter shall be de-energized or tests shall be made to determine if electrical charge is induced on the crane. The following precautions shall be taken when necessary to dissi pate induced voltages: (a) The equipment shall be provided with an electrical ground directly to the upper rotating structure supporting the boom; and <b) Ground Jumper cables shall be attached to materials being handled by boom equipment when electrical charge is induced while working near energized transmitters. Crews shall be provided with nonconductive poles having large alligator dips or other similar protection to attach the ground, cable to the load. (c) Combustible and flammable ma terials shall be removed from the imme diate area prior to operations. (16) No modifications or additions which affect the capacity or safe opera CAPCO JEN 0001781 46 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS tion of the equipment shall be made by the employer without the manufacturer's written approval. If such modifications or changes are made, the capacity, opera tion. and maintenance instruction plates, tags, or decals, shall be changed accord* Ingly. In no case shall the original safety factor of the equipment be reduced. (17) The employer shall comply with Power Crane and Shovel Association, Mobile Hydraulic Crane Standard Ho. 2. (IB) Sldeboom cranes mounted on wheel or crawler tractors shall meet the requirements of SAE )743a-l964. <b> Cratoler, locomotive, and truck cranes. (1) AU jibs shall have positive stops to prevent their movement of more than 5* above the straight line of the jib and boom on conventional type crane booms. The use of cable type belly slings does not constitute compliance with this rule. <2) AH crawler, truck, or locomotive cranes in use shall meet the applicable requirements for design, inspection, con struction, testing, maintenance and op eration as prescribed in the ANSI B30.5-1968, Safety Code for Crawler, Locomotive and Truck Cranes. (c) Hammerhead tower cranes. (1) Adequate clearance shall be maintained between moving and rotating structures of the crane and fixed objects to allow the passage of employees without harm. (2) Employees required to perform duties on the horizontal boom of ham merhead tower cranes shall be protected against falling by guardrails or by safety belts and lanyards attached to lifelines in conformance with Subpart E of this part. (3) Buffers shall be provided at both ends of travel of the trolley. (4) Cranes mounted on rail tracks shall be equipped with limit switches limiting the travel of the crane on the track and stops or buffers at each end of the tracks. (5) All hammerhead tower cranes In use shall meet the applicable require ments for design, construction, Installa tion, testing, maintenance, Inspection, and operation as prescribed by the manufacturer. <d) Overhead tnd gantry cranes. (1) The rated load of the crane shall be plainly marked on each side of the crane, and if the crane has more than one hoist ing unit, each hoist shall have its rated load marked on it or Its load block, and this marking shall be clearly legible from the ground or floor. <2> Bridge tracks shall be equipped with sweeps which extend below the top of the rail and project In front of the truck wheels. (3) Except for floor-operated cranes, a gong or other effective audible warning signal shall be provided for each crane equipped with a power traveling mechanism. (4) All overhead and gantry cranes in use shall meet the applicable require ments for design, construction, installa tion, testing, maintenance. Inspection, and operation as prescribed in the ANSI B30.2.0-1967, Safety Code for Overhead and Gantry Cranes. (e) Derricks. All derricks in use shall meet the applicable requirements tor design, construction, installation, Inspec tion, testing, maintenance, and operation as prescribed In American National Standards Institute B30.6-Z969, Safety Code for Derricks. it) Floating cranes and derricks--U) Mobile cranes mounted on barges, (i) When a mobile crane is mounted on a barge, the rated load of the crane shall not exceed the original capacity specified by the manufacturer. Hi) A load rating chart, with clearly legible letters- and figures, shall be pro vided with each crane, and securely fixed at a location easily visible to the opera tor. (ill) When load ratings are reduced to stay within the limits for list of the barge with a crane mounted on It, a new load rating chart shall be provided. (iv) Mobile cranes on barges shall be positively secured. (2) Permanently mounted floating cranes and derricks, (i) When cranes and derricks are permanently installed on a barge the capacity and limitations of use shall be based on competent design criteria. (11) A load rating chart with clearly legible letters and figures shall be pro vided and securely fixed at a location eas ily visible to the operator. (ill) Floating cranes and floating der ricks in use shall meet the applicable requirements for design, construction, in stallation, testing, maintenance, and operation as prescribed by the manufac turer. (3) Protection of employees working on barges. The employer shall comply with the applicable requirements for pro tection of employees working onboard marine vessels specified in 4 1926.605. 1926.551 Helicopter*. (a) Helicopter cranes when used shall be certified and conform to all applica ble regulations of the FAA, 14 CFR Part 133. (b) Rotorcraft pilots shall be licensed to conduct external-load operations in accordance with the FAA regulations, 14 CFR Part 133. 1926.552 MaKt-ial hoist*, personnel hoists, and elevator*. (a) General requirements. (1) The employer shall comply with the man ufacturer's specifications and limitations applicable to the operation of all hoists and elevators. Where manufacturer's specifications are not available, the lim itations assigned to the equipment shall be based on the determinations of a pro fessional engineer competent in the field. (2) Rated load capacities, recom mended operating speeds, and special hazard warnings or instructions shall be posted on cars and platforms. (3) Wire rope shall be removed from service when any of the following con ditions exists: (i) In hoisting ropes, 6ix randomly distributed broken wires in one rope lay or three broken wires in one strand in one rope lay; (ii) Abrasion, scrubbing, flattening, or peenlng. causing loss of more than onethird of the original diameter of the outside wires; (Ui) Evidence of any heat damage re sulting from a torch or any damage caused by contact with electrical wires; (iv) Reduction from nominal diam eter of more than three sixty-fourths Inch for diameters up to and Including three-fourths inch; one-sixteenth Inch for diameters seven-eighths to 1 Y inches; and three thirty-seconds inch for diameters lft to 1 Vi inches. (4) Hoisting ropes shall be Installed in accordance with the wire rope manu facturer's recommendations. (5) The Installation of live booms on hoists Is prohibited. (6) The use of endless belt-type man lifts on construction shall be prohibited. (b) Material hoists. Cl) (i) Operating rules shall be established and posted at the operator's station of the hoist. Such rules shall Include signal system and allowable line speed for various loads. Rules and notices shall be posted on the car frame or crosshead In a conspicuous location, including the statement MNo Riders Allowed." (ii) No person shall be allowed to ride on material hoists except for the pur poses of inspection and maintenance. (2) All entrances of the hoistways shall be protected by substantial gates or bars which shall guard the full width of the landing entrance. AU hoistway entrance bars and gates shall be painted with diagonal contrasting colors, such as black and yellow stripes. (I) Bars shall be not less than 2- by 4-lnch wooden .bars or the equivalent, located 2 feet from the hoistway line. Bars shall be located not less than 36 inches nor more than 42 Inches above the floor. (II) Gates or bars protecting the en trances to hoistway shall be equipped with a latching device. (3) Overhead protective covering of 2-inch planking, %-inch plywood, or other solid material of equivalent strength. sh&U be provided on the top of every material hoist cage or platform. (4) The operator's station of a heist* Ing machine shall be provided with over head protection equivalent to tight planking not less than 2 Inches thick. The support for the overhead protection shall be of equal strength. (5) Hoist towers may be used with or without an enclosure on all sides. How'ever, whichever alternative is chosen, the following applicable conditions shaU be met: (1) When a hoist tower is enclosed, It shall be enclosed on all sides for its en tire height with a screen enclosure of >A~inch mesh, No. 18 U.S. gauge wire or equivalent, except for landing access. (ii) When a hoist tower Is not en closed, the hoist platform or car shall be totally enclosed (caged) on all sides for the full height between the floor and the overhead protective covering with %- Inch mesh of No. 14 U.S. gauge wire or CAPCO JEN 0001782 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 47 equivalent. The hoist platform enclosure shall Include the required gates for load ing and unloading. A 6-foot high en closure shall be provided on the unused sides of the hoist tower at ground level. (6) Car arresting devices shall be In stalled to function In case of rope failure. (?) All material hoist towers shall be designed by a licensed professional engi neer. (8) All material hoists shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A10.5-1969. Safety Requirements for Material Hoists. (c) Personnel hoists. (1) Holst towers outside the structure shall be enclosed for the full height on the side or sides used for entrance and exit to the struc ture. At the lowest landing, the enclosure on the sides not used for exit or entrance to the structure shall be enclosed to a height of at least 10 feet. Other sides of the tower adjacent to floors or scaffold platforms shall be enclosed to a height of 10 feet above the level of such floors or scaffolds. (2) Towers inside of structures shall be enclosed on all four sides throughout the full height. (3) Towers shall be anchored to the structure at Intervals not exceeding 25 feet. In addition to tie-ins. a series of guys shall be installed. Where tie-ins are not practical the tower shall be an chored by means of guys made of wire rope at least one-half Inch in diameter, securely fastened to anchorages to en sure stability. (4) Hoistway doors or gates shall be not less than 6 feet 6 Inches high and shall be provided with mechanical locks which cannot be operated from the land ing side, and shall be accessible only to persons on the car. (5) Cars shall be permanently en closed on all sides and the top, except sides used lor entrance and exit, which have car gates or doors. (6) A door or gate shall be provided at each entrance to the car which shall protect the full width and height of the car entrance opening. <7> Overhead protective covering of 2-inch plenking, 34-'inch plywood or other solid material of equivalent strength shall be provided on the top of every personnel hoist. (8) Doors or gates shall be provided with electric contacts which do not allow movement of the hoist when door or gate isopen. <9) Safeties shall be capable of stop ping and holding the car and rated load when traveling at governor tripping speed. (10) Cars shall be provided with a capacity and data plate secured in a con spicuous place on the car or crosshead. (11) Internal combustion engines shaU not be permitted for direct drive. (12) Normal and final terminal stop ping devices shall be provided. (13) An emergency stop switch shall be provided in the car and Marked "Stop." (14) Ropes; (J) The minimum num ber of hoisting ropes used shall be three for traction hoists and two for drum-type hoists. <Ji) The minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight wire ropes shall be *fc-inch. lii) Safety factors: Minimum Factors or Safety for Suspension Wire Ropes Rope speed Minimum In feet per minute: /actor of safety 50........................ .................. 7.60 75........................ .................. 7.75 too....................................... 7.95 125...................... 150........................................ 8. 25 175...................... ................ 8.40 200...................................... 8.60 225...................... .................. 8.75 250...................... 300...................... ................ 9.20 350...................... 400...................... .................. 9.75 450...................... 500...................... ................ 10.25 550...................... 00...................... .................. 10.70 (15) Following assembly and erection of hoists, and before being put in serv ice. an inspection and test of all func tions and safety devices shall be made under the supervision of a competent person. A similar Inspection and test is required following major alteration of an existing installation. All hoists shall be Inspected and tested at not more than 3-month intervals. Records shall be maintained and kept on file for the du ration of the Job. (16) All personnel hoists used by em ployees shall be constructed of materials end components which meet the speci fications for materials, construction, safety devices, assembly, and structural integrity as stated in the American Na tional Standard A10.4-1963, Safety Re quirements for Workmen's Holsts. The requirements of this subparagraph (16) do not apply to cantilever type person nel hoists. (17) (1) Personnel hoists used in bridge tower construction shall be approved by a registered professional engineer and erected under the supervision of a quali fied engineer competent In this field. <ii) When a hoist tower is not en closed, the hoist platform or car shall be totally enclosed (caged) on all sides for the full height between the floor and the overhead protective covering with %inch mesh of No. 14 U.S. gauge wire or equivalent. The hoist platform enclosure shall include the required gates for load ing and unloading. (ill) These hoists shall be inspected and maintained on a weekly basis. When ever the hoisting equipment is exposed to winds exceeding 35 miles per hour It shall be inspected and put in operable condi tion before reuse. (lv) Wire rope shall be taken out of service when any of the following condi tions exist; (a) In running ropes, six randomly distributed broken wires In one lay or three brokenq wires In one strand in one lay: <b) Wear of one-third the original diameter of outside individual wires. Kinking, crushing, bird caging, or any other damage resulting in distortion of the rope structure; (c) Evidence of any heat damage from any cause: (d) Reductions from nominal diam eter of more than three-sixty-fourths inch for diameters to and including three-fourths Inch, one sixteenth inch for diameter seven-eighths Inch to V/% inches inclusive, three-thlrty-seconJs inch for diameters 1V4 to IV2 inches inclusive; (e) In standing ropes, more than two broken wires In one lay in sections be yond end connections or more than one broken wire at an end connection. (d) Permanent elevators under the care and custody of the employer and used by employees for work covered by this Act shall comply with the require ments of American National Standards Institute A17.1-1965 with addenda A17.1a-1967. A17.lb-1968, Al7.1c-1969, A17.1d-1970, and Inspected In accordance with A17.2-1960 with addenda Al7.2a1965. A17.2b-1967. 1926.553 Basc-inomilcd drum liut-H. (a) General requirements, (l) Ex posed moving parts such as gears, pro jecting screws, setscrews, chain, cables, chain sprockets, and reciprocating or rotating parts, which constitute a hazard, shall be guarded. (2) All controls used during the nor mal operation cycle shall be located within easy reach of the operator's station. (3) Electric motor operated hoists shall be provided with; (1) A device to disconnect all motors from the line upon power failure and not permit any motor to be restarted until the controller handle Is brought to the `'off" position; (ii) Where applicable, an overspeed preventive device; (Lii) A means whereby remotely operated hoists stop when any control is Ineffective. (4) All base-mounted drum hoists in use shall meet the applicable require ments for design, construction, installa tion, testing, inspection, maintenance, and operation, as prescribed by the manufacturer. (b) Specific requirements. I Reserved1 1926.554 Overhead hoiRta. (a) General requirements. (I) The safe working load of the overhead hoist, as determined by the manufacturer, shall be Indicated on the hoist, and this safe working load shall not be exceeded. (2) The supporting structure to which the hoist Is attached shall have a safe working load equal to that of the hoist. (3) The support shall be arranged so as to provide for free movement of the hoist and shall not restrict the hoist from lining Itself up with the load. (4) The hoist shall be installed only in locations that will permit the operator to stand clear of the load at all times. (5) Air hoists shall be connectd to an air supply of sufficient capacity and pres sure to safely operate the hoist. All air 'hoses supplying air shall be positively connected to prevent their becoming dis connected during use. CAPCO JEN 0001783 48 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (6) All overhead hoists in use shall meet the applicable requirements for construction, design, installation, testing, inspection, maintenance, and operation, as prescribed by the manufacturer. (b) Specific requirements. [Reserved] 1926.SSS Conveyor*. () General requirements. (1) Means for stopping the motor or engine shall be provided at the operator's station. Conveyor systems shall be equipped with an audible warning signal to be sounded immediately before starting up the conveyor. (2) If the operator's station Is at a re mote point, similar provisions for stop ping the motor or engine shall be pro vided at the motor or engine location. <3> Emergency stop switches shall be arranged so that the conveyor cannot be started again until the actuating stop switch has been reset to running or "On" position. (4) Screw conveyors shall be guarded to prevent employee contact with turn ing flights. (5) Where a conveyor passes over work areas, aisles, or thoroughfares, suitable guards shall be provided to protect em ployees required to work below the con veyors. () All crossovers, aisles, and passage ways shall be conspicuously marked by suitable signs, as required by Subpart G of this part. (7) Conveyors shall be locked out or otherwise rendered inoperable, and tagged out with a `'Do Not Operate" tag, during repairs and when operation is hazardous to employees performing maintenance work. (6) Ail conveyors in use shall meet the applicable requirements for design, con struction, inspection, testing, mainte nance, and operation, as prescribed In the ANSI B20.1-1957. Safety Code for Conveyors, Cableways, and Related Equipment. Subpart O--Motor Vehicles, Mecha nized Equipment, and Marine Operations 1926.600 Equipment* (a) General requirements. (1) All equipment left unattended at night, ad jacent to a highway in normal use, or ad jacent to construction areas where work is In progress, shall have appropriate lights or reflectors, or barricades equipped with appropriate lights or re flectors, to identify the location of the equipment. (2) A safety tire rack, cage, or equiva lent protection shall be provided and used when inflating, mounting, or dismount ing tires installed on split rims, or rims equipped with locking rings or similar devices. (3) (1) Heavy machinery, equipment, or parts thereof, which are suspended or held aloft by use of slings, hoists, or jacks shall be substantially blocked or cribbed to prevent falling oc shifting before em ployees are permit* ed to work under or between them. Bulldozer and scraper blades, end-loader buckets, dump bodies, and similar equipment, shall be either fully lowered or blocked when being re paired or when not in use. All controls shall be in a neutral position, with the motors stopped and brakes set, unless work being performed requires other wise. <li) Whenever the equipment is parked, the parking brake shall be set. Equipment parked on inclines shall have the wheels chocked and the parking brake set. (4) The use, care and charging of all batteries shall conform to the require ments of Subpart K of this part. (5) All cab glass shall be safety glass, or equivalent, that introduces no visible distortion affecting the safe operation of any machine covered by this subpart. (6) All equipment covered by this sub part shall comply with the requirements of t 1926.550(a) (15) when working or being moved in the vicinity of power lines or energized transmitters. <b> Specific requirements. [Reserved! (8) Vehicles used to transport em ployees shall have seats firmly secured and adequate for the number of employ ees to be carried. (9) Seat belts and anchorages meeting the requirements of 49 CFR Part 571 (De partment of Transportation, Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards) shall be installed in all motor vehicles. (10) Trucks with dump bodies shall be equipped with positive means of sup port. permanently attached, and capable of being locked in position to prevent accidental lowering of the body while maintenance or inspection work is being done. (11) Operating levers, controlling hoisting or dumping devices on haulage bodies, shall be equipped with a latch or other device which will prevent acci dental starting or tripping of the mechanism. (12) Trip handles for tailgates of 1926.601 Motor\eluclc*. (a) Coverage. Motor vehicles as cov ered by this part are those vehicles that operate within an off-highway jobsite, not open to public traffic. The require ments of this section do not apply to equipment for which rules are prescribed in 5 1926.602. (b) General requirements. (1) All ve hicles shall have a service brake system, an emergency brake system, and a park ing brake system. These systems may use common components, and shall be main tained In operable condition. (2) (l) Whenever visibility conditions warrant additional light, all vehicles, or combinations of vehicles. In use shall be equipped with at least two headlights and two taillights in operable condition. dump trucks shall be so arranged that, in dumping, the operator will be in the clear. (13) (l) All rubber-tired motor vehicle equipment manufactured on or after May 1,1972, shall be equipped with fend ers. All rubber-tired motor vehicle equipment manufactured before May l, 2972, shall be equipped with fenders not later than May 1. 1973. (it) Mud flaps may be used In lieu of fenders whenever motor vehicle equip ment is not designed for fenders. (14) Ail vehicles In use shall be checked at the beginning of each shift to assure that the following parts, equip ment. and accessories are in safe operat ing condition and free of apparent damage that could cause failure while in use: Service brakes. Including trailer (11) All vehicles, or combination of brake connections; parking system vehicles, shall have brake lights in opera (hand brake); emergency stopping sys ble condition regardless of light con tem (brakes); tires; horn; steering ditions. mechanism; coupling devices; seat belts; (3) All vehicles shall be equipped with operating controls; and safety devices. an adequate audible warning device at All defects shall be corrected before the the operator's station and In an operable vehicle is placed in service. These condition. (4; No employer shall use any motor vehicle equipment having an obstructed view to the rear unless: (I) The vehicle has a reverse signal requirements also apply to equipment such as lights, reflectors, windshield wipers, defrosters. Are extinguishers, etc., where such equipment is necessary. alarm audible above the surrounding noise level or: (II) The vehicle is backed up only when an observer signals that It is safe to do so. (5) All vehicles with cabs shall be equipped with windshields and powered wipers. Cracked and broken glass shall be replaced. Vehicles operating In areas or under conditions that cause fogging or frosting of the windshields shall be equipped with operable defogglng or de frosting devices. (6) All haulage vehicles, whose pay load Is loaded by means of cranes, power shovels, loaders, or similar equipment, shall have a cab shield and/or canopy adequate to protect the operator from shifting or falling materials. (7) Tools and material shall be se cured to prevent movement when trans ported In the same compartment with employees. 1926.602 Material handling equip* ment. (a) EarthmovinQ equipment; general. (I) These rules apply to the follow ing types of earthmovlng equipment: scrapers, loaders, crawler or wheel trac tors, bulldozers, off-highway trucks, graders, agricultural and Industrial trac tors, and similar equipment. The promul gation of specific rules for compactors and rubber-tired "skid-steer" equipment is reserved pending consideration of standards currently being developed. 42) Seat belts. (1) Seat belts shall be provided on all equipment covered by this section and shall meet the require ments of the Society of Automotive En gineers. J386-1969. Seat Belts ior Con struction Equipment. Seat belts for agri cultural and light Industrial tractors shall meet the seat belt requirements of CAPCO JEN 0001784 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 49 Society of Automotive Engineers J333a1970, Operator Protection for Agricul tural and Light Industrial Tractors. J) Seat belts need not be provided for equipment which Is designed only for atandup operation. <U1) Seat belts need not be provided for equipment which does not have roll over protective structure (ROPS) or adequate canopy protection. (3) Roadway grades. Roadway grades for construction equipment use shall be designed by a qualified engineer, com petent in this field, and constructed to accommodate all of the equipment using the roadway. Emergency access ramps and berms shall be constructed to restrain and control runaway vehicles. <4) Brakes. All earthmoving equip ment mentioned in this S 1518.602(a) shall have a service braking system ca pable of stopping and holding the equip ment fully loaded, as specified in Society of Automotive Engineers SAE-J237, Loader Dozer-1971, J236, Graders1971, and J319b, Scrapers-1971. Brake systems for self-propelled rubber-tired off-highway equipment manufactured after January 1, 1972 shall meet the applicable minimum performance cri teria set forth in the following Society of Automotive Engineers Recom mended Practices: Self-Propelled Scrapers____ SAE J319b-1971 Self-Propelled Graders ......... SAEJ236-1971 Truck*and Wagons _____ SAE J16G-1971 Front End Loader* and Dozers.. SAEJ237-1971 (5) Fenders. Pneumatic-tired earthmoving haulage equipment (trucks, scrapers, tractors, and trailing units) whose maximum speed exceeds 15 miles per hour, shall be equipped with fenders on all wheels to meet the'requirements of Society of Automotive Engineers SAE J321a-1970. Fenders for PneumaticTired Earthmoving Haulage Equipment. An employer may, of course, at any time seek to show under { 1926.2. that the un covered wheels present no hazard to per sonnel from flying materials. (6) Rotl-over protection structures CROPS). Th $ promulgation of standards requiring rol'.-over protective structures (ROPS) is reserved pending further studv and development. <7; Rollover protective structures tor off-highway trucks. The promulgation of standards tor rollover protective struc tures for off-highway trucks is reserved pending further study and development. (8) Specific effective dates--brakes and fenders. Equipment mentioned in subparagraphs (4) and (5) of his para graph, and manufactured after January 1, 1972, which is used by any employer after that date, shall comply with the applicable rules prescribed therein con cerning brakes and fenders. Equipment mentioned in subparagraphs (4) and (5) of this paragraph, and manufactured before January 1. 1972. which Is used by any employer -Iter that date, shall meet the applicable rules prescribed herein not later than June 30, 1973. It should be noted that, as permitted under $ 1926.2, employers may request varia tions from the applicable brakes and fender standards required by this sub part. Employers wishing to seek varia tions from the applicable brakes and fenders rules may submit any requests for variations after the publication of this document in the Federal Register. Any statements intending to meet the requirements of {1926.2(b)(4), should specify how the variation would protect the safety of the employees by provid ing for any compensating restrictions on the operation of equipment. (9) Audible alarms. (1) All bidirec tional machines, such as rollers, compacters, front-end loaders, bulldozers, and similar equipment, shall be equipped with a horn, distinguishable from the surrounding noise level, which shall be operated as needed when the machine is moving in either direction. The horn, shall be maintained in an operative condition. (ii) No employer shall permit earthmoving or compacting equipment which has an obstructed view to the rear to be used In reverse gear unless the equip ment has in operation a reverse signal alarm distinguishable from the sur rounding noise level or an employee sig nals that it Is safe to do so. (10) Scissor points. Scissor points on all front-end loaders, which constitute a hazard to the operator during normal operation, shall be guarded. <b) Ercaraiinp and other equipment. <1> Tractors covered in paragraph (a) of this section shall have seatbelts as required for the operators when seated in the normal seating arrangement for tractor operation, even though backhoes, breakers, or other similar attach ments are used on these machines for excavating or other work. (2) For the purposes of this Subpart and of Subpart N of this part, the nomen clatures and descriptions for measure ment of dimensions of machinery and attachments shall be as described in So ciety of Automotive Engineers 1970 Handbook, pages 1088 through 1103. (3) The safely requirements, ratios, or limitations applicable to machines or attachment usage covered In Power Crane and Shovel Association's Stand ards No. 1 and No. 2 of 1968, and No. 3 of 1969, shall be compiled with, and shall apply to cranes, machines, and attach ments under this part. (c) Lifting and hauling equipment (other than equipment covered under Subpart N of this part). (1) Industrial trucks shall meet the requirements of { 1926.6G0and the following: (1) Lift trucks, stackers, etc., shall have the rated capacity clearly posted on the vehicle so as to be clearly visible to the operator. When auxiliary remov able counterweights are provided by the manufacturer, corresponding alternate rated capacities also shall be clearly shown on the vehicle. These ratings shall not be exceeded. (11) No modifications or additions which affect the capacity or safe opera tion of the equipment shall be made without the manufacturer's written ap proval. If such modlflcations or changes are made, the capacity, operation, and maintenance Instruction plates, tags, or decals, shall be changed accordingly. In no case shall the original safety factor of the equipment be reduced. <lii) If a load is lifted by two or more trucks working in unison, the proportion of the total load carried by any one truck shall not exceed its capacity. (iv) Steering or spinner knobs shall not be attached to the steering wheel unless the steering mechanism is of a type that prevents road reactions from causing the steering handwheel to spin. The steering knob shall be mounted within the periphery of the wheel. (v) All high lift rider industrial trucks shall be equipped with overhead guards which meet the configuration and struc tural requirements as defined in para graph 421 of American National Stand ards Institute B56.1-1969, Safety Stand ards for Powered Industrial Trucks. (vl) All industrial trucks in use shall meet the applicable requirements of de sign, construction, stability. Inspection, testing, maintenance, and operation, as defined in American National Standards Institute B56.1-1969, Safety Standards for Powered Industrial Trucks. 1926,603 Pile driving equipment. (a) General requirements. (1) Boilers and piping systems which are a part of, or used with, pile driving equipment shall meet the applicable requirements of the American Society of Mechanical Engi neers, Powers Boilers (section I). <2> All pressure vessels which are a part of, or used with, pile driving equip ment shall meet the applicable require ments of the American Society of Me chanical Engineers, Pressure Vessels (section VIII). (3) Overhead protection, which will not obscure the vision of the operator, and which meets the requirements of Subpart N of this part, shall be provided. Protection shall be the equivalent of 2-inch planking or other solid material nf equivalent strength. (4) Stop blocks shall be provided for the leads to prevent the hammer from being raised against the head block. (5) A blocking device, capable oi safely supporting the weight of the hammer, shall be provided for placement in the leads under the hammer at all times while employees are working under the hammer. (6) Guards shall be provided across the top of the head block to prevent the cable from Jumping out of the sheaves. (7) When the leads must be inclined In the driving of batter piles, provisions shall be made to stabilize the leads. (8) Fixed leads shall be provided with ladder, and adequate rings, or similar attachment points, so that the loft worker may engage his safety belt lan yard to the leads. If the leads are pro vided with loft platform(s), such plat form^) shall be protected by standard guardrails. (9) Steam hose leading to a steam hammer or Jet pipe shall be securely at tached to the hammer with an adequate . length of at least %-lnch diameter chain or cable to prevent whipping In the event the Joint at the hammer Is broken. Air hammer hoses shall be provided with the CAPCO JEN 0001785 50 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS same protection as required for steam lines. (10) Safety chains, or equivalent means, shall be provided for each hose connection to prevent the line from thrashing around in case the coupling becomes disconnected. (11) Steam line controls shall consist of two shutoff valves, one of which shall be a quick-acting lever type within easy reach of the hammer operator. (12) Guys, outriggers, thrustouts. or counterbalances shall be provided as necessary to maintain stability of pile driver rigs. (b) Pile driving from barges and floats. Barges or floats supporting pile driving operations shall meet the ap plicable requirements of i 1926.60$. (c) Pile driving equipment. (1) En gineers and winchmen shall accept sig nals only from the designated signalmen. (2) All employees shall be kept clear when piling Is being hoisted into the leads. (3) When piles are being driven in an excavated pit, the w*alls of the pit shall be sloped to the angle of repose or sheetpiled and braced. (4) When steel tube piles are being "blown out", employees shall be kept well beyond the range of falling materials. (5) When it is necessary to cut off the tops of driven piles, pile driving oper ations shall be suspended except where the cutting operations are located at least twice the length of the longest pile from the driver. (6) When driving jacked piles, all ac cess pits shall be provided with ladders and bulkheaded curbs to prevent mate rial from falling into the pit. I926.6W She clearing. (a) General requirements. (1) Em ployees engaged in site clearing shall be protected from hazards of irritant and toxic plants and suitably instructed in the first aid treatment available. <2) All equipment used in site clear ing operations shall be equipped with rollover guards meeting the require ments of this subpart. In addition, rider operated equipment shall be equipped with an overhead and rear canopy guard meeting the following requirements: (i) The overhead covering on this canopy structure shall be of not less than It-inch steel plate or *4-lnch woven wire mesh with openings no greater than 1 inch, or equivalent. <ii) The opening in the rear of the canopy structure shall be covered with not less than V-inch woven wire mesh with openings no greater than 1 inch. (b) Specific requirements. [Reserved] 1926.605 Marine operations and equip* menu (a) Material handling operations. (1) Operations fitting the definition of ''ma terial handling*' shall be performed in conformance with applicable require ments cf 29 CFR Part 1918. "Safety and Health Regulations for Longshoring." The term "longshoring operations'* means the loading, unloading, moving, or handling of construction materials, equipment and supplies, etc. into. In, on, or out of any vessel from a fixed struc ture or shore-to-vessel, vessel-to-shore or fixed structure or vessel-to-vessel. (b) Access to barges. (1) Ramps for access of vehicles to or between barges shall be of adequate strength, provided with side boards, well maintained, and properly secured. (2) Unless employees can step safely to or from the wharf, float, barge, or river towboat, either a ramp, meeting the requirements of subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, or a safe walkway, shall be provided. (3) Jacob's ladders shall be of the double rung or flat tread type. They shall be well maintained and properly secured. (4) A Jacob's ladder shall either hang without slack from its lashings or be pulled up entirely. (5) When the upper end of the means of access rests on or Is flush with the top of the bulwark, substantial steps, prop erly secured and equipped with at least one substantia] hand rail approximately 33 Inches in height, shall be provided between the top of the bulwark and the deck. (6) Obstructions shall not be laid on or across the gangway. (7) The means of access shall be ad equately illuminated for its full length. (8) Unless the structure makes It im possible, the means of access shall be so located that the load will not pass over employees. (c> Working surfaces of barges. (1) Employees shall not be permitted to walk along the sides of covered lighters or barges with coamings more than 5 feet high, unless there is a 3-foot clear walk way, or a grab rail, or a taut handline is provided. (2) Decks and other working surfaces shall be maintained in a safe condition. (3) Employees shall not be permitted to pass fore and aft, over, or around deck loads, unless there is a safe passage. (4) Employees shall not be permitted to walk over deckloads from rail to coaming unless there is a safe passage. If it is necessary to stand at the out board or inboard edge of the deckload where less than 24 inches of bulwark, rail, coaming, or other protection exists, all employees shall be provided with a suitable means of protection against fallin? from the deckload. (a> First-aid and lifesaving equip ment. a) Provisions for rendering -first aid and medical assistance shall be in accordance with Subpart D of this part. (2) The employer shall ensure that there Is in the vicinity of each barge in use at least one U.S. Coast Guardapproved 30-inch lifering with not less than 90 feet of line attached, and at least one portable or permanent ladder which will reach the top of the apron to the surface of the water. If the above equip ment is not available at the pier, the employer shall furnish it during the time that he Is working the barge. (3) Employees walking or working on the unguarded decks of barges shall be protected with UJ3. Coast Guardapproved work vests or buoyant vests. (e) Dirinc operations. (Reserved] 1926.606 Definition* applicable lo this tubparl. (a) "Apron"--The area along the waterfront edge of the pier or wharf. (b) "Bulwark"--The side of a ship above the upper deck. (c) "Coaming"--liie raised frame, as around a hatchway in the deck, to kee/ out water. (d) "Jacob's ladder"--A marine lad der of rope or chain with wooden or metal rungs. <e) "Rati", for the purpose of | 1926 * 605, means a light structure serving as a guard at the outer edge of a ship's deck. Subpart P--Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring 1926.650 General protection require ments. (a) Walkways, runways, and side walks shall be kept clear of excavated material or other obstructions and no sidewalks shall be undermined unless shored to carry a minimum live load of one hundred and twenty-five (125) pounds per square foot. (b) If planks are used for raised walkways, runways, or sidewalks, they shall be laid parallel to the length of the wralk and fastened together against displacement. (c) Planks shall be uniform In thick ness and all exposed ends shall be pro vided with beveled cleats to prevent tripping. (d) Raised walkways, runways, and sidewalks shall be provided with plank steps on strong stringers. Ramps, used in lieu of steps, shall be provided with cleats to Insure a safe walking surface. (e) All employees shall be protected with personal protective equipment for the protection of the head, eves, respira tory organs, hands, feet, and other parts of the body as set forth in Subpart E of this part. (f) Employees exposed to vehicular traffic shall be provided with and shall be Instructed to wear warning vests marked with or made of reflectorlzed or high visibility material. (g) Employees subjected to hazardous dusts, gases, fumes, mists, or atmospheres deficient in oxygen, shall be protected with approved respiratory protection as set forth in Subpart D of this part. (h) Ho person shall be permitted un der loads handled by power shovels, der ricks, or hoists. To avoid any spillage, employees shall be required to stand away from any vehicle being loaded. (1) Daily inspections of excavations shall be made by a competent person. If evidence of oossible cave-ins or slides is apparent, all work in the excavation shall cease until the necessary precautions have been taken to safeguard the em ployees. 1926.651 Specific excavation require, ment*. (a) Prior to opening an excavation, effort shall be made to determine whether underground Installations; i.e., sewer, telephone, water, fuel, electric lines, etc., will be encountered, and if so. where such underground installations are located. When the excavation ap proaches the estimated location of such an Installation, the exact location shall be determined and when it is uncovered. CAPCO JEN 0001786 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 51 proper supports shall be provided for the existing Installation. Utility companies shall be contacted and advised of pro posed work prior to the start of actual excavation. (b) Trees, boulders, and other surface encumbrances, located so as to create a hazard to employees involved in excava tion work or in the vicinity thereof at any time during operations, shall be removed or made safe before excavating is begun. (c) The walls and faces of all excava tions in which employees are exposed to danger from moving ground shall be guarded by a shoring system, sloping of the ground, or some other equivalent means. (d) Excavations shall be inspected by a competent person after every rain storm or other hazard-increasing occur rence, and the protection against slides and cave-ins shall be increased if necessary. (e) The determination of the angle of repose and design of the supporting system shall be based on careful evalu ation of pertinent factors such as: Depth of cut: possible variation In water con tent of the material while the excavation is open; anticipated changes in materials from exposure to air. sun, water, or freez ing: loading Imposed by structures, equipment, overlying material, or stored material: and vibration from equipment, blasting, traffic, or other sources. (f) Supporting systems; l.e., piling, cribbing, shoring, etc., shall be designed by a qualified person and meet accepted engineering requirements. When tie rods are used to restrain the top of sheeting or other retaining systems, the rods shall be securely anchored well back of the angle of repose. When tight sheeting or sheet piling Is used, full loading due to ground water table shall be assumed, un less prevented by weep holes or drains or other means. Additional stringers, ties, and bracing shall be provided to allow for any necessary temporary removal of Individual supports. (g) All slopes shall be excavated to at least the angle of repose except for areas where solid rock allows for line drilling or presplittlng. <h) The angle of repose shall be flatUhed when am' excavation has water conditions, silty materials, loose boulders, and areas where erosion, deep frost ac tion, and slide planes appear. (1) (1) In excavations which employees may be required to enter, excavated or other material shall be effectively stored and retained at least 2-feet or more from the edge of the excavation. (2) As an alternative to the clearance prescribed in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, the employer may use effec tive barriers or other effective retaining devices In lieu thereof in order to prevent excavated or other materials from falling into the excavation. (J> Sides, slopes, and faces of all ex cavations shall meet accepted engineer ing requirements by scaling, benching, barricading, rock bolting, wire meshing, or other equally effective means. Special attention shall be given to slopes which may be adversely affected by weather or moisture content. (k) Support systems shall be planned and designed by a qualified person when excavation is in excess of 20 feet in depth, adjacent to structures or improvements, or subject to vibration or ground water. (l) Materials used for sheeting, sheet piling, cribbing, bracing, shoring, and underpinning shall be in good serviceable condition, and timbers shall be sound, free from large or loose knots, and of proper dimensions. (m) Special precautions shall be taken in sloping or shoring the sides of excava tions adjacent to a previously backfilled excavation or a fill, particularly when the separation is less than the depth of the excavation. Particular attention also shall be paid to Joints and seams of mate rial comprising a face and the slope of such seams and Joints. (n) Except in hard rock, excavations below the level of the base of footing of any foundation or retaining wall shall not be permitted, unless the wall Is un derpinned and all other precautions taken to insure the stability of the ad jacent walls for the protection of em ployees involved in excavation work or in the vicinity thereof. Co) If the stability of adjoining build ings or walls is endangered by excava tions, shoring, bracing, or underpinning shall be provided as necessary to insure their safety. Such shoring, bracing, or underpinning shall be inspected daily or more often, as conditions warrant, by a competent person and the protection ef fectively maintained. (p) Diversion ditches, dikes, or other suitable means shall be used to prevent surface water from entering an excava tion and to provide adequate drainage of the area adjacent to the excavation. Wa ter shall not be allowed to accumulate in an excavation. (q) If it Is necessary to place or oper ate power shovels, derricks, trucks, mate rials, or other heavy objects on a level above and near an excavation, the side of the excavation shall be sheet-piled, shored, and braced as necessary to resist the extra pressure due to such superim posed loads. (r) Blasting and the use of explosives shall be performed in accordance with Subpart U of this part. (s) When mobile equipment Is utilized or allowed adjacent to excavations, sub stantial stop logs, or barricades shall be Installed. If possible, the grade should be away from the excavation. (t) Adequate barrier physical protec tion shall be provided at all remotely lo cated excavations. All wells, pits, shafts, etc., shall be barricaded or covered. Upon completion of exploration and similar op erations, temporary wells, pits, shafts, etc., shall be backfilled. (u) If possible, dust conditions shall be kept to a minimum by the use of water, salt, calcium chloride, oil, or other means. <v) In locations where oxygen defi ciency or gaseous conditions are possible, air in the excavation shall be tested. Con trols, as set forth In Subparts D and E of this part, shall be established to assure acceptable atmospheric conditions. When flammable gases are present, adequate ventilation shall be provided or sources of ignition shall be eliminated. Attended emergency rescue equipment, such as breathing apparatus, a safety harness and line, basket stretcher, etc., shall be readily available where adverse atmos pheric conditions may exist or develop in an excavation. (w) Where employees or equipment are required or permitted to cross over excavations, walkways or bridges with standard guardrails shall be provided. (x) Where ramps are used for em ployees or equipment, they shall be de signed and constructed by qualified per sons in accordance with accepted engi neering requirements. (y) All ladders used on excavation op erations shall be in accordance with the requirements of Subpart L of this part. 1926.632 Specific trenching require ments. (a) Banks more than 5 feet liigh shall be shored, laid back to a stable slope, or some other equivalent means of protec tion shall be provided where employees may be exposed to moving ground or cave-ins. Refer to Table P-1 as a guide In sloping of banks. Trenches less than 5 feet In depth shall also be effectively pro tected when examination of the ground indicates hazardous ground movement may be expected. (b) Sides of trenches in unstable or soft material, 5 feet or more in depth, shall be shored, sheeted, braced, sloped, or otherwise supported by means of suffi cient strength to protect the employees working within them. See Tables P-1. P-2 [following paragraph (g) of this section!. <c> Sides of trenches Jn hard or com pact soil, including embankments, shall be shored or otherwise supported when the trench is more than 5 feet In depth and 8 feet or more in length. In lieu of shoring, the sides of the trench above the 5-foot level may be sloped to pieclude collapse, but shall not be steeper than a 1-foot rise to each !Woot hori zontal. When the outside diameter of a pipe is greater than 6 feet, a bench of 4-foot minimum shall be provided at the toe of the sloped portion. <d) Materials used for sheeting and sheet piling, bracing, shoring, and under pinning, shall be in good serviceable con dition. and timbers used shall be sound and free from large or loose knots, and shall be designed and Installed so as to be effective to the bottom of the excavation. <e) Additional precautions by way of shoring.and bracing shall be taken to prevent slides or cave-ins when excava tions or trenches are made In locations adjacent to backfilled excavations, or where excavations are subjected to vi brations from railroad or highway traf fic, the operation of Siachineiy, or any other source. , (f) Employees entering bell-bottom pier holes shall be protected by the In stallation of a removeable-type casing CAPCO JEN 0001787 52 of sufficient strength to resist shifting of the surrounding earth. Such tempo rary protection shall be provided for the full depth of that part of each pier hole which is above the bell. A lifeline, suit able for Instant rescue and securely fastened to a shoulder harness, shall be worn by each employee entering the shafts. This lifeline shall be Individually manned and separate from any line used to remove materials excavated from the bell footing. (g)(1) Minimum requirements for trench timbering shall be In accordance with Table P-2. (2) Braces and diagonal shores in a wood shoring system shall not be sub jected to compressive stress in excess of values given by the following formula: 5= 1300 -- 20L ~D~ Maxlovum ratio I. = 50 P Wbero: L = Length, unsupported, In inches. D = Lenst side of the timber In Inches. 5= Allowable stress In pounds per square inch of cross-section. CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Teble V - I APPROXIMATE ANCLE OF REPOSE FOR SLOPING OF SIDES OF EXCAVATIONS Nets1 Clije, Sills. Ismi er KM'HoAOfsseus Sells Requite Sawlftf i*4 Sredftf. TM ef Oreeed Wlr Require* Specie! Tieetwsnl. i * n s. TRtsca suonrso--KiMut'M acqt'iRCae.vTs Peptb of trench Bind or condition of r.iri!i Uprights Stringers Maximum dimension spacing dimension spacing Bite sad spacing of members Cross braces Width of trench Up to 3 feet 3 to 0 feet 0 to feet Mertmum spacing 0 to 12 feet 12 to 10 feet Vertical Borlxontal Feet Inches f to 10 Likely to crock..................... 3 Hor 2x6 Soft, sandy, or filled............ .3x4 or 2x6 Hydrostatic pressure........... .31 tor 2x6 10(0 18 Bard....................................... .trior 2x0 Likely to crack..................... .3 x 4or 2x6 Soft, sandy, or filed............. .3 x 4 or 216 Hydrostatic pressure....... .. 1x6 IS to 30 AU kinds or conditions....... X0 Or* X All kinds or conditions........ 3x0 Foot 3 Close heeling Close sheeting 4 2 Close sheeting Close sheeting Close sheeting Close sheeting Inches 4x0 4x0 6xt 4x6 4x0 4x6 8 x 10 4X12 0x3 Feel 4 Inches 2x0. 3X0 laches 4X4 4(4 Inches 4X0 4x0 Inches 3x3 Inches 6X8 3x8 4 4X4 4(0 0x0 0x8 8x3 4 4x4 4X0 0x0 0x3 8x8 4 4X4 4X0 3x0 6x1 8x8 4 4X4 4X0 0x3 6x3 3X8 4 4(0 0x0 0x8 8x8 8x10 4 4X0 3x0 0X8 8x8 Sx 10 4 4 113 3(3 8x8 1 KlO 20 X 10 4 4x12 3(8 Sx ltt 10(10 10x12 Feet 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Feet 0 6 6 0 6 6 . 6 0 > Trench lacks may be used lo lieu of. or is combination with, cross braces. Shoring is not required lo solid rock, bard shale, or bard slog. Where desirable, steel sheet piling sod bracing of equal strength may be substituted for wood. (h> Where employees are required to <k) Portable trench boxes or sliding be in trenches 3 feet deep or more, lad trench shields may be used for the pro ders, extending from the floor of the trench excavation to at least 3 feet above the top of the excavation, shall be pro vided and so located as to provide means of exit without more than 25 feet of lateral travel. (1) Bracing or shoring of trenches shall be carried along with the tection of personnel in lieu of a shoring system or sloping. Where such trench boxes or shields are used, they shall be designed, constructed, and maintained in a manner which will provide protection equal to or greater than the sheeting or shoring required lor the trench. excavation. (1) Backfilling and removal of trench (J) Cross braces or trench Jacks shall supports shall progress together from be placed in true horizontal position, the bottom of the trench. Jacks or be spaced vertically, and be secured to braces shall be released slowly and. In prevent sliding, falling, or kickouts. unstable soil, ropes shall be used to pull out the jacks or braces from above after employees have cleared the trench. 1925.653 Definitions applicable to this subpnrt. (a) "Accepted engineering require ments (or practices)"--Those require ments or practices which are compatible with standards required by a registered architect, a registered professional engi neer, or other duly licensed or recognized authority. (b) "Angle of repose"--The greatest angle above the horizontal plane at which a material will lie without sliding. CAPCO JEN 0001788 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 53 Cc) "Bank"--A mass of soil rising above a digging level. <d) "Belled excavation'*--A part of a shaft or footing excavation, usually near the bottom and bell-shaped; l.e., an en largement of the cross section above. <e) "Braces (trench)*'--The horizon tal members of the shoring system whose ends bear against the uprights or stringers. (f> "Excavation"--Any manmade cav ity or depression in the earth's surface, including its sides, walls, or faces, formed by earth removal and producing unsup ported -earth conditions by reasons of the excavation. If Installed forms or sim ilar structures reduce the depth-to-width relationship, an excavation may become a trench. (g) "Faces"--See paragraph <k> of this section. (h) "Hard compact soil"--All earth materials not classified as running or unstable. (i) "Kickouts"--Accidental release or failure of a shore or brace. <J> "Sheet pile"--A pile, or sheeting, that may form one of a continuous inter locking line, or a row of timber, concrete, or steel plies, driven in close contact to provide a tight wall to resist the lateral pressure of water, adjacent earth, or other materials. (k) "Sides''. "Walls", or "Faces"--The vertical or inclined earth surfaces formed as a result of excavation work. (l) "Slope"--The angle with the hori zontal at which a particular earth mate rial will stand Indefinitely without move ment. (m) "Stringers" (wales)--The hori zontal members of a shoring system whose sides bear against the uprights or earth. (n) "Trench"--A narrow excavation made below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench is not greater than 15 feet. (o) "Trench jack"--Screw or hydraulic type Jacks used as cross bracing in & ti ench shoring system. (p) "Trench shield"--A shoring sys tem composed of steel plates and bracing, welded or bolted together, which support the walls of a trench from the ground level to the trench bottom and which can be moved along as work progresses. (q) "Unstable soil"--Earth material, other than running, that because of its nature or the influence of related condi tions, cannot be depended upon to re main in place without extra support, such as would be furnished by a system of shoring. (r) "Uprights"--The vertical members of a shoring system. (s) "Wales"--See paragraph (m) of this section. <t) "Walls"--See paragraph (k) of this section. Subparf 0---Concrele, Concrete Forms and Shoring 1926.700 Ccncrat provisions. (a) General. All equipment and mate rials used In concrete construction and masonry work shall meet the applicable requirements for design, construction. In crete buckets suspended from cranes or spection, testing, maintenance and oper cableways. ations as prescribed In ANSI A10.9-1970, (8) When discharging on a slope, the Safety Requirements for Concrete Con wheels of ready-mlx trucks shall be struction and Masonry Work. blocked and the brakes set to prevent (b) Reinforcing steel. <1> Employees movement. working more than 6 feet above any ad (9) Nozzlemen applying a cement, jacent working surfaces, placing and ty sand, and water mixture through a pneu ing reinforcing steel In walls, piers, matic hose shall be required to wear pro columns, etc., shall be provided with a tective head and face equipment, as pre safety belt, or equivalent device, in ac scribed In Subpart E of this part. cordance with Subpart E of this part. (e> Vertical shoring--(1) General re quirements. <1) When temporary stor (2) Employees shall not be permitted age of reinforcing rods, material, or to work above vertically protruding re equipment on top of formwork becomes inforcing steel unless it has been pro necessary, these areas shall be strength tected to eliminate the hazard of Im ened to meet the intended loads. palement. (ii) The sills for shoring, shall be (3) uuying: Reinforcing steel for walls, piers, columns, and similar verti cal structures shall be guyed and sup ported to prevent collapse. (4) Wire mesh rolls. Wire mesh rolls shall be secured at each end to prevent dangerous recoiling action. (c) Bulk concrete handling. Bulk stor age bins, containers, or silos shall have conical or tapered bottoms with mechan ical or pneumatic means of starting the flow of material. <d) Concrete placement--(1) Con crete mixers. Concrete mixers equipped with 1-yard or lareer loading skips shall be equipped with a mechanical device to clear the skip of material. sound, rigid, and capable of carrying the maximum intended load without settle ment or displacement (Hi) All shoring equipment shall be in spected prior to erection to determine that it is as specified in the shoring lay out. Any equipment found to be dam aged shall not be used for shoring. <iv) Erected shoring equipment shall be inspected immediately prior to. dur ing, and immediately after the place ment of concrete. Any shoring equip ment that is found to be damaged or weakened shall be immediately rein forced or reshored. (v) Reshoring shall be provided when necessary to safely support slabs and beams after stripping, or where such (2) Guardrails. Mixers of 1-yard ca pacity or greater shall be equipped with protective guardrails installed on each side of the skip. members are subjected to superimposed loads due to construction work done. (2) Tubular welded frame shoring. (1) Metal tibular frames used lor shoring shall not be loaded beyond the safe work (3) Bull floats. Handles on bull floats, ing load recommended by the manu used where they may contact energized facturer. electrical conductors, shall be con Ui) All locking devices on frames and structed of nonconductive material, or braces shall be in good working order; insulated with a nonconductive sheath coupling pins shall align the frame or whose electrical and mechanical char panel legs; pivoted cross braces shall have acteristics provide the equivalent pro their center pivot in place; and all com tection of a handle constructed of non ponents shall be in a condition similar conductive material. to that of original manufacture. (4) Powered concrete trowels. Pow ered and rotating-type concrete trowel ing machines that are manually guided shall be equipped with a control switch (ill) When checking the erected shor ing frames with the shoring layout, the spacing between towers and cross brace spacing shall not exceed that shown on the layout, and all locking devices shall that will automatically shut off the power whenever the operator removes be In the closed position. (iv) Devices for attaching the external his hands from the equipment handles. (5) Concrete buggies. Handles of bug lateral stability bracing shall be securely fastened to the legs of the shoring frames. gies shall not extend beyond the w'heels (v) All baseplates, shore heads, ex on either side of the buggy. Installation tension devices, or adjustment screws of knuckle guards on buggy handles Is shall be in firm contact with the footing recommended. sill and the form. (6) Pumpcrete systems. Pumpcrete or similar systems using discharge pipes 1926.701 Forms and shoring. shall be provided with pipe supports de (a) General provisions. (1) Form- signed for 100 percent overload. Com work and shoring shall be designed, pressed air hose In such systems shall be erected, supported, braced, and main provided with positive fall-safe joint con tained so that it will safely support all nectors to prevent separation of sections vertical and lateral loads that may be when pressurized. imposed upon it during placement of <7) Concrete buckets, (i) Concrete concrete. buckets equipped with hydraulic or pneu (2) Drawings or plans showing the matically operated gates shall have posi jack layout, formwork, shoring, working tive safety latches or similar safety de decks, and scaffolding, shall be available vices Installed to prevent aggregate and at the jobsite. loose material from accumulating on the (3) Stripped forms and shoring shall top and sides of the bucket. , be removed and stockpiled promptly (ii) Riding of concrete buckets for any after stripping. In all areas In which per purpose shall be prohibited, and vibrator sons are required to work or pass. Pro crews shall be kept out from under con truding nails, wire ties, and other form CAPCO JEN 0001789 54 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS accessories not necessary to subsequent work shall be pulled, cut, or other means taken to eliminate the hazard. (4) Imposition of any construction loads on the partially completed struc ture shall not be permitted unless such loading has been considered in the de sign and approved by the engineer- architect. (b) Vertical slip forms. (1) The steel rods or pipe on which the Jacks climb or by which the forms are lifted shall be specifically designed for the purpose. Such rods shall be adequately braced where not encased In concrete. (2) Jacks and vertical supports shall be positioned in such a manner that the vertical loads are distributed equally and do not exceed the capacity of the Jacks. (3) The jacks or other lifting devices shall be provided with mechanical dogs or other automatic holding devices to pro vide protection in case of failure of the power supply or the lifting mechanism. <4> Lifting shall proceed steadily and uniformly and shall not exceed the pre determined safe rate of lift. <5> Lateral and diagonal bracing of the forms shall be provided to prevent excessive distortion of the structure dur ing the jacking operation. <6> Duiing jacking operations, the form structure shall be maintained in line and plumb. <7> All \ertical lift foims shall be pro vided with scaffolding or work platforms completely each cling the area of place ment. (c> Tube and coupler shoring. <li Couplers `clamps'1 shall not be used if they are deformed, broken, or have defective or missing threads on bolts, or other defects. <2) The material used for the couplers (clamps) shall be of a structural type such as drop-forged steel, malleable iron, or structural grade aluminum. Gray cast iron shall not be used. (3) When checking the erected shor ing towers with the shoring layout, the spacing between posts shall not exceed that shown on the layout, and all inter locking of tubular members and tight ness of couples shall be checked. (4) All baseplates, shore heads, ex tension devices, or adjustment screws shall be in firm contact with the footing sill and the form material and shall be snug against the posts. (d) Single post shores. <1> For sta bility, single post shores shall be hori zontally braced in both the longitudinal and transverse directions, and diagonal bracing shall also be installed. Such bracing shall be Installed as the shores are being erected. (2) All baseplates or shore heads of single post shores shall be in firm contact with the footing sill and the form mate rials. (3) Whenever single post shores are used in more than one tier, the layout shall be designed and inspected by a structural engineer. (4) When formwor> is at an angle, or sloping, or when the surface shored from is sloping, the shoring shall be designed for such loading. (5) Adjustment of single post shores to raise formwork shall not be made after concrete Is in place. (6) Fabricated single post shores shall not be used if heavily rusted, bent, dented, rewelded, or having broken weld ments or other defects. If they contain timber, they shall not be used if timber is split, cut, has sections removed, is rotted, or otherwise structurally dam aged. (7) All timber and adjusting devices to be used for adjustable timber single post shores shall be Inspected before erection. (8) Timber shall not be used if It is split, cut, has sections removed. Is rotted, or is otherwise structurally damaged. (9) Adjusting devices shall not be used if heavily rusted, bent, dented, re welded. or having broken weldments or other defects. (10) All nails used to secure bracing or adjustable timber single post shores shall be driven home and the point of the n&ll bent over if possible. 1926.702 Definition* applicable to (bis subpart. (a) "Bull float"--A tool used to spread out and smooth the concrete. (b) "Formwork" or "falsework"--The total system of support for freshly placed concrete, including the mold or sheath ing which contacts the concrete as well as all supporting members, hardware, and necessary bracing. <c> "Guy"--A line that steadies a high piece or structure by pulling against an off-center load. (d) "Shore"--A supporting member that resists a compressive force imposed by a load. (e) "Vertical slip forms"--Forms which are jacked vertically and continu ously during placing of the concrete. Subport R--Steel Erection 1926.750 Flooring requirement*. <a) Permanent flooring--skeleton steel construction in tiered buildings. (1) The permanent floors shall be installed as the erection of structural members pro gresses, and there shall be not more than eight stories between the erection floor and the uppermost permanent floor, ex cept where the structural integrity Is jnaiat&ined -as a result of the design. (2) At no time shall there be more than four floors or 48 feet of unfinished bolting or welding above the foundation or_uppermpjt permanently secured floor. (b) Temporary flooring--skeleton steel construction in tiered buildings. (I)(i) The derrick or erection floor shall be solidly planked or decked over its en tire surface except for access openings. Planking or decking of equivalent strength, shall be of proper thickness to carry the working load. Planking shall be not less than 2 inches thick full size un dressed, and shall be laid tight and se cured to prevent movement. (H) On buildings or structures not adaptable to temporary floors, and where scaffolds are not used, safety nets shall be Installed and maintained whenever the potential fall distance exceeds two stories or 25 feet. The nets shall be hung with sufficient clearance to prevent con tacts with the surface of structures below. (lii) Floor periphery--safety railing. A safety railing of %-inch wire rope or equal shall be installed, approximately 42 Inches high, around the periphery of all temporary-planked or temporary metal-decked floors of tier buildings and other multifloored structures during structural steel assembly. (2) Where erection is being done by means of a crane operating on the ground, a tight and substantial floor shall be maintained within two stories or 25 feet, whichever is less, below and directly under that portion of each tier of beams on which bolting, riveting, welding, or painting Is being done. (c) Flooring--other construction. (1) In the erection of a building having double wood floor construction, the rough flooring shall be completed as the building progresses. Including the tier below the one on which floor Joists are being Installed. (2) For single wood floor or other floor ing systems, the floor immediately below the story where the floor joists are being Installed shall be kept planked or decked over. 1926.751 Structural ileel assembly. (a) During the final placing of solid web structural members, the load shall not be released from the hoisting line until the members are secured with not less than two bolts, or the equivalent at each connection and drawn up wrench tight. (b) Open web steel Joists shall not be placed on any structural steel frame work unless such framework is safely bolted or welded. (c) In steel framing, where bar Joists are utilized, and columns are not frame 1 in at least two directions with structural steel members, a bar joist shall be fieldbolted at columns to provide lateral stability during construction. (D Where long span Joists or trusses, 40 feet or longer, are used, a center row of bolted bridging shall be installed to provide lateral stability during construc tion prior to slacking of hoisting line. (ii) No load shall be placed on open web steel joists until these security re quirements are met. (d) Tag lines shall be used Tor -con trolling loads. 1926.752 Bolting, riveting, fitting-up, and plumbing-up. (a) General requirements. (1) Con tainers shall be provided for storing or carrying rivets, bol^s, and drift pins, and secured against accidental displacement when aloft. (2) Pneumatic hand tools shall be dis connected from the power source, and pressure In hose lines shall be released, before any adjustments or repairs are made (3) Air line hose sections shall be tied together except when quick disconnect couplers are used to Join sections. (4) Eye protection shall be provided in accordance with Subpart E of this part. '(b) Bolting. (1) When bolts or drift pins are being knocked out, means shall be provided to keep them from falling. (2) Impact wrenches shall be provided with a locking device for retaining the socket. CAPCO JEN 0001790 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 55 <c) Riveting. (1) Riveting shall not be provide positive identification of every <iii) When there has been a failure of done in the vicinity of combustible employee underground. An accurate rec ventilation, and ventilation has been material unless precautions are taken to ord and location of the employees shall restored in a reasonable time, all places prevent fire. be kept on the surface. where flammable gas may have accumu (2) When rivet heads are knocked off, (b) Emergency provisions. (1) Evac lated shall be examined by a competent or backed out. means shall be provided to uation plans and procedures shall be person and determined to be free of keep them from falling. developed and made known to the flammable gas before power Is restored (3) A safety wire shall be properly In stalled on the snap and on the handle of the pneumatic riveting hammer and shall be used at all times. The wire size shall be not less than No. 9 (Bi/S gauge), leaving the handle and annealed No. 14 on the snap, or equivalent. (d) Plumbing-up. (1) Connections of the equipment used in plumbing-up shall be properly secured. (2) The tumbuckles shall be secured to prevent unwinding while under stress. (3) Plumbing-up guys related equip ment shall be placed so that employees can get at the connection points. (4) Plumbing-up guys shall be re moved only under the supervision of a competent person. (e) Wood planking shall be of proper thickness to carry the working load, but shall be not less than 2 inches thick full size undressed, exterior grade plywood, at least %-inch thick, or equivalent material. (f) Metal decking of sufficient strength shall be laid tight and secured to prevent movement. Cg) Planks shall overlap the bearing on each end by a minimum of 12 Inches. <h) Wire mesh, exterior plywood, or equivalent, shall be used around columns where planks do not fit tightly. (I) Provisions shall be made to secure temporary flooring against displacement. (J) All unused openings in floors, tem porary or permanent, shall be completely planked over or guarded in accordance with Subpart M of this part. (k) Employees shall be provided with safety belts in accordance with employees. (2) Emergency hoisting facilities shall be readily available at shafts more than 60 feet in depth, unless hoisting facilities are provided that are independent of electrical power failures. A boatswain's chair shall meet the requirements of Subpart L of this part. (3) Bureau of Mines approved self rescuers shall be available near the ad vancing face to equip each face em ployee. Such equipment shall be on the haulage equipment and in other areas where employees might be trapped by smoke or gas, and shall be maintained in good condition. (4) Telephone or other signal commu nication shall be provided between the work face and the tunnel portal, and such systems shall be independent of the tunnel power supply. (c) Air Quality and Ventilation--(1) Air quality and quantity. <1) Instruments shall be provided to test the atmosphere quantitatively for carbon monoxide, nitrogen dioxide, flammable or toxic gases, dusts, mists, and fumes that occur in the tunnel or shaft. Tests shall be con ducted as frequently as necessary to as sure that the required quality and quan tity of air is maintained. A record of all tests shall be maintained and be kept available. (ii) Field-type oxygen analyzers, or other suitable devices, shall be used to test for oxygen deficiency. (iil) Respirators shall not be substi tuted for environmental control mea sures. However, where environmental controls have not yet been developed, or when necessary by the nature of the and work resumed. (iv> When the main fan or fans have been shut down with all employees out of the adit, tunnel or shaft, no employee, other than those qualified to examine the adit, tunnel, or shaft, or other au thorized employee, shall go underground until the fans have been started, the work areas examined for gas and other hazards, and declared safe. (v) The supply of fresh air shall not be less than 200 cubic feet per minute for each employee underground. The linear velocity of the air flow in the tunnel bore shall not be less than 30 feet per minute in those tunnels where blasting or rock drilling is conducted or where there are other conditions that are likely to pro duce dusts, fumes, vapors, or gases in harmful quantities. u'i) If 1.5 percent or higher concen tration of flammable gas is detected in air returning from an underground working place or places, the employees shall be withdrawn and the power cut off to the portion of the area endangered by such flammable gas until the con centration of such gas is reduced to 1 percent or less. (vii) Internal combustion engines other than mobile diesel shall not be used underground. Mobile diesel-powered equipment used underground shall be certified by the Bureau of Mines, UJS. Department of the Interior according to the Interior according to the Bureau of Mines publication "Mechanical Equip ment for mines--tests for permissibility and suitability. Part 32. Mobile Diesel Power Equipment for Non-Coal Mines, Schedule 24" of March 23, 1965. 5 1926.104 when they are working on float scaffolds. work Involved (for example, welding, sand blasting, lead burning), an em ployee may work for short periods of (d) /Rumination. (1> Sufficient light ing shall be provided, in accordance with the requirements of Table D-3 of Sub time In concentrations of airborne con part D of this part, to permit safe opera Subpart S--Tunnels ond Shafts, Coissons, Cofferdams, and Compressed Air taminants which exceed the limit of per missible excursions referred to In sub divisions (iv) and (v) of this subpara graph, if such employee wears a respira tory protective device approved by the tions at the face as well as in the gen eral tunnel or shaft area and at the employees* workplace. <c) Ftre prevention and control--(1) General. (i) The requirements for fire 1926.800 Tunnels and shafts. Bureau of Mines as protection against prevention and protection specified Tn <a) GeneroI.il) The specific require ments of this Subpart S. Tunnels. Shafts. Caissons, Cofferdams, and Compressed Air. shall be complied with as well as the applicable provisions of all other sub parts of this part. (2) Safe means of access shall be pro vided and maintained to all working places. (3) When ladders and stairways are provided In shafts and steep inclines, they shall meet the requirements of Subparts L and M of this part. the particular hazards involved. uvj The exposure to airoorne con taminants of an employee working In a tunnel or shaft shall not exceed the threshold limit values adopted by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, as set forth and explained in the 1970 edition of "Threshold Limit Values of Airborne Contaminants." (v) Employees shall be withdrawn from areas in which there is a concentra tion of an airborne contaminant which exceeds the threshold limit value listed Subpart F of this part shall be complied with in all tunnel and shaft operations. (10 Signs warning against smoking and open flames shall be posted so that they can be readily seen in areas or places where fire or explosion hazards exist. (lli) The carrying of matches, lighters, or other flame-producing smoking ma terials shall be prohibited In all under ground operations where fire or explo sion hazards exist. <iv) Not more than a I day's supply of diesel fuel shall be stored under (4) Access to unattended underground for that contaminant. ground. openings shall be restricted by gates or <vl) Atmospheres in all active areas (v) Gasoline or liquefied petroleum doors. Unused chutes, manways, or other shall contain at least 20 percent oxygen. gases shall not be taken, stored, or used openings shall be tightly covered, bulk (2) Ventilation. (.' Tunnels shall be underground. headed, or fenced off, and posted. Con provided w.ith mechanically induced pri (v}> OH, grease, or fuel stored under duits, trenches, and manholes shall meet mary ventilation in all work areas. The ground shall be kept in tightly sealed the requirements of Subparts M and P direction of airflow shall be reversible. containers in fire-resistant areas, at safe of this part. <li) Ventilation doors, not operated . distances from explosives magazines, (5) Subsidence areas that present mechanically, shall be designed and In electrical installations, and shaft hazards shall be fenced and posted. stalled so that they are self-closing and stations. (6) Each operation shall have a will remain closed regardless of the di (vil) Air that has passed through un check-in and check-out system that will rection of the air movement.- derground oil or fuel-storage areas shall CAPCO JEN 0001791 56 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS not be used to ventilate working areas. (viiii Approved fire-resistant hydrau lic fluids shall be used in hydraulically actuated underground machinery and equipment. (lx) Fires shall not be built under ground. (x) Noncombustible barriers shall be Installed below welding or burning op erations in or over a shaft or raise. <xl) Fire extinguishers or equivalent protection shall be provided at the head and tail pulleys or underground belt con veyors and at 300-foot intervals along the belt line. (xii> At tunnel operations, employing 25 or more employees at one time under ground at least two rescue crews (10 employees divided between shifts) shall be trained annually in rescue procedures, in the use, care, and limitations of oxy gen breathing apparatus, and the use and maintenance of firefighting equip ment. Not less than one crew (5 em ployees) shall be trained at smaller operations. <fi Personal protective equipment. Protective clothing or equipment shall be worn as specified in Subparts D and E or this part. (g) Noise. <1) Permissible noise ex posures shah conform to those specified in Subpart D of this part. (h) Ground support--(1) Tunnel por tal area. Portals shall be protected and supported where loose soil or rock or fractured material Is encountered. (2) Tunnel area. (!) The employer shall examine and test the roof, face, and walls of the work area at the start of each shift and frequently thereafter. (ii) Loose ground shall be taken down or supported. Ground conditions along haulage ways and tr&velways shall be examined periodically and scaled or supported as necessary. (Ill) Torque meters and torque wrenches shall be available at tunnels where rock bolts are used for ground support. Frequent tests shall be made to determine If bolts meet the required torque. The test frequency shall be de termined by rock conditions and distance from vibration sources. (iv) Damaged or dislodged tunnel sup ports. whether steel sets or timber, shall be repaired or replaced. New supports shall be Installed whenever possible be fore removing the damaged supports. (v) All sets. Including horseshoe shaped or arched rib steel sets, shall be designed and Installed so that the bot toms will have required anchorage to prevent pressures from pushing them Inward Into the excavation. Lateral brac ing shall be provided between sets to further stabilise the support. (3) Shafts. (1) Small diameter shafts, which employees are required to enter, shall be provided with a steel casing, concrete pipe, timber, or other material of required strength to support the sur rounding earth. (U) The casing and bracing shall be provided the full depth of the shaft, or at least 5 feet Into solid rock if possible, and shall extend at' least 1 foot above ground level. <lii) All wells or shafts over 5 feet in depth shall be retained with lagging, spiling, or casing. (iv) In shafts, the employer shall in spect the walls, ladders, timbers, block ing, and wedges of the last set to deter mine if they have loosened following blasting operations. Where found un safe, corrections shall be made before shift operations are started. (v) Safety belts shall be worn on skips and platforms used In shafts by crews when the skip or cage does not occlude the opening to within 1 foot of the sides of the shaft, unless guardrails or cages are provided. (1) Drilling. (1> Equipment that is to be used during a shift shall be inspected each shift by a competent person. Equip ment defects affecting safety shall be corrected before the equipment is used. (2) The drilling area shall be in spected for hazards before starting the drilling operation. (3) Employees shall not be allowed on a drill mast while the drill bit is in operation. (4) When a drill is being moved from one drilling area to another, drill steel, tools, and other equipment shall be se cured, and the mast placed In a safe position. (5) Receptacles or racks shall be pro vided for drill steel stored on Jumbos. (6) Before drilling cycle is started, warning shall be given to men working below jumbo decks. <7) Drills on columns shall be an chored firmly before drilling is started and shall be retightened frequently thereafter. <8> The employer shall provide me chanical means for lifting drills, roof bolts, mine straps, and other unwieldy heavy material to the top decks of jum bos over 10 feet in height. (9) The employer shall provide stair access to Jumbo decks wide enough to accomodate two persons if the deck Is over 10 feet In height. (10) On Jumbo decks over 10 feet In height, guardrails which are removable (pipe In sockets with chain handrail), or equal, shall be provided on all sides and back platforms. (11) Scaling bars shall be in good condition at all times, and blunted and severely worn bars shall not be used. (12) When Jumbos are being moved, riders will not be allowed on the jumbo unless they are assisting the driver. (13) Before commencing the drill cycle, the face and lifters shall be eramlned for misfires (residual explosives) and, if found, they shall be remove! before drilling commences at the fact, Lifters shall not be drilled through blasted rock (muck) or water. (14) Air lines that are buried in the invert shall be identified by signs posted nearby, warning all personnel. <J> Blasting. All blasting and explo- sives-handllng operations shall be con ducted in compliance with Subpart U of this part. (k) Haulage. (1) Equipment that Is to be used during a shift shall be in spected by a competent person each shift. Equipment defects affecting safety shall be corrected before the equipment Is used. (2) Powered mobile equipment shall be provided with adequate brakes. (3) Powered mobile haulage equip ment shall be provided with audible warning devices. lights shall be pro vided at both ends. (4) Cab windows shall be of safety glass, or equivalent, in good condition, and shall be kept clean. (5) Adequate backstops or brakes shall be installed on Inclined conveyor drive units to prevent conveyors from running in reverse and creating a hazard to employees. (6) No employee shall be permitted to ride a power-driven chain, belt, or bucket conveyor, unless the conveyor is specifically designed for the transporta tion of employees. (7) The employer shall not permit employees to ride in dippers, shovel buckets, forks, clamshells, or in the beds of dump trucks, or on haulage equipment not specifically designed or adapted for the transportation of employees. (8) Electrically powered mobile equip ment shall not be left unattended unless the master switch is in the off position, all operating controls are in the neutral position, and the brakes are set. or other equivalent precautions are taken against roiling. <9> When dumping cars by hand, the car dumps shall be provided with tie down chains or bumper blocks to prevent cars from overturning. (10) Rocker-bottom or bottom-dump cars shall be equipped with positive lock ing devices. (11) Equipment which is to be hauled shall be so loaded and protected as to prevent sliding or spillage. (12) Parked railcars shall be blocked securely. (13) Berms, bumper blocks, safety hooks, or similar means shall be pro vided to prevent overtravel and over turning at dumping locations, (14) Where necessary, bumper blocks, or the equivalent, shall be provided at all track dead ends. (15) Supplies, materials, and tools, other than small handtools. shall not be transported with employees in mantrip cars. (1) Electrical equipment. (1) Electri cal equipment shall conform to the requirements of Subpart K of this part. (2) Powerlines shall be well separated or insulated from w*aterlines, telephone lines, and airlines. (3) Oil-fiiled transformers shall not be used underground unless they are located in a fire-resistant enclosure and surrounded by a dike to contain the con tents of the transformers in event of a rupture. (m) Hoisting. (1) Hoisting machines, either powered or hand operated, shall be worm-geared or powered both ways. The design must be such that when the power Is stopped, the load cannot move. (2) Controls for powered hoists shall be of the deadman type with a nonlock ing switch or control. (3) A device to shut off the power shall be installed ahead of the operating control. (4) Hand-operated release mecha nisms, which can permit the load to descend faster than the speed rating, shall not be used. (5) Hoist machines with cast metal parts shall not be used. / (6) Every hoist shall be tested with twice the maximum load before being put into operation, and annually there after. (7) All anchorages of hoists shall be CAPCO JEN 0001792 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 57 inspected at the beginning of each shift. (8) An enclosed covered metal cage shall be used to raise and lower persons In the shaft. The cage shall be designed with a safety factor of 4 and shall be lopd-tested prior to use. The exterior of the cage Shall be free of projections or sharp comers. Only closed shackles shall be used in the cage rigging. (9) If the cage is equipped with a door, a positive locking device shall be Installed to prevent the door from open* lng accidentally while the cage Is being lowered or raised while hoisting or lower* lng employees. | 1926.801 CaiMont. ia) Wherever, In caisson work In which compressed air Is used, and the working chamber is less than 11 feet in length, and when such caissons are at any time suspended or hung while work is In progress so that the bottom of the excavation Is more than 9 feet below the deck of the working chamber, a shield shall be erected therein for the protection of the employees. (b) Shafts shall be subjected to a hydrostatic or air-pressure test, at which pressure they shall be tight. The shaft shall be stamped on the outside shell about 12 inches from each flange to show the pressure to which they have been subjected. (c) Whenever a shaft Is used. It shall be provided, where 6pace permits, with a safe, proper, and suitable staircase for Its entire length. Including landing plat forms, not more than 20 feet apart. Where this is Impracticable, suitable lad ders shall be Installed with landing plat forms located about 20 feet apart to break the climb. <d) All caissons, having a diameter or side greater than 10 feet shall be pro vided with a man lock and shaft for the exclusive use of employees. (e) In addition to the gauge in the locks, an accurate gauge shall be main tained on the outer and Inner side of each bulkhead. These gauges shall be accessible at all times and kept in ac curate working order. (f) in caisson operations where em ployees are exposed to compressed air working environments, the requirements contained In ( IS 18.803 shall be complied with. 1926.802 Cofferdams. (aj lx overtopping of the cofferdam by high waters Is possible, means shall be provided for controlled flooding of the work area. <b) Warning signals for evacuation of employees in case of emergency shall be developed and posted. (c) Cofferdam walkways, bridges, or ramps with at least two means of rapid exit, shall be provided with guardrails as specified In Subpart M of this part. <d) Cofferdams located close to navi gable shipping channels shall be pro tected from vessels In transit, where possible 1926.803 Compirttcd air. (a) General provisions. (1) Tnere shall be present, at all times, at least one competent person designated by and rep resenting the employer, who shall be familiar with this subpart in all respects, and responsible for full compliance with these and other applicable subparts. (2) Every employee shall be In structed In the rules and regulations working chamber; which concern his safety or the safety of (Iv) Be properly heated, lighted and others. ventilated; (t>) Medical attendance, examination, (v) Be maintained In a sanitahr con and regulations. (1) There shall-be re dition; tained one or more licensed physicians (vi; Have a nonshatterable port familiar with and experienced in the through which the occupant(s) may be physical requirements and the medical kept under constant observation; aspects of compressed air work and the (vli) Be designed for a working pres treatment of decompression Illness. He sure of 75 pai-g. shall be available at all times while work (vlil) Be equipped with Internal con Is in progress In order to provide medical trols which may be overridden by exter supervision of employees employed in compressed air work. He shall himself be physically qualified and be willing to enter a pressurized environment. (2) No employee shall be permitted to enter a compressed air environment until he has been examined by the physician and reported by him to be physically qualified to engage In such work. nal controls: (lx) Be provided with air pressure gauges to show the air pressure within each compartment to observers Inside and outside the medical lock. (x) Be equipped with a manual type sprinkler system that can be activated in side the lock or by the outside lock tender. <xi) Be provided with oxygen lines (3) In the event an employee Is ab and fittings leading into external tanks. sent from work for 10 days, or Is absent The lines shall be fitted with check valves due to sickness or Injury, he.shall not re to prevent reverse flow. The oxygen sys sume work until he is reexamined by the tem Inside the chamber shall be of a physician, and his physical condition re closed circuit design and be so designed ported. as provided in this paragraph, to as to automatically shut off the oxygen be such as to permit him to work In com pressed air. (4) Alter an employee has been em supply whenever the fire system is activated. (xii) Be In constant charge of an at ployed continuously In compressed air for a period designated by the physician, tendant under the direct control of the retained physician. The attendant shall but not to exceed 1 year, he shall be re examined by the physician to determine be trained in the use of the lock and suit ably Instructed regarding steps to be if he is still physically qualified to en gage in compressed air work. (5) Such physician shall at all times keep a complete and full record of ex taken In the treatment of employee ex hibiting symptoms compatible with a diagnosis of decompression illness; (xUi) Be adjacent to an adequate aminations made by him. The physician emergency medical facility; shall also keep an accurate record of any <xiv; The medical facility snail be decompression Illness or other Illness or equipped with demand-type oxygen In Injury Incapacitating any employee for halation equipment approved by the V. work, and of all loss of life that occurs Bureau of Mines; In the operation of a tunnel, caisson, or (xv) Be capable of being maintained other compartment in which compressed at a temperature. In use, not to exceed air is used. 90* P. nor be less than 70* F.; and te; Records shall be available tor the (xvl) Be provided with sources of air, Inspection of the Secretary or his rep free of oil and carbon monoxide, for resentatives, and a copy thereof shall normal and emergency use, which are be forwarded to the Bureau of Labor capable of raising the air pressure in the Standards within 48 hours following the lock from 0 to 75 P-S-lg. In 5 minutes. occurrence of the accident, death. Injury, (11) Identification cadges shall be or decompression Illness. It shall state furnished to all employees, indicating as fully as possible the cause of said that the wearer is a compressed air death or decompression illness, and the worker. A permanent record shall be place where the injured or sick employee kept of all identification badges issued. was taken, and such other relative In The badge shall give the employee's formation as may be required by the name, address of the medical lock, the Secretary. telephone number of the licensed physi (?) A fully equipped first aid station cian for the compressed air project, and shall be provided at each tunnel project contain Instructions that In case of emer regardless of the number of persons em gency of unknown or doubtful cause or ployed. An ambulance or transportation illness, the wearer shall be rushed to the suitable for a litter case shall be at each medical lock. The badge shall be worn at pro(j8e)ctW. here tunnel,s are .be.ing exca ail times--off the Job, as well as on the job. vated from portals more than 5 road <c) Telephone end signal communica miles apart, a first aid station and trans tion. (1) Effective and reliable means of portation facilities shall be provided at communication, such as bells, whistles, or each portal. telephones, shall be maintained at all (9) A medical lock shall be established times between all the following locations: and maintained in Immediate working (i) The working chamber face: order whenever air pressure In the work ill) The working chamber 6ide of the ing chamber is Increased above the nor man lock near the door; mal atmosphere. (10) The medical lock shall: <i) Have at least 6 feet of clear head- (lii) The Interior of the man Jock; <lv) Lock attendant's station; (v) The compressor plant; room at the center, and be subdivided Into not less than two compartments; (vi) The first-aid station: (vll) The emergency lock (if one is re (ii) Be readily accessible to employees working under compressed air; quired): and (vill) The special decompression chamber (if one is required). (iii) Be kept ready for immediate use (d) Signs and records. (1) The time for at least 5 hours subsequent to the of decompression shall be posted in each emergence of any employee from the man lock as follows: CAPCO JEN 0001793 58 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Time or Decompression for This Lock compression, in accordance with the pro gauges shall be accessible at all times pounds to----------------- pounds In ced.ures In this subpart. and shall be kept in accurate working minutes. (11) The lock attendant In charge of order. pounds to _____________ pounds In ...a..m. an lock shall be under the direct su Cxii) Man locks shall have an observa minutes. pervision of the appointed physician. He tion port at least 4 Inches In diameter (Signed by)..................... .............................. shall be stationed at the lock controls on located in such a position that all oc (Superintendent) the free air side during the period of cupants of the man lock may be ob This form shell be posted In the Man Loch at all times. (2) Any code of signals used shall be conspicuously posted near workplace en trances and such other locations as may be necessary to bring them to the atten tion of all employees concerned. (3) For each 8-hour shift, a record of employees employed under air pressure shall be kept by an employee who shall remain outside the lock near the en trance. This record shall show the period each employee spends in the air cham ber and the time taken from decompres sion. A copy shall be submitted to the appointed physician after each shift. (e) Compression. <1) Every employee going under air pressure for the first time shall be instructed on how to avoid excessive discomfort. (2) During the compression of em ployees, the pressure shall not be in creased to more than 3 p.s.i.g. within the first minute. The pressure shall be held at 3 p.sj.g. and again at 7 ps.i.g. suffi ciently long to determine If any employ ees are experiencing discomfort. (3) After the first minute the pres sure shall be raised uniformly and at a rate not to exceed 30 p.s.1. per minute. (4) If any employee complains of dis comfort. the pressure shall be held to determine if the symptoms are relieved. If, after 5 minutes the discomfort does not disappear, the lock attendant shall gradually reduce the pressure until the employee signals thal the discomfort has ceased. If he does not indicate that the discomfort has disappeared, the lock at tendant shall reduce the pressure to atmospheric and the employee shall be released from the lock. (5) No employee shall be subjected to pressure exceeding 50 pounds per square inch except in emergency. (f) Decompression. (1) Decompression to normal condition shall be in accord ance with the Decompression Tables In Appendix A of this subpart. (2) In the event it Is necessary for an employee to be in compressed air more than once In a 24-hour period, the ap pointed physician shall be responsible for the establishment of methods and pro cedures of decompression applicable to repetitive exposures, (3) It decanting Is necessary, the ap pointed physician shall establish pro cedures before any employee is permitted compression and decompression and shall remain at the lock control station whenever there are men in the working chamber or in the man lock. (ill) Except where air pressure in the working chamber is below 12 p^J.g., each man lock shall be equipped with automatic controls which, through taped programs, cams, or similar apparatus, shall automatically regulate decompres sions. It shall also be equipped with man ual controls to permit the lock attendant to override the automatic mechanism In the event of an emergency, as provided In subdivision (vili) of this subparagraph. Uv) A manual control, which can be used, in the event of an emergency, shall be placed inside the man lock. (v) A clock, thermometer, and con tinuous recording pressure gauge with a 4-hour graph shall be installed outside of each man lock and shall be changed prior to each shift's decompression. The chart shall be of sufficient size to reg ister a legible record of variations in pres sure within the man lock and shall be visible to the lock attendant. A copy of each graph shall be submitted to the ap pointed physician after each shift. In addition, a pressure gauge, clock, and thermometer shall also be Installed In each man lock. Additional fittings shall be provided so that test gauges may be attached whenever necessary. <vi) Except where air pressure is be low 12 p.s.i.g. and there Is no danger of rapid flooding, all caissons having a working area greater than 150 square feet, and each bulkhead in tunnels of 14 feet or more in diameter, or equivalent area, shall have at least two locks in perfect working condition, one of which shall be used exclusively as a man lock, the other, as a materials lock. (vii) Where only a combination manand-materials lock Is required, this sin gle lock shall be of sufficient capacity to hold the employees constituting two suc cessive shifts. (viii) Emergency locks shall be large enough to hold an entire heading shift and a limit maintained of 12 p^J.g. There shall be a chamber available for oxygen decompression therapy to 28 P-sXg. (lx) The man lock s*iaU be large enough so that those using it are not compelled to be in a cramped position, and shall not have less than 5 feet clear served from the working chamber and from the free air side of the lock. (xiii) Adequate ventilation in the lock shall be provided. (xlv) Man locks shall be maintained at a minimum temperature of 70* F. (xv) When locks are not in use and employees are in the working chamber, lock doors shall be kept open to the working chamber, where practicable. (xvi) Provision shall be made to allow for rescue parties to enter the tunnel if the working force is disabled. (xvii) A special decompression cham ber of sufficient size to accommodate the entire force of employees being de compressed at the end of a shift shall be provided whenever the regularly es tablished working period requires a total time of decompression exceeding 75 minutes. (2) Special decompression chamber. (i) The headroom in the special decom pression chamber shall be not less than a minimum 7 feet and the cubical con tent shall provide at least 50 cubic feet of airspace for each employee. For each occupant, there shall be provided 4 square feet of free walking area and 3 square feet of seating space, exclusive of area re quired for lavatory and toilet facilities. The rated capacity shall be based on the stated minimum space per employee and shall be posted at the chamber entrance. The posted capacity shall not be exceed ed, except In case of emergency. (ii> Each special decompression chamber shall be equipped with the fol lowing: (a) A clock or clocks suitably placed so that the attendant and the chamber occupants can readily ascertain the time; (b) Pressure gauges which will in dicate to the attendants and to the chamber occupants the pressure in the chamber: <c) Valves to enable the attendant to control the supply and discharge of compressed air into and from the chamber; id) Valves and pipes, in connection with the air supply and exhaust, ar ranged so that the chamber pressure can be controlled from within and with out; (e) Effective means of oral Intercom munication between the attendant, oc cupants of the chamber, and the air compressor plant; and to be decompressed by decanting meth head room at the center snd a minimum (/) An observation port at the en ods. The period of time that the em of 30 cubic feet of air soace per occupant. trance to permit observation of the ployees spend at atmospheric pressure (x) Locks on caissons shall be so lo chamber occupants. between the decompression following the cated that the bottom door shall be not (ill) Seating facilities In special de shift and recompression shall not exceed less than S feet above the water level sur compression chambers shall be so ar 5 minutes. rounding the caisson on the outside. range! as to permit a normal sitting (g) Man locks end special decompress (The water level, where it is affected by posture without cramping. Seating sion chambers--(1) Man locks. Cl) Ex tides, is construed to mean high tide.) space, not less than 18 Inches by 24 cept in emergency, no employees em (xi) In addition to the pressure Inches wide, shall be provided per ployed In compressed air shall be per gauge in the locks, an accurate pressure occupant. mitted to pass from the working chamber gauge shall be maintained on the outer . civ) Adequate toilet and washing fa to atmospheric pressure until after de and Inner side of each bulkhead. These cilities, in a screened or enclosed recess. CAPCO JEN 0001794. CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 59 shall be provided. Toilet bowls shall (8) Low-pressure air shall be regu metal may be used if It is effectively have a built-in protector on the rim so lated automatically. In addition, man grounded. that an air space is created when the ually operated valves shall be provided (5) Portable lamps shall be equipped scat lid is closed. for emergency conditions. with noncombustible, nonabsorptive. in (v) Fresh and pure drinking water (9) The air intakes for all air com sulating sockets, approved handles, bas shall be available. This may be accom pressors shall be located at a place where ket guards, and approved cords. plished by either piping water into the fumes, exhaust gases, and other air con <6> The use of worn or defective special lecompression chamber and taminants will be at a minimum. portable and pendant conductors is providing drinking fountains, or by pro (10) Gauges indicating the pressure prohibited. viding individual canteens, or by some In the w orking chamber shall be installed (k) Sanitation. (1) Sanitary, heated, other sanitary means. Community drink in the compressor building, the lock at lighted, and ventilated dressing rooms ing vessels are prohibited. tendant's station, and at the employer's and drying rooms shall be provided for (vi) No refuse or discarded material held office. all employees engaged in compressed air of any kind shall be permitted to accu (1) Ventilation and air Quality. (1) work. Such rooms shall contain suitable mulate, and the chamber shall be kept Exhaust valves and exhaust pipes shall benches and lockers. Bathing accommo clean. be provided and operated so that the dations (showers at the ratio of one to (vii) Unless the special decompression working chamber shall be well ventilated, 10 employees per shift), equipped with chamber is serving as the man lock to and there shall be no pockets of dead air. running hot and cold water, and suitable atmospheric pressure, the special decom Outlets may be required at intermediate and adequate toilet accommodations, pression chamber shall be situated, where points along the main low-pressure air shall be provided. One toilet for each IS practicable, adjacent to the man lock supply line to the heading to eliminate employees, or fractional part thereof, on the atmospheric pressure side of the such pockets of dead air. Ventilating air shall be provided. bulkhead. A passageway shall be pro shall be not less than 30 cubic feet per <2) When the toilet bowl is shut by vided, connecting the special chamber minute. a cover, there should be an air space so with the man lock, to permit employees (2) The air in the workplace shall be that the bowl or bucket does not implode in the process of decompression to move analyzed by the employer not less than when pressure Ls increased. from the man lock to the special chamber once each shift, and records of such tests (3) All parts of caissons and other without a reduction in the ambient pres shall be kept on hie at the place where working compartments shall be kept in sure from that designated for the next the work is in progress. The test results a sanitary condition. stage of decompression. The passageway shall be within the threshold limit values (l) Fire prevention and protection. shall be so arranged as to not Interfere specified in Subpart D of this part, for (1) Firefighting equipment shall be with the normal operation of the man hazardous gases, and within 10 percent /liable at all times and shall be main lock, nor with the release of the oc cupants of the special chamber to atmospheric pressure upon the comple tion of the decompression procedure. <h) Compressor plant and air supply. (1) At all times there shall be a thor oughly experienced, competent, and reliable person on duty at the air control valves as a gauge tender who shall regu late the pressure in the working areas. During tunneling operations, one gauge tender may regulate the pressure in not more than two headings: Provided, That the gauge and controls are all in one of the lower explosive limit of flammable gases. If these limits are not met, in* mediate action to correct the situ&^on shall be taken by the employer. (3) The temperature of a'*- working chambers which are subjected to air pressure shall, by means of after-coolers or other suitable devices, be maintained at a temperature not to exceed 85* F. (4) Forced ventilation shall be pro vided during decompression. During the entire decompression period, forced ven tilation through chemical or mechanical air purifying devices that will ensure lined in working condition. (2) While welding or flame-cutting is being done in compressed air, a firewatch with a fire hose or approved ex tinguisher shall stand by until such op eration is completed. (3) Shafts and caissons containing flammable material of any kind, either above or below ground, shall be provided with a waterline and a fire hose con nected thereto, so arranged that all points of the shaft or caisson are within reach of the hose stream. location. In caisson work, there shall be a source of fresh air shall be provided. (4) Fire hose shall be at least 1% a gauge tender for each caisson. (5) Whenever heat-producing ma inches in nominal diameter: the water (2) The low air compressor plant shall be of sufficient capacity to not only permit the work to be done safely, but shall also provide a margin to meet emergencies and repairs. <3) Low air compressor units shall have at least two Independent and sepa rate sources of power supply and each shall be capable of operating the entire low' air plant and its accessory systems. chines (moles, shields) are used in com pressed air tunnel operations, a positive means of removing the, heat build-up at the heading shall be provided. (J) Electricity. (1) All lighting in compressed-air chambers shall be by electricity exclusively, and two inde pendent electric-lighting systems with Independent sources of supply shall be used. The emergency source shall be arranged to become automatically op pressure shall at all times be adequate for efficient operation of the type of noz zle used: and the water supply shall be such as to ensure an uninterrupted flow. Fire hose, when not in use, shall be lo cated or guarded to prevent injury thereto. (5) The power house, compressor house, and ail buildings housing venti lating equipment, shall be provided with at least one hose connection in the water (4) The capacity, arrangement, and erative in the event of failure of the line, with a fire hose connected thereto. number of compressors shall be sufficient regularly used source. A fire hose shall be maintained within to maintain the necessary pressure with out overloading the equipment and to assure maintenance -of such pressure in the working chamber during periods of breakdown, repair, or emergency. (2) The minimum intensity of light on any walkway, ladder, stairway, or working level shall be not less than 10 foot-candies, and in all workplaces the lighting shall at all times be such as reach of structures of wood over or near shafts. (6) Tunnels shall be provided with a 2-lnch minimum diameter waterline ex tending Into the working chamber and to (5) Switching trom one independent source of power supply to the other shall be done periodically to ensure the work ability of the apparatus In an emergency. (6) Duplicate low-pressure air feed lines and regulating valves shall be pro vided between the source of a:ir supply and a point beyond the locks with one of the lines extending to Within 100 feet of the working face. to enable employees to see clearly. *'3> All electrical equipment, and wir ing for light and power circuits, shall comply with requirements of the Na tional Electrical Code. ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. of 1968) for use In damp, hazard ous, high temperature, and compressed air environments. (4) External parts of lighting fixtures and all other electrical equipment, when within 100 feet of the working face. Such line shall have hose outlets with 100 feet of fire hose attached and maintained as follows: One at the working face; one Immediately inside of the bulkhead of the working chamber; and one immedi ately outsidf such bulkhead. In addition, hose outlets shall be provided at 200-foot interval* throughout the length of the tunnel, and 100 feet of fire hose shall be attached to the outlet nearest to any lo (7) All high- and low-pressure air within 8 feet of the floor, shall be con cation where flammable material ls be supply lines shall be equipped with check structed of noncombustible, nonabsorp- ing kept or stored or where any flame is valves. tive, insulating materials, except that being used. CAPCO JEN 0001795 60 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (?) In addition to fire hose protection required by this subpart, on every floor ot every building not under compressed air, but used in connection with the com pressed air work, there shall be provided at least one approved fire extinguisher of the proper type for the hazard Involved. At least two approved fire extinguishers shall be provided in the working chamber as follows; One at the working face and one immediately inside the bulkhead (pressure side). Extinguishers in the working chamber shall use water as the primary extinguishing agent and shall not use any extinguishing agent which could be harmful to the employees in the working chamber. The fire extinguisher shall be protected from damage. (8) Highly combustible materials shall not be used or stored in the working chamber. Wood, paper, and similar com bustible material shall not be used in the working chamber in Quantities which could cause a fire hazard. The compres sor building shall be constructed of non combustible material. (9) Man locks shall be equipped with a manual type fire extinguisher system that can be activated inside the man lock and also by the outside lock attendant. In addition, a Are hose and portable fire extinguisher shall be provided inside and outside the man lock. The portable fire extinguisher shall be the dry chemical type. (10) Equipment, ftjftures, and furni ture In man locks and special decompres sion chambers shall be constructed of noncombustible materials. Bedding, etc., shall be chemically treated so as to be fire resistant. (11) Head frames shall be constructed of structural steel or open frame-work fireproofed Umber. Head houses and other temporary surface buildings or structures within 100 feet of the shaft, caisson, or tunnel opening shall be built of fire-resistant materials. (12) No oil, gasoline, or other combus tible material shall be stored within 100 feet of any shaft, caisson, or tunnel open ing. except that oils may be stored in suitable tanks in isolated fireproof build ings, provided such buildings are not less than 50 feet from any shaft, caisson, or tunnel opening, or any building directly connected thereto. (13) Positive means shall be taken to prevent leaking flammable liquids from flowing into the areas specifically men tioned in the preceding paragraph. (14) All explosives used In connection with compressed air work shall be se lected. stored, transported, and used as specified in Subpart U of this part. (m) Bulkheads and safety screens. (1) Intermediate bulkheads with locks, or in termediate safety screens or both, are re quired where there is the danger of rapid flooding. (2) In tunnels 16 feet or more In di ameter, hanging walkways shall be pro vided from the Ir.se to the man lock as high in the tunnel os practicable, with at least 6 feet of head room. Walkways shall be constructed of noncombustible mate rial. Standard railings shall be securely installed throughout the length of ah walkways on open sides In accordance with Subpart M of this part. Where walk ways are .ramped under safety screens, the walkway surface shall be skidproofed by cleats or by equivalent means. (3) Bulkheads used to contain com pressed air shall be tested, where prac ticable, to prove their ability to resist the highest air pressure which may be ex pected to be used. 1926.804 Definitions applicable to this subpart. (ft) `'Bulkhead"--An airtight struc ture separating the working chamber from free air or from another chamber under a lesser pressure than the woklng pressure. (b) "Caisson"--A wood, steel, concrete or reinforced concrete, air- and water tight chamber in which it is possible for men to work under air pressure greater than atmospheric pressure to excavate material below water level. (e) "Decanting"---A method used for decompressing under emergency circum stances. In this procedure, the employees are brought to atmospheric pressure with a very high gas tension in the tissues and then immediately recompressed in a sec ond and separate chamber or lock. (d) "Emergency locks"--A lock de signed to hold and permit the quick passage of an entire shift of employees. (e) "High air"--Air pressure used to supply power to pneumatic tools and devices. (f) "Low air"--Air supplied to pres surize working chambers and locks. (g) "Man lock"--A chamber through which men pass from one air pressure environment into another. (h) "Materials lock"--A chamber through which materials and equipment pass from one air pressure environment into another. (i) "Medical lock"--A special cham ber in which employees are treated for decompression illness. It may also be used in preemployment physical examinations to determine the adaptability of the pro spective employee to changes in pressure. (J) "Normal condition"--One during which exposure to compressed air is limited to a single continuous working period followed by a single decompres sion in any given 24-hour period; the total time of exposure to compressed air during the single continuous working period is not interrupted by exposure to normal atmospheric pressure, and a sec ond exposure to compressed air does not occur until at least 12 consecutive hours of exposure to normal atmospheric pres sure has elapsed since the employee has been under pressure. (k) "Pressure"--A force acting on a unit area. Usually shown as pounds per square inch. (paJ.) (l) "Absolute pressure" <pa.i.a.)-- The sum of the atmospheric pressure and gauge pressure (pail.). (m) "Atmospheric pressure"--T h e pressure of air at sea level, usually 14.7 pa.l.a. (1 atmosphere), or 0 pa.l.g. (n) "Gauge pressure" (paj.g.)--Pres sure measured by a gauge and indicat ing the pressure exceeding atmospheric. (o) "Safety screen"--An air- and water-tight diaphragm placed across the upper part of a compressed air tun nel between the face and bulkhead, In order to prevent flooding the crown of the tunnel between the safety screen and the bulkhead, thus providing a safe means of refuge and exit from a flooding or flooded tunneL Vp) "Special decompression cham ber"--A chamber to provide greater comfort for employees when the total decompression time exceeds 75 minutes. (q> "Working chamber"--The space or compartment under air pressure in which the work is being done. Affzhbix A DECOMPRESSION TABLES 1. Explanation. The decompression tables are computed for working chamber pressures from 0 to 14 pounds, and from 24 to SO pounds per square Inch gauge inclusive by 3-pound increments and (or exposure times (or each pressure extending from one-hall to over B hours Inclusive. Decompressions wlU be conducted by two or more stages with a maximum ot four stages, the Utter for a working chamber pressure of 40 pounds per square inch gauge or over. Stage 1 consists of a reduction In ambient pressure ranging from 10 to a maximum of IB pounds per square loch, but in no In stance will the pressure be reduced below 4 pounds at the end of stage 1. This reduction In pressure In stage 1 will always take place at a rate not greater than 6 pounds per minute. Further reduction In pressure will take place during stage 3 and subsequent stages as required at a slower rate, but In no event at a rate greater than 1 pound per minute. Decompression Table No. 1 Indicates In the body of the table the total decompression time In minutes for various combinations of working chamber pressure and exposure time. Decompression Table No. 2 Indicates for the same various combinations of working chamber pressure and exposure time the following: a. The number of stages required; b. The reduction In pressure and the ter minal pressure for each required stage; c. The time In minutes through which the reduction In pressure Is accomplished for each required stage; d. The pressure reduction rate in minutes per pound for each required stage; Important Note: The Pressure Reduction in Each Stage Is Accomplished at a Uni form Rate. Do Not Interpolate Between Values Shown on the Tables. Use the Next Higher Value ot Working Chamber Pres sure or Exposure Time Should the Actual Working Chamber Pressure or the Actual Exposure Time, Respectively. Fall Between Those for Which Calculated Values Are Shown In the Body of the Tables. Examples; Example No.!: 4 hours working period at 30 pounds gauge. Decompression Table No. I: 20 pounds for 4 hours, total decompression time. ^ 43 minutes. CAPCO JEN 0001796 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 61 Decompression Table No. 2: tJUge 1: Reduce pressure from 20 pounds to 4 pounds at the uniform rate of 5 pounds per minute. Elapsed time stage 1: Stage 2 (final stage): Re* dues pressure at a uniform rate from 4 pounds to 0-pound gage over a period of 40 minutes. t Rate--0.10 pound per minute or 10 minutes per pound. Stage 2 (final) elapsed time. 3 minutes. 40 minutes, Total time...................... Example No. 2: S-hour working period at 24 pounds gage. Decompression Table No. 1: 24 pounds for 5 hours, total decompression time. Decompression Table No. 2: Stage 1: Reduce pressure from 24 pounds to 8 pounds at the uniform rate of 5 pounds per minute. Elapsed time stage I^16 43 minutes. 117 minutes. 3 minutes. Stage 2; Reduce pressure at a uniform rate from 8 pounds to 4 pounds over a period of 4 min utes. Rate, 1 pound per minute elapsed time, stage 2.._______ Transfer men to special decompression cham ber maintaining the 4-pound pressure dur ing the transfer oper ation. 4 minutes. Stage 3 (final stage): In the special decom pression chamber, re duce the pressure at a uniform rate from 4 pounds to 0-pound gage over a period of DxcouratMion Tails No. 1--' 110 minutes. Rate. 0.037 pound per min ute or 27.6 minutes per pound. Stage 3 (final) eJapeed time... 110 minutes. Total time..... 117 minutes. DscouracasioK True Work pressure 'orkdng period hours 0-12............. 14................ 10................. 10................. 32................. 34................. 28................. 28................. 00................. 03................. 04................. 34................. 38................. 40................. 42................. 44................. 48................. 00................ Working chamber pressure F4.I4. 14. ps.lg. h i IH 3 3 4 S 7 8 Over t ............... IT .............. 43 .............. AS 3333313 6 6 6 6 8 8 6 16 7 7 T T T 8 T 11 7 17 17 a S3 63 63 73 IS 43 63 73 83 103 38 68 93 103 US 33 37 62 93 117 m 127 137 14 34 69 104 128 141 142 33 31 41 98 127 143 1S3 163 165 8 38 2 103 143 163 168 178 188 33 43 83 128 w m 193 203 313 3V 58 98 131 178 19S 318 233 44 63 113 170 m 223 333 243 49 73 128 178 203 323 338 2S3 49 183 213 233 348 368 144 189 2IA 24S 360 263 368 64 118 164 199 234 364 364 300 269 74 139 m 214 244 369 374 389 299 39 94 164 209 249 279 309 329 . DscouracsstOK Table No. 7 (Do not Interpolate, use ceil higher value (or conditions not computed.) 133 Working period Dour? Vi... 1.... 1M.. ?.... Decompression data Treasure reduction Stage No. Pa.l.g. From To Time In stage Minutes Treasure reduction rate Wln/Pound H 0.30 4 1.00 14 0.30 4 1.00 14 0.30 4 1.00 14 0.30 4 1.00 14 0.20 4 1.00 14 0.20 4 1.00 14 0.20 1.00 Total time decompress Minutes CAPCO JEN 0001797 62 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Working cbember pressure P*Lg. Hour* Decompression d*U Pressure reduction Stage No. pjJ.g. From To Time In stage Minutes Pressure reduction rets Mln/Pound r Over 8......... 16.................. ........H.......................... iM....................... 2 1 2 1 2 2 l 2 2 OTer 8............... 1#......... ........H.......................... ..................... 1 t 2 1 1 1 2 1 Over 8............... 30................ ....... M......................... ...................... 1 1 2 14 4 0 14 4 40 4 40 14 4 40 Jft 4 40 4 40 16 4 40 16 4 40 16 4 40 14 4 0 14 4 0 14 4 0 14 4 40 14 4 0 14 4 0 18 4 0 18 40 18 40 18 4 40 4 18 4 0 4 0 4 16 4 0 16 4 0 20 4 4 40 4 0 4 0 20 4 0 4 0 4 20 4 0 4 0 40 2 4 2 14 2 14 2 20 2 2 20 46 46 60 2 14 3 46 3 60 3 60 2 70 3 84 3 4 3 4 3 6 3 12 3 12 3 40 3 60 3 70 3 80 3 100 0.20 1.00 a so 3.60 0.20 3.60 0.20 0.20 1.00 0.30 1.00 0.30 0.30 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.38 1.00 0.30 2.60 0.30 7.00 0.30 11.26 0.30 11.26 0.20 16.00 0.30 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 0.20 1.26 0.30 2.00 0.30 0.30 11.26 0.20 16.00 0.30 16.00 0.20 17.60 0.20 0.30 0.20 1.00 0.20 0.30 0.20 3.00 0.20 10.00 a. 30 15.00 0.30 17.60 0.30 20.00 0.20 26.00 Total time decompress Uloutes 8 16 16 32 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 17 33 48 48 63 7 8 11 48 63 63 73 87 18 43 63 73 83 103 CAPCO JEN 0001798 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 63 IIIi? t* 5R303S a 852S322 8 S 53 a g 1 a *l 8 R8SS3883S3S8RSS88S888888888888888888888885888882882888SSRRgSSSSSggSSSSSS -i pJ d jJ d cJ J-.''--o' -- o'o' -- k.''.J--'d--''<*g'o'<^{'Vj d*Wo'dr^o-i-eS -Irjd --do~' --~drjj'ddf4 >icer)>ngnB>5ina.^ng^ ,Srt2Srr2',8|',,8gr,a5wS3rt2M,rM22r,2 ooce^ooooe;oi;^JJ'*0i^Sl,re;3^e0^e2^sl2^0l^2^2 '82"; S E2''82-S2",S2''S2,-R 82^52^2^2^82^ 8 |?s i|| if! 888888*?: *: .s e- e *i 5* S 2 u3 e $** gs f ioe E e E S-S' s: ox j 8K R P. 2 fJ 8R 8 S ft ft 838 = r/f.SSSRRF.8?-Sr.F:S5F.SsS?:e5r.SS85S8SS8eSRS5SSn8RSg?.Sgg8 Srt 8rt- *8' 8 oo<cecKeK*e*s**OKSK*oK*o*Ts*0T*t5*0S,et0TO*0 S*'rSx'rS*,rfiS*'RS^82^K2'R2, ,,MnNP),,(inr<nNn-Nn^NnNii ii X X Xa CAPCO JEN 0001799 64 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS II. iell*l ggssesESBaas^.Rs^ssssssss SS B I|l| dRrS'jSN8'a3'Sjj8'8~B~8dS^d8d8~S^ScRlcS'Sd8B'^Kd8g8Jgd8>Seg^dgdSS4RddSSidS4S'^SdRiS<8dR--8~SdR--gdgd8~Sd3d8--SadSd2cSJp8jd2r8ij8jdJcSjj~8dSVSfSjdSdSjj8d3d8jjRdSdS US isS P"s "gSngwS'onS88SgrtSSwSSrggw8g',,S|,,*gfi*,SSrtS0`*,*SS',SSrt8S,,SSrtSS*,Sr'gS',:gS*,'S|r,SS S'S*0g*eR'0firefi'cR*0S,cS0S,0i5TCS*08'cK#cS*0fleoSl`08eoS^i:,00i5#0S!ecR*0fl*0 S^3-S*SS'S?.~SS~SR*SS~S5*SS~R'SR'rSfc','SF:,cSR',9SR*S&;,eS?i*S3,eSK'0SK*R?i,e38*SK Nn-fin-fin-iMn-N tvNn.nn.nn.. ill iS>r ?i?4 B-S a6" o x : O X -* * |S SSg S RSSRSsSRSSRSSRSESSSRSSV F.SRf.SSSS: ddtlFjdmj^d. gS SK** S rSSSgRgSSSS8fiSRS?88288SgS5SRSSR8S d Kcje'--'--d~d d -- i'd djj o ri j? c rig V jjddj^d J H *& S CAPCO JEN 0001800 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 65 Jl* 5 ti as 3S X 5 s2isa* s gji R8e8RSSS82Sap68888888S388S8R88K88S888SSR8SS888S888g888S8S8S888S888S88S8 d-.djJd-'dj^drVd/drfdgd.**,'"'Vd-ifWdd~'dd'-'d'd.-'.,ge;~dd-dj^d'Vgd-'ddd~djJd0l.rfj4d.J--dd.Jf4r.`d JrfJ ',B|R"8|8"SgS"88g' :8a"SRR"SSS"SS8',2S8' ;8"S2g',Sg8',Sg8"Sg8"S2S"SS8"S33 R2"RS~RS"RS'"'0A2^R2'*0R2"82'' *3!2JS^0iS2l0?SEI^0R20I5Si*08^82^08 5R2-'9R''SR-'SS,'?RR''TS2''SSR'' JSR',JR2'JS SS'IS: fi2*Jfi2-'JR2-'S82*SSS,'S3S'' Ilf all ** s 5 s 3 2 S2SSiS5RSS5S32 ESg5 1i !1se|> RSS8R8SSR88SRS8SR5S88; SR3:S8R58SRgSSRS8SRSSS5FSSSR8SSRSS88S8SRSS88S3SRS=8 o' -- c-4 d -- -- <d o ~ a - o ^ 6 d --' r.' d I ijjd*Jrfj<dHdjj'd^d*jij^ddjf^d --d*'c< dd" Kjod^'djjd^dg'd*-'o'fj o''V .! m ,,S'*nS,sSnSS2nSSSn^n' ;g5ag2gg^SgSg^s.ggS.2siS,,gag,,;g8gMsggr,r:ggt;gg Qendce<Fe^e^oe^evo^eve^er0^evogeve^e*o SS*,'3S*,,,5S**'$S*,'?S*,r$; l,,,5S**SS*,rSS*,'$S*'SS*,r3R2,'^R2,*`q!8a3RS5R2*5Sg''3R2, I CAPCO JEN 0001801 66 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS lie glS 3S0|23 S** sS 5 R88SE8EK88S888888828R8S888S8 8838 n5 fi s s s s RgESRSSSf.SSSESgSRSSSRgSSSggSSSSggggggRgPEEgESESgSf.gSSsgSSSSSSfigSSSgSSSSSS fc 5 is It ! i "K, 111* Isis I I I I I l * s CAPCO JEN 0001802 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 67 chutes, the area onto which the material Is dropped shall be completely enclosed with barricades not less than 42 Inches high and not less than 6 feet back from the projected edge of the opening above. Signs, warning of the hazard of falling materials, shall be posted at each level. Removal shall not be permitted- in this lower area until debris handling ceases above. (i) All floor openings, not used as ma terial drops, shall be covered over with material substantial enough to support the weight of any load which may be Imposed. Such material 6hall be prop* erly secured to prevent its accidental movement. (J) Except for the cutting of holes in floors for chutes, holes through which to drop materials, preparation of storage space, and similar necessary preparatory work, the demolition of exterior walls and floor construction shall begin at the top of the structure and proceed down ward. Each story of exterior wall and floor construction shall be removed and dropped into the storage space before commencing the removal of exterior walls and floors in the story next below. (k) Employee entrances to multi story structures being demolished shall be completely protected by sidewalk sheds or canopies, or both, providing pro tection from the face of the building for a minimum of 8 feet. All such canopies shall be at least 2 feet wider than the building entrances or openings (1 foot wider on each side thereof), and shall be capable of sustaining a load of 150 pounds per square foot. 1926.851 Stairs, passageways, and lad* dera. (a) Only those stairways, passage ways, and ladders, designated as means of access to the structure of building, shall be used. Other access ways shall be entirely closed oC at all times. <b) All stairs, passageways, ladders and incidental equipment thereto, which are covered by this section, shall be periodically Inspected and maintained in a clean safe condition. <c> In a multistory building, when a stairwell is being used, it shall be prop erly illuminated by either natural or artificial means, and completely and substantially covered over at a point not less than two floors below the floor on which work Is being performed, and ac cess to the floor where the work Is In progress 6hail be through a properly lighted, protected, and separate pas* sageway. 1926.852 Chutes. (a) No material shall be dropped to any point lying outside the exterior walls of the structure unless the area Is effectively protected. ib) All materials chutes, or sections thereof, at an angle of more than 45* from the horizontal, shall be entirely en closed. except for openings equipped with closures at or about floor level for the insertion of materials. The openings shall not exceed 48 Inches in height measured along the wall of the chute. At all stories below the top floor, such openings shall be kept closed when not In use. (c) A substantial gate shall be In* stalled in each chute at or near the dis charge end. A competent employee shall be assigned to control the operation of the gate, and the backing and loading of trucks. (d) When operations are not In prog ress, the area surrounding the discharge end of a chute shall be securely closed off. <e> Any chute opening. Into which workmen dump debris, shall be protected by a substantial guardrail approximately 42 inches above '.he floor or other surface on which the men stand to dump the ma terial. Any space between the chute and the edge of openings In the floors through which It passes shall be solidly covered over. (f) Where the material 2s dumped from mechanical equipment or wheel barrows, a securely attached toeboard or bumper, not less than 4 inches thick and 6 Inches high, shall be provided at each chute opening. (g) Chutes shall be designed and con structed of such strength as to eliminate failure due to impact of materials or de bris loaded therein. 1926.855 Removal of materials through floor openings. Any openings cut in a floor for the disposal of materials shall be no larger In size than 25 percent of the aggregate of the total floor area, unless the lateral supports of the removed flooring re main in place. Floors weakened or other wise made unsafe by demolition opera tions shall be shored to carry safely the Intended Imposed load from demolition operations. 1926.854 Removat of walls, masonry sections, and chimneys. (a) Masonry walls, or other sections of masonry, shall not be permitted to fall upon the floors of the building In such masses as to exceed the safe carrying capacities of the floors. <b) No wall section, which is more than one story In height, shall be per mitted to stand alone without lateral bracing, unless such wall was originally designed and constructed To standwlthout such lateral support, and is In a con dition safe enough to be self-supporting. All walls shall be left in a stable condi tion at the end of each shift. (c) Employees shall not be permitted to work on the top of a wall when weather conditions constitute a hazard. (d) Structural or load-supporting members on r.ny floor shall not be cut or removed until all stories above such a floor have been demolished and re moved. This provision shall not prohibit the cutting of floor beams for the dispos al of materials or for the Installation of equipment, provided that the require ments of i8 1926.855 and 1926.855 are met. (e) Floor openings within 10 feet of any wall being demolished shall be planked solid, except when employees are kept out of the area below. (f) In buildings of "skeleton-steel" construction, the steel framing may be left In place during the demolition of masonry. Where this Is done, all steel beams, girders, and similar structural supports shall be cleared of all loose ma terial as the masonry demolition pro gresses downward. <g) Walkways or ladders shall be pro vided to enable employees to safely reach or leave any scaffold or wall. <h) Walls, which serve as retaining walls to support earth or adjoining struc tures. shall not be demolished until such earth has been properly braced or ad joining structures have been properly underpinned. (1) Walls, which are to serve as re taining walls against which debris will be piled, shall not be so used unless capa ble of safely supporting the Imposed load. 1926.855 Manual removal of floors. fa) Openings cut In a floor shall ex tend the full span o! the arch between supports. <b) Before demolishing any floor arch, debris and other material shall be re moved from such arch and other ad jacent floor area. Planks not less than 2 Inches by 10 inches In cross section, full size undressed, shall be provided for, and shall be used by employees to stand on while breaking down floor aithes be tween beams. Such planks shall be so located as to provide a safe support for the workmen should the arch between the beams collapse. The open space be tween planks shall not exceed 16 Inches. (c) Safe walkways, not less than 18 inches wide, formed of planks not less than 2 Inches thick.if wood, or of equiv alent strength If metal, shall be pro vided and used by workmen when necessary to enable them to reach any point without walking upon exposed beams. (d) Stringers of ample strength shall be Installed to support the flooring planks, and the ends of such stringers shall be supported by floor beams or gird ers, and not by floor arches alone. <e> Planks shall be laid together over solid bearings with the ends overlapping at least 1 foot. (f) When floor arches are being re moved, -employees shall not be allowed In the area directly underneath, and such an area shall be barricaded to pre vent access to it. (g) Demolition of floor arches shall not be started until they, and the sur rounding floor area for a distance of 20 feet, have been cleared of debris and any other unnecessary materials. 1926.856 Removal of wall?, floor*, and material with equipment. (a) Mechanical equipment shall not be used on floors or working surfaces un less such floors or surfaces are of suf ficient strength to support the Imposed load. (b) Floor openings shall have curbs or stop-logs to prevent equipment from running over the edge. (c> Mechanical equipment used shall meet the requirements specified in Subparts N and O of this part. CAPCO JEN 0001803 68 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 1926.857 Storage, (a) The storage of waste material and debris on any floor shall not exceed the allowable floor loads. <b> In buildings having wooden floor construction, the flooring boards may be removed from not more than one floor above grade to provide storage space for debris, provided falling material is not permitted to endanger the stability of the structure. (c) When wood floor beams serve to brace interior walls or free-standing ex terior walls, such beams shall be left in place until other equivalent support can be installed to replace them. (d) Floor arches, to an elevation of not more than 25 feet above grade, may be removed to provide storage area for debris: Provided, That such removal does not endanger the stability of the structure. (e) Storage space Into which material Is dumped shall be blocked off, except for openings necessary for the removal of material. Such openings shall be kept closed at all times when material is not being removed. 1926.858 Hemoval of itccl construe* lion. (a) When floor arches have been re moved. planking in accordance with 1 1926.855 (b) shall be provided for the workers engaged In razing the steel framing. <b> Cranes, derricks, and other hoist ing equipment used shall meet the re quirements specified in Subpart N of this part. <c> Steel construction shall be dis mantled column length by column length, and tier by tier (columns may be in two-story lengths). (d) Any structural member being dis membered shall not be overstressed. 1926.859 Mechanical demolition. (a) No workers shall be permitted in any area, which can be adversely affected by demolition operations, when balling or clamming is being performed. Only those workers necessary for the perform ance of the operations shall be permitted in this area at any other time. (b) The weight of the demolition ball shall not exceed 50 percent of the crane's rated load, based on the length of the boom and the maximum angle of opera tion at which the demolition ball will be used, or it shall not exceed 25 percent of the nominal breaking strength of the line by which it is suspended, which ever results In a lesser value. (c) The crane boom and loadline shall be as short as possible. (d) The ball shall be attached to the loadline with a swivel-type connection to prevent twisting of the loadline, and shall be attached by positive means In such manner that the weight cannot become accidentally disconnected. (e) When pulling over walls or portions thereof, all steel members affected shall have been previously cut free. (f) All roof cornices or,other such ornamental stonework shaU'be removed prior to pulling walls over. <g) During demolition, continuing in spections by a competent person shall be made as the work progresses to detect hazards resulting from weakened or deteriorated floors, or walls, or loosened material. No employee shall be permitted to work where such hazards exist until they are corrected by shoring, bracing, or other effective means. 1926.860 Selective explosives. dcmoliiion by Selective demolition by explosives shall be conducted in accordance with the applicable sections of Subpart U of this part. Subparf U--Blasting and the Use of Explosives 1926.900 General provisions. (a) The employer shall permit only authorized and qualified persons to han dle and use explosives. <b> Smoking, firearms, matches, open flame lamps, and other fires, flame or heat producing devices and sparks shall be prohibited in or near explosive maga zines or while explosives are being han dled, transported or used. (c) No person shall be allowed to han dle or use explosives while under the In fluence of Intoxicating liquors, narcotics, or other dangerous drugs. (d) All explosives shall be accounted for at all times. Explosives not being used shall be kept in a locked magazine, unavailable to persons not authorized to handle them. The employer shall main tain an inventory and use record of all explosives. Appropriate authorities shall be notified of any loss, theft, or unauthor ized entry into a magazine. <e> No explosives or blasting agents shall be abandoned. (f> No fire shall be fought where the fire is in imminent danger of contact with explosives. All employees shall be re moved to a safe area and the fire area guarded against Intruders. <g) Original containers, or Class n magazines, shall be used for taking deto nators and other explosives from storage magazines to the blasting area. (h) When blasting is done in con gested areas or In proximity to a struc ture, railway, or highway, or any other Installation that may be damaged, the blaster shall take special precautions in the loading, delaying, initiation, and confinement of each blast with mats or other methods so as to control the throw of fragments, and thus prevent bodily injury to employees. (i) Employees authorized to prepare explosive charges or conduct blasting op erations shall use every reasonable pre caution including, but not limited to, visual and audible warning signals, flags, or barricades, to ensure employee safety. (j) Insofar as possible, blasting opera tions above ground shall be conducted between sunup and sundown. (k) Due precautions shall be taken to prevent accidental discharge of electric blasting caps from current induced by radar, radio transmitters, lightning, ad jacent powerlines, dust storms, or other sources of extraneous electricity. These precautions shall include: (1) Detonators shall be short-circuited In holes which have been primed and shunted until wired into the blasting circuit. <2) The suspension of all blasting op erations and removal of persons from the blasting area during the approach and progress of an electric storm; (3) The posting of signs warning against the use of mobile radio transmit ters on all roads within 1,000 feet of the blasting operations. Signs shall have 4-Inch white letters on a red background, with the words, "Blasting Area--Radio Transmitting Prohibited." (4) Ensuring that mobile radio trans mitters which are less than 100 feet away from electric blasting caps. In other than original containers, shall be de energized and effectively locked; <5) Compliance with the recommen dations of The Institute of the Makers of Explosives with regard to blasting In the vicinity of radio transmitters as stip ulated in Radio Frequency Energy--A Potential Hazard in the Use of Electric Blasting Caps, IME Publication No. 20, March 1968. <]) Empty boxes and paper and fiber packing materials, which have previ ously contained high explosives, shall not be used again for any purpose, but shall be destroyed by burning at an approved location. <m) Explosives, blasting agents, and blasting supplies that are obviously de teriorated or damaged shall not be used. (n) Delivery and issue of explosives shall only be made by and to authorized persons and into authorized magazines or approved temporary storage or han dling areas. (o) Blasting operations in the prox imity of overhead power lines, com munication lines, utility services, or other services and structures shall not be car ried on until the operators and/or owners have been notified and measures for safe control have been taken. (p) The use of black powder shall be prohibited. (q) All loading and firing shall be di rected and supervised by competent per sons thoroughly experienced in this field. (r) All blasts shall be fired electrically with an electric blasting machine or properly designed electric power source, except as provided In i 1926.906 <a) and (r). | 1926.901 Biast-r qualifications. (a) A blaster shall be able to under stand and give written and oral orders. (b) A blaster shall be In good physical condition and not be addicted to nar cotics, intoxicants, or similar types of drugs. <c) A blaster shall be qualified, by reason of training, knowledge, or experi ence, in the field of transporting, storing, handling, and use of explosives, and have a working knowledge of State and local CAPCO JEN 0001804 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 69 laws and regulations which pertain to In the use of the extinguisher on his (q> Explosives or blasting agents, not explosives. vehicle. In original containers, shall be placed in (d) Blasters shall be required to fur (J) Motor vehicles or conveyances a suitable container when transported nish satisfactory evidence of competency carrying explosives, blasting agents, or manually. In handling explosives and performing blasting supplies, shall not be taken In (r) Detonators, primers, and other In a safe manner the type of blasting side a garage or shop for repairs or explosives shall be carried in separate that will be required. servicing. ' containers when transported manually (e) The blaster shall be knowledgeable (k) No motor vehicle transporting and competent In the use of each type of explosives shall be left unattended. blasting method used. 1926.903 Underground transportation 1926.904 Storage of explosives and blasting agents. (a) Explosives and related materials 1926.902 Surface transportation of of explosives* shall be stored in approved facilities re explosive*. (a) Transportation of explosives shall meet the provisions of Department of Transportation regulations contained In (a) All explosives or blasting agents in transit underground shall be taken to the place of use or storage without delay. quired under the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Service regula tions contained in 26 CFR 181,.Com merce In Explosives. 14 CFR Part 603, Air Transportation; 46 (b) The quantity of explosives or (b) Blasting caps, electric blasting CFR Parts 146-149, Water Carriers; 49 blasting agents taken to an underground caps, detonating primers, and primed CFR Parts 171-179. Highways and Rail loading area shall not exceed the cartridges shall not be stored in the same ways; 49 CFR Part ISO. Pipelines; and amount estimated to be necessary for the magazine with other explosives or blast 49 CFR Parts 290-297, Motor Carriers. (b) Motor vehicles or conveyances transporting explosives shall only be driven by, and be In the charge of, a licensed driver who Is physically fit. He shall be familiar with the local, State, and Federal regulation governing the transportation of explosives. (c) No person shall smoke, or carry matches or any other flame-producing device, nor shall firearms or loaded car tridges be carried while In or near a motor vehicle or conveyance transporting explosives. (d> Explosives, blasting agents, and blasting supplies shall not be transported with other materials or cargoes. Blast ing caps (including electric) shall not be transported in the same vehicle with blast. <c> Explosives in transit shall not be left unattended. (d) The hoist operator shall be noti fied before explosives or blasting agents are transported in a shaft conveyance. (e) Trucks used for the transporta tion of explosives underground shall have the electrical system checked weekly to detect any failures which may constitute an electrical hazard. A written record of such inspections shall be kept on Ale. (f) The installation of auxiliary lights on truck beds, which are powered by the truck's electrical system, shall be prohibited. (g) Explosives and blasting agents shall be hoisted, lowered, or conveyed in ing agents. (c) Smoking and open flames shall not be permitted within 50 feet of explosives and detonator storage magazine. <d> No explosives or blasting agents shall be permanently stored In any underground operation until the opera tion has been developed to the point where at least two modes of exit have been provided. (e) Permanent underground storage magazines shall be at least 300 feet from any shaft, adit, or active underground working area. (f) Permanent underground maga zines containing detonators shall not be located closer than 50 feet to any maga zine containing other explosives or blast ing agents. other explosives. <e> Vehicles used for transporting ex plosives shall be strong enough to carry the load without difficulty, and shall be in good mechanical condition. (f> When explosives are transported by a vehicle with an open body, a Class II magazine or original manufacturer's container shall be securely mounted on the bed to contain the cargo. (g) All vehicles used for the trans portation of explosives shall have tight floors and any exposed spark-producing metal on the inside of the body shall be covered with wood, or other nonsparking material, to prevent contact with con tainers of explosives. (h) Every motor vehicle or conveyance used for transporting explosives shall be marked or placarded on both sides, the front, and the rear with the word `.`Ex plosives" in red letters, not less than 4 inches in height, on white background. In addition to such marking or placard ing, the motor vehicle or conveyance may display. In such a manner that it will be readily visible from all directions, a red flag 18 Inches by 30 Inches, with the word "Explosives" painted, stamped, or sewed thereon, in white letters, at least 6 inches in height. <i) Each vehicle used for transporta tion of explosives shall be equipped with a fully charged fire extinguisher, in good condition. An Underwriters Laboratory- approved extinguisher of not less than 10-ABC rating will meet the minimum a powder car. No othe? materials, sup plies, or equipment shall be transported in the same conveyance at the same time. (h> No one, except the operator, his helper, and the powderman, shall be permitted to ride on a conveyance trans porting explosives and blasting agents. (i) No person shall ride in any shaft conveyraice transporting explosives and blasting agents. (J> No explosives or blasting agents shall be transported on any locomotive. At least two car lengths shall separate the locomotive from the powder car. (k) No explosives or blasting agents shall be transported on a man haul trip. (l) The car or conveyance containing explosives or blasting agents shall be pulled, not pushed, whenever possible. The powder car or conveyance especially built for the purpose of trans porting explosives or blasting agents shall bear a reflectorized sign on each side with the word "Explosives" In letter*, not less than 4 Inches in height; upon a background of sharply contrasting color. (n) Compartments for transporting detonators and explosives in the same car or conveyance shall be physically separated by a distance of 24 inches or by a solid partition at least 6 inches thick. (o) Detonators and other explosives shall not be transported at the same time in any shaft conveyance. (p) Explosives, blasting agents, or blasting supplies shall not be transported 1926.905 Loading of explosives or blasting agents. (a) Procedures that permit safe and efficient loading shall be established be fore loading is started. (b) AU drill holes shall be sufficiently large to admit freely the insertion of the cartridges of explosives. (c) Tamping shall be done only with wood rods or plastic tamping poles with out exposed metal parts, but nonsparking metal connectors may be used for Jointed poles. Violent tamping shall be avoided. The primer shall never be tamped. (d> No holes shall be loaded except those to be fired in the next round of blasting. After loading, all remaining ex plosives and detonators shall be immedi ately returned to an authorized maga zine. (e) Drilling shall not be started until all remaining butts of old holes are ex amined for unexploded charges, and if any are found, they shall be retired be fore work proceeds. (i) No person shall be allowed to deepen drill holes which have contained explosives or blasting agents. (g) No explosives or blasting agents 6hall be left unattended at the blast site. (h) Machines and all tools not used for loading explosives into bore holes shall bs removed from the immediate location of holes before explosives are delivered. Equipment shall not be oper ated within 50 feet of loaded holes. . (1) No activity of any nature other requirement. The driver shall be trained with other materials. than that which is required for loading CAPCO JEN 0001805 70 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS holes with explosives shall be permitted in a blast area. <J) Powerlines and portable electric cables for equipment being used shall be kept a safe distance from explosives or blasting agents being loaded into drill holes. Cables In the proximity of the blast area shall be deenergized and locked out by the biaster. <k) Holes shall be checked prior to loading to determine depth and conditions. Where a hole has been loaded with explosives but the explosives have failed to detonate, there shall be no drill ing within 50 feet of the hole. (1) When loading a long line of holes with more than one loading crew, the crews shall be separated by practical distance consistent with efficient opera tion and supervision of crews. <m> So explosive shall be loaded or used underground in the presence of combustible gases or combustible dusts. (n) Ho explosives other than those In Fume Class 1, as set forth by the In stitute of Makers of Explosives, shall be used; however, explosives complying with the requirements of Fume Class 2 and Fume Class 3 may be used if ade quate ventilation has been provided. (o) All blast holes In open work shall be stemmed to the collar or to a point which will confine the charge. (p) Warning signs, indicating a blast area, shall be maintained at .all ap proaches to the blast area. The warning sign lettering shall not be less than 4 inches in height on a contrasting back ground. (q) A bore hole shall never be sprung when it Is adjacent to or near a hole that is loaded. Flashlight batteries shall not be used for springing holes. <r> Drill holes which have been sprung or chambered, and which are not water-filled, shall be allowed to cool before expl06lv.es are loaded. (s) No loaded holes shall be left un attended or unprotected. <t) The blaster shall keep an ac curate, up-to-date record of explosives, blasting agents, and blasting supplies used in a blast and shall keep an ac curate running inventory of all explosives and blasting agents stored on the opera tion. 1926.906 Initiation of explosive charge*---e'cctric blasling. (a) Electric blasting caps shall not be used where sources of extraneous elec tricity make the use of electric blasting caps dangerous. Blasting cap leg wires shall be kept short-circuited (shunted) until they are connected into the circuit lor firing. (b) Before adopting any system of electrical firing, the blaster shall conduct a thorough survey for extraneous cur rents, and all dangerous currents shall be eliminated before any holes are loaded. (c) In any single blast using electric blasting caps, all caps shall be of the same style or function, and of the same manufacture. (d) Electric blasting shall be carried out by using blasting circuits or power circuits in accordance with the electric blasting cap manufacturer's recommen dations, or an approved contractor or his designated representative. (e) When firing a circuit of electric blasting caps, care must be exercised to ensure that an adequate quantity of delivered current Is available, in ac cordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. (f) Connecting wires and lead wires shall be insulated single solid wires of sufficient current-carrying capacity. (g) Bus wires shall be solid single wires of sufficient current-carrying capacity. <h) When firing electrically, the in sulation on all firing lines shall be ade quate and In good condition. (I) A power circuit used for firing electric blasting caps shall not be grounded. (J) In underground operations when firing from a power circuit, a safety switch shall be placed In the permanent firing line at intervals. This switch shall be made so it can be locked only In the "Off" position and shall be provided w'ith a short-circuiting arrangement of the firing lines to the cap circuit. (k) In underground operations there shall be a "lightning" gap of at least 5 feet in the firing system ahead of the main firing switch; that is, between this switch and the source of power. This gap shall be bridged by a flexible Jumper cord Just before firing the blast. (l) When firing from a power circuit, the firing switch shall be locked In the open or "Off" position at all times, ex cept when firing. It shall be so designed that the firing lines to the cap circuit are automatically short-circuited when the switch is in the "Off" position. Keys to this switch shall be entrusted only to the blaster. (m) Blasting machines shall be In good condition and the efficiency -of the machine shall be tested periodically to make certain that it can deliver power at Its rated capacity. (n) When firing with blasting ma chines. the connections shall be made as recommended by the manufacturer of the electric blasting caps used. (o) The number of electric blasting caps connected to a blasting machine -shall not be in excess of its rated capac ity. Furthermore, In primary blasting, a series circuit shall.contaln no more caps than the limits recommended by the manufacturer of the electric blasting caps in use. (p) The blaster shall be In charge of the blasting machines, and no other per son shall connect the leading wires to the machine. (q) Blasters, when testing circuits to charged holes, shall use only blasting galvanometers equipped with a silver chloride cell especially designed for this purpose. (r) Whenever the possibility exists that a leading line or blasting wire might be thrown over a live powerline by the force of an explosion, care shall be taken to see that the total length of wires are kept too short to hit the lines, or that the wires are securely anchored to the ground. If neither of these requirements can be satisfied, a nonelectric system shall be used. ($) In electrical firing, only the man making leading wire connections shall fire the shot. All connections shall be made from the bore hole back to the source of firing current, and the leading wires shall remain shorted and not be connected to the blasting' machine or other source of current until the charge is to be fired. <t> After firing an electric blast from a blasting machine, the leading wires shall be Immediately disconnected from the machine and short-circuited. 1926.907 of safely fuse. (a) Safety fuse shall only be used where sources of extraneous electricity make the use of electric blasting caps dangerous. The use of a fuse that has been hammered or injured in any way shall be forbidden. <b) The hanging of fuse on nails or other projections which will cause a sharp bend to be formed in the fuse is prohibited. (c) Before capping safety fuse, a short length shall be cut from the end of the supply reel so as to assure a fresh cut end in each blasting cap. (d) Only a cap crimper of approved design shall be used for attaching blast ing caps to safety fuse. Crimpers shall be kept in good repair and accessible for use. (e) No unused cap or short capped fuse shall be placed in any hole to be blasted; such unused detonators shall be removed from the working place and destroyed. (f) No fuse shall be capped, or primers made up, in any magazine or near any possible source of ignition. (g) No one shall be permitted to carry detonators or primers of any kind on his person. (h) The minimum length of safety fuse to be used in blasting shall be as required by State law, but shall not be less than 30 Inches. (i) At least two men shall be present when multiple cap and fuse blasting is done by hand lighting methods. (j) Not more than 12 fuses shall be lighted by each blaster when hand light ing devices are used. However, when two or more safety fuses in a group are lighted as one by means of igniter cord, or other similar fuse-lighting devices, they may be considered as one fuse. ck) The so-called "drop fuse" method of dropping or pushing a primer or any explosive with a lighted fuse attached is forbidden. (1) Cap and fuse shall not be used for firing mudeap charges unless charges are separated sufficiently to prevent one charge from dislodging other shots in the blast. <m) When blasting with safety fuses, consideration shall be given to the length and burning rate of the fuse. Sufficient time, with a margin of safety, shall always be provided for the blaster to reach a place of safety. CAPCO JEN 0001806 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 71 1926.908 U*e of .detonating cord. that all employees are out of the blast vessels or craft moored or anchored ia) Care shall be taken to select a detonating cord consistent with the type and physical condition of the bore hole and stemming and the type.of explosives used. <b) Detonating cord shall be handled and used with the same respect and care given other explosives. (c) The line of detonating cord ex* area before fixing a blast. Tabu U-i Wabning Signal--A 1-mloute series of long blasts 5 minutes prior to blast signal. Blast Signal--A series of short blasts 1 min ute prior to the shot. Au Cixab Signal--A prolonged blast follow ing the Inspection of blast area. within 1,500 feet shall be notified before a blast is fixed. (e) No blast shall be fired while any swimming or diving operations are in progress In the vicinity of the blasting area. If such operations are in progress, signals and arrangements shall be agreed upon to assure that no blast shall be fired while any person is in the water. tending out of a bore hole or from a (f) Blasting flags shall be displayed. charge shall be cut from the supply spool before loading the remainder of the bore hole or placing additional charges. Id) Detonating cord shall be handled 8 1926.910 Inspection after bloating. (a) Immediately after the blast has been fired, the firing line shall be dis connected from the blasting machine, or (g) The storage and handling of ex plosives aboard vessels used in under water blasting operations shall be ac cording to provisions outlined herein on handling and storing explosives. and used with care to avoid damaging or severing the cord during and after loading and hooking-up. ^,, (e) Detonating cord connections shall be competent and positive In accordance with approved and recommended meth ods. Knot-type or other cord-to-cord connections shall be made only with where power switches are used, they shall be locked open or in the off position. (b) Sufficient time shall be allowed, not less than 15 minutes In tunnels, for the smoke and fumes to leave the blasted area before returning to the shot. An Inspection of the area and the surround ing rubble shall be made by the blaster (h) When more than one charge Is placed under water, a float device shall be attached to an element of each charge in such manner that it will be released by the firing. Misfires shall be handled In accordance with the requirements of 1 1926.911. detonating cord In which the explosive to determine if all charges have been core Is dry. exploded before employees are allowed to (1) All detonating cord trunklines and return to the operation, and in tunnels, 1926.91J Blasting in excavation work branchlines shall be free of loops, sharp after the muck pile has been wetted under compressed air. kinks, or angles that direct the cord back toward the oncoming line of detonation. (g) All detonating cord connections shall be Inspected before firing the blast. (h) When detonating cord tnUlisecond-de!ay connectors or short-intervaldelay electric blasting caps are used with detonating cord, the practice shall con form strictly to the manufacturer's recommendations. <0 When connecting a blasting cap or down. g 1926.911 Misfires. (a) if a misfire Is found, the blaster shall provide proper safeguards for ex cluding all employees from the danger zone. (b) No other work shall be done ex cept that necessary to remove the hazard of the misfire and only those employees necessary to do the work shall remain (a) Detonators and explosives shall not be stored or kept In tunnels, shafts, or caissons. Detonators and explosives for each round shall be taken directly from the magazines to the blasting zone and immediatelyJoaded. Detonators and explosives left over after loading a round shall be removed from the working chamber before the connecting wires are connected up. an electric blasting cap to detonating In the danger zone. (b) When detonators or explosives cord, the cap shall be taped or otherwise (c) No attempt shall be made to ex are bought into an air lock, no employee attached securely along the side or the tract explosives from any charged or except the powderman, blaster, lock end of the detonating cord, with the end misfired hole; a new primer shall be tender and the employees necessary for of the cap containing the explosive put in and the hole reblasted. If refir carrying, shall be permitted to enter the charge pointed In the direction in .which ing of the misfired hole presents a haz air lock. No other material, supplies, or the detonation is to proceed. ard, the explosives may be removed by equipment shall be locked through with (J> Detonators for firing the trunk washing out with water or, where the the explosives. line shall not be brought to the loading misfire is under water, blow*n out with (c) Detonators and explosives shall be area nor attached to the detonating cord air. taken separately into pressure working until everything else Is in readiness for (d) If there are any misfires while chambers. the blast. using cap and fuse, all employees shall (d) The blaster or powderman shall be remain away from the charge for at responsible for the receipt, unloading, S 1926.909 Firing tlie_blast. least 1 hour. Misfires shall be handled storage, and on-slte transportation of (a) A code of blasting signals equiva lent to Table U-2, shall be posted on one or more conspicuous places at the opera tion. and all employees shall be required to familiarize themselves with the code and conform to it. Danger signs shall be placed at suitable locations. (b) Before a blast Is fired, a loud warning signal shall be given by the blaster In charge, who has made certain that all surplus explosives are In a safe place and all employees, vehicles, and equipment are at a safe distance, or under sufficient cover. Cc) Flagmen shall be safely stationed on highways which pass through the danger zone so as to stop traffic during .blasting operations. (d) It shall be the duty of the blaster to fix the time of blasting. (e) Before firing an underground blast, warning shall -be giver, and all possible entries Into the blasting area, and any entrances to any working place under the direction of the person in charge of the blasting. All wires shall be carefully traced and a search made for unexploded charges. (e) No drilling, digging, or picking shall be permitted until all missed holes have been detonated or the authorized representative b&s approved that work can proceed. 1926.912 Underwater blasting* (a) A blaster shall conduct all blast ing operations, and no shot shall oe fired without his approval. (b> Loading tubes and casings of dis similar metals shall not be used because of possible electric transient currents from galvanic action of the metals and water. (c) Only water-resistant blasting caps and detonating cords shall be used for all marine blasting. Loading shall be done through a nonsparkling metal loading tube when tube Is necessary. explosives and detonators. (e) All metal pipes, rails, air locks, and steel tunnel lining shall be electri cally bonded together and grounded at or near the portal or shaft, and 6uch pipes and rails shall be cross-bonded together at not less than 1,000-foot inter vals throughout the length of the tunnel. In addition, each low atr supply pipe shall be grounded at its delivery end. (f) The explosives suitable for use in wet holes shall be water-resistant and shall be Fume Class 1. (g) When tunnel excavation In rock face is approaching mixed face, and when tunnel excavation is In mixed face, blasting shall be performed with light charges and with light burden on each hole. Advance drilling shall be per formed as tunnel excavation in rock face approaches mixed face, to determine the where a drift, raise, or other opening Is (d) No blast shall be fifed while any 'general nature and extent of rock cover about to hole through, shall be carefully vessel under way is closer than 1,500 and the remaining distance ahead to guarded. The blaster shall make sure feet to the blasting area. Those on board soft ground as excavation advances. CAPCO JEN 0001807 72 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 1926.9)4 Definition* applicable to tlifr (4) Permanent blasting wire. A per ubpart. manently mounted insulated wire used (a) "American Table of Distances" (also known as Quantity Distance Tables) means American Table of Dis tances for Storage of Explosives as re vised and approved by the Institute of the Makers of Explosives. June 6, 1964. (b) "Approved storage facility"--A facility for the storage of explosive ma terials conforming to the requirements of this part and covered by a license or permit issued under authority of the Internal Revenue Service. (See 26 CFR Part 181>. (c) "Blast area"--The area in which explosives loading and blasting opera tions are being conducted. (d) "Blaster"--The person or persons authorized to use explosives for blasting purposes and meeting the qualifications contained in f 1926.901. (e> "Blasting agent"--A blasting agent is any material or mixture con between the electric power source and the electric blasting cap circuit. <m> "Electric delay blasting caps"-- Caps designed to detonate at a prede termined period of time after energy la applied to the ignition system. (a) "Explosives"--(1) Any chemical compound, mixture, or device, the pri mary or common purpose of which la to function by explosion; that Is. with sub stantially instantaneous release of gaa and heat, unless such compound, mix ture or device la otherwise specifically classified by the UJB. Department of Transportation. (2) All material which is classified as Class A, Class B, and Class C explosives by the UJ5. Department of Transporta tion. vs; -classmeation of explosives by the UB. Department of Transportation is as follows: sisting of a fuel and oxidizer used for Clan X Explosives. Fooseeslng detonating blastlnc. but not classified an explosive hazard, aucfc u dynamite, nitroglycerin, and in which none of the ingredients Is classified as an explosive provided the furnished (mixed) product cannot be detonated with a No. 8 test blasting cap when confined. A common blasting agent picric acid, lead azide, fulminate of mercury, black powder, bloating caps, and detonating primer*. Claes B Explosives. Possessing flammable hazard, such as propellant explosive*, Includ ing some smokeless propellants. presently In use is a mixture of am Class C Explosives, include certa n types monium nitrate (NH*NO#) and carbo of manufactured article* which contain naceous combustibles, such as fuel oil or Class A or Class B explosives, or both, as coal, and may either be procured, pre- components, hut In restricted quantities. mlxed and packaged from explosives vo) "Fuse lighters"--Special devices companies or mixed in the field. for the purpose of igniting safety fuse. (f) "Blasting cap"--A metallic tube (pi "Magazine--Any Dullding or closed at one end. containing a charge structure, other than an explosives of one or more detonating compounds, manufacturing building, used for the and designed for and capable of detona storage of explosives. tion from the sparks or flame from a (q) "Misfire"--An explosive charge safety fuse* Inserted and crimped into which failed to detonate. the open end. (r) "Mud-capping" (sometimes known <g) "Block holing"--The breaking of as buDdozing, adobe blasting, or doby- boulders by firing a charge of explosives ing). The blasting of boulders by placing that has been loaded in a drill hole. a quantity of explosives against a rock, <h) "Conveyance"--Any unit for boulder, or other object without con transporting explosives or blasting fining the explosives in a drill hole, agents. Including but not limited to trucks, trailers, rail cars, barges, and vessels. (I) '`Detonating cord"--A flexible cord containing a center core of high explosives which when detonated, will (s) "Nonelectric delay blasting cap"-- A blasting cap with an integral delay element in conjunction with and capable of being detonated by a detonation Im pulse or signal from miniaturized deto nating cord. <t) "Primary blasting"--The blasting have sufficient strength to detonate other operation by which the original rock cap-sensitive explosives with which it is formation Is dislodged from Us natural in contact. (J) "Detonator"--Blasting caps, elec tric blasting caps, delay electric blasting location. iu) "Primer"--A cartridge or con tainer of explosives into which a deto nator or detonating cord Is inserted or caps, and nonelectric delay blasting caps, attached. (k) "Electric blasting cap"--A blast (v) "Safety fuse --A flexible cord ing cap designed for and capable of deto containing an internal burning medium nation by means of an, electric current. by which fire is conveyed at a continuous (l) "Electric blasting circuitry"-- and uniform rate for the purpose of (1) Bus wire. An expendable wire, used In parallel or series, in parallel circuits, to which are connected the leg wires of electric blasting caps. (2) Connecting wire. An Insulated expendable wire used between electric blasting caps and the leading wires or between the bus wire and the leading wires. o firing blasting caps. (w) "Secondary blasting"--The re duction of oversize material by the use of explosives to the dimension required for handling, including mudcapping and blockholing. vx/ "Stemming"--A suitable inert in combustible material or device used to confine or separate explosives In a drill hole, or to cover explosives in mud (3) Leading wire. An insulated wire capping. used between the electric power source <y> "Springing"--The creation of a and the electric blasting cap circuit. pocket In the bottom of a drill hole by the use of a moderate quantity of ex plosives In order that larger quantities or explosives may be inserted therein. (z) "Water gels, or slurry explo sives"--A wide variety of materials used for blasting. They all contain substantial proportions of water and high propor tions of ammonium nitrate, some of which is in solution In the water. Two broad classes of water gels are: (1) Those which are sensitized by a material classed as an explosive, such as TNT or smoke less powder, and (2) those'which contain no ingredient classified as an explosive; these are sensitized with metals such as aluminum or with other fuels. Water gels may be premixed at an explosives plant or mixed at the site Immediately before delivery into the bore hole. Subpart V--Power Distribution and Transmission Lines (Reserved! Subpart W--Rollover Protective .Struc ture* ; Overhead Protection (hops) 1926.2000 Rollover protective struc ture* (ROPS) for material handling equipment. (a) Coverage. (1) this section applies to the following types of material han dling equipment: To all rubber-tired, self-propelled scrapers, rubber-tired front-end loaders, rubber-tired dozers, wheel-type agricultural and industrial tractors, crawler tractors, crawler-type loaders, and motor graders, with or with out attachments, that are used in con struction work. This requiretaent-'-Soes not Apply to sldeboom pipelaying trac tors. (2) The promulgation of apeclfic standards for rollover protective struc tures for compactors and rubber-tired skld-6teer equipment la reserved pending consideration of standards currently be ing developed. lb) Equipment manufactured on or after September 2, 1972. Material han dling machinery described tn paragraph (a) of this section and manufactured on or after September 1, *1972, snail be equipped with' rollover protective struc tures which meet the mlnimuarperformance standards prescribed In It 1926.1001 and 1926.1002, as applicable. (c) EQuipment manufactured before September 2, 2972. U\ AH'material han dling equipment described in paragraph (a) of this section and manufactured or placed in service (owned or operated by the employer) prior to. September 1, 1972, shall be fitted with rollover protec tive structures no later than the dates listed below: (1) Machines manufactured -on or af ter January 1, 1972, shall be fitted no later than April 1,1973. (li) Machines manufactured between July 1,1971, and December 31,1971, shall be fitted no later than July 1, 1973. Oil) Machines manufactured between July 1.1970, and June 30,1071, shall be fitted no later than January 1, 1974.. (lr) Machines manufactured;between July 1, 1969, and June 30,1970, shall be fitted no later than July 1, 1974. (v) Machines manufactured before i' CAPCO JEN 0001808 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 73 July 1. 1969: Reserved pending further study, development, and review. (2) Rollover protective structures and supporting attachment shall meet the minimum performance criteria detailed In tfi 1926.1001 and 1926.1002, as appli cable or shall be designed, fabricated, and Installed in a manner which will support, based on the ultimate strength of the metal, at least two times the weight of the prime mover applied at the point of Impact. (I) The design objective shall be to minimize the likelihood of a complete overturn and thereby minimize the pos sibility of the operator being crushed as a result of a rollover or upset. (II) The design shall provide a verti cal clearance of at least 62 Inches from the work deck to the ROPS at the point of Ingress or egress. (d) Remounting. ROPS removed for any reason, shall be remounted with equal quality, or better, bolts or welding as required for the original mounting. <e> Labeling. Each ROPS shall have the following information permanently affixed to the structure: (1) Manufacturer or fabricator's name and address; <2) ROPS model number, if any; (3> Machine make, model, or series number that the structure Is designed to fit. (f) Machines meeting certain existing governmental requirements. Any ma chine In use, equipped with rollover pro tective structures, shall be deemed in compliance with this section if it meets the rollover protective structure require ments of the State of California, the UJS. Anny Corps of Engineers, or the Bureau of Reclamation of the U.S. Department of the Interior in effect on April 5, 1912. The requirements In effect are: (1) State of California: Construction Safety Orders, issued by the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Divi sion 5. Labor Code, $ 6312, State of Cali fornia. (2) U.S. Army Corps of Engineers: General Safety Requirements, EM-3851-1 (March 1967). (3) Bureau of Reclamation. TLS.`De partment of the Interior: Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, Part n (September 1971). 1926.1001 Minimum performance cri teria for rollover protective structure* for designated scrapers, loaders, doz ers, graders, and crawler tractors. (a) General. This section prescribes minimum performance criteria for roll over protective structures (ROPS) for rubber-tired self-propelled scrapers; rubber-tired front-end loaders and rub ber-tired dozers; crawler tractors, and crawler-type loaders, and motor graders. The vehicle and ROPS as a system shall have the structural characteristics pre scribed in paragraph (f) of this section for each type of machine described in this paragraph. (b) The static laboratory test pre scribed herein will determine the ade quacy of the structures used to protect the operator under the following con ditions: (1) For rubber-tired self-propelled scrapers, rubber-tired front-end loaders, and rubber-tired dozers: Operating be tween 0 and 10 miles per hour over hard clay where rollover would be limited to a maximum roll angle of 360* down a slope of 30* maximum. (2) For motor graders: Operating be tween 0 and 10 miles per hour over hard clay where rollover would be limited to 360* down a slope of 30* maximum. (3) For crawler tractors and crawler- type loaders: Operating between 0 and 10 miles per hour over hard clay where rollover would be limited to a maximum roll angle of 360* down a slope of 45* (c) Facilities and apparatus. (1) The following material is necessary: (1) Material, equipment, and tiedown means adequate to Insure that the ROPS and its vehicle frame absorb the applied energy. (li> Equipment necessary to measure and apply loads to the ROPS. Adequate means to measure deflections and lengths should also be provided. (iff) Recommended, but not manda tory, types of test setups are illustrated in Figure W-l for all types of equipment to which this section applies; and in Figure W-2 for rubber-tired self-propel led scrapers; Figure W-3 for rubber- tired front-end loaders, rubber-tired dozers, and motor graders; and Figure W-4 for crawler tractors and crawler- type loaders. (2) Table W-l contains a listing of the required apparatus for all types of equip ment described in paragraph (a* of this section. Tabus W-l (d) Vehicle condition. The ROPS to be tested must be attached to the vehicle structure in the same manner as it will be attached during vehicle use. A totally assembled vehicle is cat required How ever, the vehicle structure and frame which support the ROPS most represent the actual vehicle installation. All nor mally detachable windows, panels, or nonstructural fittings shall be removed so that they do not contribute to the strength of the ROPS. (e) Test procedure. The test proce dure shall Include the following, in the sequence Indicated: (1) Energy absorbing capabilities of ROPS shall be verified when loaded laterally by Incrementally applying a distributed load to the longitudinal out side top member of the ROPS, as shown In Figure W-l, W-2, or W-3. as appli cable. The distributed load must be ap- Aftans to measure Deflection of ROPS, inches. Vehicle weight, pounds. Force applied to frame, pounds. Dimensions of critical zone. Inches. Accuracy 5% of deflection measured. 5% of the weight measured. 5 % of force meas ured. 0.5 In. Ficuzz W-l--Vertical loading aetup for all types of equipment described in | 1518.1001(a). coijeic-acrtftG CAPCO JEN 0001809 74 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Figure w-3--Test setup for rubber-tired front-*nd loaders, rubber-tired dozers, and motor graders. (2) To cover the possibility of the ve hicle cbming to rest on its top. the sup port capability shall be verified by apply ing a distributed vertical* load to the top of the ROPS so as to result in approxi mately uniform deflection (see Figure W-l). The load magnitude is specified in paragraph (f) (2) (ill) of this section. (3) The low temperature Impact strength of the material used in the ROPS shall be verified by suitable mate rial tests or material certification (see paragraph (f)(2)(iv) of this section). (f) Performance requirements--<1> General performance requirements (i) No repairs or straightening of any mem ber shall be carried out between each prescribed test. (lii During each test, no part of the ROPS shall enter the critical zone as de tailed in SAE J397 (1969). Deformation of the ROPS shall not allow the plane of the ground to enter this zone. (2) Specific performance require ments. (i) The energy requirement for purposes of meeting the requirements of paragraph (e)(1) of this section is to be determined by referring to the plot of the energy versus weight of vehicle (see Figure W-6 for rubber-tired self-pro pelled scrapers; Figure W-7 for rubbertired front-end loaders and rubber-tired dozers; Figure W-8 for crawler tractors and crawler-type loaders; and Figure 'V-9 for motor graders. For purposes of this section, force and weight are meas ured as pounds (lb.); energy (U> is meas ured as inch-pounds. Figure W-4--Side-loading setup for crawler tractors and crawler loaders. plied so as to result in approximately uniform deflection of the ROPS. The load increments should correspond with approximately 0.5 in. ROPS deflection Increment In the direction of the load application, measured at the ROPS top edge. Should the operator's seat be offcenter. the load shall be applied on the offcenter side. For each applied load increment, the total load (lb.) versus corresponding deflection (in.) shall be plotted, and the area tinder the load- deflection curve shall be calculated. This area Is equal to the energy un.-lb.) ab sorbed by the ROPS. For a typical loaddeflection curve and calculation method, see Figure W-5. 6- TOTAL DEFLECTION F-FORCE APPliEO AREA * --Vi (fig'A Figure W-5--Determination of energy area under force deflection curve tor all types of ROPS equipment defined In J 1926.1001. Incremental loading shall be continued until the ROPS has absorbed the-amount of energy and the minimum applied load specified under paragraph (f) of this section has been reached or surpassed. Figure W-6--Energy absorbed versus vehicle weight. ii CAPCO JEN 0001810 t*t*G V V m o n t f i t t B o ^l IQ*9 ( M i l l CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 75 - // - to * M il r~ RIO . w 0.10 'ic.ooc - /tt '* - - - /- - -/ - 7^ - 7^ ___ i___ . ___1___ ___ 1___ 1 VCHlClC WEiCHf *'U.tl I 10 * Figure W-7--Energy absorbed versus vehicle weight. - t o I- /f * / 'II ' `To35o / /' / // T7 / _i_ 1 1 1 , Vt**iCtC ttfiCKT " U) * 0`* Figure W-8--Energy absorbed versus vehicle weight. Figure W-6--Energy absorbed Versus Vehicle Weight. 1 19 C l S 10 r i os \ 0f VtHICLl WtlWT'w'lLH I0"3 Figure W-13--Minimum horizontal load fac tor for motor graders. Figure W-10--Minimum horizontal load factor for self-propelled scrapers. (li) The applied load must attain at least a value which is determined by mul tiplying the vehicle weight by the corres ponding factor shown in Figure W-10 for rubber-tired self-propelled scrapers; in Figure W-ll for rubber-tired front-end loaders and rubber-tired dozers; In Figure W-12 for crawler tractors and crawler-type loaders; and In Figure W-13 for motor graders. Figure W-ll--Minimum horizontal load factor for rubber-tired loaders -and -dosgra. Figure W-12--Minimum horizontal load factor for crawler tractor* and crawlertype loaders. Oil) The load magnitude for purposes of compliance with paragraph (e) (2) of this section is equal to the vehicle weight. The test of load magnitude shall only be made after the requirements of subparagraph <2)<i> of this para graph are met. (iv) Material used In the HOPS must have the capability of performing at zero degrees Fahrenheit, or exhibit Charpy V notch impact strength of 8 foot-pounds at minus 20* Fahrenheit. This is a stand ard Charpy specimen as described in American Society of Testing and Ma terials A 370, Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products (available at each Regional Office of the Occupational Safety and Health Admin istration). The purpose of this require ment is to reduce the tendency of brittle fracture associated with dynamic load ing. low temperature operation, and stress raisers which cannot be entirely avoided on welded structures. (gj Definitions. For purposes of this section, "vehicle weight" means the manufacturer's maximum weight of the prime mover for rubber-tired self-pro pelled scrapers. For other types of equip ment to which this section applies, "ve hicle weight" means the manufacturer's maximum recommended weight of the vehicle plus the heaviest attachment. <h) Source of standard. This standard 4s derived from, and restates, the fol lowing Society of Automotive Engineers Recommended Practices: SAE J320&, Minimum Performance Criteria for Roll- Over Protective Structure for RubberTired. Self-Propelled Scrapers; SAE J394, Minimum Performance Criteria for Roll-Over Protective Structure for Rub ber-Tired Front End Loaders and Rub ber-Tired Dozers; SAE J395, Minimum Performance Criteria for Roll-Over Protective Structure for Crawler Tractors and Crawler-Type Loaders; and SAE J396, Minimum Performance Criteria for Roll-Over Protective Structure for Motor Graders, These recommended practices shall be resorted to in the event that questions of Interpretation arise. The recommended practices appear in the 1971 SAE Hand'.-ook, which may be ex amined In each of the Regional Offices of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. CAPCO JEN 0001811 76 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 1926.1002 Protective frame (ROPS) test procedure* and performance re* quirementa for wheel-type agricul tural and industrial tractors used In conslruction- fft) General. (1) The purpose of this section Is to set forth requirements for frames for the protection of operators of wheel type agricultural and Industrial tractors to minimize the possibility of operator injury resulting from accidental upsets during normal operation. With respect to agricultural and industrial tractors, the provisions of $5 1026.1001 and 1926.1003 for rubber-tired dozers and rubber-tired loaders may be utilized In lieu of the requirements of this section, (2) The protective frame which Is the subject of this standard is a structure mounted to the tractor that extends above the operator's seat and conforms generally to Figure W-14. Pictnn W-14--Typical frame configuration (3) If an overhead weather shield i* attached to the protective frame, it maj be in place during tests: Provided, That It does not contribute to the strength of the protective frame. If such an overhead weather shield is attached, it must meet the requirements of paragraph (1) of this section. (4) For overhead protection require ments. see S 1926.1003. (5) If protective enclosures are used on wheel-type agricultural and indus trial tractors, they shall meet the re quirements of Society of Automotive En gineers Standard J168 (July 1970). Pro tective Enclosures, Test Procedures, and Performance Requirements. This stand ard appears in the 1971 6AE Handbook end may be examined In each Regional Office of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. (b) Applicability. The requirements of this section apply to wheel-type agricul tural tractors used In construction work and to wheel-type industrial tractors used in construction work. See paragraph (J) of this section for definitions of agri cultural tractors and industrial tractors. (c) Performance requirements. (1) Either a laboratory test or a field test is required In order to determine the per formance requirements &et forth in sub division (1) of this subparagraph. (2) A laboratory test may be either static or dynamic. The laboratory test must be under conditions of repeatable and controlled loading is order to permit analysis of the protective frame. (3) A field upset test, if used, shall be conducted under reasonably controlled conditions, both rearward and sideways, to verify the effectiveness of the protec tive frame under actual dynamic conditions. (d) Test procedures--peneraZ. (1) The tractor used shall be the tractor with the greatest weight on which the protec tive frame is to be used. (2) A new protective frame and mounting connections of the same de sign shall be used for each test procedure. (3) Instantaneous and permanent frame deformation shall be measured and recorded for each segment of the test. (4) Dimensions relative to the seat shall be determined with the sept un loaded and adjusted to its highest and most rearward latched position provided for a seated operator. (5) If the seat Is offset, the frame loading shall be on the side with the least space between the centerline of the seat and the upright. (6) The low temperature impact strength of the material used in the protective structure shall be verified by suitable material tests or material certi fications in accordance with i 1926.1001 (f)(2) Civ) (e) Test procedure for vehicle over turn--(1) Vehicle weight. The weight of the tractor, for purposes of this sec tion. includes the protective frame, all fuels, and other components required for normal use of the tractor. Ballast must be added if necessary to achieve a mini mum total weight of 130 lb. (59 kg.) per maximum power takeoff horsepower at rc\ed engine speed. The weight of the front end must be at least 33 lb. (15 kg.) per maximum power takeoff horse power. In case power takeoff horsepower Is unavailable, 95 percent of net engine flywheel horsepower shall be used. (2) Agricultural tractors shall be tested at the weight set forth in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph. (3) Industrial tractors shall be tested with items of integral or mounted equip ment and ballast that, are sold as stand ard equipment or approved by the vehicle manufacturer for use with the vehicle where the protective frame is expected to provide protection for the operator with such equipment installed. The total vehicle weight and front end weight as tested shall not be less than the weights established In subparagraph (1) of this paragraph. (4) The test shall be conducted on a dry. firm soli bank as illustrated in Fig ure W-15. The soil in the impact area shall have an average cone Index in the 0-6 In. (153 mm.) layer not less than 150 according to American Society of Agricultural Engineers Recommenda tion ASAE R313, Soil Cone Penetrometer (available in each Regional Office of the Occupational Safety and Health Ad ministration). The path of travel of the vehicle shall be 12*2* to the top edge of the bank. (5) The upper edge of the bank shall be equipped with an 18 in. (457 mm.) high ramp as described in Figure W-15 to assist in tipping the vehicle. (6) The front and rear wheel tread settings, where adjustable, shall be at the position nearest to halfway between the minimum and maximum settings ob tainable on the vehicle. Where only two settings are obtainable, the minimum setting shall be used. Fxcuu W-15. (7) Vehicle Overturn Test--Sideways and Rearward. (1) The tractor shall be driven under Its own power along the specified path of travel at a minimum 6peed of 10 m.ph. (16 km./hr.) or maxi mum vehicle speed if under 10 m.ph. (16 km./hr.) up the ramp as described in subparagraph (5) of this paragraph to induce sideways overturn. (ii) Rear upset shall be induced by en gine power with the tractor operating In gear to obtain 3-5 m.ph. (4.8-8 km./hr.) at maximum governed engine r.pm. pref erably by driving forward directly up a minimum slope of two vertical to one horizontal. The engine clutch may be used to aid In inducing the upset. (f> Other test procedures. When the field upset test is not used to determine ROPS performance, either the static test or the dynamic test, contained in paragraph (g> or (h) of this section, shall be made. (g) Static test--(1) Test conditions. (1) The laboratory mounting base shall include that part of the tractor chassis to which the protective frame is attached including the mounting parts. (11) The protective frame shall be in strumented with the necessary equip ment to obtain the required load deflec tion data at the locations and directions specified in Figures W-16, W-17, and W-18. Turns W-J6--610* load application. CAPCO JEN 0001812 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 77 Figure W-17---Rear load, application. KFLtCTlON o. IN (MM] Figure W-20--Typical modified L-D diagram. of attaching restraining members shall be located an appropriate distance be hind the rear axle and in front of the front axle to provide a 15 *-30* angle between a restraining cable and the horizontal. The restraining member shall either be In the plane in which the center gravity of the pendulum will swing or more than one restraining cable shall give a resultant force In this plane. (See Figure W-22.) Figure W-1B--Method of measuring Instantaneous deflection. .(Hi) The protective frame and mount ing connections shall be instrumented with the necessary recording equipment to obtain the required load-deflection data to be used in calculating FSB (see paragraph (j)(3> of this section). The gauges shall be placed on mounting con nections before the installation load is applied. (2) Test procedure, (i) The side load application shall be at the upper ex tremity of the frame upright at a 90* angle to the centerline of the vehicle. The side load "L" shall be applied ac cording to Figure W-16. "L" and "D" shall be recorded simultaneously. The test shall be stopped when: (a) The strain energy absorbed by the frame is equal to the required input energy (E..) or <b> Deflection of the frame exceeds the allowable deflection, or (c) The frame load limit occurs be fore the allowable deflection is reached in the side load. (ii) The L-D diagram, as shown by means of a typical example in Figure W-19. shall be constructed, using the data obtained in accordance with sub division (i) of this subparagraph. (Hi) The modified diagram shall be constructed according to sub division (ii) of this subparagraph and according to Figure W-20. The strain energy absorbed by the frame (E.) shall then be determined. (iv) Ei., FER, and FSB shall be calculated. (v) The test procedure shall be re peated on the same frame utilizing L (rear input; see Figure W-18) and Eif. Rear load application shall be uniformly distributed along a maximum projected dimension of 27 in. (686 mm.) and a maximum area of 160 sq. In. (1,032 sq. cm.) normal to the direction of load application. The load shall be applied to the upper extremity of the frame at the point which is midway between the cen terline of the seat and the inside of the frame upright. (h) Dynamic test--(1) Test condi tions. (i) The protective frame and trac tor shall meet the requirements of para graphs (e) (2) or (3) of this section, as appropriate. (ii) The dynamic loading shall be pro duced by use of a 4,410 lb. (2,000 kg.) weight acting as a pendulum. The im pact face of the weight shall be 27 plus or minus 1 in. by 27 plus or minus 1 in. (686+ or --25 mm.) and shall be con structed so that its center of gravity is within 1 in. (25.4 mm.) of its geometric center. The weight shall be suspended from a pivot point 18-22 ft. (5.S-6.7 m.) above the point of impact on the frame and shall be conveniently and safely ad justable for height. (See Figure W-21.) \ Figure W-22--Method of impact from rear. (iv) The wheel tread setting shall comply with the requirements of para graph (e) (6) of this section. The tires shall have no liquid ballast and shall be inflated to the maximum operating pres sure recommended by the tire manufac turer. With specified tire inflation, the restraining cables shall be tightened to provide tire deflection-of 6-8 percent of nominal tire section width. After the ve hicle is properly restrained, a wooden beam 6 x 6 in. (15 x 15 cm.) shall be driven tightly against the appropriate wheels and clamped. For the test to the side, an additional wooden beam shall be placed as a prop against the wheel near est the operator's station and shall be secured to the floor so that it is held tightly against the wheel rim during im pact. The length of this beam shall be chosen so that when it is positioned against the wheel rim, it is at an angle of 25*-40* to the horizontal. It shall have a length 20-25 times its depth and a width two to three times its depth. (See Figures W-22 and W-23.) ocrLCcno* o. jn (mm) Figure W-19--Typical L-D di>jram. Figure W-21--Pendulum. (Ui) For each phase of testing, the tractor shall be restrained from moving when the dynamic load is applied. The restraining members shall be of 0.5-0.63 In. (12.5-16 mm.) steel cable and points A0 ACM wnCCLS ANO AOA*51 MO* Figure W-23--Method of Impact from side. (v) Means shall be provided Indi cating the maximum Instantaneous de flection along the line of Impact. A sim ple friction device Is illustrated In Figure W-23. CAPCO JEN 0001813 78 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (vl) No repair or adjustments may be (4) Dynamic test performance require carried out during the test. ments. Design factors shall be Incorpor (vll) If any cables, props, or blocking ated in each design to withstand the over shift or break during the test, the test turn test prescribed in this paragraph <i). hftn be repeated. The structural requirements will be gen (2) Test procedure--.IS) General The erally met if the dimensions in this para frame be evaluated by Imposing graph (1) are adhered to in both side and dynamic JoadLing to rear follttoed by a rear loads. load to the side on the same frame. The (J) Definitions applicable to this sec pendulum dropped from the height (see tion. (1) SAE J333&, Operator Protection definition "H" In paragraph (j) (3) of for Wheel-Type Agricultural and indus this section) Imposes the dynamic load. trial Tractors (July 1970) defines "agri The position of the pendulum shall be so cultural tractor" as a "wheel-type vehi selected that the Initial point of Impact on the frame shall be In line with the arc of travel of the center of gravity of the pendulum. A quick release mechanism should be used but. If used, shall not In fluence the attitude of the block. <ii> Impact at rear. The tractor shall be properly restrained according to subparagraphs (1) (ill) and (Iv) of this paragraph. The tractor shall be posi tioned with respect to the pivot point of the pendulum such that the pendulum Is 20* from the vertical prior to Impact, as shown In Figure W-22. The impact shall be applied to the upper extremity of the frame at the point which Is midway be cle of more than 20 engine horsepower designed to furnish the power to pull, carry, propel, or drive implements that are designed for agricultural usage." Since this Part 1926 applies only to con struction work, the following definition of "agricultural tractor" Is adopted for purposes of this subpart: "Agricultural tractor" means a wheel-type vehicle of more than 20 engine horsepower, used In construction work, which is designed to furnish the power to pull, propel, or drive Implements. (2) "Industrial tractor" means that class of wheeled type tractor of more than 20 engine horsepower (other than rum* W-24--Impact energy and corres ponding lift height of 4,410 lb. (2,000 kg.) weight. (k) Source of standard. The standard In this section is derived from, and re states, Society of Automotive Engineers Standard J334a (July 1970). Protective Frame Test Procedures and Performance Requirements. This standard shall be re sorted to In the event that questions of interpretation arise. The standard ap pears in the 1971 SAE Handbook, which may be examined In each of the Regional Offices of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. tween the centerline of the seat and the inside of the frame upright of a new frame. Clil) Impact at side. The block and restraining shall conform to subpara graphs (1) (111) and (iv) of this para graph. The point of impact shall be that structural member of the protective frame likely to hit the ground first In a sideways accidental upset. The side im pact shall be applied to the side opposite that used for rear Impact. (i> Performance requirements--(1) General. (1) The frame, overhead weather shield, fenders, or other parts in the operator area may be deformed but shall not shatter or leave sharp edges exposed to the operator, or violate dimen sions as shown in Figures W-16 and W-17 as follows: D=2 in. (51 mm.) Lnslde of trune upright to vertical centerline of aeat. = 30 in. (762 mm.). F=Not less than 0 In. and not more than 12 In. (305 mm.), measured at centerline front of seat backrest to croasbar along the line of load appli cation aa shown in Figure W-17. G=24 In. (610mm.). <ii) The material and design combina tion used in the protective structure must be such that the structure can meet all prescribed performance tests at zero de rubber-tired loaders and dozers described in fi 1926.1001), used in operations such as landscaping, construction services, loading, digging, grounds keeping, and highway maintenance. (3) The following symbols, terms, and explanations apply to this section: Ei. = Energy Input to be absorbed during side loading. E<.=723+0-4 W (E'i* = 100+0.12 W\ m.-kg.). Ei.=Energy Input to be absorbed during rear loading. Eh=0.47 W ft.-lb. (E'u=0.14 W*. m.-kg.). W = Tractor weight as prescribed In. | 1926.- 1002 (e) (1) and (e) (3), In lb. (W', kg.). L = Static load. lb. (kg.). D=Deflectloa under L, in. (mm.). L-D=5tetle load-deflection diagram. U-Dd = Modified static load-deflection dia gram (Figure W-20). To account for in crease in strength due to increase In strain rate, raise L in plastic range to LxK. K=Increase in yield strength Induced by higher rate of loading (1.3 for hot rolled low carbon steel 1010-1030). Low carbon Is preferable; however, if higher carbon or other material ts used, K must be de termined in the laboratory. Refer to Charles R. Norris, et al.. Structural De sign for Dynamic Loads < 1959), p. 3. 4^.,. ^Maximum observed static load. Load Llmlt=Polnt on L-D curve where ob served static load Is 0.6 Imi (refer to Figure W-19). 1926.1003 Overhead proietiion for operators of agricultural and indus trial tractors. (a) General--(1) Purpose. When overhead protection is provided on wheel- type agricultural and industrial tractors, the overhead protection shall be designed and Installed according to the require ments contained in this section. The pro visions of } 1926.1001 for rubber-tired dozers and rubber-tired loaders may be used in lieu of the standards contained in this section. The purpose of the stand ard is to minimize the possibility of oper ator injury resulting from overhead haz ards such as flying and falling objects, and at the same time to minimize the possibility of operator injury from the cover Itself in the event of accidental upset. (2) Applicability. This standard ap plies to wheel-type agricultural tractors used in construction work and to wheeltype industrial tractors used In construc tion work.See f 1926.1002 (b) and (J).In the case of machines to which l 1926.604 (relating to site clearing) also applies, the overhead protection may be either the type of protection provided in g 1926.604 or the type of protection pro vided by this section. (b) Overhead protection. When over grees Fahrenheit in accordance with E.=Strain energy absorbed by the frame, head protection is installed on wheel-type S 1926.1001(f) (2) (iv), ft.-lb. (m.-kg.) area under L*-D curve. agricultural or industrial tractors used In (2) Vehicle overturn performance re FER=Factor of energy ratio, FER=E./Ei,; construction work, it shall meet the re quirements. The requirements of this also=E/Eu. quirements of this paragraph. The over paragraph (1) must be met in both side P=Maximum observed force in mounting head protection may be constructed of and rear overturns. connection under static load, L, lb. (kg.). a solid material. If grid or mesh Is used, (3) Static test performance require ments. Design factors shall be incor porated in each design to withstand an overturn test as prescribed in thi$ para graph (1). The structural requirements will be generally met If FEB Is greater than 1 and FBB is greater than K-l in both side and rear loadings. FSB=Design margin for mounting connec tion FSB= (P./PO -1. H=Vertical height of lift of 4.410 lb. (2.000 kg.) weight. In. (H', mm.). The weight shall be pulled back so that the height of its center of gravity above the point of Impact la defined as follows: H=4.92 +0.00190 W or (H'=125+0.107 W') (Figure W-24). the largest permissible opening shall be such that the maximum circle which can be Inscribed between the elements of the grid or mesh is 1.5 in. (38 mm.) in diameter. The overhead protection shall not be Installed in such a way as to be come a hazard In the case of upset, J ii CAPCO JEN 0001814 CONSTRUCT/ON REGULATIONS 79 (c) Test procedures--general. (1) The requirements of 9 1926.1002 (d>, (e), and (f) shall be met. (2) Static and dynamic rear load ap plication shall be uniformly distributed along a maximum projected dimension of 27 in. (686 mm.) and a maximum area of 160 in.* (1,032 cm.*) normal to the direction of load application. The load shall be applied to the upper ex tremity of the frame at the point which is midway between the centerline of the seat and the Inside of the frame upright. (3) The static and dynamic side load application shall be uniformly distributed along a maximum projected dimension of 27 in. (686 mm.) and a maximum area of 160 in.* (1,032 cm.*) normal to the di rection of load application. The direction cf load application is the same as in S 1926.1002 (g) and (h). To simulate the characteristics of the structure during an upset, the center of load application may be located from a point 24 in. (610 mm.) (K) forward to 12 In. (305 mm.> (K) forward to 12 in. (305 mm.) (L) rearward of the front of the seat back rest to best utilize the structural strength. See Figure W-25. cylinders shall be two times the tractor weight as set forth in 1926.1002(e) (1). The maximum width of the beam illus trated in Figure W-27 shall be 6 in. (152 mm.). Figure W-27--Method of load application for crush test. (f) Performance requirements--(1) General. The performance requirements set forth Ln { 1926.1002(1) (2), (3), and (4) shall be met. (2) Drop test performance require ments. (1) Instantaneous deformation due to Impact of the sphere shall not enter the protected zone as illustrated in Figures W-25. W-26, and W-28. 1926.1051 Effective dates (specific). (a) With respect to standards con cerning brakes and fenders prescribed ln 91926.602. the rules contained therein specify the applicable effective dates. (b) (1) To the extent that the stand ards in this part apply to light residen tial construction, thdr application Is delayed until September 27,1971, where upon the standards shall apply to con tracts subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act which are advertised on or after that date and to such contracts which may be negoti ated when the negotiations commence on or after that date. (2) For the purpose of this paragraph, the term "light residential construction" is limited to the construction of homes and apartments which do not exceed three stories in height, and which do not have an elevator. (Sec. 1. 83 Stat. 06, 07, adding sec. 107 to Public Law 87-681.7S Stat. 357; 40 US.C. 333; Secretary's Order Ho. 12-71, 36 TH. 8754) Figure W-25--Location (or side load. (d) Drop test procedures. (1) The same frame shall be subjected to the drop test following either the static or dynamic test. (2) A solid steel sphere or material of equivalent spherical dimension weighing ibo lb. (45.4 kg.) shall be dropped once from a height 10 ft. (3,048 mm.) above the overhead cover. (3) The point of impact shall be on the overhead cover at a point within the zone of protection as shown in Figure W-26, which is furthest removed from major structural members. Figure W-28--Protected tone during crush and drop tests. (11) In addition to the dimensions set forth in { 1926.1002(1) (1) (i). the follow ing dimensions apply to Figure W-28: H = 17.5 In. (444 mm.) J=2 In. (50.8 mm.) measured from the outer periphery of the steering wheel. (3) Crush test performance require ments. The protected zone as described in Figure W-28 must not be violated. (g) Source of standard. This standard is derived from, and restates, the portions of Society of Automotive Engineers Standard J167 which pertain to over head protection requirements. The full title of the SAE standard is: Protective Frame with Overhead Protection--Test Procedures and Performance Require ments. The SAE standard shall be re sorted to in the event that questions of Interpretation arise. The SAE standard appears in the 1971 SAE Handbook, which may be examined ln each of the Regional Offices of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Figure W-26--Zone of protection for drop test. (e) Crush test procedure. (1) The same frame shall be subjected to the crush test following the drop test and static or dynamic test. (2) The test load shall be applied as shown in Figure W-27 with the seat posi tioned as specified in 9 1926.1002(d)(4). Loading cylinders shall be pivotally mounted at both ends. Loads applied by each cylinder shall be equal within 2 per cent, and the sum of the loads of the two Subpori X--Effective Dates g 1926.1050 Effective date* (general). ^Except where different effective dates are specifically provided in 1 1926.1051, the safety and health standards pub lished in Subparts C through U of this part shall become effective on April 24, 1971, for all Federal and federally assisted advertised contracts subject thereto which are advertised after that date and on April 27, 1971, for all such negotiated contracts for which negotia tions begin after that date. CAPCO JEN 0001815 DEPARTMENT OF LABOR Safety and Health Regulations for Construction PROVIDED BY PRINTED APRIL 10, 1972 UPDATED TO INCLUDE ALL AMENDMENTS THROUGH APRIL 5, 1972 CAPCO JEN 0001816 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Title 29-LABOR CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS CHAPTER XVII PART 192S formerly designated CHAPTER XIII, PART 1518, PART II OF THE APRIL 17, 1971 FEDERAL REGISTER. Sec. 1<*2C3 1530 3 1&3C.1 Subporl A--General Purpose ami scope. Variation* fiom *.fctj ami Jicnllli standard *. Inspections--ri *;li t of entry. Rules of practice for administra tive udjudiiation* for enforce ment of safety ami lualili standards. Subporf B--Generol Interpretations 1530,10 t53C.II 1930.12 1926.13 1520.14 1920.15 1520.16 Scope of subpart. Coverage tinder section 102 of the at i distinguished. Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950. Interpretations of statutory tei ms. Federal contract* fur types of performance. mixed" Relationship to the Service Con tract Act; Wnlsh-Hcaley Puhtlc Contract* Ait. Rules of construction. Subport C--General Safety ond Health Provision* 152C 20 2926.21 1926.22 1526.23 2926.24 1926.25 1926.26 1926.27 1920.26 1926.29 1936.30 1926.31 1926.32 General safety and health pro visions. Safety training and education. Recording and reporting of In juries. (Reserved) First aid and medical attention. Fire protection and prevention, Housekeeping. Illumination. Sanitation. Persona! protective equipment. Acceptable certification. Shipbuilding and ship repairing. Incorporation by reference. Definitions. Subpart D--Occupational Health and Environmental Controls 1920.50 1920.51 1926.52 Medical services mid first aid. Sanitation. Occupational noise exposure. Sec. 1920.53 192G.54 1520. SS 1920.56 1926.57 1926.56 Ionizing radiation. Nonionizing radiation. Gases, sni<oi*. fume*, dust*, And mlatc. Illumination. Ventilation. />eflnl{lon* Applicable to this sub- pnrt. Subpart E--Pertonol Protective and life Saving Equipment 1920.100 1926.101 1926.102 1926.103 1926.104 1526.105 1320 106 1526.107 Head protection. Hearing protection. Eye and face protection. Respiratory protection. Safety belts, lifelines, and lnnv.ud*. Safety nets. Working over or livnr w,tU-r. Definitions applicable to this sub pat t. Subporl F--Fire Protection ond Prevention 1926.150 1926.151 1526.152 1926.133 1526.154 192C.155 Due protection. Fire pretention. Flammable and combustible liq uid*. Liquefied petroleum gas < I.T-Gus). Temporary beatingdevice*. Definitions appluaMe to this nub- Subporl C--Signs, Signals, ond Borricades 1S26.200 1926.261 1 926.202 1921.205 Accident prevention signs and tags. Sigtmbng. ll.trrrc.idcs Definitions applicable to tbls tmb- t'.-vrt. Subpart H--Materials Handling, Storage, Use, and Disposal 1526.250 1926.251 1926.252 General requirements fur storage Rigging equipment for material handling. Disposal of waste materials. Subport l--Tools--Hand and power 1926.300 1926.301 1926.302 1926.363 1926.304 1926.305 General requirement*. Hand tool*. Tower operated hand toot*. Abrasive wheel* and tool*. Woodworking tools. Jacks--lever and rAtchet. screw and hydraulic. Subpart J--Welding and Cutting Subpart K--Electrical 1926.400 1926.40! 1926.402 1926.403 1926.404 192G.405 General requirements. Grounding and bonding. Equipment Installation amt main tenance. Battery rooms and battery charg ing. Hazardous locntlon*. Definitions Applicable to this Bub- part. Subporl l--ladders and Scaffolding 1920.450 1926.451 2926.452 ladders. Scaffolding. Definitions Applicable to this nub- part. Subport M--Floors ond Wall Openings, and Stairways 192C.500 1926.501 1921.302 Guardrail*, handrails, and rover*. Stairways. Definition* applicable to tins *nbpart. Subporl N --Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, Elevators, and Conveyors 1926.550 152C 551 1326.552 1920.553 1321.554 ) 321,555 Plane* amt derricks. Hetii opter*. M.ili-iial huists ami porsrmr.. I boists and elevator*. Hase-monuted drum hoist* I'Dci head hofsM. Conwyoi*. Subporl O--Molor Vehicles, Mechanized Equipment, ond Morine Operations 1926.COO 192C.601 1V2G.C02 1926.605 1926.604 1926.605 1921.10C Equipment. Motor vehicles. Material handling equlpimnt. Pile diixing equipment. Rite clearing. Marine operations and equipment. Definitions applicable to tbls sub- pan. Subporl P--Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring 1926.650 1926.651 1926.C52 192C.C53 General requirements. Specific excavation requirements. Specific trenching requirements. Definitions applicable to till* cub- Subpart Q--Concrete Forms and Shoring 1926.700 1326.761 1926.702 Cenernl provisions. Form* nttd ahorfug. Definitions Applicable to this rubpart. 1926.350 1926.351 1926.352 1926.253 1926.334 Gas welding and cutting. Arc welding ond cutting. Fire prevention. Ventilation and protection In weld ing, cutting, and heating. Welding, cutting and heating In way of preservative coating*. Subpart R--Steel Erection 1926.750 1926.751 1926.752 Plooiing requti entente. Structural Steel assembly. Bolting, riveting, fittlng-up. plumblng-up. ami CAPCO JEN 0001817 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 3 Subpart S--TwnntU and Shaft*, Caiuont, Cofferdam*, and Compreued Air Sec. 1926.800 Tunnels and shafts. 1926.801 Caissons. 1926.802 Cofferdams. 19 26.803 Compressed air. 1926.804 Definitions applicable to this sub part. Subpart T--Demolition 1926.850 1926.85 1 1926.852 1926.853 1926.854 1926.855 1926.856 1926.851 1926.858 1926.859 1926.860 Preparatory operations. Stairs, passageways, and ladders. Chutes. Removal of materials through floor holes. Removal of walls, masonry sec tions. and chimneys. Manual removal of floors. Removal of walls, floors, and material with equipment. Storage. Removal of steel construction. Mechanical demolition. Selective demolition by explosives. Subport U--Blorting end Use of Expletives 1926.900 1926.901 1926.902 1926.903 1926.904 1926.905 1926.906 1926.907 1926 908 1926.909 1926.910 1926.91 1 1926.912 1926.913 1926.914 General provisions, Blaster qualifications. Surface transportation of explo sives. Underground transportation of explosives. storage of explosives and blasting agents. Loading of explosives or blasting agents. Initiation of explosive charges. Use of safety fuse. Use of detonating cord. Firing the blast. Inspection after blasting. Misfires. Underwater blasting. Blasting In excavations under compressed air. Definitions. Subperl V---Pov.tr Diilribufion end Trantmjislon tine* 1926.950 (Reserved! Subpart W--Rollover Protective Struc tures; Overhead Protection ( ROPS ) Sec. 2926.1000 3026.1001 1926.1002 Sec. 1936.1003 Rollover protective structured (ROPS) for material handling equipment. Minimum performance criteria tor rollover protective struc tures for designated scrapers, loaders, dozers, graders, and crawler tractors. Protective frame (ROPS) test procedures and performance requirements for wheel-type agricultural and Industrial tractors used In construction. Overhead protection for opera tors of agricultural and indus trial tractors. Subpart X--Effective Dole* 1926.1050 Effective dates (general). 1926.1051 Effective dates (specific). AcTHOitrrr: The provisions of this Part 1926 Issued under sec. 1. 83 Stat. 96, 97, add ing sec. 107 to Public Law 87-561. 76 Stat. 357; 40 U.S.C. 333. Subpart A--General 1926.1 Purpose and scope. (a) This part sets forth the safety and health standards promulgated by the Secretary of Labor under section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. The standards are pub lished in Subpart C of this part and fol lowing subparts. <b> Subpart B of this part contains statements of general policy and In terpretations of section 107 of the Con tract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act having general applicability, 1926.2 Variations from safety and health standards. (a) Variances from standards which are. or may be, published in this part may be granted under the same circum stances whereunder variances may be granted under section 6(b)(6)(A), or 6(d) of the Williams-Stelger Occupa tional Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 65). The procedures for the granting of variances and for related re lief under this part are those published in Part 1905 of this title. (b) Any requests for variances under this section shall also be considered re quests for variances under the WilliamsSteiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970. and any requests for vari 1926.4 Rules of practice for adniims* trative adjudications for enforcement of safety and health standards. (a) The rules of practice for adminis trative adjudications for the enforce ment of the safety and health standards contained in Subpart C of this part and the following subparts shall be the same as those published in Part 6 of this title with respect to safety and health violations of the Service Contract Act of 1965 (69 Stat. 1035), except as pro vided In paragraph (b) of this section. (b> In the case of debarment, the find ings required by section 107(d) of the Act shall be made by the hearing exam iner or the Director, as the case may be. Whenever, as provided in section 107(d) (2), a contractor requests termination of debarment before the end of the 3year period prescribed in that section, the request shall be filed in writing with the Director who shall publish a notice in the Federal Register that the request has been received and afford Interested persons an opportunity to be heard up on the request, and thereafter the pro visions of Part 6 of this title shall apply with respect to prehearing conferences, hearings and related matters, and deci sions and orders. Subparl El---General Interpretations ances under Williams-Steiger Occupa 1926,10 Scope of subpart. tional Safety and Health Act with respect to construction safety or health stand ards shall be considered to be also vari ances under the Construction Safety Act. Any variance from a construction safety or health standard which is con tained in this part and which Is Incor porated by reference in Part 1910 of this title shall be deemed a variance from the standard under Doth the Construc tion Safety Act and the Williams-Stelger Occupational Safety and Health Act of .1970. 1926.3 Inspections--right of entry. (a) It shall be a condition of each con tract which is subject to section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act that the Secretary of Labor or any authorized representative shall have a right of entry to any site of contract performance for the following purposes: (1) To Inspect or investigate the mat ter of compliance with the safety and health standards contained in Subpart C of this part and following subparts; and (2) To carry out the duties of the Secretary under section 107(b) of the Act, (b) For the purpose of carrying out Ills investigative duties under the Act, the Secretary of Labor may, by agreement, use with or without reimbursement the services, personnel, and facilities of any State or Federal agency. Any agreements with States under this section shall be similar to those provided for under the Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act un der 41 CFR Part 50-205. (a) This subpart contains the general rules of the Secretary of Labor inter preting and applying the construction safety and health provisions of sectJon 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (83 Stat. 96). Sec tion 107 requires as a condition of each contract which is entered Into under legislation subject to Reorganization Pian Numbered 14 of 1950 (64 Stat. 1267), and which is for construction, alteration, and/or repair, including painting and decorating, that no con tractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work shall re quire any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of the contract to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazard ous, or dangerous to his health or safety, as determined under construction safety and health standards promulgated by the Secretary by regulation. 1926.11 Coverage under section 103 of the act distinguished. (a) Coverage under section 103. It is important to note that the coverage of section 107 differs from that for the over time requirements of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. The application of the overtime requirements is governed by section 103, which, sub ject to specific exemptions, includes (I) Federal contracts requiring or involving the employment of laborers or mechanics (thus including, but not limited to. con tracts for construction), and (2) con tracts assisted in whole or in part by Federal loans, grants, or guarantees pnder any statute "providing wage CAPCO JEN 0001818 4 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS standards for such work." The statutes providing wage standards for such work" include statutes for construction winch require the payment of minimum wages in accordance with prevailing wage findings by the Secretary of Labor in accordance with the Davis-Bacon Act. A provision to section 103 excludes from the overtime requirements work where the Federal assistance Is only in the form of a loan guarantee or insurance. (b) Coverage under section 107. To be covered by section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, a contract must be one which (1) Is en tered into under a statute that Is subject to Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950 (64 Stat. 1267); and (2) is for "construc tion, alteration, and/or repair, Including painting and decorating." 1926.12 Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950. (a) General provisions. Reorganiza tion Plan No. 14 of 1950 relates to the prescribing by the Secretary of Labor of "appropriate standards, regulations, and procedures" with respect to the enforce ment of labor standards under Federal and federally assisted contracts which are subject to various statutes subject to the Plan. The rules of the Secretary of Labor implementing the Plan are pub lished in Part 5 of this title. Briefly, the statutes subject to the Plan include the Davis-Bacon Act. Including its extension to Federal-aid highway legislation sub ject to 23 U.S.C. 113, and other statutes subject to the Plan by its original terms, statutes by which the Plan is expressly applied, such as the Contract Work Hours Standards Act by virtue of sec tion 104(d) thereof. (b) The Plan. (1) The statutes subject to Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950 are cited and briefly described in the remain ing subparagraphs of this paragraph. These descriptions are general in nature and not intended to convey the full scope of the work to be performed under each statute. The individual statutes should be resorted to for a more detailed scope of the work. (2) Federal-Aid Highway Acts. The provisions codified in 23 U.S.C. 113 apply to the initial construction, reconstruc tion, or improvement work performed by contractors or subcontractors on high way projects on the Federal-aid systems, the primary and secondary, as well as their extensions in urban areas, and the Interstate System, authorized under the highway law's providing for the expendi ture of Federal funds upon the Federalaid system. As cited in 41 Op. A.G. 488. 496, the Attorney General ruled that the Federal-Aid Highway Acts are subject to Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950. (3) National Housing Act (12 U.S.C. 1713, 1715a. 171Se. 171Sk, 17151(d) (3) and (4). 17l5v. 1715w. I715x, 1743. 2747, 1748, 1748h-2, l?S0g, 17151(h)(1), 1715Z (jHI), 1715Z-1. 1715y(d), Subchapter lx-A and lx-B, 1715z-7). This act covers construction which ts financed with assistance by the Federal Government through programs of loan and mortgage insurance for the following purposes: (l) Rental Housing--Section 1713 pro thorlzed for certain State or locally aided vides mortgage and Insurance on rental projects. housing of eight or more units and on (xvii) Condominium Housing--Sec mobile-home courts. tion 1715y(d) provides mortgage Insur (ii) Section 1715a--Repealed. ance on property purchased for the de (ill) Cooperative Housing--Section velopment of building sites. This Includes 1715e authorizes mortgage Insurance on waterlines and water supply installations, cooperative housing of five or more units sewer lines and sewage disposal installa as well as supplementary loans for tions. steam, gas, and electrical lines and improvement of repair or resale of installations, roads, streets, curbs, gut memberships. ters, sidewalks, storm drainage facilities, (lv) Urban Renewal Housing--Section and other installation or work. 1715k provides mortgage insurance on (xviil) Group Medical Practice Facili single family or multifamily housing in ties--Subchapter LX-B authorizes mort approved urban renewal areas. gage insurance for the financing of (v) Low or Moderate Income Hous construction and equipment, of facilities ing-Section 1715L(d) (3) and (4) in for group practice of medicine, optome sures mortgages on low-cost single family try, or dentistry. or multifamily housing. (xlx) Nonprofit Hospitals--1715Z-7 <vi) Housing for Elderly--Section authorizes mortgage insurance to cover 1715v provides mortgage Insurance on new and rehabilitated hospitals. Includ rental housing for elderly or handi ing initial equipment. capped persons. (4) Hospital Survey and Construction (vii) Nursing Homes--Section 17l5w Act. as amended by the Hospital and authorizes mortgage insurance on nurs Medical Facilities Amendments of 1964 ing home facilities and major equipment. (42 U.S.C. 291e). The provisions of this (viii) Experimental Housing--Section Act cover construction contracts made 17l5x provides mortgage insurance on by State or local authorities or private single family or multifamily housing with Institutions under Federal grant-in-aid experimental design of materials. programs for the construction of hospi (Lx) War Housing Insurance--Section tals and other medical facilities. 1743 not active. (5) Federal Airport Act 9 U.S.C. (x) Yield Insurance--Section 1747 In 1114(b)). The act provides grant-ln-aid sures investment returns on multifamily funds for airport construction limited housing. to general site preparation runways, taxi- (xl) Armed Services Housing--Section ways. aprons, lighting appurtenant 1748b to assist in relieving acute short thereto, and fire, rescue, and mainte age and urgent need for family housing nance buildings. The act excludes con at or in areas adjacent to military instal struction intended for use as a public lations. parking facility for passenger automo (xil) Defense Housing for Impacted biles and the cost of construction of any Areas--Section 1748h-2 provides mort part of an airport building except such gage Insurance on single family or multi of those buildings or parts of buildings family housing for sale or rent primarily to house facilities or activities directly to military or civilian personnel of the related to the safety of persons at the Armed Services, National Aeronautics airport. and Space Administration, or Atomic (6) Housing Act of 1949 (42 U.S.C. Energy Commission. 1459). Construction contracts awarded (xUl) Defense Rental Housing--Sec tion 1750g provides for mortgage insur ance in critical defense housing areas. (xlv) Rehabilitation--Section 1715L by local authorities financed with the as sistance of loans and grants from the Federal Government. The construction programs are for slum clearance and (h) (I) provides mortgage insurance for urban renewal which Includes rehabilita nonprofit organizations to finance the purchase and rehabilitation of deterio rating or substandard housing for sub sequent resale to low-income home pur chasers. There must be located on the property five or more single family dwell ings of detached, semidetached, or row construction. tion grants, neighborhood development programs, neighborhood renewal plans, community renewal, demolition projects, and assistance for blighted areas. See the Housing Act of 1964, No. 21 below, concerning financial assistance for lowrent housing for domestic farm labor. (7) School Survey and Construction Act of 1950 (20 US.C. 636). This act pro (xv) Homeowner Assistance--Section vides for a Federal grant-In-ald program 17152(J)(1) authorizes mortgage Insur to assist In the construction of schools ance to nonprofit organizations or pub In federally affected areas. lic bodies or agencies executed to finance (8) Defense Housing & Community sale of Individual dwellings to lower In Facilities & Services Act of 1951 (42 come individuals or families. Also In U.C. 1S92D. Inactive Program. cludes the rehabilitation of such housing If it is deteriorating or substandard for subsequent resale to lower Income home purchasers. (9) United States Housing Act of 1937 (42 US.C. 1416). This statute covers the construction of low-rent public housing and slum clearance projects awarded by (xvi) Rental Housing Assistance- local authorities. These projects are fi Section 1715Z-1 authorizes mortgage In nanced with the assistance of loans and surance and Interest reduction payments grants from the Federal Government. on behalf of owners of rental housing The slum clearance is the demolition and projects designed for occupancy by lower removal of buildings from any slum area Income families. Payments are also au- to be used for a low-rent housing project. iK CAPCO JEN 0001819 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 5 (10) Federal Civil Defense Act of 1950 (28) Library Services and ConstruCr (22) The Commercial Fisheries Re (50 U.S.C. App. 2281). This act provides tion Act (20 U.S.C. 35Se(a) (4)). This act search and Development Act of 1964 (16 for Federal assistance to the several provides for Federal assistance to the U^C^ 779e(b)). This act authorizes States and their political subdivisions in various States for the construction of financiaTeosisfance to State agencies for the field of civil defense which Includes public libraries. construction p^T^rtMo^lgnfd for the Tf- procurement, construction, leasing:, or (19) Urban Afass Transportation Act search and development of the com renovating of materials and facilities. of 1954 (49 V.C. 1609). This act pro mercial fisheries resources of the Nation. (11) Delaware River Bcsin Compact vides for grants and loans to assist States (23) The Nurse Training Act of 1964 (sec. 15.1, 75 Stat. 714). This Joint res and local public bodies and agencies (42 V.S.C. 296a(b) (5)). This act provides olution creates, by intergovernmental thereof in financing the acquisition, con for grants to assist in the construction compact between the United States, struction, reconstruction, and-improve of new facilities for collegiate, associate Delaware, New Jersey. New York, and ment of facilities and equipment for use, degree, and diploma schools of nursing, Pennsylvania, a regional agency for plan by operation or lease or otherwise, in or replacement or rehabilitation of exist ning. conservation, utilization, develop mass transportation service in urban ing facilities of such schools. ment. management and control of the area and in coordinating such service (24) Elementary and Secondary Edu water and related sources of the Dela with highway and other transportation cation Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 24ii, 848). ware River. in such areas. The purpose of the act is to provide fi (12) Cooperative Research Act (20 (20) Economic Opportunity Act of nancial assistance to local educational U.S.C. 332a(c)). This act provides Fed 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2947). This act covers agencies serving areas with concentra eral grants to a university, college, or construction which is financed with as tions of children from low income fam other appropriate public or nonprofit sistance of the Federal Government for ilies for construction in connection with private agency or institution for part or the following purposes: the expansion or improvement of their all of the cost of constructing a facility (1) Authorizes Federal assistance for educational programs. for research or for research and related construction of projects, buildings and (25) Federal Water Pollution Control purposes. Research and related purposes works which will provide young men and Act, as amended by the Water Qualtiy means research, research training, sur women in rural and urban residential Act of 1965 (3 U.S.C. 466e(g)). Provides veys, or demonstrations in the field of centers with education, vocational train for financial assistance to States or education, or the dissemination of Infor ing. and useful work experience (Title I). municipalities for construction of facili mation derived therefrom, or all of such (ii) Authorizes financial assistance ties in connection with the prevention activities, Including <but without limita for construction work planned and car and control of water pollution. This in tion) experimental schools, except that ried out at the community level for anti- cludes projects that will control the dis such term does not include research, re poverty programs (Title II): charge into any waters of untreated or search training, surveys, or demonstra (a) Authorizes loans to low Income inadequately treated sewage. tions in the field of sectarian instruction rural families by assisting them to ac (26) Appalachian Regional Develop or the dissemination of information de quire or improve real estate or reduee en ment Act of 1965 (40 U.C. App. 402). rived therefrom. Construction Includes cumbrances or erect improvements Authorizes Federal assistance in the con new buildings, and the acquisition, ex thereon, and to participate in coopera struction of an Appalachian development pansion, remodeling, replacement, and tive associations and/or to finance non- highway system; construction of multi- alteration of existing buildings and the agricultural enterprises which will en county demonstration health facilities, equipping of new buildings and existing able such families to supplement their hospitals, regional health, diagnostic and buildings. Income (Title III); treatment centers, and other facilities for (13) Health Professions Educational (b) Authorizes loans to local coopera health; seal and fill voids In abandoned .Assistance Act of 1963 (42 VJS.C. 292d tive associations furnishing essential mines and to rehabilitate strip mine (c)(4), 293a(c)(5)). The provisions of processing, purchasing, or marketing areas; construction of school facilities this act provide for grants to assist pub services, supplies, or facilities predomi for vocational education; and to assist lic and nonprofit medical, dental, and nantly to low-income rural, families In construction of sewage treatment similar schools for the construction, ex (Title III); works. pansion. or renovation of teaching facilities. (14) Afentaf Refardaffon Facilities Construction Act (42 US.C. 295(a)(2) (D), 2662(5), 2675(a) (5)). This act au thorizes Federal financial assistance in the construction of centers for research (c) Authorizes financial assistance to States, political subdivisions of States, public and nonprofit agencies, Institu tions, organizations, farm associations, or individuals In establishing housing, sanitation, education, and child day-care programs for immigrants and other sea (27) National Technical Institute for the Deaf Act (20 UE.C. 684(b) (5)). Pro vides for financial assistance for institu tions of higher education for the establishment, construction. Including equipment and operation, of a National Institution for the Deaf. on mental retardation and related as pects of human development, of univer sity-affiliated facilities for the mentally retarded and of facilities for the mentally retarded. (15) Community Mental Health Cen- ters Act (42 VE.C. 2685(a) (5)). This act sonally employed agricultural employees and their families (Title HI). (ill) Authorizes loans or guarantees loans bo small businesses for construc tion work (Title IV). (iv) Authorizes the payment of the cost of experimental, pilot, or demon (28) Housing Act of 1959 (12 U.S.C. 1701(g) (c)(3)). This act authorizes loans to nonprofit corporations to be used for the construction of housing and related facilities for elderly families. Also, the provisions of the act provide for rehabilitation, alteration, conversion or authorizes Federal grants for the con stration projects to foster State pro improvement of existing structures struction of public and other nonprofit grams providing construction work expe which are otherwise inadequate for pro community mental health centers. rience or training for unemployed posed dwellings used by such families. (16) Higher Education Facilities Act fathers and needy people (Title V), (29) College Rousing Act of 1950, as * of 1962 (20 V.S.C. 753). This act author (21) Housing Act of 19.64 (42 VS.C. amended (12 VJS.C. I7*9a(/)). This act izes the grant or loan of Federal funds 1486(f); 42 US.C. 14S2b(e)). Provides provides for Federal loans to assist edu to assist public and other nonprofit In financial assistance for low-rent housing cational institutions in providing hous stitutions of higher education in flnanc- for domestic farm labor. The Act fur ing and other educational facilities for t ing the construction, rehabilitation, or ther provides for loans, through public students and faculties. improvement of academic and related or private agencies, where feasible, to (30) Housing and Urban Development facilities in undergraduate and graduate owners or tenants of property In urban Act of 1965 (42 VJS.C. lSOOc-3, 3107). schools. (17) Vocational Educational Act of 1963 (20 U-S.C. 351). This act provides renewal areas to finance rehabilitation required to conform the property to ap This act provides for Federal assistance for the following purposes: (1) Grants to States end local public for Federal grants to the various States plicable code requirements or carry out bodies to assist In any construction work for construction of area vocational edu the objectives of the urban renewal plan t,'. be carried out under the open-space cation school facilities. lor the area. land and urban beautification provisions CAPCO JEN 0001820 6 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS contained therein. It provides for parks associations thereof to assist in construc 2416). This act provides for Federal as and recreation areas, conservation of tion and equipment of facilities in con sistance for the following purposes: land and other natural resources, and nection with research, training, demon (i) Grants to assist in the construc historical and scenic purposes. stration of patient care, diagnostic and tion. rehabilitation, alteration, or repair mi Grants to local public bodies and treatment related to heart disease, can of residential property only If such resi agencies to finance specific project for cer, stroke, and other major diseases, dential property Is designed for residen basic public water facilities (including (35) Mental Retardation Facilities and tial use for eight or more families to works for the storage, treatment, purifi Community Mental Health Centers Con enable city demonstration agencies to cation. and distribution of water), and struction Act Amendments of 1965 (20 carry out comprehensive city demonstra for basic public sewer facilities (other U.S.C. 618(g)). Thece provisions provide tion programs (42 U.S.C. 3310). than "treatment works" as defined in for grants to institutions of higher edu (ii) Amends the National Housing Act the Federal Water Pollution Control cation for construction of facilities for (12 U.S.C. 1715c) and the Housing Act Act*. research or for research and related pur of 1937 (42 US.C. 1416). See these acts (iii) Grants to any local public body poses relating to education for mentally for coverage. or agency to assist In financing neigh retarded, hard of hearing, deaf, speech (45) Air Quality Act of 1967 (42 US.C. borhood facilities. These facilities must impaired, visually handicapped, seriously 1857j-3>. This act provides for Federal be necessary for carrying out a program emotionally disturbed, crippled, or other assistance to public or nonprofit agen of health, recreational, social, or similar health Impaired children who by reason cies, institutions, and organizations and community service and located so as to thereof require special education. to individuals, and contracts with public be available for the use of the area's low (36) Vocational .Rehabilitation Act or private agencies, institutions, or per or moderate income residents. Amendments of 1965 (29 U.S.C. sons for construction of research and de (31) National Foundation on the Arts 41a(b)(4)), This act authorizes grants velopment facilities and demonstration end the Humanities Act of 1965' (20 to assist In meeting the costs of con plants relating to the application of pre U.S.C. 9S4(k)). The act establishes the struction of public or other nonprofit venting or controlling discharges into the 'National Foundation on the Arts and workshops and rehabilitation facilities. air of various types of pollutants. the Humanities" which may provide (37) Clean Air and Solid Waste Dis (46) Elementary and Secondary Edu matching grants to groups (nonprofit posal Acts (42 US.C. 3256), This act cation Amendments of 1967 (Title V//-- organizations and State and other public provides for financial assistance to pub Bilingual Education Act) (20 US.C. organizations) and to individuals en lic (Federal, State, interstate, or local) 8806-6). This act provides for Federal gaged in creative and performing arts for authorities, agencies, and institutions, assistance to local educational agencies the entire range of artistic activity, private agencies and institutions, and or to an institution of higher education including construction of necessary individuals In the construction of facili applying jointly with a local educational facilities. ties for solid-waste disposal. The term agency for minor remodeling projects in <32) Public Works and Economic De construction includes the installation of connection with bilingual education pro velopment Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3222). initial equipment. grams to meet the special needs of chil This act provides for Federal assistance (38) Medical Library Assistance Act dren with limited English-speaking abil for the following purposes: of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 280b-3(b) (3)). This ity in the United States. <i> Grants for the acquisition or act provides for grants to public or pri (47) Vocational Rehabilitation Amend development of land or improvements vate r.on-profit agencies or institutions ments of 1967 (29 US.C. 42a(c)(3)). for public works or development facility for the cost of construction of medical This act authorizes Federal assistance to usaga In redevelopment areas. It author library facility. any public or nonprofit private agency izes loans to assist in financing the pur (39) Veterans Nursing Home Care Act or organization for the construction of a chase or development of land for public (38 U.S.C. 5035(a) (8)). The construction center for vocational rehabilitation of works which will assist in the creation industry health and safety standards do handicapped individuals who are both of long-term employment opportunities not apply to this act since it is not sub deaf and blind which shall be known as 4 it\ the area. ject to Reorganization Plan No. 14 of the National Center for Deaf-Blind (ii > Loans for the purchase or develop 1950. Youths and Adults. Construction in ment of land and facilities (including (40) National Capital Transportation cludes new buildings and expansion, re maclrinery and equipment) for industrial Act of 1965 (40 US.C. 682(b)(4)). This modeling. alteration and renovation of or commercial usage within redevelop act provides for Federal assistance to the existing buildings, and initial equipment ment areas: guarantee of loans for work National Capital Transportation Agency of such new, newly acquired, expanded, ing capital made to private borrowers by for construction of a rail rapid transit remodeled, altered, or renovated private lending institutions In connection system and related facilities for tire buildings. with direct loan projects; and to contract Nation's Capital. (48) National Visitor Center Facilities to pay to. or on behalf of, business enti (41) Alaska Centennial--1967 (80 Act of 1968 (40 US.C. 808), This act au ties locating in redevelopment areas, a Stat. 82). The program under this legis thorizes agreements and leases with the portion of the interest costs which they lation has expired. owner of property in the District of Co incur in financing their expansions from (42) Model Secondary School tor the lumbia known as Union Station for the private sources. Deaf AH 180 Siat. 1026). This act pro use of all or a part of such property for (Hi) Loans and grants to create eco vides for funds to establish and operate. a national visitor center to be known as nomic development centers within desig Including construction and initial equip the National Visitor Center. The agree nated county economic development ment of new buildings, expansion, re ments and leases shall provide for such districts. modeling. and alteration of existing alterations of the Union Station Build (33) High-Speed Ground Transporta buildings and equipment thereof, a model ing as necessary to provide adequate fa tion Study (40 U.S.C. 1636(b)). This act secondary school for the de f to serve the cilities for visitors. They also provide for provides for financial assistance for con residents of the District of Columbia and the construction of a parking facility. In struction activities in connection with nearby States. cluding necessary approaches and ramps. research and development of different (43) Allied Health Professions Per- (49) Juvenile Delinquency Prevention forms of high-speed ground transporta sortnel Training Act of 1966 (42 US.C. and Control Act of 1968 (42 US.C. 3843). tion and demonstration projects relating 295Mb) (2) (E)). This act provides for This act provides for Federal grants to to intercity rail passenger service. grants to assist in the construction of State, county, municipal, or other public (34) Heart Disease, Cancer and Stroke new facilities for training centers for agency or combination thereof for the Amendments of 1965 (42 US.C. allied health professions, or replacement construction of faculties to be used In b 299(b) (4)). This act provides for grants to public or nonprofit private universi ties, medical schools, research Institu or rehabilitation of existing facilities for such centers. (44) Demonsfraffrn Cities and Metro- connection with rehabilitation services for the diagnosis, treatment, and rehabil tions, hospitals, and other public and politan Development Act of 1966 (42 itation of delinquent youths and youths nonprofit agencies and Institutions, or U.S.C. 3310; 12 US.C. 1715c; 42 US.C. 'in danger of becoming delinquent. i CAPCO JEN 0001821 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 7 (50) Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 {including Hew Communities Act of 1968) (42 UJS.C. 3909). This act provides for Federal assistance for the following purposes: (t) Guarantees, and commitments to guarantee, the bonds, debentures, notes, and other obligations issued by new com munity developers to help finance new community development projects. (ii) Amends section 212(a) of the Na tional Housing Act, adding section 236 for '`Rental Housing for Lower Income Families" and section 242 "Mortgage Insurance for Nonprofit Hospitals" thereto. (51) Public Health Service Act Amend- ment (Alcoholic and Narcotic Addict Re habilitation Amendments of 1968) (42 U.S.C. 2681, et seq.). This act provides for grants to a public and nonprofit pri vate agency or organization for construc tion projects consisting of any facilities (including post-hospitalization treat ment facilities for the prevention and treatment of alcoholism or treatment) of narcotic addicts. (52) Vocational Education Amend ments of 1968 (20 U.S.C. 1246). This act provides for grants to States for the con struction of area vocational education school facilities. The act further pro vides grants to public educational agen cies, organizations, or Institutions for construction of residential schools to provide vocational education for the pur pose of demonstrating the feasibility and desirability of such schools. The act still further provides grants to State boards, to colleges and universities, to public educational agencies, organizations or institutions to reduce the cost of borrow ing funds for the construction of resi dential schools and dormitories. (53) Postal Reorganization Act (39 U.S.C. 410(d) (2)). This Act provides for construction, modification, alteration, repair, and other improvements of postal facilities located in leased buildings. (54) Airport and Airway Development Act of 1970 (Public Law 91-258, section 52(b) (7)). This Act provides for Federal financial assistance to States and locali ties for the construction, improvement, or repair of public airports. (55) (i) Public Law 91-230. This Act provides for federal financial assistance to institutions of higher learning for the construction of a National Center on Educational Media and Materials for the Handicapped. The program under this statute expires on July 1, 1971. Public Law 91-230, section 662(1). (ii) Education of the Handicapped Act (20 VE.C. 12326, 1404(a)). This Act provides for financial assistance to States for construction, expansion, remodeling, or alteration of facilities for the educa tion of handicapped children at the pre school. elementary school, and secondary school levels. (56) Housing and Urban Development Act of 1970 (Public Law 91-609, section 707(b)). This Act provides for .grants to States and local public agencies to help finance the development of open-space or other land in urban areas for open- space uses. This Act becomes effective on Julv 1.1971. (57) Developmental Disabilities Serv ices and Facilities Construction Amend ments of 1970 (Public Law 91517, section 135(a) (S)). This Act authorizes grants to States for construction of facilities for the provision of services to persons witn developmental disabilities who are un able to pay for such services. (58) Rail Passenger Service Act of 1970 (Public Law 91-518, section 405(d)). This statute provides that the National Railroad Passenger Corporation may construct physical facilities necessary to intercity rail passenger operations within the basic national rail passenger sys tem designated by the Secretary of Transportation. (c) VA and FHA housing. In the course of the legislative development of section 107, it was recognized that sec tion 107 would not apply to housing con struction for which insurance was Issued by the Federal Housing Authority and Veterans' Administration for individual home ownership. Concerning construc tion under the National Housing Act. Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950 ap plies to construction which Is subject to the minimum wage requirements of sec tion 212(a) thereof (12 U.S.C. 17150. 1926.13 Interpretation of statutory terms. (a) The terms "construction," "alter ation," and "repair" used in section 107 of the Act are also used in section 1 of the Davls-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a), providing minimum wage protection on Federal construction contracts, and sec tion 1 of the Miller Act (40 U.S.C. 270a). providing performance and payment bond protection on Federal construction contracts. Similarly, the terms "contrac tor" and "subcontractor" are used in those statutes, as well as in Copeland (Anti-Kickback) Act (40 U.S.C. 276c) and the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act itself, which apply con currently with the Miller Act and the Davls-Bacon Act on Federal construction contracts and also apply to most fed erally assisted construction contracts. The use of the same or Identical terms in these statutes which apply concurrently with section 107 of the Act have consid erable precedential value In ascertaining the coverage of section 107. (b) It should be noted that section X of the Davls-Bacon Act limits minimum wage protection to laborers and me chanics "employed directly" upon the "site of the work." There Is no compa rable limitation in section 107 of the Act. Section 107 expressly requires as a self executing condition of each covered con tract that no contractor or subcontractor shall require "any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of the con tract to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsani tary, hazardous, or dangerous to his health or safety" as these health and safety standards are applied in the rules of the Secretary of Labor. (c) The term "subcontractor" under section 107 is considered to mean a per son who agrees to perform any part of the labor or material requirements of a contract for construction, alteration or repair. Of. MacEvoy Co. v. United States, 322 UJ5. 102,108-9 (1944). A person who undertakes to perform a portion of a contract involving the furnishing of sup plies or materials will be considered a "subcontractor" under this part and sec tion 107 if the work in question involves the performance of construction work and is to be performed: (1) Directly on or near the construction site, or (2) by the employer for the specific project on a customized basis. Thus, a supplier of materials which will become an integral part of the construction is a "subcontrac tor" if the supplier fabricates or assem bles the goods or materials in question specifically for the construction project and the work Involved may be said to be construction activity. If the goods or materials in question are ordinarily sold to other customers from regular inven tory. the supplier is not a "subcontrac tor." Generally, the furnishing of pre stressed concrete beams and prestressed structural steel would be considered manufacturing: therefore a supplier of such materials would not be con sidered a "subcontractor." An exam ple of material supplied "for the specific project on a customized basis" as that phrase is used in this section would be ventilating ducts, fabricated in a shop away from the construction jobsite and specifically cut for the project according to design specifications. On the other hand, if a contractor buys standard size nails'from a foundry, the foundry would not be a covered "subcontractor." Ordi narily a contract for the supplying of construction equipment to a contractor would not, in and of itself, be considered a "subcontractor" for purposes of this part. 1926.14 Federal contract for "mixed" tjpes of performance. (a) It is the Intent of the Congress to provide safety and health protection of Federal, federally financed, or fed erally assisted construction. See, for ex ample, H. Report. No. 91-241, 91st Cong., first session, p. 1 (1969). Thus, it is clear that when a Federal contract calls for mixed types of performance, such as both manufacturing and construction, section 107 would apply to the construc tion. By its express terms, section 107 applies to a contract w'hich is "for con struction, alteration, and/or repair." Such a contract Is not required to be exclusively for such services. "The appli cation of the section Is not limited to contracts which permit an overall char acterization as "construction contracts." The text of section 107 Is not so limited. (b) When the mixed types of per formances include both construction and manufacturing, see also { 1926.15 (b) concerning the relationship between the Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act and section 107 1926.15 Relationship to the Service Contract Act; Walsh-Hcaley Public Contracts Act. (a) A contract for "construction" is one for nonpersonal service. See, e.g., 41 CFR 1-1.208. Section 2(e) of the Service Contract Act of 1965 requires as a con dition of every Federal contract (and bli specification therefor) exceeding $2,500, the "principal purpose" of which Is to furnish services to the United States CAPCO JEN 0001822 8 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS through the use of "service employees/' that certain safety and health standards be met. See 29 CFR Part 1925. which contains the Department rules concern ing these standards. Section 7 of the Sendee Contract Act provides that the Act shall not apply to "any contract of the United States or District of Colum bia for construction, alteration, and/or repair, including painting and decorating of public buildings or public works/' It is clear from the legislative history of section 107 that no gaps in coverage between the two statutes are intended. <b) The Walsh-Healey Public Con tracts Act requires that contracts en tered into by any Federal agency for the manufacture or furnishing of materials, supplies, articles, and equipment in any amount exceeding $10,000 must contain, among other provisions, a requirement that "no part of such contract will be performed nor will any of the mate rials, supplies, articles or equipment to be manufactured or furnished under said contract be manufactured or fabricated in any plants, factories, buildings, or surroundings or under working condi tions which are unsanitary or hazardous or dangerous to the health and safety of employees engaged in the perform ance of said contract." The rules of the Secretary concerning these stand ards are published in 41 CFR Part 50- 204, and express the Secretary of Labor's interpretation and application of section 1(e) of the Walsh-Healey Public Con tracts Act to certain particular working conditions. None of the described work ing conditions are intended to deal with construction activities, although such activities may conceivably be a part of a contract which is subject to the WalshHealey Public Contracts Act. Neverthe less. such activities remain subject to the general statutory duty prescribed by sec tion 1(e). Section 103<b) of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act provides, among other things, that the Act shall not apply to any work required to be done in accordance with the pro visions of the Walsh-Healey Public Con tracts Act. 1926.16 Rule* of roii-lniciion. (a) The prime contractor and any subcontractors may make their own arrangements with respect to obligations which might be more appropriately treated on a Jobsite basis rather than individually. Thus, for example, the prime contractor and his subcontractors may wish to make an express agreement that the prime contractor or one of the subcontractors will provide all required first-aid or toilet facilities, thus relieving the subcontractors from the actual, but not any legal, responsibility (or, as the case may be. relieving the other subcon tractors from this responsibility). In no case shall the prime contractor be re lieved of overall responsibility for com pliance with the requirements of this part for all work to be performed under the contract. (b) By contracting for full perform ance of a contract subject to section 107 of the Act. the prime contractor assumes all obligations prescribed as employer obligations under the standards con safety and health training programs the tained in this part, whether or not he Director provides. subcontracts any part of the work. (2) The employer shall Instruct each (c) To the extent that a subcontractor employee in the recognition and avoid of any tier agrees to perform any part of ance of unsafe conditions and the regu the contract, he also assumes responsi lations applicable to his work environ bility for complying with the standards ment to control or eliminate any hazards in this part with respect to that part. or other exposure to Illness or injury. Thus, the prime contractor assumes the entire responsibility under the contract and the subcontractor assumes responsi bility with respect to his portion of the work. With respect to subcontracted (3) Employees required to handle or use poisons, caustics, and other harmful substances shall be instructed regarding the safe handling and use, and be made aware of the potential hazards, personal work, the prime contractor and any sub contractor or subcontractors shall be deemed to have joint responsibility. (d) Where Joint responsibility exists, both the prime contractor and his sub contractor or subcontractors, regardless of tier, shall be considered subject to the enforcement provisions of the Act. Subporl C--General Safely and hygiene, and personal protective meas ures required. (4) In Job site areas where harmful plants or animals are present, employees who may be exposed shall be Instructed regarding the potential hazards, and how to avoid injury, and the first aid proce dures to be used In the event of injury. (5) Employees required to handle or use flammable liquids, gases, or toxic Health Provisions materials shall be instructed in the safe 1926.20 General safely and ticuMi pro' Uions. (a) Contractor requirements. (1) Sec handling and use of these materials and made aware of the specific requirements contained in Subparts D, F. and other applicable subparts of this part. tion 107 of the Act requires that It shall be a condition of each contract which Is entered into under legislation subject to Reorganization Plan Number 14 of 1950 (64 Stat. 1267), as defined in S 1926.12. and is for construction, alteration, and/ or repair, including painting and deco rating, that no contractor or subcontrac tor for any part of the contract work shall require any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of the con tract to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his health or safety. (b) Accident prevention responsibili ties. (1) It shall be the responsibility of the employer to initiate and maintain such programs as may be necessary to comply with this part. (2) Such programs shall provide for frequent and regular inspections of the job sites, materials, and equipment to be made by competent persons desig nated by the employers. (6) (i) All employees required to en ter into confined or enclosed spaces shall be instructed as to the nature of the hazards involved, the necessary precau tions to be taken, and in the use of pro tective and emergency equipment re quired. The employer shall comply with any specific regulations that apply to work in dangerous or potentially danger ous areas. (ii) For purposes of subdivision (i) of this subparagraph, "confined or enclosed space" means any space having a limited means of egress, which is subject to the accumulation of toxic or flammable con taminants or has an oxygen deficient at mosphere. Confined or enclosed spaces Include, but are not limited to, storage tanks, process vessels, bins, boilers, ventilation or exhaust ducts, sewers, underground utility vaults, tunnels, pipe lines, and open top spaces a,ore than 4 feet In depth such as pits, tubs, vaults, and vessels. (3) The use of any machinery, tool, material, or equipment which is not in compliance with any applicable require ment of this part is prohibited. Such 1926.22 Recording and reporting of injuries. [Reserved} machine, tool, material, or equipment shall either be identified as unsafe by . 1926.23 First aid and medical at tagging or locking the controls to render tention. them inoperable or shall be physically First aid sendees and provisions for removed from its place of operation. medical care shall be made available by the employer for every employee covered (4) The employer shall permit only those employees qualified by training or experience to operate equipment and machinery. by these regulations. Regulations pre scribing specific requirements for first aid, medical attention, and emergency facilities are contained In Subpart D of this part. 1926.21 Safely training und education. (a) Genercl requirements. The Direc tor shall, pursuant to section 107(f) of the Act. establish and supervise programs for the education and training of em ployers and employees In the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe con ditions in employments covered by the act. (b) Employer responsibility. <1) The employer should avail himself of the 1926.24 Fire protection and pre'cntion. The employer shall be responsible for the development and maintenance of an effective fire protection and prevention program at the Job site throughout all phases of the construction, repair, altera tion, or demolition work. The employer ihall ensure the availability of the fire protection and suppression equipment required by Subpart F of this part. CAPCO JEN 0001823 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 9 1926.25 Housekeeping. (b) Applicable safety and health mechanic and the contractor or subcon (a) During the course of construction, alteration, or repairs, form and scrap lumber with protruding nails, and all other debris, shall be kept cleared from work areas, passageways, and stairs, in and around buildings or other structures. standards. For the purpose of work car ried out under this section, the safety and health regulations promulgated by the Secretary of Labor shall apply: Part 1915 of this title. Safety and Health Regulations for Ship Repairing, and Part tractor who engaged him. "Laborer and mechanic" are not defined in the Act, but the identical terms are used in the DavisBacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a>, which pro vides for minimum wage protection on Federal and federally assisted construc (b) Combustible scrap and debris shall be removed at regular intervals during the course of construction. Safe means shall be provided to facilitate such removal. <c> Containers shall be provided /or the collection and separation of waste, trash, oily and used rags, and other ref use. Containers used for garbage and other oily, flammable, or hazardous wastes, such as caustics, acids, harmful dusts, etc. shall be equipped with covers. 1916 of this title, Safety and Health Regulations for Shipbuilding. 1926.31 Incorporation by reference. (a) The specifications, standards and codes of agencies of the US, Govern ment and organizations which are not agencies of the US. Government, to the extent they are legally incorporated by reference in this part, have the same force and effect as other standards in this part. The locations where these tion contracts. The use of the same term in a statute w'hlch often applies concur rently with section 107 of the Act has considerable precedential value in ascer taining the meaning of "laborer and me chanic" as used in the Act. "Laborer" generally means one who performs man ual labor or who labors at an occupation requiring physical strength: "mechanic" generally means a worker skilled with tools. See 18 Comp. Gen. 341. Garbage and other waste shall be dis posed of at frequent and regular intervals. 1926.26 Illumination. Construction areas, aisles, stairs, specifications, standards, and codes may be examined are as follows: (1) Offices of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor. Railway Labor Building. Washington, DC 20210. (2) The Regional and Reid Offices of the (j) "Employer" means contractor or subcontractor within the meaning of the Act and of this part. (k) "Hazardous substance" means a substance which,* by reason of being ex plosive, flammable, poisonous, corrosive, ramps, runways, corridors, offices, shops, Occupational Safety and Health Administration oxidizing, irritating, or otherwise harm and storage areas where work is in prog which are listed in the U.S. Government Manual ful, is likely to cause death or Injury. ress shall be lighted with either natural 1970-71. at page m (l) "Qualified" means one who, by or artificial illumination. The minimum illumination requirements for work areas are contained in Subpart D of this part. 1926.27 Sanitation. Health and sanitation requirements for drinking water are contained in Subpart D of this part. 1926.28 Personal protective equip* mcnL (a) The employer is responsible for requiring the wearing of appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is an exposure to hazardous conditions and where this part indicates the need for using such equipment to reduce the hazards to the employees. (b) Regulations governing the use, selection, and maintenance of personal protective and lifesaving equipment are described under Subpart E of this part. (b) Any changes in the specifications, standards and codes Incorporated by reference in this part and an official his toric file of such changes are available at the offices referred to in paragraph (a) of this section. All questions as to the applicability of such changes should also be referred to these offices. 1926.32 Definitions. The following definitions shall apply in the application of the regulations in this part: (a) "Act" means section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Stand ards Act. commonly known as the Con struction Safety Act (66 Stat. 96; 40 U.S.C. 333). (b> "ANSI" means American National Standards Institute. (c) "Approved" means sanctioned, en dorsed, accredited, certified, or accepted as satisfactory by a duly constituted and possession of a recognized degree, certif icate, or professional standing, or who by extensive knowledge, training, and experience, has successfully demon strated his ability to solve or resolve problems relating to the subject matter, the work, or the project. (m) "Safety factor" means the ratio of the ultimate breaking strength of a member or piece of material or equip ment to the actual working stress or safe load when in use. (n) "Secretary" means the Secretary of Labor. (o) "SAE" means Society of Auto motive Engineers. (p) "ShaJl"meansmandatory. (q) "Should" means recommended. (r) "Suitable" means that which fits, and has the qualities or qualifications to meet a given purpose, occasion, condi tion, function, or circumstance. 1926.29 Acceptable certifications. (a) Pressure vessels. Current and valid certification by an insurance company or regulatory authority shall be deemed as acceptable evidence of safe installation. Inspection, testing of pressure vessels provided by the employer. (b) Boilers. Boilers provided by the employer shall be deemed to be In com pliance with the requirements of this part when evidence of current and valid certification by an insurance company or regulatory authority attesting to the safe installation, inspection, and testing is presented. (c> Other requirements. Regulations prescribing specific requirements for other types of pressure vessels and simi lar equipment are contained in Subparts F and O of this part. nationally recognized authority or agency. <d> "Authorized person" means a per son approved or assigned by the employer to perform a specific type of duty or duties or to be at a specific location or locations at the Jobsite. (e) "Bureau" means the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. (f) "Competent person" means one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards In the surround ings or working conditions which are un sanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to em ployees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. (g) "Defect" means any characteristic or condition which tends to weaken or reduce the strength of the tool, object, or structure of which it is a part. Subpart D--Occupational Health and Environmental Controls 1924,50 Medk`*l crvircf -and - (a) The employer shall insure the availability of medical personnel for ad vice and consultation on matters of oc cupational health. <b> Provisions shall be made prior to commencement of the project for prompt medical attention in case of serious injury. (c) In the absence of an infirmaiy. clinic, hospital, or physician that Is rea sonably accessible in terms of time and distance to the worksite which is avail able for the treatment of injured em ployees, a person who has a valid certif icate in first-aid training from the U.S. Bureau of Mines, the American Red 1926.30 Shipbuilding and thip re* (h) "Designated person" means "au Cross, or equivalent training that can be pairing. thorized person" as defined in paragraph verified by documentary evidence shall (a) General. Shipbuilding, ship re (d) of this section. be available at the worksite to render pairing, alterations, and maintenance (1) "Employee*- means every laborer or first aid. performed on ships under Government mechanic under the Act regardless of the <d) (1) First-aid supplies approved by contract, except naval ship construction, contractual relationship which may be the consulting physician shall be easily Is work subject to the Act. alleged to exist between the laborer and accessible when required. CAPCO JEN 0001824 10 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (2) The first-aid kit shall consist of materials approved by the consulting physician in a weatherproof container with individual sealed packages for each type of Item. The contents of the firstaid kit shall be checked by the employer before being sent out on each Job and at least weekly on each job to ensure that the expended items are replaced. (e) Proper equipment for prompt transportation of the Injured person to a physician or hospital, or a communica tion system for contacting necessary ambulance service, shall be provided. (f) The telephone numbers of the doc tors, hospital and ambulances shall be conspicuously posted. 1926.51 Sanitation. (a) Potable water. (1) An adequate supply of potable water shall be provided in all places of employment. (2) Portable containers used to dis pense drinking water shall be capable of being tightly closed, and equipped with a tap. Water shall not be dipped from containers. (3) Any container used to distribute drinking water shall be clearly marked as to the nature of its contents and not used for any other purpose. (4) The common drinking cup Is pro hibited. (5) Where single service cups (to be used but once) are supplied, both a sani tary container for the unused cups and a receptacle for disposing of the used cups shall be provided. (b) Nonpofable water. (1) Outlets for nonpotable water, such os water for in dustrial or firefighting purposes only, shall be Identified by signs meeting the requirements of Subpart G of this part, to Indicate clearly that the water is unsafe and Is not to be used for drink ing, washing, or cooking purposes. (2) There shall be no cross-connection, open or potential, between a system fur nishing potable water and a system fur nishing nonootable water. ic) Toilets at construction jobsites. (1) Toilets shall be provided for em ployees according to the following table: Number of employee* Table D-l Minimum number of facilities 20 or less.. 20 or more. 200 or more. 1. 1 toilet 6e*t and i urinal per 40 WoftWi. 1 toilet seat and 1 urinal per 60 workers. (2) Under temporary field conditions, provisions shall be made to assure not less than one toilet facility is available. (3) Job sites, not provided with a san itary sewer, shall be provided with one of the following toilet facilities unless prohibited by local codes: (I) Privies (where their use will not contaminate ground or surface water); (II) Chemical toilets; (III) Recirculating toilets; (iv) Combustion toilets. <d) Food handling. All employees* food service facilities and operations shall meet the applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations of the Jurisdictions in which they are located. (e) Temporary sleeping quarters. When temporary sleeping quarters are provided, they shall be heated, ventilated, and lighted. (f) Washing facilities. The employer shall provide adequate washing facilities for employees engaged in the application 110 dbA Vi hour. 100 dbA Vj hour. 80 dbA iy2 hours. #*,=--Ya +--H +--Ka e Ft = 0.500+0.25 4*0.188 F, =0.938 of paints, coating, herbicides, or insecti cides, or In other operations where con taminants may be harmful to the em Since the value of F. does not exceed unity, the exposure is within permissible limits. ployees. Such facilities shall be in near proximity to the worksite and shall be so equipped as to enable employees to re (e) Exposure to Impulsive or Impact ncise should not exceed 140 dB peak sound pressure level. move such substances. (g) tRevoked] 1926.53 Ionizing radiation. (a) In construction and related ac 1926.52 Occupational noise exposure. tivities involving the use of sources of ionizing radiation, the pertinent provi (a) Protection against the effects of sions of the Atomic Energy Commis noise exposure shall be provided W'hen sion's Standards for Protection Against the sound levels exceed those shown In Radiation (10 CFR Part 20), relating ter Table D-2 of this section when meas protection against occupational radia ured on the A-scale of a standard sound tion exposure, shall apply. level meter at slow response. (b) When employees are subjected to sound levels exceeding those listed In Table D-2 of this section, feasible ad ministrative or engineering controls shall be utilized. If such controls fail to reduce sound levels within the levels of the table, personal protective equipment as required in Subpart E, shall be pro vided and used to reduce sound levels within the levels of the table. (c) II the variations in noise level in volve maxima at Intervals of 1 second <b) Any activity which involves the use of radioactive material or X-ray, whether or not under license from the Atomic Energy Commission, shall be per formed by competent persons specially trained in the proper and safe operation of such equipment. In the case of ma terials used under Commission license, only persons actually licensed, or compe tent persons under direction and super vision of the licensee, shall perform such work. or less, it is to be considered continuous. (d) (I) In all cases where the sound 1926.54 Nonionizing radiation. levels exceed the values shown herein, a (a) Only qualified and trained em continuing, effective hearing conserva ployees shall be assigned to install, ad tion program shall be administered. just. and operate laser equipment. Table D-2--Permissible Noise Exposures Sound level dBA slow Duration per day, hours: Response 8.................................................................... 80 6 .................................................................... 82 4 ................................ 85 3 2 .................................................................................................................................... 87 100 102 1 .................................................................... 105 % ............................................... no Vi or less..................................................... 115 (2) (i) When the daily noise exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure of different levels, their combined effect should be considered, rather than the individual effect of each. Exposure to different levels for various periods of time shall be computed ac cording to the formula set forth in sub division (11) of this subparagraph. (11> r, r, r. r,=--+--+ +-- w.here: t,* F,=The equivalent noise exposure factor. T=The period of noise exposure at any essentially constant level. L=The duration of the permissible noise exposure at the constant level (from Table D-2). If the value of F. exceeds unity (1) the exposure exceeds permissible levels. (ill) A sample computation showing an application of the formula In subdivi sion 01) of this paragraph is as follows. An employee Is exposed at these levels for these periods: (D) Proof of qualification of the laser equipment operator shall be available and In possession of operator at all times. (c) Employees, when working in areas In which a potential exposure to direct or reflected laser light greater than 0.005 watts (5 milliwatts) exists, shall be pro vided with antilaser eye protection de vices as specified In Subpert E of this part. (d) Areas in which lasers are used shall be posted with standard laser warning placards. (e) Beam shutters or caps shall be utilized, or the laser turned off, when laser transmission Is not actually' re quired. When the laser la left unattended for a substantial period of time, such as during lunch hour, overnight, or at change of shifts, the laser shall be turned off. (f) Only mechanlca* or electronic means shall be used as a detector for guiding the Internal alignment of the laser. (g) The laser beam shall not be di rected at employees. (h) When It Is raining or snowing, or when theie Is dust or fog In the air, the operation of laser systems shall be pro hibited where practicable; In any event, employees shall be kept out of range of the area of source and target during* such weather conditions. . (1) Laser equipment shall bear a label to Indicate maximum output. (j) Employees shall not oe exposed to light Intensities above: CAPCO JEN 0001825 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 11 (1) Direct 6taring: 1 micro-watt per square centimeter; (2) Incidental observing: 1 milliwatt per square centimeter; (3) Diffused reflected light: 2x/z watts per square centimeter. <k) Laser unit (n operation should be set up above the heads of the employees, when possible. (1) Employees shall not be exposed to microwave power densities In excess of 10 milliwatts per square centimeter. 1926.55 Cafes, sapors, fumes, dusts, and mists. 10........General construction plant and shops (e.g,, batch piaots, screening plants, mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, carpenter shops, rig ging lofts and active store rooms, barracks or living quarters, locker or dressing rooms, mess halls, and In door toilets and workrooms). 30_______ First aid stations. Infirmaries, and offices. (b) Other areas. For areas or oper ations not covered above, refer to the American National Standard A11.1-1965, R1970. Practice for Industrial Lighting, for recommended values of illumination. (a) Exposure of employees to inhala tion, ingestion, skin absorption, or con tact with any material or substance at a concentration above those specified In the `Threshold Limit Values of Airborne Contaminants for 19T0" of the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, shall be avoided. (b) To achieve compliance with para graph (a) of this section, administrative or engineering controls must first be im plemented whenever feasible. When such controls are not feasible to achieve full compliance, protective equipment or other protective measures shall be used to keep the exposure of employees to air contaminants within the limits pre scribed in this section. Any equipment and technical measures used for this pur pose must first be approved for each particular use by a competent Industrial hygienist or other technically qualified person. Whenever respirators are used, their use shall comply with g 1926.103. (c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this sec tion do not apply to the exposure of em ployees to airborne asbestos dust. When ever any employee Is exposed to airborne asbestos dust, the requirements of 51910.93a of this title shaU apply. , 1926.56 Illumination. (a) General. Construction areas, ramps, runways, corridors, offices, shops, and storage areas shall be lighted to not less than the minimum illumination in tensities listed In Table D-3 while any work Is In progress: Table D-3--Minimum Illumination Intensities in Foot-Can/ cs Foot-candlee: Area or operation 5................ General construction area lighting. S____ _____ General construction are at, concrete placement, excava tion and waste areas, aooeasways, active storage areas, loading platforms, refueling, and field maintenance areas. 5--.--... Indoors: warehouses, corridors, hallways, and exltways. 0--------------- Tunnels, ahafu, and general underground work areas: (Exception: minimum of 10 foot-candles is required at tunnel and shaft heading Curing drilling, mucking, and . :allng. Bureau of lLnea approved cap lights shall be acceptable for use In the tunnel heading.) 1926.57 Ventilation. (a) General Whenever hazardous sub stances such as duste, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases exist or are produced in the course of construction work, their concentrations shall not exceed the lim its specified In $ 1926.55(a). When venti lation is used as an engineering control method, the system shall be installed and operated according to the requirements of this section. (b) Local exhaust ventilation. Local exhaust ventilation when usd as de scribed in (a) shall be designed to pre vent dispersion into the air of dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, and gases in con centrations causing harmful exposure. Such exhaust systems shall be so de signed that dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases are not drawn through the work area of employees. (c) Design and operation. Exhaust fans, jets, ducts, hoods, separators, and all necessary appurtenances, including refuse receptacles, shall be so designed, constructed, maintained and operated as to ensure the required protection by maintaining a volume and velocity of ex haust air sufficient to gather dusts, fumes, vapors, or gases from said equip ment or process, and to convey them to suitable points of 6afe disposal, thereby preventing their dispersion In harmful quantities into the atmosphere where employees work, (d) Duration of operations. (1) The exhaust system shall be In operation con tinually during all operations which it Is designed to serve. If the employee re mains In the contaminated zone, the sys tem shall continue to operate after the cessation of said operations, the length of time to depend upon the individual circumstances and effectiveness of the general ventilation system. (2) Since dust capable of causing dis ability is, according to the best medical opinion, of microscopic size, tending to remain for hours in suspension in still air, it Is essential that the exhaust sys tem be continued in operation for a time after the work process or equipment served by the same shall have ceased. In order to ensure the removal of the harm ful elements to the required extent. For the same reason, employees wearing res piratory equipment should not remove same immediately until the atmosphere seems clear. (e) Disposal of exhaust materials. The air outlet from every dust separator, and the dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases collected by an exhaust or ventilating system shall discharge to the outside at mosphere. Collecting systems which re turn air to work area may be used If concentrations which accumulate In the work area air do not result In harmful exposure to employees. Dust and refuse discharged from an exhaust system shall be disposed of in such a manner that it will not result in harmful exposure to employees. 1926.58 [Revoked] Subpart E--Personal Protective and Life Saving Equipment 1926,100 Head protection. (a) Employees working in areas where there Is a possible danger of head injury from impact, or from falling or flying objects, or from electrical shock and burns, shall be protected by protective helmets. <b) Helmets for the protection of em ployees against Impact and penetration of falling and flying objects shall meet the specifications contained -in American National Standards Institute. Z89.11969, Safety Requirements for Industrial Head Protection. (c) Helmets for the head protection of employees exposed to high voltage elec trical shock and bums shall meet the specifications contained in American Na tional Standards Institute, Z89.2-1970. 1926.101 Hearing protection. ' (a) Wherever It is not feasible to re duce the noise levels or duration of expo sures to those specified In Table D-2, Permissible Noise Exposures, in g 1926.52, ear protective devices shall be provided and used. (b) Ear protective devices inserted in the ear shall be fitted or determined in dividually by competent persons. (c) Plain cotton Is not an acceptable protective device. g 1926.102 Eye and face protection. (a) General (1) Employees shall be provided with eye and face protection equipment when machines or operations present potential eye or face injury from physical, chemical, or radiation agents. (2) Eye and face protection equipment required by this Part shall meet the re quirements specified in American Na tional Standards Institute. Z87.1-196B, Practice for Occupational and Educa tional Eye and Face Protection. (3) Employees whose vision requires the use of corrective lenses In spectacles, when required by (his regulation to wear eye protection, shall be protected by gog' gles or spectacles of one of the following 'types; CAPCO JEN 0001826 12 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 0a 2 s O ts P << P Z w th iT2 < oS-f=d>1 t > H 1, c III(A z 2*0 u H z s 0 &&&& <ar t <b-o i! 2 {G be c "r* OJ ?i5 o 2 t> i 5s a3 a >5! ' 3 to * gC. * &- --i Cj V ?C '* S?-?* 2se G H 3 h ^.g ^ |35f S S A U J oS-S " a w -- Cw p o ois 3 ,,-QSSi I o***-q5i _: o --* H C<e rut - liMu ** CfiS S IsSiSf y rt cr 2*3 g s-fs" S > SEISES n ua; S * sw X= HX*<c x^ 3 -.23 a H ^s R * - ~ CO; D 2 S3M *. o O a C o "T)i e a?s&= S"s K in O , g > 4* a > g *o J* S &*o ^XogS.s , wC Sa a=gw 2-s >o g*C>' Ji 8 J o>-. i5 ~:3 " f=?t 2g a 5? -Ai 2 S"a*S < | Ss- ,,: SttjS -- T|a II 5|| > w 3 rt CtJ 3^~ cr*A- .C S0JS 3 ** *3 ** A w gB0^g Slgif His 240 b m O 2 CL i&a.iiC is `S A S m A 3fi ^3 2 a *312 ,, ^.S'ajs a S ft 2.2 " &3 2 " a 2- * " C. ^ -d a c a>a _ SiTssg cS E c ,,E3S wCC isSgg"2 u) A00o 0o ss = oA A4/) c s <0 3 26 j 3 * 1 ca *A , f3 c > 2 * \^^ < v) e 1 5iS a ' ^ Cl i ^,_ 40 *-> j; o O oCo.. ^--3. !M2 DW ^H MQ 5Z !" 6b ia c 1 sI WK 1B 3 : C A 4, A J ow ;s 23 s:! to to a ji ! 1t. 35; cC ^o 1; ; * 1 'I eE 208TJ C,, 3 s5 2g f lA <D IO CD ^ s5 3i ,*.'2C *4. fcu -' h c s bCe u* 32 S 5 ** m 2 ill ,, s||| lg SS"3 i Ifig ; !C5 1 s3 ill ; -S|i *1 Jfl_*!S i| & ^ 2^ S> jc>~S ?s1 a>E-- 5ol. Jit B o eS "1 ca'Ei 2 ,-T S ;I*a^S : (0 0 j -o i: =i 25- O 1 gs-s 5 O SP jSs `i 35 ? 3 ~ = c > o 1. 0g a3 ; CT ,, S " J!S "U so >i 3 g 313 A >, _ & 0 : ES S c. i? M S > ' 5a| ao <c1 2fc " s. 8 ' i a g a &I b E S s" S.jj 'w2*SK 4) " i 2 2 * t, " >, 3 " n fi 3 o ** e s a5:t 3o 2A --t> u ** V 4f> } oc A S^ gW w3 QA 3 *- ^ 1! 3TS H ca 38 Clods' f Sc?' ad 2T ** T 2 33 - ss M a f B* If h -3i ?*13a Se *i. 2^ Ml ssi &v fig III C*T 3|2 M* =So II CAPCO JEN 0001827 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 13 Table E-4. Selection of Respirators--Continued (e) Forged steel safety hooks or Hazard Respirator (See Note) shackles shall be used to fasten the net to its supports. Ou and vapor contaminant* mmcdtatcly dangerous to life and health. Self-contained breathing apparatus. Hose mask with blower. Atrpurtlylnf. full facepiece respirator with chemical canister (gas mask). Self-rescue mouthpiece respirator (for escape only). Com bination alr-llne respirator with auxiliary self-contained air supply or an air-storage receiver with alarm. (t) Connections between net panels shall develop the full strength of the net. 1926.106 Working over or near water. Not Immediately dangerous to llfcand health. Air-lino respirator. Hose mask without blower. Air-purllylng, half-mask or mouthpiece respirator with chemical cartridge. Particulate contaminants Immediately dan Self-contained breathing apparatus. gerous to life and health. Hose mask with blower. Alr-purlfying, full facrplccc respirator with appropriate filter. Self-rescue mouthpiece respirator (for escape only). Combination air-tine respirator with auilllary self-contained alt supply or an air-storage u-cclvcr with alarm. Not immediately dangerous to life and health. Air-punlylng, half-mask or mouthpiece respirator with filter pad or cartridge. Alr-Une respirator. Afr-Une abrasive-blasting respirator. Hose-mask without blower. Combination t*s. vapor, and particulate contaminants Immediately dangerous to life and health. 5<l(-conia!utd breathing apparatus. Hose mask with blown. Alr-purlfying, full facepiece respirator with chemical canister and appropriate filter (gns mask with filter). Sell-rescue mouthpiece respirator (for escape only). Combination air-line respirator with auxiliary iclf-contalnrd air supply or an air-storage receiver with alarm. Not Immediately dangerous to IHcand health. Alr-hne respirator. Hose mask without blower. Alr-purlfying, half-mask or mouthpiece respirator with chemical cartridge and appropriate filler. (a) Employees working over or near water, where the danger of drowning exists, shall be provided with U.S. Coast Guard-approved life Jacket or buoyant work vests. (b) Prior to and after each use, the buoyant work vests or life preservers shall be inspected for defects which would alter their strength or buoyancy. Defective units shall not be used. (c) Ring buoys with at least 90 feet of line shall be provided and readily avail able for emergency rescue operations. Distance between ring buoys shall not exceed 200 feet. <d) At least one lifesaving skiff shall be Immediately available at locations where employees are working over or adjacent to water. Note: For the purpose of this part. "Immediately dangerous to life and health" Is defined as a condltloo that either poses an Immediate threat to life aud health or ao Immediate threat of severe exposure to contaminants, such aa radioactive materials, a iilch are likely to have adverse delayed effects on health. (c) 5c?ccfion, issuance, use and care of respirators. (1) Employees required to use respiratory protective equipment approved for use in atmospheres immedi ately dangerous to life shall be thorough ly trained In its use. Employees required to use other types of respiratory protec tive equipment shall be instructed In the use and limitations of such equipment. (2) Respiratory protective equipment shall be inspected regularly and main tained in good condition. Gas mask canisters and chemical cartridges shall be replaced as necessary so as to provide complete protection. Mechanical filters for a fall of no greater than 6 feet. The rope shall have a nominal breaking strength of 5,400 pounds. (e) All safety belt and lanyard hard ware shall be drop forged or pressed steel, cadmium plated in accordance with type 1, Class B plating specified in Fed eral . Specification QQ-P-416. Surface shali be smooth and free of sharp edges. (f) All safety belt and lanyard hard ware, except rivets, shall be capable of withstanding a tensile loading of 4,000 pounds without cracking, breaking, or taking a permanent deformation. shall be cleaned or replaced as necessary so as to avoid breathing. undue resistance to 1926.105 Safely nets# (3) Respiratory protective equipment which has been previously used shall be cleaned and disinfected before it is Issued by the employer to another employee. Emergency rescue equipment shall be cleaned and disinfected immediately after each use, (a) Safety nets shall be provided when workplaces are more than 25 feet above the ground or water surface, or other surfaces where the use of ladders, scaffolds, catch platforms, temporary floors, safety lines, or safety belts are impractical. (b) Where safety net protection is re 1926.107 Definition* applicable to ihra subpart. (a) 'Contaminant" means any mate rial w'hlch by reason of its action upon, within, or to a person is likely to cause physical harm. (b) "Lanyard" means a rope, suitable for supporting one person. One end is fastened to a safety belt or harness and the other end 1s secured to a substantial object or a safety line. (c) "Lifeline" means a rope, suitable for supporting one person, to which a lanyard or safety belt (or harness) is attached. (d) "O.D." means optical density and refers to the light refractive characteris tics of a lens. (e) "Radiant energy" means energy that travels outward in all directions from Its sources. (f) "Safety belt" means a device, usually worn around the waist which, by reason of its attachment to a lanyard and lifeline or a structure, will prevent a worker from falling. g 1926.1M Safely belts, lifelines, and lanyardaCa) lifelines, safety belts, and lan yards shall be used only for employee safeguarding. Any lifeline, safety belt, or quired by this part, operations shall not be undertaken until the net is In place and has been tested. (c) Cl) Nets shall extend 8 feet beyond the edge of the work surface where em $ufcrj3Brt F--Fire Protection end Prevention 1926.150 Fire protection. lanyard actually subjected to In-service loading, as distinguished from static load testing, shall be immediately removed from service ^nd shall not be used again for employee safeguarding. <b) Lifelines shall be secured Above the point of operation to an anchorage or structural member capable of supporting a minimum dead weight of 5,400 pounds. (c) Lifelines used on rock-scaling operations, or in areas where the lifeline may be subjected to cutting or abrasion, shall be a minimum of %-inch wire core maniia rope. For all othe. lifeline appli cations. a minimum of 3<-lnch maniia or equivalent, with a minimum breaking strength of 5,400 pounds, shall be used. (d) Safety belt lanyard shall be a minimum ot 14-inch nylon, or equiva lent. with a maximum length to provide ployees are exposed and shall be Installed (a) General requirements. (1) The as close under the work surface as prac employer shall be responsible for the de tical but In no case more than 25 feet velopment of a fire protection program below such work surface. Nets shall be to be followed throughout all phases of hung with sufficient clearance to prevent the construction and lemolltlon work, user's contact with the surfaces or struc and he shall provide for the firefighting tures below. Such clearances shall be equipment as specified in this subpart. determined by impact load testing. As fire hazards occur, there shall be no (2) It Is Intended that only one level delay in providing the necessary equip of nets be required for bridge construc ment. tion. (2) Access to all available firefighting (d) The mesh size of nets shall not equipment shall be maintained at all exceed 6 inches by 6 inches. All new nets times. shall meet accepted performance stand (3) All firefighting equipment, pro ards of 17,500 foot-pounds minimum im vided by the employer, shall be con pact resistance as determined and cer spicuously located.* tified by the manufacturers, and shall (4) All firefighting equipment shall bear a label of proof test. Edge ropes shall be periodically Inspected and maintained provide a minimum breaking strength of ia operating condition. Defective equip 5,000 pounds. ment shall be immediately replaced. CAPCO JEN 0001828 14 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (5) As warranted by the project, the employer shall provide a trained and equipped firefighting organization (Fire Brigade) to assure adequate protection to life. (b) Wafer supply. (1)A temporary or permanent water supply, of sufficient volume, duration, and pressure, required to properly operate the firefighting equipment shall be made available as soon as combustible materials accumulate. (2) Where underground water mains are to be provided, they shall be in stalled, completed, and made available for use as soon as practicable. (c) Portable fireAphting equipment-- (1) Fire extinguishers and small hose lines, (i) A fire extinguisher, rated not less than 2A. shall be provided for each 3.000 square feet of the protected build ing area, or major fraction thereof. Travel distance from any point of the protected area to the nearest fire ex tinguisher shall not exceed 100 feet. <ii) One 55-gallon open drum of water with two fire palls may be substituted for a fire extinguisher having a 2A rating. (ili) A V^-lnch diameter garden-type hose line, not to exceed 100 feet in length and equipped with a nozzle, may be sub stituted for a 2A-rated fire extinguisher, provided it is capable of discharging a minimum of 5 gallons per minute with a minimum hose stream range of 30 feet horizontally. The garden-type hose lines shall be mounted on conventional racks or reels. The number and location of hose racks or reels shall be such that at least one hose stream can be applied to all points in the area. (iv) One or more fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A, shall be provided Table F-l FIRE EXTINGUISHERS DATA VIH tTW *a* I I I.1 0 1 111 NO YES YES YES YES YES NO NO YES YES NO NO NO NO YES YES YES YES YES YES jg; NO NO NO NO NO YES YES YES YES YES Jrl me Al IXI1N iUUHINC AGtNTS AfMOVt > IT MC dGNIZtO ?SffNG tAIOIATO ixl of sprinkler systems to permit alterations or additional demolition should be ex pedited so that the automatic protection may be returned to service as quickly a*; possible. Sprinkler control valves shall be checked daily at close of work to ascer tain that the protection is In service. (2) Standpipes. In all structures In which standpipes are required, or where standpipes exist in structures being altered, they shall be brought up as soon as applicable laws permit, and shall be maintained as construction progresses in such a manner that they are always ready for fire protection use. The stand pipes shall be provided with Siamese fire department connections on the out side of the structure, at the street level, which shall be conspicuously marked. There shall be at least one standard hose outlet at each floor. (e) Fire alarm devices. (1) An alarm system, e.g.t telephone system, siren, etc., shall be established by the employer whereby employees on the site and the local fire department can be alerted for an emergency. (2) The alarm code and reporting in structions shall be conspicuously posted at phones and at employee entrances. (f) Fire cutoffs. (1) Fire walls and exit stairways, required for the com pleted buildings, shall be given construc tion priority. Fire doors, with automatic closing devices, shall be hung on openings as soon as practicable. (2) Fire cutoffs shall be retained In buildings undergoing alterations or dem olition until operations necessitate their removal. Mi-oa of ontition "-------" 'zzr* -- *r. r r.r r.r m *- :i >#.* :r.:. S' f-ir S" r- h- r.ir on each floor. In multistory buildings, at least one fire extinguisher shall be lo cated adjacent to stairway. (v) Extinguishers and water drums, subject to freezing, shall be protected from freezing. (vi) A fire extinguisher, rated not less than 10B, shall be provided within SO feet of wherever more than 5 gallons of flammable or combustible liquids or 5 pounds of flammable gas are being used on the jobsite. This requirement does not apply to the integral fuel tanks of motcr vehicles. (vii) Carbon tetrachloride and other toxic vaporizing liquid fire extinguishers are prohibited. (viii) Portable fire extinguishers shll be inspected periodically and maintained in accordance with Maintenance and Use of Portable Fire Extinguishers, NFPA No. 10A-1970. (lx) Fire extinguishers which have been listed or approved by a nationally recognized testing laboratory, shall be used to meet the requirements of this subpart. (x) Table F-l may be used as a guide for selecting the appropriate portable fire extinguishers. (2) Fire hose and connections. (l> One hundred feet, or less, of 1%-inch hose, with a nozzle capable of discharg ing water at 25 gallons or more per minute, may be substituted for a fire extinguisher rated not more than 2A in the designated area provided that the hose line can reach all points in the area. (ii) If fire hose connections are not compatible with local firefighting equip ment. the contractor shall provide adap ters, or equivalent, to permit connections. (lii) During demolition Involving com bustible materials, charged hose lines, supplied by hydrants, water tank trucks with pumps, or equivalent, shall be made available. (d) Fixed firefighting equipment--(X) Sprinkler protection. (i) If the facility being constructed Includes the installa tion of automatic sprinkler protection, the installation shall closely follow the construction and be placed in service as soon as applicable laws permit following completion of each story. 01) During demolition or alterations, existing automatic sprinkler installa tions shall be retained in service as long as reasonable. The operation of sprinkler control valves shall be permitted only by properly authorized persons. Modification b 1926.151 Fire prevention. (a) Ignition hazards. (I) Electrical wiring and equipment for light, heat, or power purposes shall be installed In compliance with the requirements of the National Electrical Code. NFPA 701971; ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. of 1968). and the requirements of Subpart K of this part. (2) Internal combustion engine pow ered equipment shall be so located that the exhausts are well away from com bustible materials. When the exhausts are piped to outside the building under construction, a clearance of at least 6 inches shall be maintained between such piping and combustible material. (3) Smoking shall be prohibited at or in the vicinity of operations which con stitute a fire hazard, and shall be con spicuously posted: "No Smoking or Open Flame." (4) Portable battery powered lighting equipment, used in connection with the storage, handling, or use of flammable gases or liquids, shall be of the type ap proved for the hazardous locations. <5> The nozzle of air, inert gas, and steam lines or hoses, when used in the cleaning or ventilation of tanks and vessels that contain hazardous con centrations of flammable gases or vapors, shall be bonded to the tank or vessel shell. Bonding devices shall not be at tached or detached In hazardous con centrations of flammable gases or vapors. CAPCO JEN 0001829 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 15 (b) Temporary buildings. (1) No tem porary building shall be erected where it will adversely affect any means of exit. <2)'Temporary buildings, when located within another building or structure, shall be of either noncombustible con struction or of combustible construction having a fire resistance of not less than 1 hour. (3) Temporary buildings, located other than inside another building and not used for the storage, handling, or use of flammable or combustible liquids, flam mable gases, explosives, or blasting agents, or similar hazardous occupancies, shall be located at a distance of not less than 10 feet from another building or structure. Groups of temporary build ings. not exceeding 2,000 square feet in aggregate, shall, for the purposes of this part, be considered a single temporary building. (c) Open yard storage. (1) Combusti ble materials shall be piled with due re gard to the stability of piles and in no case higher than 20 feet. (2) Driveways between and around combustible storage piles shall be at least 15 feet wide and maintained free from accumulation of rubbish, equipment, or other articles or materials. Driveways shall be so spaced that a maximum grid system unit of 50 feet by 150 feet Is produced. t3) The entire storage site shall be kept free from accumulation of unnec essary combustible materials. Weeds and grass shall be kept down and a regular procedure provided for the periodic cleanup of the entire area. (4) When there Is a danger of an un derground fire, that land shall not be used for combustible or flammable storage. (5) Method of piling shall be solid wherever possible and in orderly and regular piles. No combustible material shall be stored outdoors within 10 feet of a building or structure. (6) Portable fire extinguishing equip ment, suitable for the fire hazard in volved, shall be provided at convenient, conspicuously accessible locations in the yard area. Portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A, shall be placed so that maximum travel distance to the nearest unit shall not exceed 100 feet. (d) indoor storage. <1) Storage shall not obstruct, or adversely affect, means of exit. (2) All materials shall be stored, han dled, and piled with due regard to their fire characteristics. (3) Noncompatible materials, which may create a fire hazard, shall be segre gated by a barrier having a fire resist ance of at least 1 hour. (4) Material shall be piled to minimize the spread of fire internally and to per mit convenient access for firefighting. Stable piling shall be maintained at all times. Aisle space shall be maintained to safely accommodate the widest ve hicle that may be used within the build ing for firefighting purposes. (5) Clearance of at least 36 Inches shall be maintained between the top level of the stored material and the sprinkler deflectors. (6) Clearance shall be maintained around lights and heating units to pre vent ignition of combustible materials. (7) A clearance of 24 Inches shall be maintained around the path of travel of fire doors unless a barricade Is pro vided, in which case no clearance is needed. Material -shall not be stored within 36 inches of a fire door opening. 1926.152 Flammable and combustible liquids. (a) General requirements. (1) Only approved containers and portable tanks shall be used for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. Ap proved metal safety cans shall be used for the handling and use of flammable liquids in quantities greater than one gal lon, except that this shall not apply to those flammable liquid materials which arc highly viscid (extremely hard to pour>, which may be used and handled In original shipping containers. For quantities of one gallon or less, only the original container or approved metal safety cans shall be used for storage, use, and handling of flammable liquids. (2) Flammable or combustible liquids shall not be stored in areas used for exits, stairways, or normally used for the safe passage of people. (D) indoor storage of flammable and combustible liquids. (1) No more than 25 gallons of flammable or combustible liq uids shall be stored in a room outside of an approved storage cabinet. For storage of liquid petroleum gas, see $ 1926.153. (2) Quantities of flammable and com bustible liquid in excess of 25 gallons shall be stored in an acceptable or ap proved cabinet meeting the following re quirements: (i) Acceptable wdoden storage cabi nets shall be constructed in the following manner, or equivalent: The bottom, sides, and top shall be constructed of an exterior grade of plywood at least 1 inch in thickness, which shall not break down or delaminate under standard fire test conditions. All Joints shall be rabbeted and shall be fastened in two directions with flathead wood screws. When more than one door is used, there shall be a rabbeted overlap of not less than 1 inch. Steel hinges shall be mounted In such a manner as to r.ot lose their holding ca pacity due to loosening or burning out of the screws when subjected to fire. Such cabinets shall be painted Inside and out with fire retardant paint. (Li) Approved metal storage cabinets will be acceptable. (iii) Cabinets shall be labeled in con spicuous lettering, "Flammable--Keep Fire Away." <3) Not more than 60 gallons of flam mable or 120 gallons of combustible liquids shall be stored in any one storage cabinet. Not more than three such cabi nets may be located In a single storage area. Quantities in excess of this shall be stored in an inside storage room. (4) (1) Inside storage rooms shall be constructed to meet the required fireresistive rating for their use. Such con struction shall comply with the test specifications set forth in Standard Methods of Fire Test `of Building Con struction and Material, NFPA 251-1969. (iJ) Where an automatic extinguish ing system is provided, the system shall be designed and Installed in an approved manner. Openings to other rooms or buildings shall be provided wltn non- combustible liquid-tight raised sills or ramps at least 4 inches In height, or the floor in the storage area shall be at least 4 Inches below the surrounding floor. Openings shall be provided with ap proved self-closing fire doors. The room shall be liquid-tight where the walls join the floor. A permissible alternate to the sill or ramp Is an open-grated trench, Inside of the room, which drains to a safe location. Where other portions of the building or other buildings are exposed, windows shall be protected as set forth In the Standard for Fire Doors and Win dows. NFPA No. 80-3970, for Class E or F openings. Wood or at least 1-inch nomi nal thickness may be used for shelving, racks, dunnage, scuffboards, floor over lay, and similar Installations. (ill) Materials which will react with water and create a fir hazard shall not be stored in the same room with flam mable or combustible liquids. (iv) Storage in inside storage rooms shall comply with Table F-2 following: Tabli F-2 Fire prot'Klion Fire Maximum prati-i'd resistance site allTowotaabl le Quantities fcls./sq. ft f floor .iej Yes....................... 2hrs.............. 500 sq.ft.... No......................... 2 hrs..............loO sq.ft.... Yes....................... I lie............. 150 sq. ft____ No......................... 1 hr................ISO sq. ft....* * 10 Note: Fire protection 6ystem shall be sprinkler, water spray, carbon dioxide or other system approved by a nationally recog nized testing laboratory tor this purpose. (v) Electrical wiring and equipment located In inside storage rooms shall be approved for Class 1, Division 1, Haz ardous Locations, For definition of Class 1, Division 1, Hazardous Locations, see * 1926.404. <vi) Every inside storage room shall be provided with either a gravity or a mechanical exhausting system. Such sys tem shall commence not more than 12 inches above the floor and be designed to provide for a complete change of air within the room at least 6 times per hour. If a mechanical exhausting system is used. It shall be controlled by a switch located outside of the door. The venti lating equipment and any lighting fix tures shall be operated by the same switch. An electric pilot light shall be Installed adjacent to the switch If flam mable liquids are dispensed within the room. Where gravity ventilation Is pro vided, the fresh air Intake, as well as the exhausting outlet from the room, shall be on the exterior of the building in which the room Is located. Cvil) In every Inside storage room there shall be maintained one clear aisle at least 3 feet wide. Containers over 30 gallons capacity 6hall not be stacked one upon the other. (vlll) Flammable and combustible liq uids in excess of that permitted In in side storage rooms shall be stored outside of buildings In accordance with para graph (c) of this section. CAPCO JEN 0001830 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 16 (c) Storage outside buildings. (1) Storage of containers (not more than 60 gallons each) shall not exceed 1,100 gallons In any one pile or area. Piles or groups of containers shall be separated by a 5-foot clearance. Piles or groups of containers shall not be nearer than 20 container to another tank or container, shall be separated from other operations by 25-feet distance or by construction having a Are resistance of at least 1 hour. Drainage or other means shall be pro vided to control spills. Adequate natural or mechanical ventilation shall be pro vided to maintain the concentration of tion engines, receiving or dispensing of flammable or combustible liquids. (9) Conspicuous and legible signs pro hibiting smoking shall be posted. (10) The motors of all equipment being fueled shall be shut off during the fueling operation. feet to a building. (2) Within 200 feet of each pile of containers, there shall be a 12-foot-wide access way to permit approach of Are control apparatus. (3) The storage area shall be graded In a manner to divert possible spills away from buildings or other exposures, or shall be surrounded by a curb or earth dike at least 12 inches high. When curbs or dikes are used, provisions shall be made for draining off accumulations of flammable vapor at or below 10 percent of the lower flammable limit. (2) Transfer flammable liquids from one container to another shall be done only when containers are electrically Interconnected (bonded), (3) Flammable or combustible liquids shall be drawn from or transferred into vessels, containers, or tanks within a building or outside only through a closed piping system, from safety cans, by (11) Each service or fueling area shall be provided with at least one fire ex tinguisher havUg a rating of not less than 20BC located so that an extin guisher will be within 75 feet of each pump, dispenser, underground fill pipe opening, and lubrication or service area. 1926.15} Liquefied petroleum gu* (LP-CaO. (a) Approval of equipment and sys ground or rain water, or spills of flam* means of a device drawing through the tems. (1) Each system shall have con maple or combustible liquids. Drains top, or from a container, or portable tainers. valves, connectors, manifold shall terminate at a safe location and shall be accessible to operation under tanks, by gravity or pump, through an approved self-closing valve. Transferring by means of air pressure on the con fire conditions. (4) Outdoor portable tank storage: tainer or portable tanks is prohibited. (4) The dispensing units shall be pro (i) Portable tanks shall not be nearer than 20 feet from any building. Two or more portable tanks, grouped together, having a combined capacity In excess of 2,200 gallons, shall be separated by a 5-foat-clee.r area. Individual portable tanks exceeding 1,100 gallons shall be separated by a 5-foot-clear area. (ii) Within 200 feet of each portable tected against collision damage. (5) Dispensing devices and nozzles for flammable liquids shall be of an approved type. (f) Handling liquids at point of final use. (1) Flammable liquids shall be kept In closed containers when not actually in use. (2) Leakage or spillage of flammable tank, there shall be a 12-foot-wide access way to permit approach of fire control or combustible liquids shall be disposed of promptly and safely, apparatus. (5) Storage areas shall be kept free of weeds, debris, and other combustible (3) Flammable liquids may be used only where there are no open flames or other sources of ignition within 50 feet material not necessary to the storage. (6) Portable tanks, not exceeding 660 gallons, shall be provided with emergency of the operation, unless conditions war rant greater clearance. (g) Service and refueling areas. (I) venting and other devices, as required by chapters HI and IV of NFPA 30-1969, The Flammable and Combustible Liquids Flammable or combustible liquids shall be stored in approved closed containers, in tanks located underground, or in Code. (7) Portable tanks, in excess of 660 gallons, shall have emergency venting and other devices, as required by chap ters H and HI of The Flammable and aboveground portable tanks. (2) The tank trucks shall comply with the requirements covered in the Standard for Tank Vehicles for Flam mable and Combustible Liquids, NFPA Combustible Liquids Code, NFPA 30- No. 385-1966. 1969. (d) Fire control for flammable or combustible liquid storage. (1) At least one portable fire extinguisher, having a rating of not less than 20-B units, shall be located outside of, but not more than (3) The dispensing hose shall be an approved type. (4) The dispensing nozzle shaU be an approved automatic-closing type with out a latch-open device. (5) Underground tanks shall not be 10 feet from, the door opening into any room used for storage of more .than 60 gallons of flammable or combustible abandoned. (6) Ciearly identified and easily acces sible switch (es) shall be provided at a liquids. (2) At least one portable Are extin guisher having a rating of not less than 20-B units shall be located not less than 25 feet, nor more than 75 feet, from any flammable liquid storage area located outside. (3) When sprinklers are provided, they shall be installed in accordance with the Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, NFPA 13-1969. (4) At least one portable fire extin guisher having a rating of not less than location remote from dispensing devices to shut off the power to all dispensing de vices In the event of an emergency. (7) (i) Heating equipment of an ap proved type may be installed In the lubri cation or service area where there is no dispensing or transferring of flammable liquids, provided the bottom of the heat ing unit is at least 18 inches above the floor and Is protected from physical dam age. (U) Heating equipment installed In 20-B:C units shall be provided on all lubrication or service areas, where flam tank trucks or other vehicles used for mable liquids are dispensed, shall be of transporting and/or dispensing flam an approved type for garages, and shall mable or combustible liquids. (e) Dispensing liquids. (2) A"eas in which flammable or combustUe liquids are transferred at one time, in quantities greater than 5 gallons fro'm one tank or be Installed at least 8 feet above the floor. (8) There shall be no smoking or open flames in the areas used for fueling, serv icing fuel systems for Internal combus valve assemblies, and regulators of an approved type. <2> All cylinders shall meet the De partment of Transportation specifica tion identification requirements pub lished in 49 CFR Part 178, Shipping Container Specifications. (b) Welding on LP-Cas containers. Welding is prohibited on containers. (c> Container valves and container accessories. (1) Valves, fittings, and ac cessories connected directly to the con tainer. including primary shut off valves, shall have a rated working pressure of at least 250 psi.g. and shall be of mate rial and design suitable for LP-Gas service. (2) Connections to containers, except safety relief connections, liquid level gauging devices, and plugged openings, shall have shutoff valves located as close to the container as practicable. (d) Safety devices. (1) Every con tainer and every vaporizer shall be pro vided with one or more approved safety relief valves or devices. These valves shall be arranged to afford free vent to the outer air with discharge not less than 5 feet horizontally away from any open ing into a building which is below such discharge. (2) Shutoff valves shall not be in stalled between the safety relief device and the container, or the equipment or piping to which the safety relief device is connected, except that a shutoff valve may be used where the arrangement of this valve is such that full required ca pacity flow through the safety relief de vice is always afforded. (3) Container safety relief devices and regulator relief vents shall be located not less than 5 feet In any direction from air openings into sealed combustion system appliances or mechanical ventilation air intakes. (e) Dispensing. (1) Filling of fuel con tainers for trucks or motor vehicles from bulk storage containers shall be per formed not less than 10 feet from the nearest masonry-walled building, or not less than 25 feet from the nearest build ing or other construction and, in any event, not less than 25 feet from any building opening. (2) Filling of portable containers or Containers mounted on skids from stor age containers shall be performed not less than 50 feet from the nearest building. 1 CAPCO JEN 0001831 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 17 (f) Requirements for appliances. (1) Note: The provisions of this subparagraph do not apply to portable heaters under 7,600 LP-Gas consuming appliances shall be B.t.u. per hour input when used with con approved types. tainers having a maximum water capacity of (2) Any appliance that was originally manufactured for operation with a gas eous fuel other than LP-Gas, and is in good condition, may be used with LP-Gas 2% pounds. (9) Container valves, connectors, reg ulators, manifolds, piping, and tubing shall not be used as structural supports for heaters. only after It Is properly converted, (10) Containers, regulating equip adapted, and tested for performance with LP-Gas before the appliance is placed In use. (g) Containers and regulating equip ment installed outside of buildings or structures. Containers shall be upright upon Arm foundations or otherwise firmly secured. The possible effect on the outlet piping of settling shall be guarded against by a flexible connection or spe cial fitting. (hi Containers and equipment used inside of buildings or structures. (1) When operational requirements make ment, manifolds, pipe, tubing, and hose shall be located to minimize exposure to high temperatures or physical damage. (11) Containers having a water ca pacity greater than 2V& pounds (nominal 1 pound LP-Gas capacity) connected for use shall stand on a firm and substan tially level surface and, when necessary, shall be secured In an upright position. (12) The maximum water capacity of individual containers shall be 245 pounds (nominal 100 pounds LP-Gas capacity). (13) For temporary heating, heaters (other than integral heater-container portable use of containers necessary, and units) shall be located at least 6 feet their location outside of buildings or from any LP-Gas container. This shall structures is impracticable, containers not prohibit the use of heaters specifi and equipment shall be permitted to be cally designed for attachment to the used inside of buildings or structures in container or to a supporting standard, accordance with subparagraphs (2) provided they are designed and installed through (11) of this paragraph. so as to prevent direct or radiant heat (2) "Containers In use" means con application from the heater onto the con nected for use. tainers. Blower and fadiant type heaters (3) Systems utilizing containers hav shall not be directed toward any LP-Gas ing a water capacity greater than 2!6 container within 20 feet. pounds (nominal 1 pound LP-Gas capac (14) If two or more heater-container ity) shall be equipped with excess flow units, of either the integral or nonin- valves. Such excess flow valves shall be tegral type, are located in an unparti either integral with the container valves tioned area on the same floor, the or in the connections to the container container or containers of each unit valve outlets. shall be separated from the container (4) Regulators shall be either directly or containers of any other unit by at connected to the container valves or to- least 20 feet. manifolds connected to the container (15) When heaters are connected to valves. The regulator shall be suitable containers for use in an unpartitioned for use with LP-Gas. Manifolds and area on the same floor, the total water fittings connecting containers to pres capacity of containers, manifolded to sure regulator inlets shall be designed for gether for connection to a heater or at least 250 p.s.i.g. service pressure. heaters, shall not be greater than 735 (5) Valves on containers having water pounds (nominal 300 pounds LP-Gas capacity greater than 50 pounds (nomi capacity). Such manifolds shall be nal 20 pounds LP-Gas capacity) shall be separated by at least 20 feet. protected from damage while in use or (16) Storage of containers awaiting storage. use shall be in accordance with para (6) Aluminum piping or tubing shall graphs (J) and (k) of this section. not be used. U) Multiple container systems. (7) Hose shall be designed for a work ing pressure of at least 250 p-s.l.g. Design, construction, and performance of hose, and hose connections shall have their suitability determined by listing by a nationally recognized testing agency. The hose length shall be as short as practica ble. Hoses shall be long enough to permit compliance with spacing provisions of subparagraphs (1) --(13) of this para graph, without kinking or straining, or causing hose to be so close to a burner as to be damaged by heat. <8> Portable heaters. Including sala manders, shall be equipped with an approved automatic device to shut off the flow of gas to the main burner, and (T) ''Va'lves In The assembly of multiple container systems shall be arranged so that replacement of containers can be made without shutting off the flow of gas In the system. This provision Is not to be construed as requiring an automatic changeover device. (2) Heaters shall be equipped with an approved regulator In the supply Une between the fuel cylinder and the heater unit. Cylinder connector^ shall be pro vided with an excess flow valve to mini mize the flow of gas in the event the fuel Une becomes ruptured. (3) Regulators and low-pressure re lief devices shaU be rigidly attached to pilot if used, in the event of flame failure. the cylinder valves, cylinders, supporting Such heaters, havinj inputs above 50,000 standards, the building walls, or other B.t.u. per hour, shall be equipped with either a pilot, which must be lighted and proved before the main burner can be turned on, or an electrical Ignition sys tem. wise rigidly secured, and shall be so installed or protected from the elements. (J) Storage o1 X>PG containers. Stor age of LPG within buildings is prohibited. (k) Storage outside of buildings. <l) Storage outside of buildings, for con tainers awaiting use, shaU be located from the nearest building or group of buildings, in accordance with the following: TabltF-3 Distance Quantity of LP-Gaa stored: {feet) 600 Iba. or lea_____ ___________________ o 501 to 6.000 lb.............................................. io 6.001 to 10,000 lbs........................................ 20 Over 10,000 Ibe.........___ 25 (2) Containers shaU be In a suitable ventilated enclosure or otherwise pro tected against tampering. (l) Fire protection. Storage locations shall be provided with at least one ap proved portable fire extinguisher haviqg a rating of not less than 20-B:C. 1926.154 Temporary healing devices. (a) Ventilation. (1) Fresh air shall be supplied In sufficient quantities to maintain the health and safety of work men. Where natural means of fresh air supply is inadequate, mechanical ventila tion shall be provided. (2) When heaters are used in confined spaces, special care shall be taken to provide sufficient ventilation in order to ensure proper combustion, maintain the health and safety of workmen, and limit temperature rise In the area. (b) Clearance end mounting. (1) Temporary heating devices shaU be In stalled to provide clearance to combusti ble material not less than the amount shown in Table F-4. (2) Temporary heating devices, which are listed for installation with lesser clearances than specified In Table F-4, may be Installed in accordance with their approval. Tablz F-4 Minimum clearance, (Inches) 6 Idea Chimney Rear conao- tor Room belter, circulating Room beater, radiant type... 12 se 12 K 18 18 (3) Heaters not suitable for use on wood floors shall not be set directly upon them or other combustible materials. When such heaters are used, they shall rest on suitable heat insulating material or at least 1-inch concrete, or equivalent. The insulating material shall extend beyond the heater 2 feet or more in all directions. (4) Heaters used in the vicinity of combustible tarpaulins, canvas, or simi lar coverings shall be located at least 10 feet from the coverings. The cover ings shall be securely fastened to pre vent ignition or upsetting of the heater due to wind action on the covering or other material. (c) Stability. Heaters, when In use, shaU be set horizontally level, unless otherwise permitted by the manufac turer's markings. CAPCO JEN 0001832 18 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (d) Solid fuel salamanders. Solid fuel salamanders are prohibited In buildings and on scaffolds. (e) Oil-fired heafers. (1) Flammable liquid-fired heaters shall be equipped with a primary safety control to stop the flow of fuel in the event of flame failure. Barometric or gravity oil feed shall not be considered a primary safety control. (2) Heaters designed for barometric or gravity oil feed shall be used only with the integral tanks. (3) [Revoked! (4) Heaters specifically designed and approved for use with separate supply tanks may be directly connected for gravity feed, or an automatic pump, from a supply tank. 1926.155 Definitions applicable to this subpart. fa) "Approved", for the purpose of this subpart, means equipment that has been listed or approved by a nationally recognized testing laboratory such as Factory Mutual Engineering Corpn or Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., or Federal agencies such as Bureau of Mines, or UB. Coast Guard, which issue approvals for such equipment (b) "Closed container" means a con tainer so sealed by means of a lid or other device that neither liquid nor vapor will escape from it at ordinary temperatures. (c) "Combustible liquids** mean any liquid having a flash point at or above 140* F. <60* C.), and below 200* F. (93.4* C.l. <d> "Combustion" means any chem ical process that Involves oxidation suffi cient to produce light or heat * (e) "Fire brigade" means an orga nized group of employees that are knowl edgeable, trained, and skilled In the safe evacuation of employees during emer gency situations and in assisting In Are fighting operations. (f) "Fire resistance" means so re sistant to fire that for specified time and under conditions of a standard heat Intensity, It will not fall structurally and will not permit the side away from the fire to become hotter than a specified temperature. For purposes of this part, fire resistance shall be determined by the Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials, NFPA 251-1969. (g) "Flammable" means capable of being easily ignited, burning intensely, or having a rapid rate of flame spread. (h) "Flammable liquids" means any liquid having a flash point below 140* F. and having a vapor pressure not exceed ing 40 pounds per square Inch (absolute) at 100* F. (i) "Flash point" of the liquid means the temperature at which it gives off vapor sufficient to form an ignitable mix ture with the air near the surface of the liquid or within the vessel used as deter mined by appropriate test procedure and apparatus as specified below. (1) The flash point of liquids having a viscosity less than 45 Sayboit Universal Second(s) at 100* F. (37.B* C.) and a flash point below 175* F. (79.4* C.) shall be determined In accordance with the Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by the Tag Closed Tester, ASTM rX-50-69. (2) The flash point of liquids having a viscosity of 45 Sayboit Universal Sec ond^) or more at 175* F. (79.4* C.) or higher shall be determined in accord ance with the Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by the Pensky Martens Closed Tester, ASTM D-93-69. (j) "Liquefied petroleum gases," "LPG" and "LP Gas" mean and include any material which Is composed pre dominantly of any of the following hy drocarbons, or mixtures of them, such as propane, propylene, butane (normal butane or iso-butane), and butylenes. <k) "Portable tank" means a closed container having a liquid capacity more than 60 U.S. gallons, and not Intended for fixed installation. (1) "Safety can" means an approved closed container, of not more than 5 gal lons capacity, having a flash-arresting screen, spring-closing lid and spout cover and so designed that it will safely relieve internal pressure when subjected to fire exposure. (m) "Vapor pressure" means the pres sure, measured in pounds per square Inch (absolute), exerted by a volatile liquid as determined by the "Standard Method of Test for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products (Reid Method)." (ASTM D-323-58). Subpart G--Signs, Signals, and Barricades $ 1926.200 Accident , prevention igns and tags. (a) General. Signs and symbols re quired by this subpart shall be visible at all times when work is being performed, and shall be removed orcovered promptly when the hazards no longer exist. (b) Danger signs. (1) Danger 6igns (see Figure G-l) shall be used only where an immediate hazard exists. (2) Danger signs shall have red as the predominating color tor the upper panel; black outline on the borders; and a white lower panel for additional sign wording. (c) Caution signs. (1) Caution, signs (see Figure G-2) shall be used only to warn against potential hazards or to caution against unsafe practices. (2) Caution signs shall have yellow as the predominating color; black upper panel and borders: yellow lettering of "caution" on the black panel; and the lower yellow panel for additional sign wording. Black lettering shall be used for additional wording. Figure G-1 Figure G*2 (d> Exit signs. Exit signs, when re quired, shall be lettered in legible red letters, not less than 6 inches high, on a white field and the principal stroke of the letters shall be at least three-fourths inch in width. (e) Safety instruction sfans. Safety instruction signs, when used, shall be white with green upper panel with white letters to convey the principal message. Any additional vordlng on the sign shall be black letters on the white background. (f) Directional signs. Directional signs, other than automotive traffic signs specified in paragraph (g) of this section, shall be white with a black panel and a white directional symbol. Any additional wording on the sign shall be black letters on the white background. (g) Traffic sipns. (X) Construction areas shall be posted with legible traffic signs at points of hazard. (2) All traffic control signs or devices used for protection of construction work men shall conform to American National Standards Institute D6.1-1961. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. (h) Accident prevention tags. il) Acci dent prevention tags shall be used as a temporary means of warning employees of an existing hazard, such as defective tools, equipment, etc. They shall not be used In place of, or as a substitute for, accident prevention signs. (2) Specifications for accident preven tion tags similar to those In Table G-l shall apply. i CAPCO JEN 0001833 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 19 Table G-1 D6.1-1961, Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and High ways, relating to barricades. 1926.203 Definition* applicable to thi* Subpart. CAUTIOK OPTCTOBDER DO NOT USE (a) "Barricade'* means an obstruction to deter the passage of persons or vehicles. (b> "Signs" are the warnings of hazard, temporarily or permanently affixed or placed, at locations where hazards exist. (c) "Signals" are moving signs, pro vided by workers, such as flagmen, or by devices, such as flashing lights, to warn of possible or existing hazards. (d) "Tags" are temporary signs, usually attached to a piece of equipment or part of a structure, to warn of existing or Immediate hazards. Write tag - Write letters on red square Write tag Write letters on red 'oval vith a black square Tellov tagTellov letters on a black background Write tag -- Write letters on black back ground Subport H--Materials Handling, Storage, Use, and Disposal 1926.250 General requirements for storage. Basle Stock (Background) Safety Colors (Ink) Copy Specification (letters) Write VhLte Bed Black, and Red Do Kot Operate Danger Tellov Black Caution Wilt, Black Out of Order Do Not Use (i) Additional rules. American Na tional Standards Institute (ANSI) Z35.1- 1968, Specifications for Accident Preven tion Signs, and Z35.2-1968. Specifications for Accident Prevention Tags, contain rules which are additional to the rules prescribed in this section. The employer shall comply with ANSI Z35.1-1968 and Z35.2-1968 with respect to rules not spe cifically prescribed in this subpart* on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. (3) Hand signaling by flagmen shall be by use of red flags at least 18 Inches square or sign paddles, and in periods of darkness, red lights. (4) Flagmen shall be provided with and shall wear a red or orange warning garment while flagging. Warning gar ments worn at night shall be of reflectorized material. g 1926.201 Signaling. (a) Flagmen. (1) When operations are such that signs, signals, and barricades do not provide the necessary protection on or adjacent to a highway or street, flagmen or other appropriate traffic controls shall be provided. (2) Signaling directions by flagmen shall conform to American National Standards Institute D6.1-1961, Manual (b) Crane and noist signals. Regula tions for crane and hoist -signaling w4Jl be found In applicable American Na tional Standards Institute standards. 1926.202 Barricade*. Barricades for protection of employees shall conform to the portions of the American National Standards Institute (a) General. (1) All materials stored In tiers shall be stacked, racked, blocked, Interlocked, or otherwise secured to pre vent sliding, falling or collapse. (2) Maximum safe load limits of floors within buildings and structures, in pounds per square foot, shall be con spicuously posted In all storage areas, except for floor or slab on grade. Maximum safe loads shall not be exceeded. (3) Aisles and passageways shall be kept clear to provide for the free and safe movement of material handling equip ment or employees. Such areas shall be kept in good repair. (4) When a difference In road or work ing levels exist, means 6uch as ramps, blocking, or grading shall be used to en sure the safe movement of vehicles be tween the two levels. (b) Material storage. (1) Material stored inside buildings under construc tion shall not be placed within 6 feet of any hoistway or Inside floor openings, nor within 10 feet of an exterior wall which does not extend above the top of the material stored. (2) Employees required to work on stored material in slloe, hoppers, tanks, and similar storage areas shall be equip ped with lifelines and safety belts meet ing the requirements o Subpart E of this part. (3) Noncompatible materials shall be segregated in storage. i CAPCO JEN 0001834 20 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (4) Eagged materials shall be stacked by stepping back the layers and crosskeying the bags at lewt every 10 bags high. (5) Materials shall not be stored on scaffolds or runways In excess of supplies needed for immediate operations. (6) Brick stacks shall not be more than 7 feet in height. When a loose brick stack reaches a height of 4 feet, it shall be tapered back 2 Inches in every foot of height above the 4-/oot level. (7) When masonry blocks are stacked higher than 6 feet, the stack shall be tapered back one-half block per tier above the 6-foot level. (8) Lumber: (I) Used lumber shall have all nails withdrawn before stacking. <ii) Lumber shall be stacked on level and solidly supported sills. (iii) Lumber shall be so stacked as to be stable and self-supporting. (lv) Lumber piles shall not exceed 20 feet in height provided that lumber to be handled manually shall not be stacked more than 16 feet high. (9) Structural steel, poles, pipe, bar stock, and other cylindrical materials, unless racked, shall be stacked and blocked so as to prevent spreading or tilting. 1926.251 Rigging equipment for ma terial handling. (a) General. (1) Rigging equipment for material handling shall be inspected prior to use on each shift and as nec essary during its use to ensure that it is safe. Defective rigging equipment shall be removed from service. (2) Rigging equipment shall not be loaded in excess of its recommended safe working load, as prescribed in Tables H-l through H-20 In this subpart: IFollowing 5 1926.252(e) ] for the specific equipment. (3) Rigging equipment, when not in use. shall be removed from the imme diate work area so as not to present a hazard to employees. (4) Special custom design grabs, hooks, clamps, or other lifting accesso ries, for such units as modular panels, prefabricated structures and similar ma terials, shall be marked to indicate the safe working loads and shall be prooflestfed pHurto use to 125-percent 0f their rated load, (b) Alloy steel chains. (1) Welded al loy steel chain slings shall have perma nently affixed durable identification stat ing size, grade, rated capacity, and sling manufacturer. (2> Hooks, rings, oblong links, pearshaped links, welded or mechanical cou pling links, or other attachments, when used with alloy steel chains, shall have a rated capacity at least equal to that of the chain. (3) Job or shop hooks and links, or makeshift fasteners, formed from bolts, rods, etc., or other such attachments, shall not be used. (4) Rated capacity (working load limit) for alloy steel chain slings shall conform to the values shown in Table H-l. cs > Whenever wear at any point of any chain link exceeds that shown In inches beyond the last full tuck. In ap Table H-2. the assembly shall be removed plications where the projecting tails may from service. be objectionable, the tails shall be ta (c) Wire rope. (1) Tables H-3 through pered and spliced into the body of the H-l4 shall be used to determine the safe rope using at least two additional tucks working loads of various si2es and clas (which will require a tall length of ap sifications of improved plow steel wire proximately six rope diameters beyond rope and wire rope slings with various the last full tuck). types of terminals. For sizes, classifica Uv) For all eye splices, the eye 6hall tions. and grades not included in these be sufficiently large to provide an in tables, the safe working load recom cluded angle of not greater than 60* at mended by the manufacturer for spe the splice when the eye is placed over the cific. Identifiable products shall be fol load or support. lowed, provided that a safety factor of (v) Knots shall not be used In lieu of not less than 5 Is maintained. splices. <2) Protruding ends of strands In (e) Synthetic webbing (nylon, poly splices on slings and bridles shall be cov ester, and polypropylene). (1) The em ered or blunted. ployer shall have each synthetic web (3) Wire rope shall not be secured by sling marked or coded to show: knots, except on haul back lines on scrapers. (4) The following limitations shall apply to the use of wire rope: (1) An eye splice made in any wire rope shall have not less than three full tucks. However, this requirement shall not operate to preclude the use of an <i) Name or trademark of manufac turer. (ii> Rated capacities for the type of hitch. (iii) Type of material. (2) Rated capacity shall not be ex ceeded. (f> Shackles and hooks. (1) Table other form of splice or connection which H-l 9 shall be used to determin: the safe can be shown to be as efficient and which working loads of various sizes of shack Is not otherwise prohibited. les. except that higher safe working loads (li) Except for eye splices in the ends are permissible when recommended by of wires and for endless rope slings, each the manufacturer for specific, identifia wire rope used in hoisting or lowering, ble products, provided that a safety fac or in pulling loads, shall consist of one tor of not less than 5 is maintained. continuous piece without knot or splice. (iii) Eyes in wire rope bridles, slings, or bull wires shall not be formed by wire rope clips or knots. (iv) Wire rope shall not be used if, in any length of eight diameters, the total number of visible broken wires exceeds 10 percent of the total number of wires, or if the rope shows other signs of ex cessive wear, corrosion, or defect. (5) When u-bolt wire rope clips are used to form eyes. Table H-20 shall be (2) The manufacturer's recommenda tions shall be followed in determining the safe working loads of the various sizes and types of specific and identifiable hooks. All hooks for which no applicable manufacturer's recommendations are available shall be tested to twice the in tended safe working load before they are initially put into use. The employer shall maintain a record of the dates and re sults of such tests. used to determine the number and spac ing of clips. 1926.252 Disposal of waste materials. (1) When used for eye splices, the u-bolt shall be applied so that the "u" section Is in contact with the dead end of the rope. (a) Whenever materials are dropped more than 20 feet to any point lying out side the exterior walls of the building, an enclosed chute of wood, or equivalent (d> Natural rope, and synthetic fiber--. material, shall be used. For the purpose (1) General. When using natural or syn of this paragraph, an enclosed chute is a thetic fiber rope slings. Tables H-15, 16, slide, closed in on all sides, through 17, and 18 shall apply. which material Is moved from a high (2) All splices In rope slings provided place to a lower one. by the employer shall be made In accord (b) When debris is dropped through ance with fiber rope manufacturers' holes in the floor without the use of recommendations. chutes, the area onto which the material (i) In manlla rope, eye splices shall is dropped shall be completely enclosed contain at least three full tucks, and with barricades not less than 42 Inches short splices shall contain at least six full high and not less than 6 feet back from tucks (three on each side of the centerline of the splice). (ii) In layed synthetic fiber rope, eye splices shall contain at least four full tucks, and short splices shall contain at least eight full tucks (four on each side of the centerline of the splice). (iii) Strand end tails shall not be trimmed short (flush with the surface of the rope) immediately adjacent to the full tucks. This precaution applies to both eye and short splices and all types of fiber rope. For fiber ropes under 1-inch the projected edge of the opening above. Signs warning of the hazard of falling materials shall be posted at each level. Removal shall not be permitted In this lower area until debris handling ceases above. (c) All scrap lumber, waste material, and rubbish shall be removed from the immediate work area as the work progresses. (d) Disposal of waste material or de bris by burning shall comply with local fire regulations. diameter, the tails shall project at least * (e) All solvent wazte, oily rags, and six rope diameters beyond the last full flammable liquids shall be kept In fire tuck. For fiber ropes 1-inch diameter and resistant covered containers until re larger, the tails shall project at least 6 moved from worksite. i CAPCO JEN 0001835 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Table H-l HATED CAPACITY (WORKING LOAD LIMIT), POR ALLOY ITCCL CHAIN SLlKCi* RATED CAPACITY (WORKING LOAO UNIT), POUNDS Ok*lN U... |dti 5/1 7/6 14/4 Sl*fl R'wdi 90 iff4 3.250 6,600 11,250 16,500 33,000 3*.750 36.750 44,540 37.500 100.000 DmSU Sti6 Yidlcil A*|U (11 30 4S 4*f* 40 4fr* H*<Ii*a**1 Aj|I* (3) 40 as a*|f* so 3,560 11.400 19.500 26.500 39,100 49,400 47,100 77,000 99.500 114.000 134,000 173.000 4.550 9.300 15.900 33,300 32,500 40.600 34.600 63,000 Sl.OOO 94,000 112.509 140,000 3.250 6.600 11,250 16,500 23,000 26,730 36,730 44.500 37.500 67.000 40.000 100.000 TtpU *4 0tt*4rMpU lt(*t A*fU (1) 20 4i|'* 43 40 HritMll A*|1 (J) 44 4*s*** 43 4*(r* 20 3*|h 6,400 17,000 29.000 43.000 39.500 74.500 101.000 115.500 149.000 174,000 207,000 3 S4.000 6,600 14.000 34,000 35.000 46.300 61.000 12.000 94,500 121.500 141,000 169,000 210,000 4,900 9.900 17.000 34,300 34.300 43.000 36,000 66,500 66,000 100.500 119,500 150.000 (1) Rating of muUlleg slings adjusted for angle of loading measured as the Included angle between the Inclined leg and the vertical. (2) Rating of znultlleg slings adjusted for angle of loading between the Inclined leg and the horizontal plane of the load. _ .. . ____. Other grades of proof tested steel chain Include Proof Coll. BBB Coll and Hl-Te*t Chain. These grades are not recommended for overhead lifting and therefore are not covered by this code. Choxn size (inches) Vi............. H............. Afazimurn allowable wear (inch) .............. % .............. H* ............... % Choin size (inches) ...................... Mcrimum allowable wear (inch) it .............. X* ........... hs JVz...................... Hi...................... 1/4 5/l 3/a 7/16 \n 9/16 3/t 3/4 7/8 1 M/I M/4 1-3/S 1-1/2 1-5/1 M/4 6 X 19 6 K 19 6 k 19 6 X 19 6X19 6 x 19 6x19 6 x 19 6 x 19 6 X 19 < x 19 X)7 6X37 6 x 37 Table H-3 RATED CAPACITIES POR SINGLE LEG SLINGS | x V CLASSIFICATION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE WITH FIBER CORE (PC) R*i*4 C*i T*. (2.000 IM CL*V.f HT 0 ss 0.17 0.41 OBJ 1.3 .57 0.60 0.59 CIS 0.64 0.91 1.6 3.2 1.1 3.0 >. 2.3 2.S 1.4 1.7 39 3.1 2.1 3.3 2.9 3.3 S.t 6.7 3.9 SO SI 6.3 7.1 10.0 1)0 17.0 12.0 15.0 19.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 25.0 11.0 13.0 16.0 11.0 21.0 21.0 12.0 15.0 17.0 31.0 34.0 31.0 7.4 6.9 10.0 12.0 14.0 15.0 6.3 10.0 33.0 14.0 16.0 31.0 11.0 13.0 15.0 16.0 33.0 20.0 24.0 21 0 33.0 36.0 49.0 32.0 37.0 32.0 37.0 4 3.0 RS.O 3.4 3.3 IS 13.0 17.0 31.0 3S.0 30.0 3S.0 41.0 46-0 63.0 HT Hm( tflki Tmk B*IU* p*r M4* Iwct # (ITRC) M HT Ml MtiMItal *! S s * M ZkiTtiIrPi*r*rK*4*VlKikwl,0/4 *! I NT U * **4 r*f Ml *< l I llU4 U 26 W 0**11 *** TK*t * 0 m DUmfir* / WMU vStah IS* 6*4/ / IS* 111*4 L 6M* 4 Pl*a*t* l *p- 21 CAPCO JEN 0001836 22 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS rkw>ltl n tl>K Riwii iMtft, > lr *M Ik* 0/4 e Of*n>*fr 1* *ri HT !!"* I* 10 t"4 f W Wf *>4 *Mfk Ik* fc*4r ml Ik* *1M 0 Sll< U >* ' f**.t lAifll iMl, Table H-5 RATCD CAPACITIES FOR SINGLE ttC SUNGS CARLE LAID ROM - MECHANICAL SPLICE ONLY 7x7x747x7x1* CONSTRUCTIONS GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT CRADE ROPE ; * * * 19 l**C CONSTRUCTION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE Ol~liw<k) s/a 3/4 7/t I 14/1 1.1/4 t.l/l M /4 r-s/io io/a M/7 Cxi*' TxUT 7x7x7 7 x 7xT 7x7*7 7x7x7 7x7x1* 7x7x1* 7x7x1* 7 x7x 19 7 x7 x I* 7x7x1* 7x6x1* 1*RC 7x6x1* tWRC 7x6x1* fWRC 7 x 6 x 1* I* RC 7 x6x 19IWRC 7 x 6 x 19 1VRC 7x6 x I* TVRC 7x6x1* IVRC R.*>4 CwicHUi. Tom (2.000 Ul_ Ckofco* Vf 10.0 11.0 13.0 11.0 14.0 16.0 30.0 10.0 13.0 ISO 11.0 30.0 32.0 36.0 Tk..* m\j a*1r *Ai Ik. 0/4 U 14 * pxlx * o . Dl-rtr *f (orntii >>**>4 *kltk Ik* Vo4 N < * 4 Dl*a>** ! '> Table H-6 RATED CAPACITIES FOR SINGLE LEG SLINGS .PART AH0 4.PART 0RAI0EO ROPE 6x7 AMO 6x 19 CONSTRUCTION IMPROVEO PLOW STEEL CRADE ROPE D.**i*r (Ir.ch.il 3/32 l/t 3/16 3/32 1/* 3/16 3/16 1/4 S/16 3/6 7/16 1/3 9/tS S/3 3/4 7/1 t c.*,., C,"'` 6x7 6x7 6x7 7 x 7x7 7x7 6 x19 6 x19 6x1* 6x19 6 x19 6x19 6 x19 6x19 6x1* 6 k19 6 x19 Tp77i 0.42 0.76 1.7 0.S1 0.9S 3.1 1.7 3.1 4.6 64 9.3 12.0 15.0 19.0 27.0 36.0 47.0 5R.t.4 C.ptciil*., Tin* (7.000 Ikl WkVV.Wdu-I' J+ZTt ------ 4-P.n [ Y:p.,. r 6.p.n 0.32 0.S7 1.3 0.32 0.S7 1.3 0.34 0.42 0.94 0.74 1.3 3.9 O.SS 0.96 2.3 0.39 0.71 IS 0.31 0.71 I.S 0.29 0.S3 1.2 049 1.6 3.6 0.67 1.2 2.T 1.3 2J 3.6 S.l 6.9 *.0 11.0 14.0 20.0 27.0 3S.0 1.3 2.3 3.6 S.l 6.9 9.0 11.0 14.0 20.0 27.0 35.0 0.9* 1.7 2.7 34 S.2 6.7 I.S 10.0 1S.0 20.0 26.0 3.0 S.3 .3 12.0 16.0 21.0 26.0 33.0 46.0 62.0 11.0 2.2 4.0 4.3 .* 13.0 1S.0 20.0 24.0 3S.0 47.0 61.0 Tk*** *!** If *.! *k*n Ik* 0/4 rail* It >0 or |t**ir wfc*o! O Dltniif ( (WMtMi* oioon4 rkl(k k* ko4f *f P> ** > 4 0t*nl*r ( *9oo(1 to**. II CAPCO JEN 0001837 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Table H-7 RATCO CAPACITIES FOR J4.EC 6 34.C6 BRIDLE SUNOS 4x 19 AND 4 x 37 CLASSIFICATION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL ORADE ROPE WITH FIBER CORE <FC Di (IruAai C**1r 1/4 4 x If 5/14 6 x If 3/1 4x If 7/34 6x1* in 6 x If B/16 6 x If S/I 6 x If 3/4 6x1* T/l 6x1* 1 6x 19 M/6 6 x If Mat Be 41* SliAa* Van 30 45 4|>* YaM 60 4|'4 Han 40 4aaraa Hart 30 4aaraa HT MS HT MS O.IS 1.3 i.a J5 3.2 40 4t 6.a .f H.Q 14.0 o.aa 1.4 1.9 2.6 3.4 4.3 S.3 7.6 10.0 13.0 16.0 0.70 1.1 I.S 2.0 2.6 32 4.0 S.S 7.3 9.4 12.0 0.72 t.l 1.6 2.2 3 3S 4.4 6.2 6.4 11.0 13.0 0.49 0.76 I.I 1.4 1.6 23 3.1 3.9 S.l 67 %4 0.S1 0.79 1.1 I.S 2.0 2S 3.1 4.4 S.9 7.7 9.S Ta* <2.006 fkl 3-La. Br 4l SIm Van JO 4araa 45 4a< Hart 60 Aaaraa Axata HT MS NT mS 1.3 2.0 2.6 3.741 6.0 7.3 10 0 13.0 ir.o 22.0 1.3 2.0 2.9 40 S.l 6S 0 11.0 IS 0 20 0 34 0 1.0 l.6 3.3 3.0 3.9 4.9 S9 6.3 U.O 14.0 16.0 l.l 1.7 3.4 3.2 4.3 S.3 6.S 9.3 13.0 16.0 20 0 V* 60 Aaftaa hT" MS 1.1 1.6 2.1 2.6 3.4 4.2 56 7.7 10.0 13.0 3.7 66 6.9 11.0 14.0 M/4 1*3>B 1.1/2 1*5/6 10/4 2 6 X 37 6x37 6x 37 6x 37 6 x 37 6 x 37 17.0 30.0 24.0 3.0 33.0 43.0 lf.0 23.0 27.0 32.0 37.0 41 0 14.0 17.0 20.0 23.0 27.0 3SQ J6.0 lf.0 22.0 26 0 30 0 3* 0 9.6 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 U.O 11.0 13.0 16.0 II.0 21.0 31.0 2S.0 31.0 36..0 4J 0 49.0 64.0 29.0 3S.0 41.0 46.0 56.0 73.0 31.0 2S.0 30.0 35.0 40.0 S3 0 23 0 26.0 33 0 39.0 4S.0 S9.0 ISO 16.0 21.0 25 0 26 0 37.0 1? Q 20.0 34 0 21.0 32.0 41.0 XT H.r.4 T*<k*4 ((!<. MS IlKkMitll irl< Table H-6 RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2-LCG & I LEC BRIDLE SLINGS Axil 9*4 4 k 37 CLASSIFICATION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE WITH INDEPENDENT WIRE ROPE CORE (1VRC) Rapa Oia IrtcKat] c...tr Ratal Caaaciiiai 9 Lu B Via Slip, Van M 4M.a, 4! a.,,*. Van 40 4>at Hart 60 4at>aa Anal* Hart 30 HS HT Us HT Ml Tarn 17.000 Ik) 3-Laa B-, la Sl.aa Van 30 4apna Hart 40 Vaaraa 45 4a|raa A*la Van 60 4*|'ta Hart 30 4ae'a HT Hi HT MS hT us 1/4 S/16 3/6 7/16 1/2 9/16 S/ 3/4 7/6 1 1.1/1 6 x 19 6 x 19 6 x 19 6 x 19 6x19 6x19 6x 19 6x19 6 x 19 6 x 19 6 x 19 0.93 1.4 2.0 2.7 3.4 4.3 S.2 7.3 9-6 12 0 16.0 0 97 t.S 2.1 2.9 3.6 41 5.9 6.4 11.0 1S.0 11.0 0.7S 1.1 1.6 22 21 3S 4.2 5.9 7.6 10.0 13.0 0-79 12 1.1 24 31 39 4.6 6.9 9.3 l?.0 ISO 0.53 1.11 1.1 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.2 S5 7.2 9.0 0 56 0.17 1.2 t.T 2.2 2.7 3.4 4.9 6.6 6.S 10.0 1.4 3.1 3.0 4.0 3.1 6.4 7.6 110 14.0 19.0 23.0 1.4 3.3 3.2 4.4 S.T 7.1 6.6 13.0 17.0 22.0 27.0 1.1 1.7 2.4 3.3 4.2 S.2 6.4 6.9 12.0 is.e 19.0 1.2 1.6 2.6 36 4.6 5.6 7.2 10.0 14.0 16 0 22.0 0.79 1.2 1.7 2.3 3.0 3.7 4.5 6.3 6.3 11.0 13.0 0.14 1.3 1.9 2.5 3.3 4.1 S.l 7.3 9.9 13.0 16.0 M/4 1*3/1 14/2 i-S/6 10/4 2 6x37 6x37 6x37 6 x 37 6 x 37 6 x 37 U.O 22.0 26.0 31.0 35.0 46.0 21.0 2S 0 30 0 33.0 41.0 33.0 ISO 16 0 21.0 2S.0 29.0 37 0 17.0 21.0 25.0 29.0 33.0 43 0 10.0 13.0 15.0 16.0 20.0 26 0 12.0 ISO 17.0 20.0 24.0 30 0 27.0 33.0 39.0 46.0 53.0 66.0 32.0 36 0 4S.0 63.0 61.0 79 0 22.0 37.0 32.0 36.0 43.0 56.0 26.0 31.0 37.0 43.0 50 0 64 0 16.0 19.0 23.0 27.0 31.0 40.0 16.0 22.0 26.0 91.0 35.0 46.0 MT - MW T*tk*4 Mid Ml Matliar>(al ffllc* Table H-9 RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2-LEC A J LEC BRIDLE SLIHCS CABLE LAID ROPE - MECHANICAL SPLICE ONLY 7x7x7 AHO 7 x 7 X if CONSTRUCTIONS GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT CRADE ROPE 7x4 X If IWRC CONSTRUCTION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL CRADE ROPE Rap* D,a (lcL) Cantlf Ra<a4 frrrt 2-laa Brit!. Sima . TsruT2.O0C1k) 3-Lai BriJla kli "9 Vart 30 4# 4$ 1,|im Vart 60 4*i Vart 30 4a| Hart 60 4ap Anpla Han 30 4*| Hart 60 4af 43 4*|'aa V,rt 40 Jap A*f la Hart 30 4ap 1/4 7x7x7 3/6 7x7x7 1/3 7x7x7 S/6 7x7x7 3/4 t x 7 x T 0.67 1.9 3.2 4.6 6.6 0.71 1.5 2.6 5.9 5.4 0.50 1.1 1.6 2.6 3.6 1.3 1.1 2.0 2.3 4.6 3.9 7.2 5.9 9.9 6.1 0.75 2.6 3.7 5/6 3/4 7/6 1 3*1/6 3*1/4 7 x7 X 19 7 x? x 29 7 X 7 x 19 7 X 7 X 19 7 X7 X 19 7 x 7 x 19 5.0 7.0 9.3 12.0 14.0 tT.O 4.1 S.T 7.6 9.7 12.0 14.0 2.9 4.1 5.4 6.9 6.2 9.9 7.5 10.0 14.0 16.0 21.0 36.0 6.1 6.6 11.0 14.0 17.0 31.0 4.J 6.1 12.0 3/4 7/6 M/6 1*1/4 1-5/16 34/6 M/3 7*xl IWRC 7x6x19 IWRC 7*xl9 IWRC 7**19 IWRC r*xlf IWRC 7*k19 IWRC l 7*xl9 IWRC 7 >45x19 IWRC 1 6.6 6.7 11.0 13.0 16.0 1T.0 19.0 22.0 7.1 9.0 U.O 13.0 14.0 15.0 U.O 3.6 5.0 6.4 7.7 9.2 10.0 11.0 13.0 9.9 13.0 17.0 20.0 24.0 26.0 26.0 ss.o 6.0 11.0 13.0 16.0 20.0 21.0 33.0 37.0 < 5.7 7.5 ISO 16.0 19.0 23 CAPCO JEN 0001838 24 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Table H-10 RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2-LEC AW 34.CC 6RI0LE SUNG* f.PART AND 6-PART BRAIDED ROPE < x 7 AND * * 1* CONSTRUCTION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL CRAOE ROPE 7x7 CONSTRUCTION 6ALVANIZED AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE tncAaaj VI6 6x7 3/16 7x7 I 6 x 19 Rata4 Caaacliia . Tm. (2.000 IS) ----------- 5: TTST^i 3-Laa 61 >4la Sliaot 45 4ar# V*M 60 4|<#< 45 4afraa V#ri 40 4r<* Har 40 4aa*aa AmI Hf 30 4ra Ha* 40 dae'aa 4-P.m TTatt 4.Pan I-Pan 4-Part 'y Mari 30 4ai*aa 6-Pan 6-Part 0O.SS 60 0.45 042 0.33 l.l 0.43 0.90 0.66 0.64 0.46 13 0.94 1.1 0.60 0.76 0.57 3.0 1.5 1.6 1.6 3.2 2.4 1.6 1.7 1.2 4.4 3.3 3.6 0 19 1.6 3.6 0-67 1.2 3.7 0.73 1.2 3.9 O.SS 1.0 2.3 0.51 0.95 3.1 0.29 0.71 1.5 1.2 5.4 1.0 l.l 4.0 0.62 0.77 0.56 S0 5.1 tJ 16.0 36.0 46.0 41 0 2.3 4.0 6.2 9 12.0 15.0 20.0 24.0 35.0 61.0 2.4 4.2 6.7 9.7 13.0 17.0 31.0 26.0 36 0 51.0 66.0 1.6 3.2 5.0 7.2 9.6 13.0 16.0 20.0 26.0 36.0 50.0 1.7 3.1 4.6 6.4 9.3 12.0 15.0 19.0 27.0 36 0 47.0 1.2 3.2 36 5.1 6.9 9.0 11.0 14 0 20.0 37.0 25.0 4.5 4.0 12.0 14.0 24.0 21.0 39.0 46.0 69.0 94.0 22.0 34 37 16.0 39.0 36.0 52.0 70.0 91 0 20.0 25.0 33.0 40.0 56.0 99.0 2.6 4.9 24.0 74.0 2.6 1.9 Table H-U RATED CAPACITIES FOR STRAND LAIO GROMMET - HANO TUCKEO IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE ROPE 600 r RATED CAPACITIES. TONS (3.000 lb) D.a (l<ha) 1/4 5/16 3/6 1/2 9/16 3/4 7/6 l-l/S 11/2 Camir 0 7 x 197 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 X 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 x 37 7 x 37 7 * 37 V.r:<al 0.65 1.3 1.9 2.6 3.3 4.2 5.2 T.4 10.0 130 16.0 16.0 32.0 26.0 t, ipp*i !>* *> D/J riU t ar 4 ( t*f* *4*r. 6 0->V.r 0.64 2.0 1.4 1.9 3.5 3.1 3.9 5.6 7.5 9.7 12.0 14.0 19.0 0 Varlical Baikal* 1.7 32.0 37.0 Table K-12 RATED CAPACITIES FOR CABLE LAIO GROMMET -HAMO TUCKED 7x4x7 AND 7 x A x It CONST RUCTIONS IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE 7x7x7 CONSTRUCTION GALVAHIZEO AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE CABLE BOOT RATED CAPACITIES, TONS (2,000 lb) 0 6 0O.a (IntKai) Caxitr VaMlcaf CWx 3/6 9/16 3/6 7x6x7 7x6x7 7x6x7 1.3 31 5.4 0.95 2.1 3/6 9/16 3/6 3/4 2-7/6 31/4 3-5/6 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7 x6 x 19 7 x6 x 19 7 x6 x 19 7 x 6 x 19 7 x6 x 19 7 x 6 x 19 7 x6 x 19 7 x6 x 19 7 x6 x 19 7 x 6 X 19 76 3.5 4.5 3.9 5.1 7.9 11.0 13.0 19.0 24.0 30.0 42.0 S6.0 1 1.2 26 3.0 3.6 5.9 6.4 11.0 14.0 16.0 32.0 31.0 42.0 T*m aalaaa *nlr *p'f vh'h D/4 raila U I i |tni **ia: 0 Diaatatar al ttmiwt ara*4 Mk cabla ba4| I* Nrt. 4 CXailo l cabla ba^f. Varlical Baikal* 2.1 5-6 33 9.0 T.9 Ir CAPCO JEN 0001839 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Table H-13 RATED CAPACITIES FOR STRAND LAID ENDLESS SLIH&S-MECHAMJCAL JOINT IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE ROPE BODY 1 RATEO CAPACITIES, TONS 17.000 IS) DS (lA(ht) J/4 3/1 a/2 s/a 3/4 7/* 1 M/I M/4 1*9/1 1-1/2 * TH*** 0 6C*n*tr 6 X 19 IWRC 6 X 19 IWRC tX 19 IWRC AX 19 IWRC 6 X 19 1WRC 6 X 19 IWRC A X 19 IWRC A x 19 IWRC 6 *W IWRC A X 37 IWRC AX37 IWRC 0.92 a.o 3.6 3.6 1.0 11-0 14.0 11.0 21.0 3S.0 29.0 CSkWr 0.69 I.S 2.7 4.2 e.o i.i 10.0 13.0 15.0 19.0 21.0 Mir arrlr (* t>/4 nil* I* S ftr MI P " ft(*iB(r ( *rvfvr rvft4 mrklrh ff* Ir OmI. 4 nia>>4 ( 0 V.Mlt.t I.I 4.1 7.2 11.0 |A.O 21.0 3A.0 35.0 41.0 30.0 59.(7 Table H-14 RATEO CAPACITIES FOR CABLE LAID ENDLESS SLINCS-NECHAHICAL JOINT 7x7x7 AND 7 x 7 x 19 CONSTRUCTIONS CALVANIZEO AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE 7x4 X IT IWRC CONSTRUCTION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRAOEROPE CABLE BODY RATEO CAPACITIES, TONS (2.000 U) !>; 1/4 y/e 1/2 5/3 3/4 5/a 2/4 7/1 S 1*2/1 10/4 2/4 7/1 1 1*2/5 1*1/4 10/1 M/2 Cvnitr 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x19 7 x7 X 19 7 x7x 19 7 x7 x 19 7 X 7 X 19 7 x7 X 19 7 X C x 19 IWRC 7 X fix 19 IWRC 7 Xfi x 19 IWRC ?X6x 19 1VRC 7 xC x 19 IWRC 7 X 6 X 19 IWRC 7 X fi X 19 IWRC 0 0.11 1.1 3.0 4. S 63 4.7 6.7 1.9 11.0 14.0 17.0 6.2 1.3 10.0 n.o 16.0 11.0 22.0 6 Chl.r 0.62 1.3 2.3 4.7 3.S S.0 6.6 I.S 10.0 11.0 4.7 6.2 9.7 12.0 14.0 16.0 0 1.4 3.3 6.1 9.1 12.0 9.S 11.0 fl.0 220 21.0 31.0 11.0 16.0 21.0 24.0 31.0 Thi* r]wr* ntj *ppljr tn ih P/4 ! Itlw c* lr *Lmi D r-. Ditirnrr [ fur**lw r*vrt4 fchlch CU* 6*4/ |l 6*M. 4 Dimir ( ctklt k4j. 25 CAPCO JEN 0001840 26 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Table H-15 MANILA ROPE SLINCS ROPE DIA METER Kami a el Jfl Inches Nominal Weight Per IDO ft In Founds Minimum Breaking Strength In Pound* 1/3 9/26 S/S 3/4 7.S 30.4 13.3 26.7 2.6 SO 1 550 3.450 700 4.400 | 900 5.400 1 1.100 V E R T IC A L MITCH CHOKER MITCH VERTICd HITCH RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (S.Ut, F.cnr . SI ETC AND EYE SUNG ENDLESS SLING BASKET HITCH Angl f Rep* to Heriiontol 90 dag 60 deg 45 deg 30 deg Angle of Rep e te Venice! _/ x *u o !r 5* BASKET HITCH Angle ef Rape te Horizontal 90 deg dO deg 45 deg 30 deg Angle of Rop e te Venice! Odag 30 d*g 45 deg 60 deg 0 deg 30 deg 45 deg 60 deg 250 1,100 900 750 550 950 350 1,400 1,200 1.000 700 1.200 450 1.800 1.500 1.200 900 1.600 S50 2,200 1,900 1,500 2,100 2.000 500 1.900 1,700 1.400 950 600 2,500 2.200 1,800 1.200 BOO 3,200 2.700 2,200 1,600 950 3,900 3.400 2.800 2,000 13/16 7/8 l 1 IA6 19.S 22.S 27.0 31.3 6,500 7,700 9,000 10.500 1,300 1,500 1,800 2,100 650 750 900 1,100 1.600 3,100 3,600 4,200 2.300 2,700 3.100 3,600 1.800 2.200 2.600 3,000 1,300 1.500 1,800 2,100 2,300 2,81)0 3.200 3.600 1,200 1,400 1,600 1.900 4.700 5.600 6,500 7,600 4,100 4,800 5,600 6.600 3,300 3.900 4.600 5.400 2,300 2,800 3,200 3,800 1 1/8 11/4 l 5/16 1 1/2 36.0 41.7 47.9 59.9 12,000 13,500 15,000 18,500 2.400 2,700 3,000 3,700 1,200 1.400 1,500 1,850 4,800 5,400 6.000 7,400 4.200 4.700 5,200 6,400 3.400 3.800 4,300 5,200 2,400 2.700 3,000 3,700 4.300 4.900 5,400 6,700 2,200 2,400 2.700 3,300 8.600 9.700 11,000 13,500 7,500 8.400 9,400 11,500 6,100 6,900 7.700 9.400 4,300 4.900 5.400 6.700 l 5/8 1 3/4 2 2 1/3 74.6 89.3 107.5 125.0 22.500 26.500 31,000 36,000 4,500 5,300 6,200 7,200 2.300 2.700 3.100 3.600 9,000 10,500 12,S0t> 14,500 7.800 9,200 10.500 12.500 6.400 7.500 .8,800 10,000 4,500 5,300 6,200 7,200 8.100 9.500 11,000 13,000 4.100 4.600 5.600 6,500 16.000 19,000 22,500 26,000 14,000 16.500 19,500 22.500 11,500 13.500 16,000 28.500 8,000 9.500 u.ooo 13,000 2 1/4 2 1/2 2 5/8 346.0 166.7 190.8 41.000 46 500 52,000 8,200 9,300 10.500 4,100 4,700 5.200 16.500 18.SOO 21.000 I4;ooo 16,000 18,000 11,500 13,000 14,500 8,200 9.300 10.500 15,000 16.500 26,500 7,400 8,400 9,500 29,500 33.500 37,500 25,500 29,000 32,500 21,000 23,500 26,500 IS,000 16.500 18,500 Table H-16 NYLON ROPE SLINCS ROPE DIA METER Nomine! In Inches Nominal Weight Minimum Breaking Per 100 ft Strength In Pound* In Pound* V E R T IC A L HITCH CHOKER HITCH VERTICAL HITCH CHOKER HITCH RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (Sefetr Feeler V. EYE AND EYE SLING ENDLESS SLING BASKET HITCH BASKET HITCH Angle el Rape te Horizontal Angl e ef Rep* to Horizontal 90 deg 60 deg 45 deg 30 deg 90 deg 60 deg 45 deg 30 deg Angle cf Rope to Vertical Angle of Rope te Vertical 0 4eg 30 (fcg 45-dg 60 rfeg 0 deg 30 deg 45 deg 60 deg 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 fi.S 8.3 10.5 J4.S 6,080 7,600 9,880 13,490 700 8S0 1,100 1,500 350 ,400 1,200 950 400 1,700 1,500 1,200 550 2,200 1,900 1.600 750 3.000 2.600 2.100 700 850 1,100 1.500 1,200 1,500 2,000 2,700 600 750 3,000 1,400 2,400 3,000 4,000 5,400 2,100 2,600 3,400 4,700 1.700 2,200 2.800 3.800 1.200 2,500 2,000 2,700 13/16 7/t 1 1 1/16 17.0 20.0 26.9 29.0 16,150 19.000 23,750 27,360 1,800 2,100 2,600 3,000 900 ,100 r,3 \soo 3,600 4.200 5.300 6,100 3,100 3.700 4400 5,300 2,600 3,000 3.700 4,300 1,800 2,100 2,600 3,000 3,200 3,800 4.BOO 5,500 1,600 1,900 2.400 2,700 6,400 7,600 9.500 11,000 5,600 6,600 8,200 9,500 4,600 5.400 6.700 7.700 3,200 3.800 4,800 5,500 t 1/8 11/4 1 S/16 11/2 34.0 40.0 45.0 55.0 31,350 35,625 40,850 50,350 3,500 4,000 4,SOd 5,600 1,700 2,000 2,300 2,800 7,000 7,900 9.100 11,000 6.000 6,900 7.900 9.700 5.000 5,600 6.400 7,900 3,500 4.000 4,500 5.600 6,300 7,100 8,200 10.000 3,100 3,600 4,100 5,000 12,500 14,500 16,500 20.000 11,000 12,500 14,ooa 17,500 4,900 10,000 22,000 14,000 6.300 7.100 8.200 10,000 1 S/8 13/4 2 3\n 68.0 83.0 95.0 309.0 61,750 74.100 87,400 100,700 6.900 8,200 9,700 11,000 3.400 4,100 4,900 5,600 13,500 16,500 19,500 22,500 12.000 14,500 17,000 19,500 9.700 11.500 13,500 16,000 6.900 8,200 9,700 11,000 13,500 15,000 17,500 20,000 6.200 7.400 8,700 10.000 24.500 29.500 35,000 40,500 21.SOO 27,500 30,500 35,000 27.500 21,000 24,500 28,500 12,500 15,000 17,500 20,000 2 1/4 2 1/2 3 5/8 129.0 249.0 168.0 118,750 13,000 133.000 15,000 153.900 17,100 6,600 7,400 8.600 26 >00 29.509 34,000 23.000 25.599 29,900 18.500 21,000 44XQ0 IS.OOC 15.000 17,000 84.000 26X 31,000 12.000 11.500 15.500 47,500 XI,090 ti.soc 41,000 46,000 55,500 33,500 37,500 e 43,500 24,000 26,500 31,000 1 CAPCO JEN 0001841 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Table H-17 POLYESTER ROPE SLINGS 27 ROPE dia meter Wnct Weight Par NamSnat 100 ft In In Pounds Inches Minimum Breaking Strength In Pairrtdi k ui x > CHOKER HITCH CHOKER HITCH RATEO CAPACITY IN POUNDS <Sftr F>> - 9) ETC AND EYE SUNG ENDLESS SUNG BASKET HITCH BASKET HITCH Angle l Rope l KariitAftl 90 deg 60 deg 45 dg *30 deg Aa| f Rope to Votticol 30 4,9 45 4*9 60 dig p5 > Angla f Rap* la Hori cental 90 4*9 40 dag 45 dag 30 dag An9 a of Rop to VaMical 0 deg 30 dag 45 dag 60 dag 1/2 9^16 5/ft 5/4 7/S 1 1/16 1 1/4 1 S/16 t 1/2 l S/8 1 5/4 2 1/8 2 1/4 2 1/2 2 5 *i a.o 10.2 15.0 17.5 21.0 2S.0 50.S 54.5 40.0 46.3 52.5 66.8 82.0 98.0 118.0 13S.0 157.0 IBl.O 2`S.O 6,060 7.600 9.500 11,875 14,725 17.! 00 20.900 24,225 28,025 31,540 35,625 44,460 54,150 64,410 76,000 87,400 101,650 115,900 130,150 700 850 1,100 1.300 1.600 1,900 2,300 2,700 3,100 3,500 4,000 4,900 6.000 7,200 8.400 9.700 11,500 13,000 14,500 350 400 SSO 650 800 950 1,200 1,300 1,600 1,800 2.000 2,500 3.000 3.600 4,200 4.900 5.700 6.400 7,200 1,400 1.70Q 2,100 2.600 3.300 3,800 4,600 5,400 6,200 7,000 7.900 9,900 12.000 14,500 17,000 29.500 22.500 *6,000 29,000 1,200 1,500 1,800 2,300 2.800 3.300 4,000 4.700 5,400 6,100 6,900 8.600 10,400 12,500 14,500 27,000 19,500 22,500 25.000 950 1,200 1,500 1,900 2.300 2.700 3.300 3400 4.400 5,000 5,600 7,000 8,500 10,000 11.060 13.500 16.004 18.000 20.500 700 850 1.100 1.300 1,200 1.500 1,900 2,400 600 750 950 1,200 1.600 1.900 2,300 2.700 2,900 3,400 4.200 4,800 1.500 1,700 2.100 2.400 3,100 3.500 4.000 4.400 6.000 7.100 8,400 9.700 5,600 6J00 7,100 8,900 11,000 13.000 15,000 17,500 2.800 3,200 3,600 4,400 5,400 6.400 7.600 8,700 11.560 13.000 14.500 26.500 23,000 26,000 10.000 11.500 13.000 2.400 3.000 3.800 4,800 S.900 6.800 8.400 9.700 11,000 12,500 14,500 18.000 21,500 26,000 30,500 35,000 40.500 46.500 52.000 2,100 2,600 3,300 4,100 5.100 5,900 7,200 8.400 9,700 11,000 12,500 15,500 19,000 22,500 26,500 30.500 35,000 40,000 4S.000 1.700 2.200 2.700 3.400 4,200 4,800 5.900 6.900 7,900 8.900 10,000 12,500 15,500 28,000 21.500 24.500 29,000 33,000 37,000 1.200 1.S00 1.900 2.400 2.900 3.400 4,200 4,800 5,600 6,300 7,100 8,900 11,000 23.000 15,000 17,500 20.500 23,000 26.000 Table H-18 POLYPROPYLENE ROPE SLINGS ROPE DIA METER Nominal In Inches Nominal Weight Par Minimum Breaking Strength 100 ft In Pounds In Pounds 1/2 9/16 5/8 37* 23/16 7/8 1 l 1/16 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 5/15 1 1/2 1 7/S 1 3/4 2 3l/ 11/4 21/2 2 5/8 4.7 6.1 7.5 10.7 12.7 15.0 18.0 20.4 23.7 27.0 30.5 38.5 47,5 57.0 69.0 10.0 92.0 107.0 120.0 3,990 4,845 5,890 8.075 9/0$ 10.925 13,300 15.200 17,385 19,950 22,325 28.215 34.200 40.850 49.400 57.950 65,550 76,000 85.500 650 800 1,000 1.300 1.600 2,800 2.200 2.500 2.900 3,300 3,700 4.700 5.700 6,800 8.200 9.700 11,000 12.500 14,500 V E R T IC A L HITCH | 1 CHOKER HITCH V E R T IC A L HITCH CHOKER ! HITCH RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (S.l.l, F.cl.. S) EYE AND EYE SUNG ENDLESS SLING BASKET HITCH BASKET HITCH Angla el Ropa ta Herisental 90 dag 60 dag 45 dag 30 dag Ang1 af Rep a ta Vertica 0 dag 30 dag 45 dag 60 dag Angla el Rapa la Kofitonlal 90 dag 60 dag 45 dag 30 dap Angla e! Rep a ta VaMical 0 dag 30 dag 45 dag 60 dag 850 400 soo 700 800 900 1,200 1,300 1,500 1,700 1,900 2.400 2.900 3,400 4,200 4.800 SS00 6,360 7,100 1,300 1,600 2.000 2.700 3,1"0 3,<00 4,400 5,100 5,800 6,700 7.400 9,400 11.S00 13,SOO 16,500 19,500 22,000 25,500 28,500 1,200 1.400 1.700 2.300 2,700 3.200 3,800 4,400 5.000 5,800 6,400 8.100 9.900 12.000 34,560 16.506 29,000 22,000 24,500 950 1,100 1.400 1.900 2.200 2,600 3,100 3,600 4,100 4,700 5.300 6,700 8,100 9.600 11,500 13,500 15,500 18,000 40.004 650 800 1,000 3,300 1,200 1,500 1,800 2,400 600 750 900 2.200 1.600 1,800 2.200 2.500 2.800 - 1,400 3,300 1,600 4,000 2,000 4,600 2,300 2.900 3,300 3,700 4,700 5,200 6.606 6,700 8,500 2,600 3,000 3.400 4,200 5.700 6,800 8,290 9.700 1C. SOO 12.500 U.OOO 17,500 5,100 6,100 7,400 8.700 31,000 19,500 12,500 23,000 HAto 125.300 9,900 11,500 13,000 2.400 2,900 3,500 4,900 2,100 2,500 3,100 4,200 5.600 6.600 8,000 9.100 4,900 5,700 6,900 7,900 10,500 12,000 13,500 17,000 9,000 10,500 11,500 14,500 20,500 24.500 29,500 35.060 18,000 21,000 25.500 30,100 39.500 45.500 51,500 34,000 39,500 44,509 1,700 2,100 2,500 3.400 2.200 1,500 1,800 2.400 4,000 4,600 5,600 6,500 2.800 3.300 4,000 4.600 7,400 8,500 9,500 12,000 5,200 6,000 6,700 8,500 14,500 17,500 11.000 24,500 10.500 12,569 25,000 17,500 28.000 29,500 32.500 23.000 36,500 25,500 CAPCO JEN 0001842 28 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS H-19--SAFX W01QX9 Loam VOB Sbacxlxi [Id tool of 2000 poo&tf*! Material alt* (locbea) Pin dUmfr Bait work* iar (lncbaa) iof load H IW... _____ M 1 ........ * 1.4 Xt as 4.2 a t.7 as lu.0 n. IS 2 21.2 TABLK H-2&-NCKr* BfACDW ot U-Bolt Wits Bori Cun ! mproted plow ateel, Number of ellpa Minimum 1 ---- spacing Other OucbcaJ forged material f=E= i 4 4 5 as 6 6 1H....................... *........... e V/K ifj.................................... 7 7 T t7`)i4 IH..................................... 1 0 (Delete Fig. H-IJ [Delete Fig. H-2] Subpart I--Toot*--Hand and Power g 1926.300 General requirement*. (a) Condition of tools. All hand and power tools and similar equipment, whether furnished by the employer or the employee, shall be maintained In a safe condition. (b> Guardinff. (1) When power oper ated tools are designed to accommodate guards, they 6hall be equipped with such guards when In use. (2) Belts, gears, shafts, pulleys, sprockets, spindles, drums, fly wheels, chains, or other reciprocating, rotating or moving parts of equipment shall be guarded if such parts are exposed to con tact by employees or otherwise create a hazard. Guarding shall meet the require ments as set forth In American National Standards Institute, B15.1-1953 (R1958), Safety Code for Mechanical Power- Transmission Apparatus. \Z) Personal -protective equipment. Employees using hand and power tools and exposed to the hazard of falling, fly ing, abrasive, and splashing objects, or exposed to harmful dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases shall be provided with the particular personal protective equip ment necessary to protect them from the hazard. All personal protective equip ment shall meet the requirements and be maintained according to Subparts D and E of this part. (d) Switches. (1) All hand-held powered platen sanders. grinders with wheels 2-lnch diameter or less, routers, planers, laminate trimmers, nlbblers, shears, scroll saws, and Jigsaws with blade shanks one-fourth of an inch wide or less may be equipped with only a posi tive "on-off" control. " (2) All hand-held powered drills, tappers, fastener drivers, horizontal, vertical, and angle grinders with wheels greater than 2 inches In diameter, disc senders, belt sanders, reciprocating saws, saber saws, and other similar operating powered tools shall be equipped with a momentary contact "on-off" control and may have a lock-on control provided that turnoff can be accomplished by a single motion of the same Anger or Angers that turn it on. (3) All other hand-held powered tools, such as circular saws, chain saws, and percussion tools without positive acces sory holding means, shall be equipped with a constant pressure switch that will shut off the power when the pressure is released. (4) The requirements of this para graph shall become effective on July 15, 1972. (5) Exception: This paragraph does not apply to concrete vibrators, concrete breakers, powered tampers, jack ham mers. rock drills, and similar hand oper ated power tools. 1926.301 Hand tool*. (a) Employers shall not issue or per mit the use of unsafe hand tools. (b) Wrenches, including adjustable, pipe, end, and socket wrenches shall not be used when Jaws are sprung to the point that slippage occurs. Cc) Impact tools, such as drift pins, wedges, and chisels, shall be kept free of mushroomed heads. (d) The wooden handles of tools shall be kept free of splinters or cracks and shall be kept tight In the tool. 1926.302 Power-operated hand loots. (a) Electric power-operated tools. (1) Electric power operated tools shall either be of the approved double-insulated type or grounded in accordance with Subpart K of this part. (2) The use of electric cords for hoist ing or lowering tools shall not be permitted. (b) Pneumatic power tools. (1) Pneu matic power tools shall be secured to the hose or whip by some positive means to prevent the tool from becoming ac cidentally 'disconnected. (2) Safety clips or retainers shall be securely Installed and maintained on pneumatic impact (percussion) tools to prevent attachment]* from -being acci dentally expelled. (3) All pneumatically driven nailers, staplers, and other similar equipment provided with automatic fastener feed, which operate at more than 100 pAi. pressure at the tool shall have a safety device on the muzzle to prevent the tool from ejecting fasteners, unless the muz zle is In contact with the work surface. (4) Compressed air shall not be used for cleaning purposes except where re duced to less than 30 p*1. and then only with effective chip guarding and per sonal protective equipment which meets the requirements of Subpart E of this part. The 30 p-s.i. requirement does not apply for concrete form, mill scale and similar cleaning purposes. (5) The manufacturer's safe operating pressure for hoses, pipes, valves. Alters, and other fittings shall not be exceeded. (6) The use of hoses for hoisting or lowering tools shall not be permitted. (7) All hoses exceeding %-inch Inside diameter shall have a safety device at the source of supply or branch line to reduce pressure in case of hose failure. (8) Airless spray guns of the type which atomize paints and fluids at high pressures (1,000 pounds or more per square inch) shall be equipped with automatic or visible manual safety de vices which will prevent pulling of the trigger to prevent release of the paint or fluid until the safety device is manually released. (9) In lieu of the above, a diffuser nut which will prevent high pressure, high velocity release, while the nozzle tip Is removed, plus a nozzle tip guard which will prevent the Up from coming Into contact with the operator, or other equivalent protection, shall be provided. (c) Fuel powered tools. (1) All fuel powered tools shall be stopped while be ing refueled, serviced, or maintained, and fuel shall be transported, handled, and stored in accordance with Subpart F of this part. (2) When fuel powered tools are used In enclosed spaces, the applicable re quirements for concentrations of toxic gases and use of personal protective equipment, as outlined in Subparts D and E of this part, shall apply. (d) Hydraulic power tools. (1) the fluid used In hydraulic powered toots shall be flre-reslstant fluids approved under Schedule 30 of the UJS. Bureau of Mines, Department of the Interior, and shall retain its operating characteristics at the most extreme temperatures to which it will be exposed. (2> The manufacturer's safe operat ing pressures for hoses, valves, pipes. Alters, and other Attlngs shall not be exceeded. (e) Powder-actuated tools. (1) Only employees who have been trained in the operation of the particular tool in use shall be allowed to operate a powderactuated tool. (2) The tool shall be tested each day before loading to see that safety devices are in proper working condition. The method of testing shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended procedure. (3) Any tool found not In proper working order, or that develops a defect during use, shall be Immediately re moved from service and not used until properly repaired. (4) Personal protective equipment shall be in accordance with Subpart E of this part. (5) Tools shall not be loaded until Just prior to the intended firing time. Neither loaded nor empty tools are to be pointed at any employees. Hands shall be kept clear of the open barrel end. (6) Loaded tools shall not be left unattended. (7) Fasteners shall not be driven into very hard or brittle materials including, but not limited to. cast iron, glazed tile, surface-hardened steel, glass block, live rock, face brick, or hollow tile. (8) Driving into materials easily pene trated shall be avoided unless such ma terials are backed by a substance that CAPCO JEN 0001843 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 29 will prevent the pin or fastener from passing completely through and creating a flying missile hazard on the other side. (9) No fastener shall be driven Into a spalled area caused by an unsatisfactory fastening. (10) Tools shall not be used in an ex plosive or flammable atmosphere. (11) All tools shall be used with the correct shield, guard, or attachment recommended by the manufacturer. (12) Powder-actuated tools used by employees shall meet all other appli cable requirements of American National Standards Institute, A10.3-1970, Safety Requirements for Explosive-Actuated Fastening Tools. g 1926.303 Abrasive xlieels and tools. (a) Power. All grinding machines shall be supplied with sufficient power to maintain the spindle speed at safe levels under all conditions of normal operation. (b) Grinding. Grinding machines shall be equipped with safety guards In con formance with the requirements of American National Standards Institute, B7.1-1970, Safety Code for the Use, Care and Protection of Abrasive Wheels, and paragraph (d) of this section. (c> Use of abrasive wheels. (1) Floor stand and bench mounted abrasive wheels, used for external grinding, shall be provided with safety guards (protec tion hoods). The maximum angular ex posure of the grinding wheel periphery and sides shall be not more than 90 \ ex cept that when work requires contact with the wheel below the horizontal plane of the spindle, the angular exposure shall not exeecd 125*. In either case, the expo sure shall begin not more than 65* above the horizontal plane of the spindle. Safety guards shall be strong enough to withstand the effect of a bursting wheel. (2) Floor and bench-mounted grind ers shall be provided with work rests which are rigidly supported and readily adjustable. Such work rests shall be kept at a distance not to exceed one-eighth inch from the surface of the wheel. (3) Cup type wheels used for external grinding shall be protected by either a revolving cup guard or a kjand type guard in accordance with the provisions of the American National Standards Institute, B7.1 1970 Safety Code for the Use, Care, and Protection of Abrasive Wheels. All other portable abrasive wheels used for external grinding, shall be provided with safety guards (protection hoods) meet ing the requirements of subparagraph <5) of this paragraph, except as follows: U) When the work location makes It impossible, a wheel equipped with safety flanges, as described in subparagraph (6) of this paragraph, shall be used; (il) When whe^s 2 inches or less In diameter which are securely mounted on the end of a steel mandrel are used. (4) Portable abrasive wheels used for internal grinding shall be provided with safety flanges (protection flanges) meet ing the requirements of subparagraph (6) of this paragraph, except as follows: (1) When wheels 2 inches or less in diameter which are securely mounted on the end of a steel mandrel are used; (ii> If the wheel Is entirely within the work being ground while in use. (5) When safety guards are required, they shall be so mounted as to maintain proper alignment with the wheel, and the guard and its fastenings shall be of sufficient strength to retain fragments of the wheel In case of accidental break age. The maximum angular exposure of the grinding wheel periphery and sides shall not exceed 180*. (6) When safety flanges are required, they shall be used only with wheels de signed to flt the flanges. Only safety flanges, of a type and design and properly assembled so as to ensure that the pieces of the wheel will be retained In case of accidental breakage, shall be used. (7) All abrasive wheels shall be closely inspected and ring-tested before mount ing to ensure that they are free from cracks or defects. (8) Grinding wheels shall flt freely on the spindle and shall not be forced on. The spindle nut shall be tightened only enough to hold the wheel In place. (9) All employees using abrasive wheels shall be protected by eye protec tion equipment in accordance with the requirements of Subpart E of this part, except when adequate eye protection is afforded by eye shields which are perma nently attached to the bench or floor stand. (d) Other requirements. All abrasive wheels and tools used by employees shall meet other applicable requirements of American National Standards Institute. B7.1-1970, Safety Code for the Use, Care and Protection of Abrasive Vrtieels. the depth of the teeth, except for the minimum arc required to allow proper retraction and contact with the work. When the tool is withdrawn from the work, the lower guard shall automatically and instantly return to the covering position. (e) Personal protective equipment. All personal protective equipment provided for use shall conform to Bubpart E of this part. (f) Of/ier requirements. All wood working tools and machinery shall meet other applicable requirements of Ameri can National Standards Institute, 01.11961, Safety Code for Woodworking Machinery, 1926.30S Jacks--lever and ratchet, screw, and hydraulic. (a) General requirements. (1) The manufacturer's rated capacity shall be legibly marked on all jacks and shall not be exceeded. (2) All jacks shall have a positive stop to prevent overtravel. (b) Lift slab construction. (1) Hy draulic jacks used in lift slab construc tion shall have a safety device which will cause the jacks to support the load in any position in the event the jack mal functions. (2) If lift slabs are automatically con trolled, a device shall be installed which will step the operation when the `/2-inch leveling tolerance is exceeded. (c) Blocking. When it is necesary, to provide a firm foundation, the base of the jack shall be blocked or cribbed. Where there is a possibility of slippage of the metal cap of the jack, a wood block shall be placed between the cap and the load. Subpart J--Welding and Cuffing 1926.350 Gu Welding and Cutting 1926.304 Woodworking tools. () Transporting, moving, and storing compressed gas cylinders. (1) Valve pro (a) Disconnect switches. All fixed tection caps shall be in place and secured. power driven woodworking tools shall be (2) When cylinders are hoisted, they provided with a disconnect switch that shall be secured on a cradle, slingboard, can either be locked or tagged in the off or pallet. They shall not be hoisted or position. transported by means .of magnets or (b> Speeds. The operating speed shall choker slings. be etched or otherwise permanently (3) Cylinders shall be moved by tilt marked on all circular saws over 20 ing and rolling them on their bottom inches in diameter or operating at over edges. They shall not be Intentionally 10,000 peripheral feet per minute. Any dropped, struck, or permitted to strike saw so marked shall not be operated at a each other violently. speed other than that marked on the (4) When cylinders are transported by blade. When a marked saw is retensioned powered vehicles, they shall be secured for a different speed, the marking shall In a vertical position. be corrected to show the new speed. (5) Valve protection caps shall not be (c) Self-feed. Automatic feeding de used for lifting cylinders from one verti vices shall be installed on machines cal position to another. Bars shall not whenever* the nature of the work will be used under valves or vale protection permit. Feeder attachments shall have caps to pry cylinders lose when frozen. the feed roils or other moving parts Warm, not boiling, water shall be used covered or guarded so as t: protect the to thaw cylinders loose. operator from hazardous points. () Unless cylinders are firmly secured (d) Guarding. All portable, power- on a special carrier intended for this driven elrcmar saws shall be equipped purpose, regulators shall be removed and with guards above and below the base valve protection caps put in plt.ee before plate or shoe. The upper guard shall ^cylinders are moved. cover the .aw to the depth of the teeth, (7) A suitable cylinder truck, chain, except for the minimum arc required to 'or other steadying device shall be used permit the base to be tilted for bevel cut~. to keep cylinders from being knocked The lower guard shall cover the saw to over while in use. CAPCO JEN 0001844 30 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (8) When work is finished, when vices which are equipped with shutoff it is subject, but in no case less than 300 cylinders are empty, or when cylinders valves without reducing the pressure p.sj. Defective hose, or hose in doubtful are moved at any time, the cylinder valve through a suitable regulator attached to condition, shall not be used. shall be closed. the cylinder valve or manifold. (5) Hose couplings shall be of the type (9) Compressed gas cylinders shall be (4) Before a regulator is removed that cannot be unlocked or disconnected secured In an upright position at all from a cylinder valve, the cylinder valve by means Of a straight pull without ro tiroes except, if necessary, for short pe shall always be closed and the gas re tary motion. riods of time while cylinders are actually being hoisted or carried. (b) Placing cylinders. (1) Cylinders shall be kept far enough away from the actual welding or cutting operation so that sparks, hot slag, or flame will not reach them. When this is impractical, fire resistant shields shall be provided. (2) Cylinders shall be placed where they cannot become part of an electrical circuit. Electrodes shall not be struck against a cylinder to strike an arc. <3) Fuel gas cylinders shall be placed with valve end up whenever they are in use. They shall not be placed in a loca tion where they would be subject to open flame, hot metal, or other sources of artificial heat. leased from the regulator. (5) If. when the valve on a fuel gas cylinder is opened, there is found to be a leak around the valve stem, the valve shall be closed and the gland nut tightened. If this action does not stop the leak, the use of the cylinder shall be discontinued, and it. shall be properly tagged and removed from the work area. In the event that fuel gas should leak from the cylinder valve, rather than from the valve stem, and the gas cannct be shut off. the cylinder shall be properly tagged and removed from the work area. If a regulator attached to a cylinder valve will effectively stop a leak through the valve seat, the cylinder need not be removed from the work area. (6) Boxes used for the storage of gas hose shall be ventilated. (7) Hoses, cables, and other equipment shall be kept clear of passageways, lad ders and stairs. (g) Torches. (1) Clogged torch tip openings shall be cleaned with suitable cleaning wires, drills, or other devices designed for such purpose. (2) Torches In use shall be inspected at the beginning of each working shift for leaking shutoff valves, hose cou plings, and tip connections. Defective torches shall not be used. (3) Torches shall be lighted by friction lighters or other approved devices, and not by matches or from hot work. (4) Cylinders containing oxygen or (6) If a leak should develop at a fuse <h> Regulators and gauges. Oxygen acetylene or other fuel gas shall not be plug or other safety device the cylinder and fuel gas pressure regulators, includ taken Into confined spaces. shall be removed from the work area. ing their related gauges, shall be in <c) Treatment of cylinders. (1) Cylin ders, whether full or empty, shall not be used as rollers or supports. (e> Fuel gat and oxygen manifolds. (1) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds shall bear the name of the substance they proper working order while in use. (1) Oil and prease hazards. Oxygen cylinders and fittings shall be kept away <2> No person other than the gas supplier shall attempt to mix gases in a cylinder. No one except the owner of the cylinder or person authorized by him, shall refill a cylinder. No one shall use a cylinder's contents lor purposes other than those Intended by the supplier. All cylinders used shall meet the Depart ment of Transportation requirements published In 49 CFR Part 178, Subpart C, Specification for Cylinders. contain in letters at least 1-lnch high which shall be either painted on the man ifold or on a sign permanently attached to it. (2) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds shall be placed In safe, well ventilated, and accessible locations. They shall not be located within enclosed spaces. (3) Manifold hose connections, in cluding both ends of the supply hose that lead to the manifold, shall be such from oil or grease. Cylinders, cylinder caps and valves, couplings, regulators, hose, and apparatus shall be kept free from oil or greasy substances and shall not be handled with oily hands or gloves. Oxygen shall not be directed at oily sur faces, greasy clothes, or within a fuel oil or other storage tank or vessel. (j) Additional rules. For additional details not cover in this subpart, ap plicable technical portions of American ^ (3) No damaged or defective cylinder shall be used. <d) Use of fuel gas. The employer shall that the hose cannot be interchanged between fuel gas and oxygen manifolds and supply header connections. Adapters National Standards Institute, Z49.11967, Safety in Welding and Cutting, shall apply. thoroughly instruct employees in the shall not be used to permit the inter safe use of fuel gas, as follow's: change of hose. Hose connections shall 1926.351 Arc welding and cutting. (1> Before a regulator to a cylinder be kept free of grease and oil. (a) Manual electrode holders. (1) valve is connected, the valve shall be (4) When not in use, manifold and Only manual electrode holders which are opened slightly and closed immediately. header hose connections shall be capped. specifically designed for arc welding and (This action is generally termed "crack (5) Nothing shall be placed on top of cutting, and are of a capacity capable of ing" and Is intended to clear the valve a manifold, when In use, which will dam safely handling the maximum rated cur of dust or dirt that might otherwise age the manifold or Interfere with the rent required by the electrodes, shall be enter the regulator.) The person crack quick closing of the valves. used. ing the valve shall stand to one side of (f> Hose. <l) Fuel gas hose and oxy <2) Any current-carrying parts pass the outlet, not in front of it. The valve of gen hose shall be easily distinguishable ing through the portion oT the holder a fuel gas -cylinder shall not be cracked from each other. The contrast may be w'hich the arc welder or cutter grips In where the gas would reach welding work, made by different colors or by surface his hand, and the outer surfaces of the sparks, flame, or other possible sources characteristics readily distinguishable by jaws of the holder, shall be fully insu of ignition. the sense of touch. Oxygen and fuel gas lated against the maximum voltage en (2) The cylinder valve shall always hoses shall not be interchangeable. A sin countered to ground. be opened slowly to prevent damage to gle hose having more than one gas pas (b) Welding cables and connecters. (1) the regulator. For quick closing, valves on sage shall not be used. All arc welding and cutting cables shall fuel gas cylinders shall not be opened <2) When parallel sections of oxygen be of the completely insulated, flexible more than 1% turns. When a special and fuel gas hose are taped together, not type, capable of handling the maximum wrench is required, it shah be left in more than 4 Inches out of 12 inches shall current requirements of the work In position on the stem of the valve while be covered by tape. progress, taking into account the duty the cylinder is in use so that the fuel (3) All hose in use, carrying acetylene, cycle under which the arc welder or cut gas flow can be 6hut off quickly in case oxygen, natural or manufactured fuel ter is working. of an emergency. In the case of mani gas, or any gas or substance which may (2) Only cable free from repair or folded or coupled cylinders, at least one ignite or enter Into combustion, or be in splices for a minimum distance of 10 feet such wrench shall always be available any way harmful to employees, shall be from the cable end to which the electrode for immediate use. Nothing shall be inspected at the beginning of each work holder is connected shall be used, except placed on top of a fuel gas cylinder, when ing shift. Defective hose shall be re that cables with standard Insulated con * in use, which may damage the safety moved from service. * nectors or with splices whose insulating device or interfere with the quick closing (4) Hose wrhich has been subject to quality is equal to that of the cable are of the valve. flashback, or which shows evidence of permitted. (3) Fuel gas shall not be used from severe wear or damage, shall be tested (3) When it becomes necessary to con cylinders through torches or other de to twice the normal pressure to which nect or splice lengths of cable one to an- i CAPCO JEN 0001845 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 31 other, substantia] Insulated connectors of a capacity at least equivalent to that of the cable shall be used. If connections are effected by means of cable lugs, they shall be securely fastened together to give good electrical contact, and the exposed metal parts of the lugs shall be com* pletely insulated. (4) Cables In need of repair shall not be used. When a cable, other than the cable lead referred to in subparagraph (2) of this paragraph, becomes worn to the extent of exposing bare conductors, the portion thus exposed shall be pro tected by means of rubber and friction tape or other equivalent insulation. (c) Ground returns and machine grounding. (1) A ground return cable shall have a safe current carrying capac ity equal to or exceeding the specified maximum output capacity of the arc welding or Cutting unit which it services. When a single ground return cable serv ices more than one unit, its safe currentcarrying capacity shall equal or exceed the total specified maximum output ca pacities of all the units which it serv ices. (2) Pipelines containing gases or flam mable liquids, or conduits containing electrical circuits, shall not be used as a ground return. For welding on natural gas pipelines, the technical portions of regulations issued by the Department of Transportation, Office of Pipeline Safety, 49 CFR Part 192, Minimum Federal Safety Standards for Gas Pipelines shall apply. (3) When a structure or pipeline is emloyed as a ground return circuit, it shall be determined that the required electrical contact exists at all joints. The generation of an arc, sparks, or heat at any point shall cause rejection of the structures as a ground circuit. (4) When a structure or pipeline is continuously employed as a ground re turn circuit, all joints shall be bonded, and periodic Inspections shall be con ducted to ensure that no condition of electrolysis or fire hazard exists by vir tue of such use. (5) The frames of all arc welding and cutting machines shall be grounded either through a third wire in the cable containing the circuit conductor or through a separate wire which is ground ed at the source of the current. Ground ing circuits, other than by means of the structure, shall be checked to ensure that the circuit between the ground and the grounded power conductor has resistance low enough to permit sufficient current to flow to cause the fuse or circuit break er to interrupt the current. <$> All ground connections shall be inspected to ensure that they are me chanically strong and electrically ade quate for the required current. (d) Operating instructions. Employ ers shall Instruct employees in the safe means of arc welding and cutting as fol lows: (1) When electrode holders are to be left unattended, the electrodes shall be removed and the holders shall be so placed or protected that they cannot make electrical contact with employees whenever the torch is left unattended for or conducting objects. a substantial period of time, such as (2) Hot electrode holders shall not be dipped in water; to do so may expose the arc welder or cutter to electric shock. (3) When the arc welder or cutter has occasion to leave his work or to stop work for any appreciable length of time, or when the arc welding or cutting ma chine Is to be moved, the power supply switch to the equipment shall be opened. (4) Any faulty or defective equipment shall be reported to the supervisor. (5) Other requirements, as outlined in Article 630, National Electrical Code, NFPA 10-1971; ANSI CU1971 (Rev. of during the lunch period. Overnight and at the change of shifts, the torch and hose shall be removed from the con fined space. Open end fuel gas and oxygen hoses shall be immediately re moved from enclosed spaces when they are disconnected from the torch or other gas-consuming device. (h) Except when the contents are be ing removed or transferred, drums, pails, and other containers, which contain or have contained flammable liquids, shall be kept closed. Empty containers shall be removed to a safe area apart from hot work operations or open flames. 1968), Electric Welders, shall be used (i) Drums, containers, or hollow struc when applicable. tures which have contained toxic or flam (e) Shielding. Whenever practicable, all arc welding and cutting operations shall be shielded by noncombustible or flameproof screens which will protect employees and other persons working in the vicinity from the direct rays of the arc. mable substances shall, before welding, cutting, or heating is undertaken on them, either be filled with water or thor oughly cleaned of such substances and ventilated and tested. For welding, cut ting and heating on steel pipelines con taining natural gas, the pertinent por tions of regulations issued by the 1926.352 Fire prevention. Department of Transportation, Office of Pipeline Safety, 49 CFR Part 192, Mini (a) When practical, objects to be mum Federal Safety Standards for Gas welded, cut, or heated shall be moved to Pipelines, shall apply. a designated safe location or, If the ob (j) Before heat Is applied to a drum, jects to be welded, cut, or heated cannot be readily moved, all movable fire haz ards in the vicinity shall be taken to a safe place, or otherwise protected. container, or hollow structure, a vent or opening shall be provided for the release of any built-up pressure during the application of heat. (b) If the object to be welded, cut, or heated cannot be moved and if all the fire hazards cannot be removed, positive 1926.3S3 Ventilation and protection in welding, cutting, and heating. means shall be taken to confine the heat, (a) Mechanical ventilation. For pur sparks, and slag, and to protect the Im poses of this section, mechanical ventila movable fire hazards from them. tion shall meet the following require (c) No welding, cutting, or heating ments: shall be done where the application of (1) Mechanical ventilation shall con flammable paints, or the presence of sist of either general mechanical ventila other flammable compounds, or heavy tion systems or local exhaust systems. dust concentrations creates a hazard. (2) General mechanical ventilation (d) Suitable fire extinguishing equip ment shall be immediately available in the work area and shall be maintained in a state of readiness for instant use. <ej When tne welding,cutting,orheat- shall be of sufficient capacity and so ar ranged as to produce the number of air changes necessary to maintain welding fumes and smoke within safe limits, as defined in Subpart D of this part. Ing operation is such that normal fire (3) Local exhaust ventilation shall prevention precautions are not sufficient, consist of freely movable hoods intended additional personnel shall be assigned to to be placed by the welder or burner as guard against fire while the actual weld close as practicable to the work. This sys ing, cutting, or heating operation is being tem shall be of sufficient capacity-and-so performed, and for a sufficient period arranged as to remove fumes and smoke of time after completion of the work at the source and keep the concentration to ensure that no possibility of fire of them In the breathing zone within exists. Such personnel shall be Instructed safe limits as defined in Subpart D of this as to the specific anticipated fire hazards part. and how the firefighting equipment pro (4) Contaminated air exhausted from vided is to be used. a working space shall be discharged Into (f) When welding, cutting, or heating the open air or otherwise clear of the is performed on walls, floors, and ceil source of intake air. ings, since direct penetration of sparks (5) All air replacing that withdrawn or heat transfer may introduce a fire shall be clean and respirable. hazard to an adjacent area, the same (6) Oxygen shall not be used for ven precautions shall be taken on the oppo tilation purposes, comfort cooling, blow site side as are taken on the side on ing dust from clothing, or for cleaning which the welding is being performed. the work area. (g) For the elimination of possible fire in enclosed spaces as a result of gas escaping through leaking or Improperly closed torch valves, the gas supply to (b) Welding, cutting, and heating tn confined spaces. (1) Except as provided in subparagraph (2) of this paragraph and paragraph <c>(2> of this section. the torch shall be positively shut off at '`either general mechanical or local ex some point outside the enclosed space haust ventilation meeting the require whenever the torch is not to be used or ments of paragraph (a) of this section CAPCO JEN 000184-6 32 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS shall be provided whenever welding, cut ting, or heating is performed in a con fined space. * (2) When sufficient ventilation cannot be obtained without blocking the means of access, employees In the confined space shaft be protected by air line respirators in accordance with the requirements of Subpart E of this part, and an employee on the outside of such a confined space shall be assigned to maintain communi cation with those working within it and to aid them in an emergency. (c) Welding, cutting, or heating of metals of toxic significance. <1) Welding, cutting, or heating in any enclosed spaces involving the metals specified in this subparagraph shall be performed with either general mechanical or local exhaust ven tilation meeting the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section:-. (!) Zinc-bearing base or filler metals or metals coated with zinc-bearing materials. (il) Lead base metals; (ill) Cadmium-bearing filler mate rials; (iv) Chromium-bearing metals or metals coated with chromium-bearing materials. (2) Welding, cutting, or heating in any enclosed spaces Involving the metals specified in this subparagraph shall be performed with local exhaust ventilation in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, or em ployees shall be protected by air line res pirators In accordance with the require ments of Subpart E of this part: (i) Metals containing lead, other than as an impurity, or metals coated with lead-bearing materials; (ii) Cadmium-bearing or cadmium- coated base metals; (iii) Metals coated with mercury bearing metals; (iv) Beryllium-containing base or filler metals. Because of its high toxicity, work involving beryllium shall be done with both local exhaust ventilation and air line respirators. (3) Employees performing such opera tions in the open air shall be protected by filter-type respirators In accordance with the requirements of Subpart E of this part, except that employees per forming such operatipns on berylliumcontaining base or filler metals shall be protected by air line respirators In ac cordance with the' requirements of Subpart E of this part. (4) Other employees exposed to the same atmosphere as the welders or burners shall be protected in the same manner as the welder or burner, (d) Inert-gas metal-arc welding, (1) Since the Inert-gas metal-arc welding process involves the production of ultra violet radiation of intensities of 5 to 30 times that produced during shielded metal-arc welding, the decomposition of chlorinated solvents by ultraviolet rays, and the liberation of toxic fumes and gases, employees shall not be permitted to engage in, or be exposed to the process until the following special precautions have been taken: (1) The use of chlorinated solvents shall be kept at least 200 feet, unless shielded, from the exposed arc. and (d) The preservative coatings shall be surfaces prepared with chlorinated sol removed a sufficient distance from the vents shall be thoroughly dry before area to be heated to ensure that the welding is permitted on such surfaces. temperature of the unstripped metal will (ii) Employees in the area not pro not be appreciably raised. Artificial cool tected from the arc by screening shall ing of the metal surrounding the heating be protected by filter lenses meeting the area may be used to limit the size of the requirements of Subpart E of this part. area required to be cleaned. When two or more welders are exposed to each other's arc, filter lens goggles of a suitable type, meeting the require ments of Subpart E of this part shall be Subporl K--Electrical worn under welding helmets. Hand shields to protect the welder against 1926.400 Central Requirements. flashes and radiant energy shall be used (a) All electrical work, installations, when either the helmet 1s lifted or the and wire capacities shall be in accord shield is removed. ance with pertinent provisions of the (iii) Welders and other employees who National Electrical Code. NFPA 70-1971; are exposed to radiation shall be suitably ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. of 1968), and the protected so that the skin is covered National Electrical Safety Code. Na completely to prevent burns and other tional Bureau of Standards. Part 4 damage by ultraviolet rays. Welding (ANSI C2.4) unless otherwise provided helmets and hand shields shall be free by regulations of this part. of leaks and openings, and free of highly <b) Applicability. These regulations reflective surfaces. apply only to electrical installations used (iv) When inert-gas metal-arc weld on the Jobsite, both temporary and per ing is being performed on stainless steel, manent. For power distribution and the requirements of paragraph (c)(2) of transmission lines, see Subpart V of this this section shall be met to protect part. against dangerous concentrations of (c) Protection of employees: (1) No nitrogen dioxide. employer shall permit an employee to (e> General tcelding, cutting, and work in such proximity to any pan of an heating. (1) Welding, cutting, and heat electric power circuit that he may con ing, not involving conditions or materials tact the same in the course of his work described In paragraph (b), (c), or (d) unless the employee is protected against of this section, may normally be done electric shock by deenergizing the circuit without mechanical ventilation or respi and grounding it or by guarding it by ratory protective equipment, but where, effective insulation or other means. In because of unusual physical or atmos work areas where the exact location of pheric conditions, an unsafe accumula underground electric power lines is un tion of contaminants exists, suitable known, workmen using jack-hammers, mechanical ventilation or respiratory bars, or other hand tools which may con protective equipment shall be provided. tact a line shall be provided with insu (2) Employees performing any type lated protective gloves. oT welding, cutting, or heating shall be (2) Before work is begun the employer protected by suitable eye protective shall ascertain by inquiry or direct ob equipment In accordance with the re servation, or by instruments, w'hether quirements of Subpart E of this part. any part of an electric power circuit, ex posed or concealed, is so located that the 1926.354 Welding, cutting, and heating in performance of the work may bring any way of preservative coatings. person, tool, or machine Into physical or (a) Before welding, cutting, or heat ing is commenced on any surface cov ered by a preservative coating whose flammability Is not known, a test shall be made by a competent person to deter mine its flammability. Preservative coat ings shau be considered to be highly flammable when scrapings bum with electrical contact therewith. The em ployer shall post and maintain proper warning signs where such a circuit exists. He shall advise his employees of the lo cation of such lines, the hazards involved and the protective measures to be taken. (d) Passageways *nd open -spaces: Suitable barriers or other means shall extreme rapidity. (b) Precautions shall be taken to pre vent Ignition of highly flammable hard ened preservative coatings. When coat ings are determined to be highly flam mable, they shall be stripped from the area to be heated to prevent Ignition. (c) Protection against toxic preserva tive coatings: (2) In enclosed spaces, all surfaces covered with toxic preservatives shall be stripped of all toxic coatings for a distance of at least 4 inches from the area of heat application, or the em ployees shall be protected by air line respirators, meeting the requirements of Subpart E of this part. be provided to ensure that workspace for electrical equipment will not be used as a passageway during periods when energized parts of electrical equipment are exposed. (e) Workspace around equipment: Sufficient space shall be provided and maintained in the area of electrical equipment to permit ready and safe operation and maintenance of such equipment. When parts are exposed, the minimum clearance for the workspace shall be not less than 6 feet high, nor less than a radius of 3 feet wide, and there shall be clearance sufficient to per mit at least a 90# opening of an doors or hinged panels. All working clearances (2) In the open air, employees shall >*shall be maintained in accordance with be protected by a respirator, in accord ^Article 110-16, National Electrical Code. ance with requirements of Subpart E of NFPA 70-1971; ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. of this part. 1968). 1l CAPCO JEN 0001847 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 33 (f) Load ratings: In existing installa tions no changes in circuit protection shall be made to Increase the load in ex cess of the load rating of the circuit wiring, as specified in National Electric Code. NFPA 70-1971: ANSI CI-1971 (Rev. of 1968), Article 310. <g) Lockout and tagging of circuits: (1) Equipment or circuits that are de energized Bhall be rendered inoperative and have tags attached at all points where such equipment or circuits can be energized. (2) Controls that are to be deactivated during the course of work on energized or deenergized equipment or circuits shall be tagged. (3) Tags shall be placed to identify plainly the equipment or circuits being worked on. 1926.401 Grounding and bonding. (a) Portable and/or cord and plug- connected equipment. (1) The noncur- rent-carrytng metal parts of portable and/or plug-connected equipment shall be grounded. (2) Portable tools and appliances pro tected by an approved system of double insulation, or its equivalent, need not be grounded. Where such an approved sys tem is employed, the equipment shall be distinctively marked. (b) Fixed equipment. Exposed noncur rent-carrying metal parts of fixed elec trical equipment, including motors, gen erators, frames and tracks of electrically operated cranes, electrically driven ma chinery. etc., shall be grounded. (c> Effective grounding. The path from circuits, equipment, structures, and conduit or enclosures to ground shall be permanent and continuous: have ample carrying capacity to conduct safely the currents liable to be imposed on it; and have the impedance sufficently low to limit the potential above ground and to result in the operation of the overcur rent devices in the circuit. (d) Ground resistance. Driven rod electrodes shall, where practicable, have a resistance to ground not to exceed 25 ohms. Where the resistance is not as low as 25 ohms, two or more electrodes con nected in parallel shall be used. (e) Testing of grounds. Grounding circuits shall be checked to ensure that the circuit between the ground and the grounded power conductor has a resist ance which Is low enough to permit sufficient current to flow to cause the fuse or circuit breaker to interrupt the current. (f) Extension cords. Extension cords used with portable electric tools and ap pliances shall be of three-wire type. (g> Bonding. (1) Conductors used for bonding and grounding stationary and moveable equipment shall be of ample size to carry the anticipated current. (2) When attaching bonding and grounding clamps or clips, a secure and positive metal-to-metal contact shall be made. Such attachments shall be made before closures are opened and material movements are started and shall not be broken until after material move ments are stopped and closures are made. (h) Temporary wiring. Ail temporary wiring shall be effectively grounded Ln accordance with the National Electrical Code, NFPA No. 70-1968 (see Articles 200 and 250). (i) Construction site. Precautions shall be taken to make any necessary open wiring inaccessible to unauthorized per sonnel (j) Temporary lighting. (1) Tempo rary lights shall be equipped with guards to prevent accidental contact with the bulb, except that guards are not required when the construction of the reflector is such that the bulb is deeply recessed. (2) Temporary lights shall be equip ped with heavy duty electric cords with connections and insulation maintained in safe condition. Temporary lights shall not be suspended by their electric cords unless cords and lights are designed for this means of suspension. Splices shall have insulation equal to that of the cable. (3) Working spaces, walkways, and similar locations shall be kept clear of cords so as not to create a hazard to employees. (4) Portable electric lighting used In morst and/or other hazardous locations, as for example, drums, tanks, and vessels shall be operated at a maximum of 12 volts. 1926.402 Equipment insinuation and maintenance. () Flexible cable and cords. (1) Re ceptacles for attachment plugs shall be of approved, concealed contact type with a contact for extending ground continu ity and shall be so designed and con structed that the plug may be pulled out without leaving any live parts exposed to accidental contact. (2) Where different voltages, frequen cies, or types of current (a.c. or d.c.) are to be supplied by portable cords, recep tacles shall be of such design that attach ment plugs used on such circuits are not Interchangeable. (3) Attachment plugs or other con nectors supplying equipment at more than 300 volts shall be of the skirted type or otherwise so designed that arcs will be confined. (4) Attachment plugs for use in work areas shall be so constructed that they will endure rough use and be equipped with a suitable cord grip to prevent strain on the terminal screws. (5) Flexible cord shall be used only in continuous lengths without splice, except suitable molded or vulcanized splices may be used where properly made, and the insulation shall be equal to the cable being spliced and wire connections soldered. () Trailing cables shall be protected from damage. <7) Splices in trailing cable shall be mechanically strong components and In sulated to retain 'he mechanical and dielectric strength of the original cable. (8) Cable passing through work areas shall be covered or elevated to protect It from damage which would create a haz ard to employees. (9) Handlamps of the portable type shall be of the molded composition or other type approved for the purpose. Brass-shell, paper-lined lampholders shall not be used. Handlamps shall be equipped with a handle and a substantial guard over the bulb and attached to the lampholder or the handle. (10) Worn or frayed electric cables shall not be used. (11) Extension cords shall be pro tected against accidental damage as may be caused by traffic, sharp corners, or projections and pinching in doors or elsewhere. (12) Extension cords shall not be fast ened with staples, hung from nails, or suspended by wire. (b) Overcurrent protection. (I) Over current protection shall be provided by fuses or circuit breakers for each feeder and branch circuit, and shall be based on the current-carrying capacity of the con ductors supplied and the power load being used. (2) No overcurrent device shall be placed in any permanently grounded conductor, except where the overcurrent device simultaneously opens all conduc tors of the circuit or for motor running protection. (3) When fuses are installed or re moved with one or both terminals ener gized. special tools insulated for the volt age shall be used. (c) Switches, circuit breakers, and disconnecting means. (1) Each discon necting means for motors and appliances, and each service feeder or branch circuit at the point where it originates, shall be legibly marked to indicate its purpose unless located and arranged so the pur pose is evident. <2) Disconnecting means shall be lo cated or shielded so that employees will not be injured. (3) Boxes for disconnecting means shall be securely and rigidly fastened to the surface upon which they are mounted and fitted with covers. (4) Boxes and disconnecting means in stalled in damp or wet locations shall be waterproof to the extent that water does not enter or accumulate. (d) Transformers. (1) Energized transformers and other related electri cally energized equipment over 150 volts to ground shall be protected so as to pre vent accidental contact with any person. Protection shall be provided by individual Integrated housing or by an enclosure, such as an electrical substation fence, which accommodates a group of such equipment. Metallic enclosures shall be grounded. (2) Access to energized equipment covered by subparagraph (1) of this paragraph shall be secured by lock or other fasteners requiring the use of tools to open them. (3) Signs indicating danger and pro hibiting unauthorized access shall be conspicuously displayed on the housing or other enclosure around the equipment. (4) Transformers mounted on utility poles at a height of more than 12 feet from the ground are exempt from the requirements of this paragraph. CAPCO JEN 0001848 34 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (e) Welding and cutting equipment. Welding and cutting equipment shall meet the requirements specified In Sub parts P and J of this part. 1926.403 Battery rooms and battery charging. () General requirements. (1) Bat teries of the nonseal type shall be located in enclosures with outside vents or in well ventilated rooms, so arranged as to prevent the escape of fumes, gases, or electrolyte spray into other areas. (2) Ventilation shall be provided to ensure diffusion of the gases from the battery to prevent the accumulation of an explosive mixture. <3> Racks and trays shall be substan tial and treated to be resistant to the electrolyte. (4) Floors shall be of acid resistant construction or be protected from acid accumulations. (5) Face shields, aprons, and rubber gloves shall be provided for workmen handling acids or batteries. () Facilities for quick drenching of the eyes and body shall be 'provided within 25 feet of the work area for emergency use. (7) Facilities shall be provided for flushing and neutralizing spilled electro lyte. for Are protection, for protecting charging apparatus from damage by trucks, and for adequate ventilation for dispersal of fumes from gassing batteries. Cb) Charging. (1) Battery charging installations shall be located In areas designated for that purpose. (2) When charging batteries, the vent caps shall be kept in place to avoid elec trolyte spray. Care shall be taken to as sure that vent caps are functioning. 1926.404 Hazardous locations. (a) General: For the purpose of this section, hazardous locations are defined as follows: (1) Class I Locations--Class 1 Loca tions are those In which flammable gases or vapors are or may be present in quan tities sufficient to produce explosive or Ignitable mixtures. (2) Class II Locations--Class II Loca tions are those which are hazardous be cause of the presence of combustible dust. (3) Class III Locations--Class HI Locations are those which are hazardous because of the presence of easily ignit able fibers or flyings, but In which such fibers or flyings are not likely to be in suspension in air in quantities sufficient to produce ignitable mixtures. (4> See the National Electrical Code, NFPA 70-1971; ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. of 1968) for further definition of divisions 1 and 2 for each class. (b> All components and utilization equipment used in a hazardous location shall be chosen from among those listed by a nationally recognized testing lab oratory. such as Underwriters' Labora tories. Inc., or Factory Mutual Engineering Corp., except custom-made components and utilization equipment. (c) Equipment approved for a specific hazardous location shall not be Installed or intermixed with equipment approved for another specific hazardous location. (d) Employer shall ensure that all wiring components and utilization equip ment are maintained as vapor, dust, or fiber tight as contemplated by their ap provals. There shall be no loose or miss ing screws, gaskets, threaded connec tions. or other impairments to this tight condition. 1926.405 Definitions applicable to this subpart. (a) The definition of "approved" as set forth in 5 1910.308(d) of this chapter shall apply. (b) "Bonding Jumper"--a conductor to assure the required electrical conduc tivity between metal parts required to be electrically connected. (c) "Branch circuits"--that portion of a wiring system extending beyond the final overcurrent device protecting the circuit. (A device not approved for branch circuit protection, such as ther mal cutout or motor overload protective device, is not considered as the overcur rent device protecting the circuit.) (d) "Circuit breaker"--a device de signed to open and close a circuit by manual means, and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined over load of current, without injury to itself when properly applied within Its rating. (e) "Exposed'' (as applied to live parts)--means that a live part can be inadvertently touched or approached nearer than a safe distance by a person. This term applies to parts not suitably guarded, isolated, or insulated. (f) "Ground"--a conducting connec tion, whether intentional or accidental, between an electrical circuit or equip ment and earth, or to some conducting body which serves in place of the earth. (g) "Grounded"--connected to earth or to some conducting body which serves In place of the earth. (h) "Hazard"--is considered to in clude casualty, fire, and shock when applicable. (i) "Isolated" means not readily ac cessible to person unless special means of access are used. (J) "Raceway"--any channel for loosely holding wires or cables in Interior work which Is designed expressly and used solely for this purpose. Raceways may be of metal, wood, or insulating ma terial, and the term includes wood and metal moldings consisting of a backing and capping, and also metal ducts into which wires are to be pulled. (k) "Shock hazard"--considered to exist at an accessible part in a circuit between the part and ground, or other accessible parts if the potential is more than 42.4 volts peak and the current through a 1,500-otuh load is more than 5 milliamperes. (l) "Weatherproof"--so constructed or protected that exposure to the weather shall not interfere with successful operation. Subpart L--Ladders and Scaffolding 1926.450 Ladders. (a) General requirements. (1) Except where either permanent or temporary stairways or suitable ramps or runways are provided, ladders described in this subpart shall be used to give safe access to all elevations. (2) The use of ladders with broken or missing rungs or steps, broken or split side rails, or other faulty or defective construction is prohibited. When ladders with such defects are discovered, they shall be immediately withdrawn from service. Inspection of metal ladders shall include checking for corrosion of In teriors of open end hollow rungs. (3) Manufactured portable wood lad ders provided by the employer shall be in accordance with the provisions of the American National Standards Institute, A 14.1-1968, Safety Code for Portable Wood Ladders. (4) Portable metal ladders shall be of strength equivalent to that of wood ladders. Manufactured portable metal ladders provided by the employer shall be in accordance with the provisions of the American National Standards Insti tute, A 14.2-1956, Safety Code for Port able Metal Ladders. (5) Fixed ladders shall be in accord ance with the provisions of the American National Standards Institute, A 14.31956, Safety Code for Fixed Ladders. (6) Portable ladder feet shall be placed on a substantial base, and the area around the top and bottom of the ladder shall be kept clear. (7) Portable ladders shall be used at such a pitch that the horizontal distance from the top support to the foot of the ladder Is about one-quarter of the work ing length of the ladder (the length along the ladder between the foot and the top support). Ladders shall not be used in a horizontal position as plat forms. runways, or scaffolds. (8) Ladders shall not be placed In passageways, doorways, driveways, or any location where they may be dis placed by activities being conducted on any other work, unless protected by barricades or guards. <) The-side jails shall extend not less than 36 inches above the landing. When this is not practical, grab rails, which provide a secure grip for an employee moving to or from the point of access, shall be installed. (10) Portable ladders in use shall be tied, blocked, or otherwise secured to prevent their being displaced. (11) Portable metal ladders shall not be used for electrical work or where they may contact electrical conductors. (b) Job-made ladders. <1) Job-made ladders shall be constructed for Intended use. If a ladder is to provide the only means of access or exit from a working area for 25 or more employees, or simul taneous two-way traffic is expected, a double cleat ladder shall be installed. (2) Double cleat ladders shall not exceed 24 feet in length. I CAPCO JEN 0001849 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 35 (3) Single cleat ladders shall not ex ceed 30 feet in length between supports (base and top landing). If ladders are to connect different landings, or if the length required exceeds this maximum length, two or more separate ladders shall be used, offset with a platform be tween each ladder. Guardrails and toeboards hall be erected on the exposed sides of the platforms. (See $ 1926.451 (a)(5).) (4) The width of single cleat ladders shall be at least 15 inches, but not more than 20 inches between rails at the top. (5) Side rails shall be parallel or flared top to bottom by not more than onequarter of an inch for each 2 feet of length. (6) Wood side rails of ladders having cleats shall be not less than 1 Vi inches thick and 3*,4 inches deep (2 inches by 4 inches nominal) when made of Group 2 or Group 3 woods (see Table L-l). Wood side rails of Group 4 woods (see Table L~l) may be used in the same cross-section of dimensions for cleat ladders up to 20 feet in length. Table L-l Average Densities of Various Species of Wood for Use in Ladders croup i Density Species (lbs.//t.*) White ash............ 41 Beech------ -------- 43 Birch --______ - 44 Rock elm_____ _ 43 Hickory 50 Locust - 47 Density Species (Ibsy/t.1) Hard maple____ 42 Red maple__... 36 Red oak.............. 43 White oak ____ _ 46 Pecan ......... 46 Persimmon____ 50 Douglas fir (coast region) Western larch.. CROUP 2 Southern yellow 34 pine ................ 38 37 Red alder...... Oregon ash.... Pumpkin ash... Alaska cedar-- Port Orford cedar ........ Cucumber ..... Cypress ________ Soft elm....... Douglas fir (Rocky Uoun- tain type)---- Noble fir CROUP 2 28 Gum 38 West Coast hem37 lock 31 Magnolia ...... Oregon maple.. 30 Nora*ay pine___ 34 Poplar _______ _ 32 Redwood___... SC Eastern spruce. Sitka spruce... Sycamore____ _ 30 Tamarack ..... 37 Tupelo ........ 34 30 36 34 31 28 25 28 28 36 37 36 Table L-l--Continued CROUP 4 Aspen Basswood ...... Buckeye ______ Butternut Incense cedar.. Western red cedar ........ Black cottonwood .. White fir............ Hackberry _____ 27 25 25 27 25 23 24 26 37 Eastern hemlock Holly ................... Soft maple Lodgepole pine. Idaho white pine ......... -- Northern white pine ........ Ponderosa pine. Sugar pine..... 28 39 33 29 28 25 28 26 (7) It is preferable that side rails be continuous. If splicing Is necessary to attain the requirec length however, the splice must develop the full strength of a continuous side rail of the same length. (8) 2-inch by 4-inch lumber shall be used for side rails of single cleat ladders up to 16 feet long; 3-inch by 6-inch lum ber shall be used for single cleat ladders from 16 to 30 feet In length. (9) 2-inch by -1-inch lumber shall be used for side and middle rails of double cleat ladders up to 12 feet In length; 2-inch by 6-inch lumber for double cleat ladders from 12 to 24 feet in length. (10) Wood cleats shall have the fol lowing minimum dimensions when made of Group 1 woods (see Table L-l): Table L-2 Lriigth ol cleat (Inches) Thickness Width (ische*) (inches) Up lo and Including 20.................... 0rer 2i> and up lo and Including N 3 3N (11) Cleats may be made of species of any other group of wood (see Table L-l) provided equal or greater strength is maintained. (12) Cleats shall be inset into the edges of the side rails one-half Inch, or filler blocks shall be used on the rails between the cleats. The cleats shall be secured to each rail with three lOd common wire nails or other fasteners of equivalent strength. Cleats shall be uniformly spaced, 12 inches top-to-top. 1926.451 Scaffolding. () General requirements. (I) Scaf folds shall be erected In accordance with requirements of this section. (2) The footing or anchorage for scaf folds shall be sound, rigid, and capable of carrying the maximum intended load without settling or displacement. Un stable objects such as barrels, boxes, loose brick, or concrete blocks, shall not be used to support scaffolds or planks. (3) No scaffold shall be erected, moved, dismantled, or altered except under the supervision of competent persons. (4) Guardrails and toeboards shall be installed on all open sides and ends of platforms more than 6 feet above the ground or floor, except needle beam scaf folds and floats. Scaffolds 4 feet to 6 feet in height, having a minimum horizontal dimension in either direction of less than 45 Inches, shall have standard guardrails installed on all open sides and ends of the platform. (5) Guardrails shall be 2- x 4-inches, or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a mldrall, when re quired. Supports shall be at intervals not to exceed 8 feet. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. () Where persons are required to work or pass under the scaffold, scaffolds shall be provided witn a screen between the toeboard and the guardrail, extend ing along the entire opening, consisting of No. 18 gauge US. Standard wire ?ainch mesh, or the equivalent. (7) Scaffolds and their components shall be capable of supporting without failure at least 4 times the maximum in tended load. (8) Any scaffold including accessories such as braces, brackets, trusses, screw legs, ladders, etc. damaged or weakened from any cause shall be immediately re paired or replaced. (9) All load-carrying timber mem bers of scaffold framing shall be a mini mum of 1,500 fiber (Stress Grade) con struction grade lumber. All dimensions are nominal sizes as provided In the American Lumber Standards, except that where rough sizes are noted, only rough or undressed lumber of the size specified will satisfy minimum requirements. (10) All planking shall be Scaffold Grades, or equivalent, as recognized by approved grading rules for the species of wood used. The maximum permissible spans for 2- x 10-lnch or wider planks shall be as shown in the following; Table L-3 Material Full Oiicfcncss Nominal undressed thickness lumber lumber * W orkinp load (p s T >_____ 15 SO 1`ermu.sibU sp.m Ifi.)... . W a 75 25 ba 50 6 > Nominal tliukii-ss lumber not rccoumendid for liras y dut> us*1. (11) The maximum permissible span for l1/*- x 9-inch or wider plank of full thickness shall be 4 feet with medium duty loading of 50 pa.f. (12) All planking or platforms shall be overlapped (minimum 12 Inches), or secured from movement. (13) An access ladder or equivalent safe access shall be provided. (14) Scaffold planks shall extend over their end supports not less than 6 inches nor more than 12 inches. (15) The poles, legs, or uprights of scaffolds shall be plumb, and securely and rigidly braced to prevent swaying and displacement. (16) Overhead protection shall be pro vided for men on a scaffold exposed to overhead hazards. (17) Slippery conditions on scaffolds shall be eliminated as soon as possible after they occur. (18) No welding, burning, riveting, or open flame work shall be performed on any staging suspended by means of fiber or synthetic rope. Only treated or pro tected fiber or synthetic ropes shall be used for or near any work Involving the use of corrosive substances or chemicals. (19) Wire, synthetic, or fiber rope used for scaffold suspension shall be capable cf supporting at least 6 times the rated load. (20) The pse of shore pump Jack, or lean-to scaffolds is prohibited. (21) Lumber sizes, when used in this subpart, refer to nominal sizes except where otherwise stated. (b) Wood pole scaffolds. (1) Scaffold poles shall bear on a foundation of suffi cient size and strength to spread the load from the pole over a sufficient area to prevent settlement. AU poles shall be set .plumb. (2) Where wood poles are spliced, the ends shall be squared and the upper sec tion shall rest squarely on the lower CAPCO JEN 0001850 36 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS section. Wood splice plates shall be pro vided on at least two adjacent sides and shall be not less than 4 feet in length, overlapping the abutted ends equally, and have the same width and not less than the cross-sectional area of the pole. Splice plates or other materials of equivalent strength may be used. (3) Independent pole scaffolds shall be set as near to the wall of the building as practicable. (4) All pole scaffolds shall be securely guyed or tied to the building or structure. Where the height or length exceeds 25 feet, the scaffold shall be secured at intervals not greater than 25 feet vertically and horizontally. (5) Putlogs or bearers shall be set with their greater dimension vertical, long enough to project over the ledgers of the inner and outer rows of poles at least 3 Inches for proper support. (6) Every wooden putlog on single pole scaffolds shall be reinforced with a Ti6- x 2-lnch steel strip, or equivalent, secured to its lower edge throughout its entire length. (7) Ledgers shall be long enough to extend over two pole spaces. Ledgers shall not be spliced between the poles. Ledgers shall be reinforced by bearing blocks securely nailed to the side of the pole to form a support for the ledger. (8) Diagonal bracing shall be provided to prevent the poles from moving in a direction parallel with the wall of the building, or from buckling. (9) Cross bracing shall be provided between the inner and outer sets of poles In independent pole scaffolds. The free ends of pole scaffolds shall be cross braced. (10) Pull diagonal face bracing shall be erected across the entire face of pole scaffolds In both directions. The braces shall be spjiced at the poles. The inner row of poles on medium and heavy duty scaffolds shall be braced In a similar manner. (11) Platform planks snail be laid with their edges close together so the platform will be tight with no spaces through which tools or fragments of material can fall. (12) Where plankJng is lapped, each plank shall lap Its end supports at least 12 Inches. Where the ends of planks abut each other to form a flush floor, the butt Joint shall be at the centerline of a pole. The abutted ends shall rest on separate bearers. Intermediate beams shall be provided where necessary to pre vent dislodgment of planks due to deflec tion. and the ends shall be secured to prevent their dislodgment. (13) When a scaffold materially changes its direction, the platform planks shall be laid to prevent tipping. The planks that meet the corner putlog at an angle shall be laid first, extending over the diagonally placed putlog far enough to have a good safe bearing, but not far enough to involve any danger from tipping. The planking running in the opposite direction at an angle shall be laid so as to extend over and rest on the first layer of planking. (14) When moving platforms to the next level, the old platform shall be left undisturbed until the new putlogs or bearers have been set in place, ready to receive the platform planks. (15) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 Inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail of 1- x fl inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides and ends or all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed In accord ance with paragraph (a)(6) of this section, when required. (16) All wood pole scaffolds 60 feet or less Jn height shall be constructed and erected in accordance with Tables L-4 to 10. If they are over 60 feet in height, they shall be designed by a qualified en gineer competent in this field, and it shall be constructed and erected in ac cordance with such design. Table L-8--Minimum Nominal Size and Maximum Spacing or Mzmbexs or Inde pendent Pol* Scaffolds--Medium Dutt Uniformly distributed load. Maximum height of scaffold. Not to exceed SO p*i. 60 ft. Poles or uprights-------- 4 x 4 In. (Continued on p. 31:3136) Table L-4-Minimum Nominal She and Maximum Spacing or Members of Single Pole Scaffolds Licbt Putt Uniformly distributed load....................... roles of uprights............................................ Pole spacing (longitudinal)....................... Maximum width of scaffold....................... Beuers or putlogs to 3 ft. 0 la. width.. Bearers or putlogs to A ft. 0 In. width... Ledgers.............................................................. Hanking........................................................... Vertical spacing of horizontal members. Bracing, horizontal and diagonal............. Tie-Ins................................................................ Toeboards........................................................ Guardrail.......................................................... Maximum height of scaffold 20 It. eon. Not to exceed 23 ps.f. 2x4 In.............................. Oft. Oln............................ 3 ft. 0 In............................ 2x4 in.............................. 2 x 6 In. ot 3 x 4 In........ 1 X 4 In.............................. IM x 9 In. (rough)..... 7 ft. Oln............................ 1 x 4 In.............................. 1 x 4 In............................ 4 In. high (minimum). 21 4 In.............................. 4x4 In. 10 ft. o in. 3 It. 0 la. 21 4 In. 2 x 6 In. or 3 x 4 In (rough). 1^x3 In. 2 x 10 In. 9 (t. 0 In. 11 4 Jn. 1 x 4 in. 4 in. high (minimum). 2x4 in. All inenibrrs eserpt planking are used on edge. Table L-5--Minimum Nominal Size and Maximum Spacing of Members of Single Pole Scaffolds--Medium Dutt Uniformly distributed load. Maximum height of scaffold. Poles or uprights_____ Pole spacing (longi tudinal). Maximum width of scaffold. Bearers or putlogs____ Spacing of bearers or putlogs. Ledgers................ .......... Vertical spacing of horizontal members. Bracing, horizontal... Bracing, diagonal.... Tie-Ins ............. Planking Toeboards .......... Guardrail Not to exceed SO p-a.f. 60 ft. 4 x 4 In. 8 ft.Oln. 5 ft. Oln. 2 x 10 In. or 3 x 4 in. 8 ft. 0 in. 3 x 10 In. 7 ft. 0 tn. 1 x 6 in. or 1% x 4 in. 1 x 4 In. I x41n. 3X10 In. 4-ln. high (mini mum) . 2x4 In. All members except planking are used on edge. L-6--Table Minimum Nominal Size and Maximum Spacing or Members or Sincle Pole Scaffolds---Heavt Dutt Uniformly distributed load. Maximum height of acaffold. poles or uprights Pole spacing (longi tudinal). Maximum width of scaffold. Bearers or putlogs.___ Spacing of bearers or putlog. Ledgers ... Vertical spacing of horizontal members. Bracing, horizontal and diagonal. Tie-Ins Planking ____ _ Toeboards .......... Guardrail _____ ...... Not to exceed 7S p.s.f. 60 ft. 4x6 In. 6 ft. Oln. 5 ft. Oln. 2 x 10 in. or 3 x 5 in. 6ft. Oln. 2 x 10 In. ft. 6 In. 2x4 In. 2 x 4 In. 2 x 10 In. 4-ln. high mum). 2 x 4 In. (mini AU members except planking are used on edge. Table L-7-Mimuvh Nominal Size and Maximum Spacing or Mekbesj or Independenf Pole Scaffold Light Dvtt Maximum hl(bt of scaffold* I 2 30ft. eon. Uniformly distributed load................ Poles or uprights.......................................... Pole spacing (longitudinal)........................ Pole spacing (traoseem)...................... Ledgers............ ................. ............................... Bearers to 3 ft. 0 In. rpan............................ Bearers to 10 ft. 0 In. span.......................... Planking.......................................................... Vertical spacing ol horizontal members. Bracing, horizontal arid diagonal....... Tle-lru................................................................ Toeboards........... ............................................. Guardrail.......................................................... Not to exceed 33 pJJ. 2x4 is................................ . 4 x4 In. eft. Oln....................................10 ft. 0 lo. 6 ft. Oln.................................... 10 ft. Oln. IK * 4 In................................ IK* Jo. 3x4 la......................................2x4 In. 214 In. or 814 In................. 2 x 10 (rough) or 3 x 8 in. JXiOln.................................. 2x10 to. 7fl. Oln....................................7 h. Oln. I x 4 In......................................1 * 4 lo. 1 x 4 In..................................... 1 xi In. 4 In. high................................. 4 In. high (minimum). 2 X4 Is.............................. 2 X 4 lo. All members except planking are used os edge. ll CAPCO JEN 0001851 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 37 Pole spacing (longi 8 ft. 0 in. tudinal) . 15) All tube and coupler scaffolds shall length of the scaffold permits, such brac be constructed and erected to support ing shall be duplicated beginning at Pole spacing (trans 8 ft. 0 in. four times the maximum Intended loads, every fifth post. In a similar manner, verse). Ledgers -................ ........ Vertical spacing of horizontal member*. Spacing of bearer*-----Bearers-------------------- Bracing, horizontal... Bracing, diagonal------ 2*10 In. ert.om.. 8 ft. 0 In. 2 x 101a. 1 z 6 In. or 1% *4 In. 1 x 4 in. as set forth In Tables L-10,11, and 12, or as set forth in the specifications by a li censed professional engineer competent in this field. Tabic L-10--Tv he avd Coufle* Scaffolds Light Duty longitudinal diagonal bracing shall also be Installed from the last post extending back and upward toward the first post. Where conditions preclude the attach ment of this bracing to the posts, it may be attached to the runners. (12) The entire scaffold shall be tied Tie-ins ............................. Planking ------------------Toeboards _- 1 x4 in. 2 x 10 in. 4-ln. high mum). (mini Guardrail ____ ___ --- 2x41n. All members except planking are used on Uniformly distributed load........ Not to exceed 25 ps.f. roet spacing (longitudinal)......... 10 it. 0 in. Post spacing (transverse)............. It. 0 fax. Working keels Additional planked Maximum levels height to and securely braced against the build ing at Intervals not to exceed 30 feet horizontally and 26 feet vertically, (13) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 Inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail of 1- x 6- edge. Table L-9--Minimum Nominal Size and Maximum Spacing or Member* or Inde 1 2 3 inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboard. 8 A 125 ft. 125 It. shall be installed at all open sides and 0 61 It. 0 in. ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet pendent Pole Scaffolds--Heavy Dtnr above the ground or floor, Toeboards Uniformly distributed .Not to exceed 75 load. p.sd. Maximum height of 60 ft. Table L-U--Tube and Coufles Scaffold* Medium Purr shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be Installed In accord ance with paragraph (a) (6) of this scaffold. poles or upright*_____ Pole spacing (longi tudinal). Pole spacing (trans verse) . Ledgers_______ Vertical spacing of 4 x 4 In. 6 ft. 0 In. 8 ft. 0 In. 2 x 10 in. 6 ft. 0 In. Uniformly distributed load........ Not to exceed 50 pJ.f. Tost spacing (longitudinal)......... 8 ft. 0 In. Past sparing (transverse)............. 6 It. 0 In. Working levels Additional planked Maximum levels height 1 123 ft. section. (d) Tubular welded frame scaffolds. (1) Metal tubular frame scaffolds, in cluding accessories such as braces, brackets, trusses, screw legs, ladders, etc., shall be designed, constructed, and erected to safety support four times the horizontal members. 2 0 78 it. Ola. maximum rated load. Bearers .........--. 2 x 10 In. (rough). (2) Spacing of panels or frames shall Bracing, horizontal 2x4 in. Tablb L-12--Tcbc and Coupler Scaffold* be consistent with the loads Imposed. and diagonal. Tie-ins Planking Toeboards ........... 1 x 4 In. 2x10 in. 4-ln. high mum). (mini Heavy Duty Uniformly distributed load........ Not to exceed "3 p-S.f. Post spacing (longitudinal)......... t It. 6 in. Poet spacing (traverse)................. 4 It. 0 Id. (3) Scaffolds shall be properly braced by cross bracing or diagonal braces, or both, for securing vertical members to gether laterally, and the cross braces Guardrail _ 2 x 4 In. shall be of such length as will automat All members except planking are used on edge. (c> Tube and coupler scaffolds. <l) A light duty tube and coupler scaffold shall have all posts, bearers, runners, and brac ing of nominal 2-inch OJD. steel tubing. The posts shall be spaced no more than 6 feet apart by 10 feet along the length of the scaffold. Other structural metals when used must be designed to carry an equivalent load. No dissimilar metals shall be used together. (2) A medium duty tube and coupler scaffold shall have all posts, runners, and bracing of nominal 2-lnch O.D. steel tubing. Posts spaced not more than 6 feet apart by 8 feet along the length of the scaffold shall have bearers of nominal 2`/2-lnch O.D.steel tubing. Posts spaced not more than 6 feet apart by 8 feet along the length of the scaffold shall have bearers of nominal 2-inch OD, steel tub ing. Other structural metals, when used, must be designed to carry an equivalent load. No dissimilar metals shall be used together. Working levels Additional planked Maximum levels height 1 6 123 ft. (6) Posts shall be accurately spaced, erected on suitable bases, and maintained plumb. (7) Runners shall be erected along the length of the scaffold, located on both the inside and the outside posts at even height. Runners shall be interlocked to the Inside and the outside posts at even heights. Runners shall be interlocked to form continuous lengths and coupled to each post. The bottom runners shall be located as close to the base as possible. Runners shall be placed not more than 6 feet 6 inches on centers. (8) Bearers shall be installed trans versely between posts and shall be se curely coupled to the posts bearing on the runner coupler. When coupled direct ly to the runners, the coupler must be kept as close to the posts as possible. (9) Bearers shall be at least 4 Inches ically square and aline vertical members so that the erected scaffold is always plumb, square, and rigid. All brace con nections shall be made secure. (4) Scaffold legs shall be set on ad justable bases or plain bases placed on mud sills or other foundations adequate to support the maximum rated load. (5) The frames shall be placed one on top of the other with coupling or stack ing pins to provide proper vertical allnement of the legs. (6> Where uplift may occur, panels shall be locked together vertically by pins or other equivalent suitable means. (7) To prevent movement, the scaf fold shall be secured to the building or structure at Intervals not to exceed 30 feet horizontally and 26 feet vertically. (8) Maximum permissible spans of planking shall be in conformity with paragraph (a) (11) of this section. (9) Drawings and specifications for all frame scaffolds over 125 feet in height above the base plates shall be designed by a registered professional engineer. (3) . A heavy duty tube and coupler but not more than 12 inches longer than (10) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 scaffold shall have all posts, runners, and the post spacing or runner spacLng. inches or the equivalent, and approxi bracing of nominal 2-inch O.D. steel tubing, with the posts spaced not more than 6 feet by 6 feet 6 Inches. Other structural metals, when used, must be designed to carry an equivalent load. No dissimilar metals shall be used together. (10) Cross bracing shall be installed across the width of the scaffold at least every third set of posts horizontally and every fourth runner vertically. Such bracing shall extend diagonally from the mately 42 inches high, with a midrail, of 1- x 6-inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toe boards shall be a minimum of 4 Inches (4) Tube and coupler scaffolds shall be limited In heights and working levels to those permitted in Tables L-!0,11, and 12. Drawings and specifications of all tube and coupler scaffolds above the limi tations In Tables L-10, 11, and 12 shall be designed by a qualified engineer com petent in this field. inner and outer runners upward to the next outer and inner runners. (11) Longitudinal diagonal bracing on the Inner and outer rows of poles shall be Installed at approximately a 45* angle from near the base of the first outer post upward to the extreme top of the scaffold. Where the longitudinal In height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accordance with paragraph (a)(6) of this section. (e) Manually propelled mobile sealfolds. vl> When free-standing mobile scaffold towers are used, the height shall not exceed four times the minimum base dimension. CAPCO JEN 0001852 38 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (2> Casters shall be properly designed for strength and dimensions to support four times the maximum Intended load. All casters shall be provided with a posi tive locking device to hold the scaffold In position. (3) Scaffolds shall be properly braced by cross bracing and horizontal bracing conforming with paragraph (d) (3) of this section. (4) Platforms shall be tightly planked for the full width of the scaffold except for necessary entrance opening. Plat forms shall be secured in place. (5) A ladder or stairway shall be pro vided for proper access and exit and shall be affixed or built into the scaffold and so located that when in use it will not have a tendency to tip the scaffold. A landing platform must be provided at intervals not to exceed 35 feet. (6) The force necessary to move the mobile scaffold shall be applied near or as close to the base as practicable and provision shall be made to stabilize the tower during movement from one loca tion to another. Scaffolds shall only be moved on level floors, free of obstructions and openings. (7) The employer shall not allow em ployees to ride on manually propelled scaffolds unless the following conditions exist: (i) The floor or surface is within 3* of level, and free from pits, holes, or obstructions; <ii> The minimum dimension of the scaffold base when ready for rolling. Is at least one-half of the height. Outrig gers, if used, shall be installed on both sides of staging; tiii) The wheels are equipped with rubber or similar resilient tires; (iv) All tools and materials are se cured or removed from the platform before the mobile scaffold is moved. (8) Scaffolds in use by any persons shall rest upon a suitao.e footing and shall stand plumb. The casters or wheels shall be locked to prevent any movement. (9) Mobile scaffolds constructed of metal members shah also conform to applicable provisions of paragraphs <b), (c), or (d) of this section, de pending on the material of which they are toiistnicted. (10) Guardrails not less than 2x4 Inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 Inches high, with a midrail, of 1- x 6*inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 Inches In height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accordance with paragraph (a>(6> of this section. (f) rieuafing and rotating work plat forms. Applicable requirements of Amer ican National Standards Institute A92.2-1969, Vehicle Mounted Elevating and Rotating Work Platforms, shall be met for such equipment In use. (g) Outrigger scaffolds. (1) Outrigger beams shall extend not more than 6 feet beyond the face of the building. The In board end of outrigger beams, measured from the fulcrum point to anchorage point, shall be not less than 1 times the outboard end in length. The beams shall bearing point. rest on edge, the sides shall be plumb, and (6) Where the overhang exceeds 6 feet the edges shall be horizontal. The ful 6 inches, outrigger beams shall be com crum point of the beam shall rest on a posed of stronger beams or multiple secure bearing at least 6 inches in each beams and be installed under the super horizontal dimension. The beam shall be vision of a competent person. secured In place against movement and (7) All outrigger beams shall be set shall be securely braced at the fulcrum and maintained with their webs in a point against tipping. vertical position. (2) The Inboard ends of outrigger (8) A stop bolt shall be placed at each beams shall be securely anchored either end of every outrigger beam. by means of struts bearing against sills (9) The outrigger beam shall rest on In contact with the overhead beams or suitable wood bearing blocks. ceiling, or by means of tension members (10) The free end of the suspension secured to the floor Joists underfoot, or wire ropes shall be equipped with proper by both if necessary. The inboard ends of size thimbles and secured by splicing or outrigger beams shall be secured against other equivalent means. The running tipping and the entire supporting struc ends shall be securely attached to the ture shall be securely braced In both di hoisting drum and at least four turns rections to prevent any horizontal of wire rope shall at all times remain on movement. the drum. The use of fiber rope is (3) Unless outrigger scaffolds are de prohibited. signed by a registered professional engi (11) Where a single outrigger beam is neer competent in this held, they shall be used, the steel shackles or clevises with constructed and erected in accordance which the wire ropes are attached to the with Table L-13. Outrigger scaffolds, de signed by a registered professional engi neer, shall be constructed and erected In accordance with such design. Table L-1J--Minimum Nominal Sue and Maximum spacing or Members or Outrigger ScArroLOs outrigger beams shall be placed directly over the hoisting drums. (12) The scaffold platform shall be equivalent In strength to at least 2-lnch planking. (For maximum planking spans, see paragraph (a) (11) of this Maximum scaffold Light duty Medium duty ................. . SOpj.t. section.) (13) When employees are at work on the scaffold and an overhead hazard Outrigger sire............. . 2 x 10 in.............. . 3 x 10 In. Mat.mum outrigger 10 [t.Ltn.............. 6 It. 0 In. Spacing. Planking...................... . 2 x 10 In............ .. 2i lO.n. Guardrail.................... . 2 x 4 In.............. . 2 x 4 In.................. 2 s 4 In. Toeboards.................... . 4 In. (mini- 4 In. (mini* mum). mum). exists, overhead protection shall be pro vided on the scaffold, not more than 9 feet above the platform, consisting of 2inch planking, or material of equivalent strength, laid tight, and extending not less than the width of the scaffold. (14) Each scaffold shall be installed or (4) Planking shall be laid tight and relocated under the supervision of a com shall extend to within 3 inches of the building wall. Planking shall be secured to the beams. <5> Guardrails, not less than 2x4 inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail of 1- x 6inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sUe-. and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above tl.? ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches In height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accord petent person. (15) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail, and toeboards. shall be installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accord ance with paragraph (a)(6) of this section. ance with paragraph (a) (6) of this (1) (Swinging scaffolds) two-point section. suspension. (1) Two-point suspension (h) A'asons' adjustable multiple-point scaffold platforms shall be not less than suspension scaffolds. (1) The scaffold 20 inches nor more than 36 inches wide shall be ;ipable of sustaining a working load overall. The platform shall be securely of 50 pounds per square foot and shall not be fastened to the hangers by U-bolts or by loaded in excess of that figure. other equivalent means. (2) The scaffold shall be provided with hoisting machines that meet the requirements of Underwriters' Labora tories or Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation. (2) The hangers of two-point suspen sion scaffolds shall be made of mild steel, or other equivalent materials, having a cross-sectional area capable of sustain ing 4 times the maximum rated load, (3) The platform shall be supported and shall be designed with a support for by wire ropes, capable of supporting at guardrail, intermediate rail, and least 6 times the intended load, sus toeboard. pended from overhead outrigger beams. (3) When hoisting machines are used (4) The scaffold outrigger beams shall on two-point suspension scaffolds, such consist of structural meta! securely fas tened or anchored to the frame or floor system of the building or structure. machines shall be of a design tested and approved by Underwriters' Laborato ries or Factory Mutual Engineering (5i Each outrigger beam shall be Corporation. equivalent in strength to at least a stand * (4) The roof irons or hooks shall be ard 7-lnch, 15.3-pound steel I-beam, at of mild steel, or other equivalent mate least 15 feet long, and shall not project rial, of proper size and design, securely more than 6 feet 6 inches beyond the installed and anchored. Tiebacks of CAPCO JEN 0001853 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 39 Inch manila rope, or the equivalent, shall Taolu L-U-San.Dvtt ro* Lm-dco-Typc rtAirontis serve as a secondary means or anchor* age, Installed at right angles to the face I/^njrlh of pbKorro (fort) of the building, whenever possible, and secured to a structurally sound portion 12 Handle IS and 20 J2n<i24 28 and 30 of the building. (5) Two-point suspension scaffolds shall be suspended by wire, synthetic, or liber ropes capable of supporting at least 6 times the rated load. All other com ponents shall be capable of supporting at least four times the rated load. (6) The sheaves of all blocks, consist ing of at least one double and one single Side St rlngors, minimum cross jrctloa (finished sites): At end? finches)..................................................... I\'*2V........ J\'2V........ ........................... H4*3............ At nilddk* (Inches)................................................Hi * 3}4.......... li4 s 3(4...........15i 4...............Hi t 4'f.......... Hi t S. Rrinfarciiif strip (minimum)..............................A )t?-1nr)is(er! rrinloninc strip or Ms equivalent shall be attached to the side or underside, full length. Rung.*.........................-............. .......................................Buncs sliall be l}*-lnche$ minimum diameter with si least ?-lnrh diameter tenons, and the maximum sparine sliall Ue 12 lucfn-s cenlcr to center. Tie rods: Number (minimum)............................................ 3........................ 4......................... 4.........................5......................... C. Hlaineter (minimum............................................ \i In............... *i In............... In.......................H in..................In. block, shall fit the size and type of rope Flooring, minimum finished site (Inches)...................................... ............................*2?i...............rt**)*............... 'i'-'i- used. (7) All wire ropes, fiber and syn thetic ropes, slings, hangers, platforms, and other supporting parts shall be in spected before every installation. Pe riodic inspections shall be made while the scaffold is in use. (8) On suspension scaffolds designed for a working load of 500 pounds, no more than two men shall be permitted to work at one time. On suspension scaf folds with a working load of 750 pounds, no more than three men shall be per mitted to work at one time. Each em ployee shall be protected by an approved safety life belt attached to a lifeline. The lifeline shall be securely attached to sub stantial members of the structure (not scaffold), or to securely rigged lines, which will safely suspend the employee in case of a fall. In order to keep the lifeline continuously attached, with a minimum of slack, to a fixed structure, the attachment point of the lifeline shall be appropriately changed as the work progresses. (9) Two-point suspension scaffolds shall be securely lashed to the building or tween hangers for plank-type platforms shall not exceed 8 feet. (iii) Beam-type platforms. Beam plat forms shall have side stringers of lumber not less than 2x6 Inches set on edge. The span between hangers shall not exceed 12 feet when beam platforms are used. The flooring shall be supported on 2- x 6-inch cross beams, laid fiat and set into the upper edge of the stringers with a snug fit, at intervals of not more than 4 feet, securely nailed in place. The floor ing shall be of 1- x 6-inch material prop erly nailed. Floor boards shall not be spaced more than one-half Inch apart. (iv) Light metal-type platforms. When used, shall be tested and listed according to Underwriters* Laborato ries or Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation. (11) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 inches, or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. wire ropes shall be equipped with proper size thimbles, secured by splicing or other equivalent means. The running ends shall be securely attached to the hoisting drum and at least four turns of wire rope shall remain at the drum at all times. (8) When two or more scaffolds are used on a building or structure, they shall not be bridged one to the other, but shall be maintained at even height with plat forms abutting closely. (9) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midraii, and toeboards. shall be installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accord ance with paragraph (a) (6) of this section. (k) Single-point adjustable suspen sion scaffolds. (1) The scaffolding, in cluding power units or manually oper ated winches, shall be of a type tested and listed by Underwriters' Laborato ries or Factory Mutual Engineering structure to prevent them from swaying. Wire mesh shall be installed in accord Corporation. Window cleaners' anchors shall not be ance with paragraph (a)(6) of this (2) The power units may be either used for this purpose. section. electrically or air motor driven. (10) The platform of every two-point suspension scaffold shall be one of the following types: <i) Ladder-type platforms. The side stringer shall be of clear straight-grained spruce or materials of equivalent strength and durability. The rungs shall be of straight-grained oak, ash, or hickory, at least V/t inch In diameter, with %-inch tenons mortised Into the side stringers at least seven-eighths inch. The stringers shall be tied together with tie rods not less than one-quarter Inch In diameter, passing through the string ers and riveted up tight against washers on both ends. The flooring strips shall be* spaced not more than five-eighths (J) Stone setters' adjustable multiplepoint suspension scaffolds. (1) The scaf fold shall be capable of sustaining a working load of 25 pounds per square foot and shall not be overloaded. Scaffolds shall not be used for storage of stone or other heavy materials. (2) When used, the hoisting machine and its supports shall be of a type tested and listed by Underwriters' Laborato ries or Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation. (3) The platform shall be securely fastened to the hangers by u-bolts or other equivalent means. (For materials and spans, see subdivision (11) of para (3) All power-operated gears and brakes shall be enclosed. (4 j In addition to the normal operat ing brake, all power-driven units shall have an emergency brake which engages automatically when the normal speed of descent is exceeded. (5) The hoisting machines, cables, and equipment shall be regularly serviced and Inspected. (6) The units may be combined to form a two-point suspension scaffold. Such scaffold shall then comply with paragraph (1) of this section. (7) The supporting cable shall be verti cal for its entire length, and the basket shall not be swayed nor the cable fixed to inch apart except at the side rails where graph (1X10), Plank-Type Platforms, the space may be 1 inch. Ladder-type and Table L-14 of this section.) platforms shall be constructed in ac (4) The scaffold unit shall be sus cordance with Table L-14. pended from metal outriggers, Iron <ii) Planfc-fype platforms. Plank-type brackets, wire rope slings, or iron hooks. platforms shall be composed of not less (5) Outriggers, when used, shall be set than nominal 2- x 10-inch unspliced with their webs In a vertical position, se planks, properly cleated together on the curely anchored to the building or struc underside, starting inches from each ture and provided with stop bolts at each end; intervals in between shall not ex end. ceed 4 feet. The plank-type platform (6) The scaffold shall be supported by shall not extend beyond the hangers wire rope capable of supporting at least more than 12 inches. A bar or other ef 6 times the rated load. All other com fective means shall be securely fastened ponents shall be capable of supporting to the platform at each end to prevent at least 4 times the rated load. its slipping off the hanger. The span be (7) The free ends of the suspension any intermediate points to change the original path of travel. (8) Suspension methods shall conform to applicable provisions of paragraphs (h) and <i) of this section. (9) Guards, midrails, and toeboards shall completely enclose the cage or bas ket. Guardrails shall be no less than 2x4 inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches above the platform. Midrails shall be 1 x 6 Inches or the equivalent, installed equidistant between the guard rail and the platform. Toeboards shall 'be a minimum of 4 inches in height. (10) For additional details not covered in this paragraph, applicable technical CAPCO JEN 0001854 40 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS portions of American National Standards Institute. A120. 1970, Power-Operated Devices for Exterior Building Mainte nance Powered Platforms, shall be used. (1) Boatswain's cftairs. (1) -The chair seat shall not be less than 12 x 24 inches, and 1-Inch thickness. The seat shall be reinforced on the underside by cleats securely fastened to prevent the board from splitting. (2) The two fiber rope seat slings shall be of -inch diameter, reeved through the four seat holes so as to cross each other on the underside of the seat. (3) Seat slinks shall be of at least %Inch wire rope when an employee is con ducting a heat-producing process, such as gas or arc welding. (4) The employee shall be protected by a safety belt and lifeline in accord ance with $ 1926.104. The attachment point of the lifeline to the structure shall be appropriately changed as the work progresses. (5) The tackle shall consist of correct size ball bearing or bushed blocks 8nd properly spliced *s-lnch diameter firstgrade manila rope, or equivalent. <6> The root irons, hooks, or the object to which the tackle is anchored, shall be securely Installed. Tiebacks, when used, shall be installed at right angles to the face of the building and securely fastened. (m) Carpenters'bracket scaffolds. (1) the brackets shall consist of a triangular wood frame not less than 2x3 inches in cross section, or of metal of equivalent strength. Each member shall be properly fitted and securely joined. (2) Each bracket shall be attached to the structure by means of one of the following: (l) A bolt, no less than five-eighths inch in diameter, which shall extend through to the inside of the building wall: (ii) A metal stud attachment device; nil) Welding to steel tanks; (iv) Hooking over a well-secured and adequately strong supporting member. (3) The brackets shall be spaced no more than 8 feet apart. (4) No more than two employees shall occupy any given 8 feet of a bracket scaf fold at any one time. Tools and mate rials shall not exceed 75 pounds in addi tion to the occupancy. (5) The platform shall consist of not less than two 2- x 10-inch nominal size planks extending not more than 12 inches or less than 6 inches beyond each end support. (6) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail, or 1- x 6-inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be Installed in accordance with paragraph (a)(6) of this section. (n) Bricklayers' square scaffolds. (1) The squares shall not exceed 5 feet In width and 5 feet in height. <2) Members shall be not less than shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. those specified in Table L-15. Wire mesh shall be installed in accord Table L-15--Minimum Dimensions for Bricklayers' Square Scaftold Members Members Dimensions ance with paragraph (a) (6) of this section. (p) Needle beam scaffold. (1) Wood needle beams shall be not less than 4x6 Bearers or horizontal members... 2 x 6 In. Inches in size, with the greater dimension Legs -......................................... Braces at corners..................... -- Braces diagonally from center frame. 2pxla6celod. in a vertical direction. Metal 1 x 6 In. beams or the equivalent, conforming to 1 it 8 In. paragraphs (a) (8) and (10) of this sec tion, may be used and shall not be (3) The squares shall be reinforced on altered or moved horizontally while they both sides of each comer with 1- x 6-inch are In use. gusset pieces. They shall also have di (2) Ropes or hangers shall be pro agonal braces 1x8 inches on both sides vided for supports. The span between running from center to center of each supports on the needle beam shall not member, or other means to secure equiv exceed 10 feet for 4- x 6-lnch timbers. alent strength and rigidity. Rope supports shall be equivalent in (4) The squares shall be set not more strength to 1-inch diameter first-grade than 5 feet apart for medium duty scaf manila rope. folds, and not more than 8 feet apart (3) The ropes shall be attached to the for light duty scaffolds. Bracing, 1x8 needle beams by a scaffold hitch or a inches, extending from the bottom of properly made eye splice. The loose end each square to the top of the next square, of the rope shall be tied by a bowline shall be provided on both front and rear knot or by a round turn and a half hitch. sides of the scaffold. (4) The scaffold hitch shall be ar <5) Platform planks shall be at least ranged so as to prevent the needle beam 2 - x 10-inch nominal size. The ends of the from rolling or becoming otherwise planks shall overlap the bearers of the displaced. squares and each plank shall be sup (5) The platform span between the ported by not less than three squares. needle beams shall not exceed 8 feet (6) Bricklayers' square scaffolds shall when using 2-lnch scaffold plank. For not exceed three tiers in height and shall spans greater than 8 feet, platforms shall be so constructed and arranged that one be designed based on design require square shall rest directly above the other. ments for the special span. The overhang The upper tiers shall stand on a con of each end of the platform planks shall tinuous row of planks laid across the be not less than 6 inches and not more next lower tier and be nailed down than 12 Inches. or otherwise secured to prevent (6) When needle beam scaffolds are displacement. used, the planks shall be secured against (7) Scaffolds shall be level and set slipping. upon a firm foundation. (7) All unattached tools, bolts, and (o) Horse scaffolds. (1) Horse scaf nuts used on needle beam scaffolds shall folds shall not be constructed or ar be kept in suitable containers, properly ranged more than two tiers or 10 feet in secured. height. (8) One end of a needle beam scaffold (2) The members of the horses shall may be supported by a permanent struc be not less than those specified in Table tural member conforming to paragraphs L-16. (a) (8) and (10) of this section. Table L-16--Minimum Dimensions roi (9) Each employee working on a Horse Scaffolo Members needle beam scaffold shall be protected Members Pimenjfon* Horizontal members or 3 x 4 In. bearers. Legs------------------------ -------- 1% x 4Vi in. by a safety belt and lifeline In accord ance with i 1926.104. (q) Plasterers', decorators', and large area scaffolds. (1) Plasterers', lathers', Longitudinal brace between lx Sin. and ceiling workers' inside scaffolds shall legs. be constructed in accordance with the Gusset'brace at top of legs.. 1 xUTn. general requirements set forth for Inde Halt diagonal braces----------- 1% x 4*4 In. pendent wood pole scaffolds. (See para (3) Horses Ghall be spaced not more graph (b) and Tables L-7, 6, and 9 of than 5 feet for medium duty and not this section.) more than 8 feet for light duty. (2) All platform planks shall be laid (4) When arranged In tiers, each with the edges close together. horse shall be placed directly over the (3) When independent pole scaffold horse in the tier below. platforms are erected in sections, such (5) On all scaffolds arranged In tiers, sections shall be provided with connect the legs shall be nailed down or other ing runways equipped with substantial wise secured to the planks to prevent dis guardrails. placement or thrust and each tier shall t4) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 be substantially cross braced. Inches or the equivalent, approximately (6) Horses or parts which have be 42 inches high, with a midrail of 1- x 6- come weak or defective shall not be used. inch lumber or equivalent, and toe- (7) Guardrails, not less than 2x6 boards, shall be Installed on all open inches or the equivalent, approximately sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 42 inches high, with a midrail, of 1- x 4- 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeinch lumber or equivalent, and toe- boards shall be & minimum of 4 inches in boards, shall be installed at all open sides height. Wire mesh shall be Installed In and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet accordance with paragraph (a) (6) of above the ground or floor. Toeboards this section. CAPCO JEN 0001855 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 41 (r) Interior hung scaffolds. (1) An in terior hung scaffold shall be hung or suspended from the roof structure or ceiling beams. (2) The suspending wire or fiber rope shall be capable of supporting at least 6 times the rated load. The rope shail be wrapped at least twice around the supporting members anti twice around the bearers of the scaffold, with each end of the wire rope secured by at least three standard wire-rope clips properiy installed. (3) For hanging wood scaffolds, the following minimum nominal size ma terial shall be used: (i> Supporting bearers 2 x 10 inches on edge; <ti) Planking 2 x 10 inches, with maxi mum span 7 feet for heavy duty and 10 feet for light duty or medium duty. (4) Steel tube and coupler members may be used for hanging scaffolds with both types of scaffold designed to sustain a uniform distributed working load up to heavy duty scaffold loads with a safety factor of four. (5) Guardrails, not Jess than 2x4 inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail of 1- x 6inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 Inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accord ance with paragraph (a) (6) of this section. (s) Ladder jack scaffolds. (1) All ladder Jack scaffolds shall be limited to light duty and shall not exceed a height of 20 feet above the floor or ground. (2> All ladders used in connection with ladder jack scaffolds shall be heavy-duty ladders and shall be designed and con structed in accordance with American National Standards Institute A 14.1-1908, Safety Code for Portable Wood Ladders, and A 14.2-1968, Safety Code for Port able Metal Ladders. Cleated ladders shall not be used for this purpose. (3) The ladder jack shall be so designed'and constructed that it will bear on the side rails in addition to the ladder rungs, or If bearing on rungs only, the bearing area shall be at least 10 Inches on each rung. (4) Ladders used in conjunction with ladder jacks shall be so placed, fastened, held, or equipped with devices so as to prevent slipping. (5) The wood platform planks shall be not less than 2 Inches nominal in thickness. Both metal and wood platform planks shall overlap the bearing surface not less than 12 Inches. The span be tween supports for wood shall not exceed 8 feet. Platform width shall be not less than 18 Inches. (6) Not more than two employees shall occupy any given 8 feet of any ladder jack scaffold at any one time. (t) Window jack scaffolds. (1) Win dow jack scaffolds shall be used only for the purpose of working at the window opening through which the Jack Is placed. (2) Window Jacks shall not be used to support planks placed between one window Jack and another or for* other elements of scaffolding. (3) Window jack scaffolds shall be provided with guardrails unless safety belts with lifelines are attached and pro vided for employee. (4) Not more than one employee shall occupy a window jack scaffold at any one time. (u) RoofinQ brockets. (1) Roofing brackets shall be constructed to fit the pitch of the roof. (2) Brackets shall be secured In place by nailing in addition to the pointed metal projections. When it is impractical to nail brackets, rope supports shall be used. When rope supports are used, they shall consist of first-grade manila of at least 3,4-inch diameter, or equivalent. (3) A catch platform shall be in stalled below the working area of roofs more than 10 feet from the ground to eaves with a slope greater than 3 inches in 12 Inches without a parapet. In width, the platform shall extend 2 feet beyond the projection of the eaves and shall be provided with a guardrail, midraii, and toeboard. TTiis provision shall not apply where employees engaged in work upon such roofs are protected by a safety belt attached to a lifeline. (v) Crawling boards or chicken /ad ders. (I) Crawling boards shall be not less than 10 inches wide and 1 Inch thick, having cleats 1 x lVi Inches. The cleats shall be equal In length to the width of the board and spaced at equal intervals not to exceed 24 inches. Nails shall be driven through and clinched on the underside. The crawling board shall ex tend from the ridge pole to the eaves when used in connection with roof con struction, repair, or maintenance. (2) A firmly fastened lifeline of at least 3A-inch diameter rope, or equiv alent, shall be strung beside each crawl ing board for a handhold. <3) Crawiing boards shall be secured to the roof by means of adequate ridge hooks or other effective means. (w) Float or ship scaffolds. (1) Float or ship scaffolds shall not be used to sup port more than three men and a few light tools, such as those needed for riveting, bolting, and welding. They shall be constructed s de&ignd In subpara graphs (2) through (6) of this para graph, unless substitute designs and materials provide equivalent strength, stability, and safety. (2) The platform shall be not less than 3 feet wide and 6 feet long; made of ^4-Inch plywood, equivalent to American Plywood Association Grade B-B, Group I, Exterior, or other similar material. (3) Under the platform, there shall be two supporting bearers made from 2- x 4-inch, or 1- x 10-inch rough, "selected lumber,'' or better. They shall be free of knots or other flaws and project 6 inches beyond the platform on both sides. The ends of the platform &hall extend 6 inches beyond the outer edges of the bearers. Each bearer shall be securely fastened to the platform. (4) An edging of wood not less than % x 1 ! inches or equivalent shall be placed around all sides of the platform to prevent tools from rolling off. (5) Supporting ropes shall be I-inch diameter manila rope or equivalent, free from deterioration, chemical damage, flaws, or other Imperfections. Rope con nections shall be such that the platform cannot shift or slip. If two ropes are used with each float, they shall be arranged so as to provide four ends which are to be securely fastened to an overhead sup port. Each of the two supporting ropes shall be hitched around one end of bearer and pass under the platforms to the other end of the bearer where It is hitched again, leaving sufficient rope at each end for the supporting ties. (6) Each employee shall be protected by an approved safety lifebelt and life line, in accordance with \ 1926.104. (x) Form scaffolds. Cl) Form scaffolds shall be constructed of wood or other suitable materials, such as steel or alu minum members of known strength characteristics. All scaffolds shall be de signed and erected with a minimum safety factor of 4, computed on the basis of the maximum rated load. (2) All scaffold planking shall be & minimum of 2- x 10-inch nominal Scaf fold Grade, as recognized by approved grading rules for the species of lumber used, or equivalent material. Maximum permissible spans shall not exceed 8 feet on centers for 2- x 10-inch nominal planking. Scaffold planks shall be either nailed or bolted to the ledgers or of such length that they overlap the ledgers at least 6 inches. Unsupported projecting ends of scaffolding planks shall be lim ited to a maximum overhang of 12 inches. (3) Scaffolds shall not be loaded in excess of the working load for which they were designed. (4) Figure-four form scaffolds: (i) Figure-four scaffolds are intended for light duty and shall not be used to sup port loads exceeding 25 pounds per square foot unless specifically designed for heavier loading. For minimum design criteria, see Table L-17. Table L-17--Minimum Desicn Crrtiua roi Freuxe-Foux Foxm Scaffolds Membert Uprights -------------------Outriggers ledgers (two). BracesGuardrails ....---- Guardrail height..... Intermediate guard- Dimensions 2 x 4 In. or 2 x 6 in. 1 x 6 In. 1 x 6 In. 2 x 4 In. Approximately 42 tn. 1 x61n. Toeboards .------------Maximum length of ledgers Planking _________ Upright spacing...... 4In. (minimum), 3 ft. 6 in. (unsup ported) . 2 x 10 in. 6 ft. 0 in. (00 cen ter*). (ii) Figure-four form scaffold frames shall be spaced not more than 8 feet on centers and constructed from sound lum ber, as follows: The outrigger ledger shall consist of two pieces of 1- x 6-inch or heavier material nailed on opposite sides of the vertical form support. Ledg ers shall project not more than 3 feet 6 inches from the outside of the form support and shall be substantially braced and secured to prevent tipping or turn ing. The knee or angle brace shall inter- CAPCO JEN 0001856 42 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS sect the ledger at least 3 feet from the form at an angle of approximately 45*, and the lower end shall be nailed to a vertical support. The platform shall con sist of two or more 2- x 10-inch planks, which shall be of such length that they extend at least 6 inches beyond ledgers at each end unless secured to the ledgers. When planks are secured to the ledgers (nailed or bolted), a wood filler strip shall be used between the ledgers. Un supported projecting ends of planks shall be limited to an overhang of 12 inches. (5) Metal bracket form scaffolds: (i) (iii) Guardrails and toeboard shall be Installed on all open sides and ends of platforms and scaffolding over 6 feet above floor or ground. Guardrails shall be 2- x 4-inch nominal dimension or equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, supported at intervals not to ex ceed 8 feet. Guardrails shall be equipped with midrails constructed of 2- x 4-inch nominal lumber or equivalent. Toeboards shall be constructed of 1- x 6-inch nomi nal lumber or equivalent and shall ex tend not less than 4 inches above the scaffold plank. Metal brackets or scaffold Jacks which 1926.452 Definitions applicable to diJs are an Integral part of the form shall be Mibpart. securely bolted or welded to the form. Folding type brackets shall be either bolted or secured with a locking-type pin when extended for use. (ii) "Clip-on'' or "hook-over" brackets may be used, provided the form walers are bolted to the form or secured by snap ties or shea-bolt extending through the form and securely anchored. (iii) Metal brackets shall be spaced not more than 8 feet on centers. civ) Scaffold planks shall be either bolted to the metal brackets or of such length that they overlap the brackets at each end by at least 6 inches. Unsup ported projecting ends of scaffold planks shall be limited to a maximum overhang of 12 inches. (v) Metal bracket form scaffolds shall be equipped with wood guardrails, inter mediate rails, toeboards, and scaffold planks meeting the minimum dimensions shown In Table L-18. (Metal may be sub stituted for wood, providing it affords equivalent or greater design strength.) Table L-18--Minimum Design Criteria for Metal Bracket Form Scaffolds (a) "Ladders"--(l) "Cleats"--Ladder crosspieces of rectangular cross section placed on edge on which a person may step in ascending or descending. <2) "Single cleat ladder"--One which consists of a pair of side rails, usually parallel, but with flared side rails per missible, connected together with cleats that are Joined to the side rails at reg ular intervals. (3) "Double cleat ladder"---One that Is similar to a single cleat ladder, but is wider, with an additional center rail which will allow for two-way traffic for workmen in ascending and descending. (b) "Scaffolding"-- (1) "Bearer"--A horizontal member of a scaffold upon which the platform rests and which may be supported by ledgers. (2) "Boatswain's chair"--A seat sup ported by slings attached to a suspended rope, designed to accommodate one workman in a sitting position. (3) "Brace"--A tie that holds one scaffold member in a fixed position with respect to another member. (4) "Bricklayers' square scaffold"--A Member* Dimension* scaffold composed of framed wood Uprights_______ ______ 2 * 4 In. Guardrails..................... 2x4 in. Guardrail height_____ Approximately 42 in. Intermediateguard- lx6in. rails. Toeboards ___________ 4 in. (minimum) Planking ...................... .. 2 x 9 in. (6) Wooden bracket form scaffolds: (i) Wooden bracket form scaffolds shall be an integral part of the form panel. The minimum design criteria set forth herein and in Table L-19 cover scaffold ing intended for light duty and shall not squares which support a platform, lim ited to light and medium duty. (5) "Carpenters* bracket scaffold"--A scaffold consisting of wood or metal brackets supporting a platform. (6) "Coupler"--A device for locking together the component parts of a tubu lar metal scaffold. (The material used for the couplers shall be of a structural type, such as a drop-forged steel, mallea ble iron, or structural grade aluminum.) (7) "Crawling board or chicken lad be used to support exceeding .25 der"--A plank with cleats spaced and pounds per square foot, unless specifi secured at equal Intervals, for. use by a cally designed for heavier loading. (ii) Scaffold planks shall be either nailed or bolted to the ledgers or of such worker on roofs, not designed to carry any material. length that they overlap the ledgers at (8) "Double pole or independent pole each end by at least 6 inches. Unsup scaffold"--A scaffold supported from the ported projecting ends of scaffold planks base by a double row of uprights. In shall be limited to a maximum overhang dependent of support from the walls of 12 inches. and constructed of uprights, ledgers, Table L-19--Minimum Design Criteria for horizontal platform bearers, and di Wooden Bracket Form Scaffolds agonal bracing. Member* Uprights --......... .. Support ledgers-------Maximum scaffold width. Braces ............ Guardrails ................ Guardrail height... Intermediate guard rails. Toeboards ....____ Upright spacing------ Dimension* 2 x 4 In. or 2 x 6 In. 2 x 6 in. 3 ft. 6 in. 1 x 6 in. 2 x 4 In. Approximately 42 In. 1 x 6 in. 4 in, (minimum). 8 ft. 0 in. (on centers). (9) "Float or ship scaffold"--A scaf fold hung from overhead supports by means of ropes and consisting of a sub stantial platform having diagonal brac ing underneath, resting upon and se curely fastened to two parallel plank bearers at right angles to the span. (10) "Guardrail"--A rail secured to uprights and erected along the exposed sides and ends of platforms. (11) "Heavy duty scaffold"--A scaf fold designed and constructed to carry a working load not to exceed 75 pounds per square foot. (12) "Horse scaffold"--A scaffold for light or medium duty, composed of horses supporting a work platform. (13) "Interior hung scaffold"--A scaf fold suspended from the celling or roof structure. (14) "Ladder Jack scaffold"--A light duty scaffold supported by brackets at tached to ladders. (15) "Ledgers (stringer)"--A horizon tal scaffold member which extends from post to post and which supports the put logs or bearers forming a tie between the posts. (16) "Light duty scaffold"--A scaffold designed and constructed to carry a working load not to exceed 25 pounds per square foot. (17) "Manually propelled mobile scaf fold"--A portable rolling scaffold sup ported by casters. (18) "Masons' adjustable multiple- point suspension scaffold"--A scaffold having a continuous platform supported by bearers suspended by wire rope from overhead supports, so arranged and op erated as to permit the raising or lower ing of the platform to desired working positions. (19) "Maximum rated load"--The total of all loads including the working load, the weight of the scaffold, and such other loads as may be reasonably anticipated. (20) "Medium duty scaffold"--A scaf fold designed and constructed to carry a working load not to exceed 50 pounds per square foot. (21) "Midrail"--A rail approximately midway between the guardrail and plat form, secured to the uprights erected along the exposed sides and ends of platforms. (22) "Needle beam scaffold"--A light duty scaffold consisting of needle beams supporting a platform. (23) "Outrigger scaffold"--A scaffold supported by outriggers or thrustouts projecting beyond the wall or face of the building or structure, the inboard ends of which are secured inside of such build ing or structure. (24) "Putlog"--A scaffold member upon which the.platform rests. (25) "Roofing or bearer bracket"--A bracket used in slope roof construction, having provisions for fastening to the roof or supported by ropes fastened over the ridge and secured to some suitable object. (26) "Runner"--The lengthwise hori zontal bracing or bearing members or both. (27) "Scaffold"--Any temporary ele vated platform and its supporting struc ture used for supporting workmen or materials, or both. (28) "Single-point adjustable suspen sion scaffold"--A manually or poweroperated unit designed for light duty use, supported by a single wire rope from an overhead support so arranged and op erated as to permit the raising or lower ing of platform to desired working positions. i CAPCO JEN 0001857 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 43 (29) "Single-pole scaffold'*--Platforms resting on putlogs or cross beams, the outside ends of which are supported on ledgers secured to a single row or posts or uprights, and the inner ends of a'hlch are supported on or in a wall. (30) "Stone setters* adjustable mul tiple-point suspension scaffold"--A swinging type scaffold having a platform supported by hangers suspended at four points so as to permit the raising or lowering of the platform to the desired working position by the use of hoisting machines. (31) "Toeboard"--A barrier secured along the sides and ends of a platform to guard against the falling of material. (32) "Tube and coupler scaffold"--An assembly consisting of tubing which serves as posts, bearers, braces, ties, and runners, a base supporting the posts, and special couplers which serve to connect the uprights and to Join the various members. (33) "Tubular welded frame scaf fold"--A sectional panel or frame metal scaffold substantially built up of pre fabricated welded sections which consists of posts and horizontal bearer with Inter mediate members. (34) "Two-point suspension scaffold (swinging scaffold)"--A scaffold, the platform of which is supported by hang ers (stirrups) at two points, suspended from overhead supports so as to permit the raising or lowering of the platform to the desired working position by tackle or hoisting machines. (35) "Window Jack scaffold"--A scaf fold the platform of which Is supported by a bracket or jack which projects through a window opening. (36) "Working load"--Load imposed by men, materials, and equipment. Subpart M--Floor and Wall Openings, and Stairways 1926.500 Guardrails, handrails, and covers. (a) General provision. This subpart shall apply to temporary or emergency conditions where there is danger of em ployees or materials falling through floor, roof, or wall openings, or from stairways or runways. (t) Guarding of floor openings and floor holes. (1> Floor openings shall be guarded by a standard railing and toe boards or cater, as specified in paragraph (f) cf this section. In general, the railing shall be provided on all exposed sides, except at entrances to stairways. (2) Ladderway floor openings or plat forms shall be guarded by standard rail ings with standard toe boards on all exposed sides, except at entrance to open ing. with the passage through the railing either provided with a swinging gate or so offset that a person cannot walk directly into the opening. (3) Hatchways and chute floor open ings shall be guarded by one of the fol lowing: (1) Hinged covers of standard strength and construction and a standard railing with only one exposed side. When the opening Is not in use, the cover shall be closed or the exposed side shall be guarded at both top and Intermediate positions by removable standard railings; (Li) A removable standard railing with toe board on not more than two sides of the opening and fixed standard rail ings with toe boards on all other exposed 6ides. The removable railing shall be kept In place when the opening is not in use and should preferably be hinged or otherwise mounted so as to be con veniently replaceable. (4) Wherever there is danger of fall ing through a skylight opening, it shall be guarded by a fixed standard railing on all exposed sides or a cover capable of sustaining the weight of a 200-pound person. (5) Pits and trap-door floor openings shall be guarded by floor opening covers of standard strength and construction. While the cover is not In place, the pit or trap openings shall be protected on all exposed sides by removable standard railings. (6) Manhole floor openings shall be guarded by standard covers which need not be hinged in place. While the cover is not in place, the manhole opening shall be protected by standard railings. (7) Temporary floor openings shall have standard railings. (8) Floor holes. Into which persons can accidentally walk, shall be guarded by either a standard railing with standard toe board on all exposed sides, or a floor hole cover of standard strength and con struction that is secured against acci dental displacement. While the cover is not in place, the floor hole shall be protected by a standard railing. (9) Where doors or gates open directly on a stairway, a platform shall be pro vided. and the swing of the door shall not reduce the effective width of the platform to less than 20 inches. (c) Guarding of wall openings. (1) Wall openings, from which there Is a drop of more than 4 feet, and the bottom of the opening is less than 3 feet above the working surface, shall be guarded as follows: (1) When the height and placement of the opening in relation to the working surface Is such that either a standard rail or intermediate rail will effectively re duce the danger of falling, one or both shall be provided; <ii) The bottom of a wall opening, which is less than 4 inches above the working surface, regardless of width, shall be protected by a standard toeboard or an enclosing screen either of solid construction or as specified in para graph (f)(7) (ii) of this section. (2) Extension platforms outside of wall openings onto which materials can be hoisted for handling shall have side rails or equivalent guards of standard specifications. (3) When a chute is attached to an opening, the provisions of subparagraph (1) of this paragraph shall apply, except that a toeboard is not required. (d> Guarding of open-sided floors, platforms, and runways. (1) Every open sided floor or platform 6 feet or more above adjacent floor or ground level shall be guarded by a standard railing, or the equivalent, as specified in paragraph (f > (i) of this section, pn all open sides, ex cept where there is entrance to a ramp, stairway, or fixed ladder. The railing shall be provided with a standard toe board wherever, beneath the open sides, persons can pass, or there is moving ma chinery, or there is equipment with which falling materials could create a hazard. (2) Runways shall be guarded by a standard railing, or the equivalent, as specified In paragraph (f) of this section, on all open sides, 4 feet or more above floor or ground level. Wherever tools, ma chine parts, or materials are likely to be used on the runway, a toe board shall also be provided on each exposed side. (3) Runways used exclusively for special purposes may have the railing on one side omitted where operating condi. tions necessitate such omission, provid ing the falling hazard Is minimized by using a runway not less than 16 inches wide. (4) Where employees entering upon runways become thereby exposed to ma chinery, electrical equipment, or other danger not a falling hazard, additional guarding shall be provided. (5) Regardless of height, open-sided floors, walkways, platforms, or runways above or adjacent to dangerous equip ment, pickling or galvanizing tanks, de greasing units, and similar hazards, shall be guarded with a standard railing and toe board. (e) Sfairicay railings and guards. (1) Every flight of stairs having four or more risers shall be equipped with standard stair railings or standard handrails as specified below, the width of the stair to be measured clear of all obstructions ex cept handrails: U) On stairways less than 44 inches wide having both sides enclosed, at least one handrail, preferably on the right side descending; (ii) On stairways less than 44 Inches wide having one side open, at least one stair railing on the open side; (iil) On stairways less than 44 Inches wide having both sides open, one stair railing on each side; (iv) On stairways more than 44 inches wide but less than 88 inches wide, one handrail on each enclosed side and one stair railingn eech opestide; (v) On stairways 88 or more inches wide, one handrail on each enclosed side, one stair railing on each open side, and one intermediate stair railing located ap proximately midway of the width. (2) Winding stairs shall be equipped with a handrail offset to prevent walking on all portions of the treads having width less than 6 inches. (f) Standard specifications. (1) A standard railing shall consist of top rail, intermediate rail, toeboard, and posts, and shall have a vertical height of ap proximately 42 inches from upper sur face of top rail to floor, platform, run way, or ramp level. The top rail shall be smooth-surfaced throughout the length of the railing. The intermediate rail shall be halfway between the top rail and the floor, platform, runway, or ramp. The ends of the rails shall not overhang the terminal posts except where such over hang does not constitute a projection CAPCO JEN 0001858 44 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS hazard. Minimum requirements lor standard railings under various types of construction are specified in the follow ing paragraphs: . .,, (1) For wood railings, the posts shall be of at least 2-inch by 4-inch stock spaced not to exceed 8 feet: the toprail shall be of at least 2-inch by 4-inch stock: the intermediate rail shall be of at least 1-inch by 6-inch stock. (ii) For pipe railings, posts and top and intermediate railings shall be at least l'A inches nominal diameter with posts spaced not more than 8 feet on centers. (Lii) For structural steel railings, posts and top and Intermediate rails shall be of 2-inch by 2-lnch by 3,k-inch angles or other metal shapes of equivalent bending strength, with posts spaced not more than 6 feet on centers. (iv) The anchoring of posts and fram ing of members for railings of all types shall be of such construction that the completed structure shall be capable of withstanding a load of at least 200 pounds applied in any direction at any point on the top rail, with a minimum of deflection. (v) Railings receiving heavy stresses from employees trucking or handling materials shall be provided additional strength by the use of heavier stock, closer spacing of posts, bracing, or by other means. (vi) Other types, sizes, and arrange ments of railing construction are ac ceptable, provided they meet the following conditions: (a) A smooth-surfaced top rail at a height above floor, platform, runway, or ramp level of approximately 42 Inches; (b) A strength to withstand at least the minimum requirement of 200 pounds top rail pressure with a minimum of deflection; (c) Protection between top rail and floor, platform, runway, ramp, or stair treads, equivalent at least to that afforded by a standard Intermediate rail; (d) Elimination of overhang of rail ends unless such overhang does not constitute a hazard. (2) A stair railing shall be of con struction similar to a standard railing, but the vertical height shall be not more than 34 inches nor less than 30 inches from upper surface of top rail to surface of tread in line with face of riser at forward edge of tread. (3> (1) A standard toeboard shall be 4 inches minimum in vertical height from its top edge to the level of the floor, plat form. runway, or ramp. It shall be se curely fastened in place and have not more than Vi-inch clearance above floor level. It may be made of any substantial material, either solid, or with openings not over 1 inch in greatest dimension. (ii) Where material is piled to such height that a standard toeboard does not provide protection, paneling, or screening from floor to intermediate rail or to top rail shaj? be provided. (4) (1) A standard handrail shall be of construction similar to a standard railing except that it is mounted on a wall or partition, and docs not include an intermediate rail. It shall have a the period of actual construction of the smooth surface along the top and both sides of the handrial. The handrail shall have an adequate handheld for any one grasping It to avoid falling. Ends of the handrail shall be constructed so as not to constitute a projection hazard. (ii) The height of handrails shall be not more than 34 inches nor less than 30 inches from upper surface of handrail to surface of tread, in line with face of riser or to surface of ramp. Oil) All handrails and railings shall be provided with a clearance of approxi mately 3 inches between the handrail or railing and any other object. (5> Floor opening covers shall be of any material that meets the following strength requirements: (i) Conduits, trenches, and manhole covers and their supports, when located in roadways, and vehicular aisles, shall be designed to carry a truck rear-axle stairways themselves. (g) Wooden treads for temporary service shall be full width. (h) Metal landings shall be secured In place before filling. (I) Temporary stairs shall have a landing not less than 30 inches In the direction of travel at every 12 feet of vertical rise. (J) Stairs shall be Installed at angles to the horizontal of between 30* and 50*. <k) Rise height and tread width shall be uniform throughout any flight of stairs Including any foundation structure used as one or more treads of the stairs. (l) All stairs shall be lighted In ac cordance with Subpart D of this part. (m) Spiral stairways shall not be per mitted except for special limited usage and secondary access situations where it is not practical to provide a*conventional stairway. load of at least 2 times the maximum (926.502 Definitions applicable to Intended load; tins subpart. (11) The floor opening cover shall be capable of supporting the maximum in tended load and so installed as to pre vent accidental displacement. (6) Skylight openings that create a falling hazard shall be guarded with a standard railing, or covered in accord ance with subparagraph (5)(ii) of this paragraph. (a) "Floor hole'*--An opening measur ing less than 12 inches but more than 1 inch In its least dimension in any floor, roof, or platform through which ma terials but not persons may fall, such as a belt hold, pipe opening, or slot opening. (b) "Floor opening1'--An opening measuring 12 inches or more in its least dimension in any floor, roof, or platform, (7) Wall opening protection shall through which persons may fall. meet the following requirements: (c) "Handrail"--A bar or pipe sup (i) Barriers shall be of such construc ported on brackets from a wall or parti tion and mounting that, when In place at the opening, the barrier is capable of withstanding a load of at least 200 pounds applied in any direction (except upward), with a minimum of deflection at any point on the top rail or corre sponding member. < ii) Screens shall be of such construc tion and mounting that they are capable of withstanding a load of at least 200 pounds applied horizontally at any point on the near side of the screen. They may be of solid construction, of grill work with openings not more than 8 inches long, or of slat work with openings not tion, as on a stairway or ramp, to fur nish persons with a handhold in case of tripping. (d) "Nose, nosing"--That portion of a tread projecting beyond the face of the riser immediately below. (e> "Platform"--A working space for persons, elevated above the surrounding floor or ground, such as a balcony or platform for the operation of machinery and equipment. (f) "Runway"--A passageway for per sons. elevated above the surrounding floor or ground level, such as a footwalk along shafting or a walkway between more than 4 inches wide with length buildings. unrestricted. <g> "Rise"--The vertical distance 1926.501 Stairways. (a) On all structures, two or more floors (20 feet or over) in height, stair ways, ladders, or ramps shall be provided for employees during the construction period. (b) Stairway railings and guardrails shall meet the requirements of S 1518.500 (e) and (f). from the top of & tread to the top of the next higher tread. (h) "Stair platform"--An extended step or landing breaking a continuous run of stairs. <ij "Stair railing"--A vertical barrier erected along exposed sides of a stairway to prevent falls of persons. <J) "Stairs, stairways"--A series of steps leading from one level or floor to (c) All parts of stairways shall be free another, or leading to platforms, pits, of hazardous projections, such as pro boiler rooms, crossovers, or around truding nails, machinery, tanks, and other equipment (d) Debris, and other loose materials, that are used more or less continuously shall not be allowed on or under or routinely by employees or only occa stairways. sionally by specific Individuals. For the (e) Slippery conditions on stairways purpose o. this subpart, a series of steps shall be eliminated as soon as possible and landings having three or more rises after they occur. constitutes stairs or stairway. (f) Permanent steel or other metal (k) "Standard railing'--A vertical stairways, and landings with hollow barrier erected along exposed rdges of a pan-type treads that are to be filled with floor opening, wall opening, ramp, plat concrete or other materials, when used form, or runway to prevent falls of during construction, shall be filled to the ' persons. level of the nosing with solid material. (l) "Standard strength and construc The requirement shall not apply during tion"--Any construction of railings. CAPCO JEN 0001859 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 45 covers, or other guards that meets the Kinking, crushing, bird caging, or any (ii) AH fuels shall be transported, requirements of this subpart. other damage resulting in distortion of stored, and handled to meet the rules of <m) "Toe board"--A vertical barrier the rope structure; Subpaxt F of this part. When fuel is at floor level erected along exposed edges (iii) Evidence of any heat damage transported by vehicles on public high of a floor opening, wall opening, plat from any cause: ways, Department of Transportation form, runway, or ramp to prevent falls liv) Reductions from nominal diam rules contained in 49 CFR Parts 177 and of materials. eter of more than one-sixty-fourth inch 393 concerning such vehicular trans <n) "Tread width"--The horizontal for diameters up to and including five- portation are considered applicable. distance from front to back of tread, sixteenths inch, one-thirty-second inch (15) Except where electrical distribu including nosing, when used. for diameters three-eighths inch to and tion and transmission lines have been de (o) "Wall opening"--An opening at Including one-half inch, three-sixty- energized and visibly grounded at point least 30 Inches high and 18 Inches wide, fourths inch for diameters nine-six of work or where insulating barriers, not in any wall or partition, through which teenths inch to and including three- a part of or an attachment to the equip persons may fall, such as a yard-arm fourths inch, one-sixteenth inch for ment or machinery, have been erected to doorway or chute opening. diameter seven-eighths inch to l1/* prevent physical contact with the lines, inches Inclusive, three-thirty-seconds equipment or machines shall be operated inch for diameters to Vh inches proximate to power lines only in accord Subpart N--Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, inclusive; ance with the following: Elevators, and Conveyors (v) In standing ropes, more than two <l) For lines rated 50 kV. or below, broken wires in one lay in sections be minimum clearance between the lines 1926.550 Cranes and derrick*. yond end connections or more than one and any part of the crane or load shall () General requirements. (1) The broken wire at an end connection. be 10 feet; employer shall comply with the manu facturer's specifications and limitations applicable to the operation of any and all cranes and derricks. Where manufac (vi) Wire rope safety factors shall be in accordance with American National Standards Institute B 30.5-1968 or SAE J959-1966. <il) For lines rated over 50 kV., mini mum clearance between the lines and any part of the crane or load shall be 10 feet plus 0.4 inch for each 1 kV. over 50 turer's specifications are not available, the limitations assigned to the equip ment shall be based on the determina tions of a qualified engineer competent In this field and such determinations will be appropriately documented and re corded. Attachments used with cranes shall not exceed the capacity, rating, or scope recommended by the manufac turer. (2) Rated load capacities, and rec (6) Belts, gears, shafts, pulleys, sprockets, spindles, drums, fly wheels, chains, or other reciprocating, rotating, or other moving parts or equipment shall be guarded if such parts are ex posed to contact by employees, or other wise create a hazard. Guarding shall meet the requirements of the American National Standards Institute B 15.11958 Rev., Safety Code for Mechanical Power Transmission Apparatus. kV.. or use twice the length of the line insulator but never less than 10 Ieet; (hi* In transit with no load and boom lowered, the equipment clearance shall be a minimum of 4 feet for voltages less than 50 kV.. and 10 feet for voltages over 50 kV. up to and including 345 kV.. and 16 feet for voltages up to and including 750 kV. nvt A person shall be designated to observe clearance of the equipment and ommended operating speeds, special <9> Accessible areas within the swing give timely warning for all operations hazard warnings, or instruction, shall radius of the rear of the rotating super where it is difficult for the operator to be conspicuously posted on all equip structure of the crane, either perma maintain the desired clearance by visual ment. Instructions or warnings shall be nently or temporarily mounted, shall be means: visible to the operator while he is at his barricaded in such a manner as to pre v) Cage-type boom guards, insulat control station. vent an employee from being struck or ing links, or proximity warning devices <3> A boom angle indicator and a load crushed by the crane. may be used on cranes, but the use of indicating device In good working order H0> All exhaust pipes shall be such devices shall not alter the require shall be provided. A load moment device guarded or insulated in areas where con ments of any other regulation of this approved by a government or private tact by employees is possible in the per part even if such device is required by agency recognized by the US. Depart formance of normal duties. law or regulation; ment of Labor will be accepted in lieu of a boom angle indicator and a loadindicating device. (41 Hand signals to crane and der rick operators shall be those prescribed til) Whenever internal combustion engine powered equipment exhausts in enclosed spaces, tests shall be made and recorded to see that employees aie not exposed to unsafe concentrations of toxic (vl) Any overhead wire shall be .con sidered to be an energized line unless and until the person owning such line or the electrical utility authorities in dicate that it is not an energized line by the applicable ANSI standard for the gases or oxygen deficient atmospheres. and it has been visibly grounded; type of crane In use. An illustration of <12> All windows in cabs shall be (vli) Prior to work near transmitter the signals shall be posted at the job site. of safety glass, or equivalent, that intro towers where an electrical charge can be to) The employer shall designate a duces no visible distortion, that will induced in the equipment or materials competent person who shall inspect all interfere with the safe operation of the being handled, the transmitter shall be machinery and equipment prior to each machine. de-energlzed or tests shall be nude to use, and during use to make sure It is in (13) <i) Where necessary for rigging determine if electrical charge Is in iuced safe operating condition. Any deficien or service requirements, a ladder, or on the crane. The following precautions cies shall be repaired, or defective parts steps, shall be provided to give access to shall be taken when necessary to dissi replaced, before continued use. a cab roof. pate induced voltages: () A thorough, annual Inspection of (ii) On cranes, guardrails, handholds ia> The equipment shall be prodded the hoisting machinery shall be made by and steps shall be provided for easy with an electrical ground directly to the a competent person, or by a government access to the car and cab conforming to upper rotating structure supporting the or private agency recognized by the US. American National Standards Institute boom; and Department of Labor. The employer shall B30.5. (b) Ground Jumper cables shall be maintain a record of the dates and re (iii) Platforms and walkways shall attached to materials being handled by sults of inspections for each hoisting have anti-skid surfaces. boom equipment when electrical charge machine and piece of equipment. (14) Fuel tank filler pipe shall be lo Is induced while working near energized (7) Wire rope shall be taken out of cated in such a position, or protected in transmitters. Crews shall be provided service when any of the following condi such manner, as to not allow spill or with nonconductive poles having large tions exist: overflow to run onto the engine, exhaust, alligator clips or other similar protection <l) In running ropes, six randomly or electrical equipment of any machine to attach the ground cable to the load. 'distributed broken wires in one lay or being fueled. (c) Combustible and flammable ma three broken wires in one strand in one lay; (ii) Wear of one-third the original diameter of outside individual wires. (i) An accessible fire extinguisher of 5BC rating, or higher, shall be available at all operator stations or cabs of equipment. terials shall be removed from the imme- `dlate area prior to operations. (16) No modifications or additions which affect the capacity or safe opera- CAPCO JEN 0001860 46 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS tlon of the equipment shall be made by the employer without the manufacturer's written approval. If such modifications or changes are made, the capacity, opera tion, and maintenance instruction plates, tags, or decals, shall be changed accord ingly. In no case shall the original safety factor of the equipment be reduced. (17) The employer shall comply with Power Crane and Shovel Association, Mobile Hydraulic Crane Standard No. 2. (18) Sldeboom cranes mounted on wheel or crawler tractors shall meet the requirements of SAE J743a-1964. <b) Crawler, locomotive, and truck cranes. (1) AU libs shall have positive stops to prevent their movement of more than 5* above the straight line of the Jib and boom on conventional type crane booms. The use of cable type belly slings does not constitute compliance with this rule. (2) All crawler, truck, or locomotive cranes in use shall meet the applicable requirements for design, inspection, con struction, testing, maintenance and op eration as prescribed in the ANSI B30.5-1968, Safety Code for Crawler, Locomotive and Truck Cranes. (c) Hammerhead tower cranes. <l) Adequate clearance shall be maintained between moving and rotating structures of the crane and fixed objects to allow the passage of employees without harm. (2) Employees required to perform duties on the horizontal boom of ham merhead tower cranes shall be protected against falling by guardrails or by safety belts and lanyards attached to lifelines In conformance with Subpart E of this part. (3) Buffers shall be provided at both ends of travel of the trolley. (4) Cranes mounted on rail tracks shall be equipped with limit switches limiting the travel of the crane on the track and stops or buffers at each end of the tracks. (5) All hammerhead tower cranes in use shall meet the applicable require ments tor design, construction. Installa tion, testing, maintenance. Inspection, and operation as prescribed by the manufacturer. <d) Overhead bnd gantry cranes. (1) The rated load of the crane shall be plainly marked on each side of the crane, and if the crane has more than one hoist ing unit, each hoist shall have its rated load marked on it or Us load block, and this marking shall be clearly legible from the ground or floor. (2) Bridge trucks shall be equipped with sweeps which extend below the top of the rail and project in front of the truck wheels. (3) Except for floor-operated cranes, a gong or other effective audible warning signal shall be provided for each crane equipped with a power traveling mechanism. (4) AU overhead and gantry cranes In use shall meet the applicable require ments for design, construction, Installa tion, testing, maintenance, inspection, and operation as prescribed in the ANSI B3Q.2.0-1967, Safety Code for Overhead and Gantry Cranes. (e) Derricks. All derricks In use shall or three broken wires In one strand in meet the applicable requirements for one rope lay; design, construction, Installation, Inspec (11) Abrasion, scrubbing, flattening, or tion. testing, maintenance, and operation peening, causing loss of more than one- as prescribed In American National third of the original diameter of the Standards Institute B30.6-X969, Safety outside wires; Code for Derricks. (ill) Evidence of any heat damage re sulting from a torch or any damage (f) Floating cranes and derricks--(1) caused by contact with electrical wires; Mobile cranes mounted on barges. (1) (iv) Reduction from nominal diam When a mobile crane Is mounted on a eter of more than three sixty-fourths barge, the rated load of the crane shall Inch for diameters up to and including not exceed the original capacity specified three-fourths Inch; one-sixteenth Inch by the manufacturer. for diameters seven-eighths to 1 Ys (11 > A load rating chart, with clearly legible letters-and figures, shall be pro vided with each crane, and securely fixed at a location easily visible to the opera tor. (ill) When load ratings are reduced to stay within the limits for list of the barge with a crane mounted on it, a new load rating chart shall be provided. (iv) Mobile cranes on barges shall be positively secured. Inches; and three thirty-seconds Inch for diameters 1 Ya to 1 inches. (4) Hoisting ropes shall be Installed In accordance with the wire rope manu facturer's recommendations. (5) The Installation of live booms on hoists Is prohibited. (6) The use of endless belt-type man lifts on construction shall be prohibited. (b) Material hoists, CXI (0 Operating rules shall be established and posted at the operator's station of the hoist. Such (2) Permanently mounted floating cranes and derricks. (1) When cranes and derricks are permanently installed on a barge the capacity and limitations of use shall be based on competent design criteria. (11) A load rating chart with clearly legible letters and figures shall be pro vided and securely fixed at a location eas ily visible to the operator. Oil) Floating cranes and floating der ricks In use shall meet the applicable requirements for design, construction. In stallation, testing, maintenance, and operation as prescribed by the manufac turer. rules shall include signal system and allowable line speed for various loads. Rules and notices shall be posted on the car frame or crosshead in a conspicuous location, including the statement "No Riders Allowed." (ii) No person shall be allowed to ride on material hoists except for the pur poses of inspection and maintenance. (2) All entrances of the hoistways shall be protected by substantial gates or bars which shall guard the full width of the landing entrance. All hoistway entrance bars and gates shall be painted with diagonal contrasting colors, such as black and yellow stripes. (3) Protection of employees working <l) Bars shall be not less than 2- by on barges. The employer shall comply 4-Inch wooden .bars or the equivalent, with the applicable requirements for pro located 2 feet from the hoistway line. tection of employees working onboard Bars shatl be located not less than 36 marine vessels specified in 5 1926.605. inches nor more than 42 Inches above the floor. 1926.S51 Helicopter*. (ii) Gates or bars protecting the en trances to hoistway shall be equipped (a) Helicopter cranes when used shall with a latching device. be certified and conform to all applica ble regulations of the FAA, 14 CFR Part 133. (b) Rotorcraft pilots shall be licensed to conduct external-load operations in accordance with the FAA regulations, 14 CFR Part 133. 1926.552 MaHrfel hoist*, personnel hoists, and elevator*. (3) Overhead protective covering of 2-inch planking, 3A-lnch plywood, or other solid material of equivalent strength, shall be provided on the top of every material hoist cage or platform. (4) The operator's station of a hoist ing machine shall be provided with over head protection equivalent to tight planking not less than 2 inches thick. (a) General requirements. <1) The employer shall comply with the man ufacturer's specifications and limitations applicable to the operation of all hoists and elevators. Where manufacturer's specifications are not available, the lim itations assigned to the equipment shall be based on the determinations of a pro The support for the overhead protection shall be of equal strength. <5) Holst towers may be used with or without an enclosure on all sides. How ever, whichever alternative is chosen, the following applicable conditions shall be met; (1) When a hoist tower is enclosed, It fessional engineer competent in the field. (2) Rated load capacities, recom mended operating speeds, and special hazard warnings or instructions shall be shall be enclosed on all sides for its en tire height with a screen enclosure of Vi-inch mesh. No. 18 U.S. gauge wire or equivalent, except for landing access. posted on cars and platforms. <ii) When a hoist tower is not en (3) Wire rope shall be removed from closed, the hoist platform or car shall be service when any of the following con totally enclosed (caged) on all sides for ditions exists: the full height between the floor and the (i) In hoisting ropes, six randomly 'overhead protective covering with Vfe- distributed broken wires In one rope lay ` inch mesh of No. 14 U.S. gauge wire or r CAPCO JEN 0001861 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 47 equivalent. The hoist platform enclosure shall Include the required gates for load ing and unloading. A 6-foot high en closure shall be provided on the unused sides of the hoist tower at ground level. (6) Car arresting devices shall be in stalled to function in case of rope failure. C7> All material hoist towers shall be designed by a licensed professional engi neer. (8) All material hoists shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A10.5-1969. Safety Requirements for Material Hoists. (c) Personnel hoists. (1) Hoist towers outside the structure shall be enclosed for the full height on the side or sides used for entrance and exit to the struc ture. At the lowest landing, the enclosure on the sides not used for exit or entrance to the structure shall be enclosed to a height of at least 10 feet. Other sides of the tower adjacent to floors or scaffold platforms shall be enclosed to a height of 10 feet above the level of such floors or scaffolds. (2) Towers inside of structures shall be enclosed on all four sides throughout the full height. (3) Towers shall be anchored to the structure at Intervals not exceeding 25 feet. In addition to tie-ins, a series of guys shall be installed. Where tie-ins are not practical the tower shall be an chored by means of guys made of wire rope at least one-half Inch in diameter, securely fastened to anchorages to en sure stability. (4) Hoistway doors or gates shall be not less than 6 feet 6 Inches high and shall be provided with mechanical locks which cannot be operated from the land ing side, and shall be accessible only to persons on the car. (5) Cars shall be permanently en closed on all sides and the top, except sides used for entrance and exit, which have car gates or doors. (6) A door or gate shall be provided at each entrance to the car which shall protect the full width and height of the car entrance opening. (7) Overhead protective covering of 2-inch plenking, 3,i-inch plywood or other solid material of equivalent strength shall be provided on the top of every personnel hoist. (8) Doors or gates shall be provided with electric contacts which do not allow movement of the hoist when door or gate is open. (9) Safeties shall be capable of stop ping and holding the car and rated load when traveling at governor tripping speed. (10) Cars shall be provided with a capacity and data plate secured in a con spicuous place on the car or crosshead. (11) Internal combustion engines shall not be permitted for direct drive. (12) Normal and Anal terminal stop ping devices shall be provided. (13) An emergency stop switch shall be provided In the car and marked "Stop." (14) Ropes: (i) The minimum num ber of hoisting ropes used shall be three for traction hoists and two for drum-type hoists. til) The minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight wire ropes shall be *fc-inch. <lii) Safety factors: Minimum Factors or Safety tor Suspension Wire Ropes Rope speed Minimum in feet per factor of minute: safety 50......................................... 7.60 75........................ 100...................... 7 95 125...................... 150....................................... 8.25 175........................................ 8.40 200........................................ 8.60 225........................................ 8.75 250...................... 300........................................ 9.20 350........................................ 9.50 400........................................ 9.75 450...................... 500...................... 550...................... eoo...................... .................. 10.70 (15) Following assembly and erection of hoists, and before being put in serv ice, an inspection and test of all func tions and safety devices shall be made under the supervision of a competent person. A similar Inspection and test Is required following major alteration of an existing installation. All hoists shall be inspected and tested at not more than 3-month Intervals. Records shall be maintained and kept on file for the du ration of the Job. (16) All personnel hoists used by em ployees shall be constructed of materials and components which meet the speci fications for materials, construction, safety devices, assembly, and structural integrity as stated In the American Na tional Standard A10.4-1963, Safety Re quirements for Workmen's Hoists. The requirements of this subparagraph (16) do not apply to cantilever type person nel hoists. (17) <i> Personnel hoists used in bridge tower construction shall be approved by a registered professional engineer and erected under the supervision of a quali fied engineer competent in this field. (ii) When a hoist tower Is not en closed, the hoist platform or car shall be totally enclosed (caged) on all sides for the full height between the floor and the overhead protective covering with inch mesh of No. 14 U.S. gauge wire or equivalent. The hoist platform enclosure shall include the required gates for load ing and unloading. (ill) These hoists shall be inspected and maintained on a weekly basis. When ever the hoisting equipment Is exposed to winds exceeding 35 miles per hour it shall be inspected and put in operable condi tion before reuse. (iv) Wire rope shall be taken out of service when any of the following condi tions exist: (a) In running ropes, six randomly distributed broken wires In one lay or three brokenq wires In one strand in one lay: (ft) Wear of one-third the original diameter of outside Individual wires. Kinking, crushing, bird caging, or any other damage resulting In distortion of the rope structure; (c) Evidence of any heat damage from any cause: id) Reductions from nominal diam eter of more than three-sixty-fourths inch for diameters to and including three-fourths inch, one sixteenth inch for diameter seven-eighths inch to l'/e inches inclusive, three-thirty-seconds inch for diameters IV4 to inches inclusive; (e) In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in one lay In sections be yond end connections or more than one broken wire at an end connection. (d) Permanent elevators under the care and custody of the employer and used by employees for work covered by this Act shall comply with the require ments of American National Standards Institute A17.1-1965 with addenda A17.la-1967, A17.1b-1968. A17.1C-1969. Al7.1d-1970, and inspected in accordance with A17.2-1960 with addenda Al7.2a- 1965, A17.2b-1967. 1926.553 Base-mounted drum !ioi*t. (a) General requirements. (1) Ex posed moving parts such as gears, pro jecting screws, setscrews, chain, cables, chain sprockets, and reciprocating or rotating parts, which constitute a hazard, shall be guarded. (2) All controls used during the nor mal operation cycle shall be located within easy reach of the operator's station. (3) Electric motor operated hoists shall be provided with: (1) A device to disconnect all motors from the line upon power failure and not permit any motor to be restarted until the controller handle is brought to the "off" position; (ii) Where applicable, an overspeed preventive device; (iii) A means whereby remotely operated hoists stop when any control is ineffective. (4) All base-mounted drum hoists In use shall meet the applicable require ments for design, construction. Installa tion, testing, inspection, maintenance, and operation, as prescribed by the manufacturer. lb) -Specific requirements. rReservedJ 1926.554 Overhead hoists, (a) General requirements, (i) The safe working load of the overhead hoist, as determined by the manufacturer, shall be Indicated on the hoist, and this safe working load shall not be exceeded. (2) The supporting structure to which the hoist is attached shall have a safe working load equal to that of the hoist. (3) The support shall be arranged so as to provide for free movement of the hoist and shall not restrict the hoist from lining Itself up with the load. (4) The hoist shall be Installed only in locations that will permit the operator to stand clear of the load at all times. (5) Air hoists shall be connectd to an air supply of sufficient capacity and pres sure to safely operate the hoist. All air hoses supplying air shall be positively connected to prevent their becoming dis connected during use. CAPCO JEN 0001862 48 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (6) All overhead hoists In use shall meet the applicable requirements for construction, design, installation, testing, inspection, maintenance, and operation, as prescribed by the manufacturer, (b) Specific requirements. [Reserved) 1926.555 Conveyors. () General requirements. (1) Means for stopping the motor or engine shall be provided at the operator's station. Conveyor systems shall be equipped with an audible warning signal to be sounded immediately before starting up the conveyor. <2) If the operator's station is at a re mote point, similar provisions for stop ping Uie motor or engine shall be pro vided at the motor or engine location. (3) Emergency stop switches shall be arranged so that the conveyor cannot be started again until the actuating stop switch has been reset to running or "On" position. C4) Screw conveyors shall be guarded to prevent employee contact with turn ing flights. (5) Where a conveyor passes over work areas, aisles, or thoroughfares, suitable guards shall be provided to protect em ployees required to work below the con veyors. () All crossovers, aisles, and passage ways shall be conspicuously marked by suitable signs, as required by Subpart G of this part. (7) Conveyors shall be locked out or otherwise rendered Inoperable, and tagged out with a "Do Not Operate" tag, during repairs and when operation is hazardous to employees performing maintenance work. (8) All conveyors in use shall meet the applicable requirements for design, con struction, Inspection, testing, mainte nance, and operation, as prescribed in the ANSI B20.1-1957, Safety Code for Conveyors, Cableways, and Related Equipment. Subpart O--Motor Vehicles, Mecha nized Equipment, and Marine Operations 1926.600 Equipment, (a) General requirements. (1) All equipment left unattended at night, ad jacent to a highway in normal use, or ad jacent to construction areas where work Is in progress, shall have appropriate lights or reflectors, or barricades equipped with appropriate lights or re flectors, to identify the location of the equipment. (2) A safety tire rack, cage, or equiva lent protection shall be provided and used when inflating, mounting, or dismount ing tires Installed on split rims, or rims equipped with locking rings or similar devices. (3) (ii Heavy machinery, equipment, or parts thereof, which are suspended or held aloft by use of slings, hoists, or Jacks shall be substantially blocked or cribbed to prevent falling or shifting before em ployees are permitted to work under or between them. Bulldozer and scraper blades, end-loader buckets, dump bodies, and similar equipment, shall be either fully lowered or blocked when being re paired or when not in use. All controls shall be in a neutral position, with the motors stopped and brakes set, unless work being performed requires other wise. (it) Whenever the equipment is parked, the parking brake shall be set. Equipment parked on inclines shall have the wheels chocked and the parking brake set. (4) The use. care and charging of all batteries shall conform to the require ments of Subpart K of this part. (5) All cab glass shall be safety glass, or equivalent, that introduces no visible distortion affecting the safe operation of any machine covered by this subpart. (6) All equipment covered by this sub part shall comply with the requirements of 5 1926.550(a) (15) when working or being moved In the vicinity of power lines or energized transmitters. (b> Specific requirements. [Reserved) (8) Vehicles used to transport em ployees shall have seats firmly secured and adequate for the number of employ ees to be carried. (9) Seat belts and anchorages meeting the requirements of 49 CPR Part 571 (De partment of Transportation, Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards) shall be installed In all motor vehicles. (10) Trucks with dump bodies shall be equipped with positive means of sup port, permanently attached, and capable of being locked in position to prevent accidental lowering of the body while maintenance or inspection work is being done. (11) Operating levers, controlling hoisting or dumping devices on haulage bodies, shall be equipped with a latch or other device which will prevent acci dental starting or tripping of the mechanism. 1926.601 Motor % chicle*. (a) Coverage. Motor vehicles as cov ered by this part are those vehicles that operate within an off-highway jobsite, not open to public traffic. The require ments of this section do not apply to equipment for which rules are prescribed in) 1926.602. (b) General requirements. (1) All ve hicles shall have a service brake system, an emergency brake system, and a park ing brake system. These systems may use common components, and shall be main tained in operable condition. (2) (i) Whenever visibility conditions warrant additional light, all vehicles, or combinations of vehicles. In use shall be equipped with at least two headlights and two tailllghts in operable condition. (li) All vehicles, or combination of vehicles, shall have brake lightsln opera ble condition regardless of light con ditions. (3) All vehicles shall be equipped with an adequate audible warning device at the operator's station and in an operable condition. (4/ No employer shall use any motor vehicle equipment having an obstructed view to the rear unless: (1) The vehicle has a reverse signal alarm audible above the surrounding noise level or: (li) The vehicle 1s backed up only when an observer signals that It is safe to do so. (5) All vehicles with cabs shall be equipped with windshields and powered wipers. Cracked and broken glass shall be replaced. Vehicles operating in areas or under conditions that cause fogging or frosting of the windshields shall be equipped with operable defogglng or de frosting devices. <d) All haulage vehicles, whose pay load is loaded by means of cranes, power shovels, loaders, or similar equipment, shall have a cab shield and/or canopy adequate to protect the operator from shifting or failing materials. (7) Tools and material shall be se cured to prevent movement when trans ported in the same compartment with employees. (12) Trip handles for tailgates of dump trucks shall be so arranged that, in dumping, the operator will be in the clear. (13) (i) All rubber-tired motor vehicle equipment manufactured on or after May l. 1972, shall be equipped with fend ers. All rubber-tired motor vehicle equipment manufactured before May 1, 1972, shall be equipped with fenders not later than May 1, 1973. (li) Mud flaps may be used In lieu of fenders whenever motor vehicle equip ment is not designed for fenders. (14) All vehicles in use shall be checked at the beginning of each shift to assure that the following parts, equip ment, and accessories are in safe operat ing condition and free of apparent damage that could cause failure while in use: Service brakes. Including trailer brake connections; parking system (hand brake); emergency stopping sys tem (brakes); tires; horn; steering mechanism; coupling devices; seat belts; operating controls; and safety devices. All defects shall be corrected before the vehicle is placed in service. These requirements also apply to equipment such as lights, reflectors, windshield wipers, defrosters. Are extinguishers, etc., where such equipment Is necessary. 1926.602 Material handling equip* ment. (a) Earthmoving equipment; general. (1) These rules apply to the follow ing types of earthmoving equipment: scrapers, loaders, crawler or wheel trac tors, bulldozers, off-highway trucks, graders, agricultural and industrial trac tors, and similar equipment. The promul gation of specific rules for compactors and rubber-tired "skid-steer" equipment is reserved pending consideration of standards currently being developed. 2> Seat belts. (1) Seat belts shall be provided on alt equipment covered by this section and shall meet the require ments of the Society of Automotive En gineers. J386-1969, Seat Belts for Con struction Equipment. Seat belts for agri cultural and light industrial tractors shall meet the seat belt requirements of 1r CAPCO JEN 0001863 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 49 Society of Automotive Engineers J333a1970. Operator Protection for Agricul tural and Light Industrial Tractors. 01) Seat belts need not be provided for equipment which is designed only lor standup operation. (Ill) Seat belts need not be provided for equipment which does not have roll over protective structure <ROF5) or adequate canopy protection. (3) Roadway erodes. Roadway grades for construction equipment use shall be designed by a qualified engineer, com petent In this field, and constructed to accommodate all of the equipment using the roadway. Emergency access ramps and berms shall be constructed to restrain and control runaway vehicles. (4) Brakes. All earthmoving equip ment mentioned In this S 1518.602(a) shall have a service braking system ca pable of stopping and holding the equip ment fully loaded, as specified in Society Of Automotive Engineers SAE-J237, Loader Dozer-1971, J236, Graders1971, and J319b, Scrapers-1971. Brake systems for self-propelled rubber-tired off-highway equipment manufactured after January 1, 1972 shall meet the applicable minimum performance cri teria set forth in the following Society of Automotive Engineers Recom mended Practices: Self-Propelled Scrapers____ SAE J319b-197l Self-Propelled Graders ..........SAEJ236-2P71 Trucks and Wagons ..........SAE J166-1971 Front End Loaders and Dozers.. BAEJ237-1971 (5) Fenders. Pneumatic-tired earthmoving haulage equipment (trucks, .scrapers, tractors, and trailing units) whose maximum speed exceeds 15 miles per hour, shall be equipped with fenders on all wheels to meet the 'requirements of Society of Automotive Engineers SAE J321a-1970. Fenders for PneumaticTired Earthmoving Haulage Equipment. An employer may, of course, at any time seek to show under fi 1926.2. that the un covered wheels present no hazard to per sonnel from flying materials. (6) Rod-over protection structures iROPS). The promulgation of standards requiring roll-over protective structures (ROPS) is reserved pending further studv and development. (7) Rollover protective structures for off-highway trucks. The promulgation of standards for rollover protective struc tures for off-highway trucks is reserved pending further study and development. <u> Specific effective dates--brakes and fenders. Equipment mentioned In subparagraphs (4) and (S> of his para graph. and manufactured after January 1. 1972. which Is used by any employer after that date, shall comply with the applicable rules prescribed therein con cerning brakes and fenders. Equipment mentioned in subparagraphs (4) and (5) of this paragraph, and manufactured before January 1. 1972. which is used by any employer -fter that date, shall meet the applicable rules prescribed herein not later than June 30, 1973. It should be noted that, as permitted under i 1926.2, employers may request varia tions from the applicable brakes and fender standards required by this sub part. Employers wishing to seek varia tions from the applicable brakes and fenders rules may submit any requests for variations after the publication of this document in the Federal Register. Any statements intending to meet the requirements of { 1926.2(b)(4), should specify how the variation would protect the safety of the employees by provid ing for any compensating restrictions on the operation of equipment. (9) Audible alarms. (1) All bidirec tional machines, such as rollers, com pacted. front-end loaders, bulldozers, and similar equipment, shall be equipped with a hom. distinguishable from the surrounding noise level, which shall be operated as needed when the machine is moving In either direction. The hom shall be maintained In an operative condition. (U) No employer shall permit earthmoving or compacting equipment which has an obstructed view* to the rear to be used in reverse gear unless the equip ment has in operation a reverse signal alarm distinguishable from the sur rounding noise level or an employee sig nals that it is safe to do so. (10) Scissor points. Scissor points on all front-end loaders, which constitute a hazard to the operator during normal operation, shall be guarded. <b) Excavating and other equipment. (1) Tractors covered in paragraph (a) of this section shall have seatbelts as required for the operators when seated in the normal seating arrangement for tractor operation, even though backhoes. breakers, or other similar attach ments are used on these machines for excavating or other work. (2) For the purposes of this Subpart and of Subpart N of this part, the nomen clatures and descriptions for measure ment of dimensions of machinery and attachments shall be as described in So ciety of Automotive Engineers 1970 Handbook, pages 10B8 through 1103. (3) The safety requirements, ratios, vt limitations applicable to machines or attachment usage covered in Power Crane and Shovel Association's Stand ards No. 1 and No. 2 of 1968, and No. 3 of 1969, shall be compiled with, and shall apply to cranes, machines, and attach ments under this part. (c) Lifting and hauling equipment (other than equipment covered under Subpart N of this part). (1) Industrial trucks shall meet the requirements of S 1926.600and the following: (1) Lift trucks, stackers, etc., shall have the rated capacity clearly posted on the vehicle so as to be clearly visible to the operator. When auxiliary remov able counterweights are provided by the manufacturer, corresponding alternate rated capacities also shall be clearly shown on the vehicle. These ratings shall not be exceeded. (11) No modifications or additions which affect the capacity or sale opera tion of the equipment shall be made without the manufacturer's written ap proval. If such modifications or changes are made, the capacity, operation, and maintenance instruction plates, tags, or decals, shall be changed accordingly. In no case shall the original safety factor of the equipment be reduced. Oil) If a load is lifted by two or more trucks working in unison, the proportion of the total load carried by any one truck shall not exceed its capacity. (lv) Steering or spinner knobs shall not be attached to the steering wheel unless the steering mechanism is of a type that prevents road reactions from causing the steering handwheel to spin. The steering knob shall be mounted within the periphery of the wheel. (v) All high lift rider industrial trucks shall be equipped with overhead guards which meet the configuration and struc tural requirements as defined in para graph 421 of American National Stand ards Institute B56.1-1969, Safety Stand ards for Powered Industrial Trucks. (vi) All Industrial trucks In use shall meet the applicable requirements of de sign, construction, stability, inspection, testing, maintenance, and operation, as defined in American National Standards Institute B56.1-1969, Safety Standards for Powered Industrial Trucks. 1926.603 Pile dnSing equipment. (a) General requirements. (1) Boilers and piping systems which are a part of. or used with, pile driving equipment shall meet the applicable requirements of the American Society of Mechanical Engi neers, Powers Boilers (section I). (2) All pressure vessels which are a part of. or used with, pile driving equip ment shall meet the applicable require ments of the American Society of Me chanical Engineers, Pressure Vessels (section VIII). (3) Overhead protection, which will not obscure the vision of the operator, and which meets the requirements of Subpart N of this part, shall be provided. Protection shall be the equivalent of 2-inch planking or other solid material of equivalent strength. (4) Stop blocks shall be provided for the leads to prevent the hammer from being raised against the head block. (5) A blocking device, capable or safely supporting the weight of the hammer, shall be provided for placement in the leads under the hammer at all times while employees are working under the hammer. (6/ Guards shall be providea across the top of the head block to prevent the cable from jumping out of the sheaves. (7) When the leads must be inclined In the driving of batter piles, provisions shall be made to stabilize the leads. (8) Fixed leads shall be provided with ladder, and adequate rings, or similar attachment points, so that the loft worker may engage his safety belt lan yard to the leads. If the leads are pro vided with loft platform(s), such plat form (s) shall be protected by standard guardrails. (9) Steam hose leading to a steam hammer or jet pipe shall be securely at tached to the hammer with an adequate , length of at least ft.-inch diameter chain or cable to prevent whipping In the event the joint at the hammer Is broken. Air hammer hoses shall be provided with the CAPCO JEN OOOI864 50 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS same protection as required tor steam lines. (10) Safety chains, or equivalent means, shall be provided for each hose connection to prevent the line from thrashing around in case the coupling becomes disconnected. (11) Steam line controls shall consist of two shutoff valves, one of which shall be a quick-acting lever type within easy reach of the hammer operator. (12) Guys, outriggers, thrustouts. or counterbalances shall be provided as necessary to maintain stability of pile driver rigs. (b) Pile driving from targes and floats. Barges or floats supporting pile driving operations shall meet the ap plicable requirements of g 1926.605. (c) Pile driving equipment. (1) En gineers and winchmen shall accept sig nals only from the designated signalmen. (2) All employees shall be kept clear when piling is being hoisted Into the leads. (3) When piles are being driven in an excavated pit, the walls of the pit shall be sloped to the angle of repose or sheetpiled and braced. (4) When steel tube piles are being "blown out", employees shall be kept well beyond the range of falling materials. (5) When it is necessary to cut off the tops of driven piles, pile driving oper ations shall be suspended except where the cutting operations are located at least twice the length of the longest pile from the driver. (6) When driving jacked piles, all ac cess pits shall be provided with ladders and bulkheaded curbs to prevent mate rial from falling Into the pit. 1926.604 Site clearing. (a) General requirements. (1) Em ployees engaged In site clearing shall be protected from hazards of irritant and toxic plants and suitably instructed in the first aid treatment available. (2) All equipment used in site clear ing operations shall be equipped with rollover guards meeting the require ments of this subpart. In addition, rider operated equipment shall be equipped with an overhead and rear canopy guard meeting the following requirements: (i> The overhead covering on this canopy structure shall be of not less than Va-inch steel plate or 14-lnch woven wire mesh with openings no greater than 1 inch, or equivalent. . (il) The opening in the rear of the canopy structure shall be covered with not less than %-lnch woven wire mesh with openings no greater than 1 Inch. (b) Specific requirements. [Reserved] 1926.605 Marine operations and equip* ment. (a) Material handling operations. (1) Operations fitting the definition of "ma terial handling" shall be performed In conformance with applicable require ments cf 29 CFR Part 19t8. "Safety and Health Regulations for Longshoring," The term "lonrshorlng operations" means the loading, unloading, moving, or handling of construction materials, equipment and supplies, etc. into, in, on, or out of any vessel from a fixed struc ture or shore-to-vessel, vessel-to-shore or fixed structure or vessel-to-vessel. (b) Access to targes. (1) Ramps for access of vehicles to or between barges shall be of adequate strength, provided with side boards, well maintained, and properly secured. (2) Unless employees can step safely to or from the wharf, float, barge, or river towboat, either a ramp, meeting the requirements of subparagraph (I) of this paragraph, or a safe walkway, shall be provided. (3) Jacob's ladders shall be of the double rung or flat tread type. They shall be well maintained and properly secured. (4) A Jacob's ladder shall either hang without slack from its lashings or be pulled up entirely. (5) When the upper end of the means of access rests on or Is flush with the top of the bulwark, substantial steps, prop erly secured and equipped with at least one substantial hand rail approximately 33 Inches in height, shall be provided between the top of the bulwark and the deck. (6) Obstructions shall not be laid on or across the gangway. (7) The means of access shall be ad equately illuminated for its full length. (8) Unless the structure makes it Im possible, the means of access shall be so located that the load will not pass over employees. (c> Working surfaces of targes. (1) Employees shall not be permitted to walk along the sides of covered lighters or barges with coamings more than S feet high, unless there is a 3-foot clear walk way. or a grab rail, or a taut handline is provided. (2) Decks and other working surfaces shall be maintained in a safe condition. (3) Employees shall not be permitted to pass fore and aft, over, or around deck loads, unless there Is a safe passage. (4) Employees shall not be permitted to walk over deckloads from rail to coaming unless there is a safe passage. If It is necessary to stand at the out board or inboard edge of the deckload where less than 24 Inches of bulwark, rail, coaming, or other protection exists, all employees shall be provided with a suitable means of protection against fall ing from the deckload. ta> First-aid and lifesaving equip ment. (1) Provisions for rendering first aid and fnedfcal assistance shall be in accordance with Subpart D of th:;s part. (2) The employer shall ensui* that there is in the vicinity of each bt rge In use at least one U.S. Coast Cuardapproved 30-inch lifering with net less than 90 feet of line attached, and a. least one portable or permanent ladder which will reach the top of the apron to the surface of the water. If the above equip ment is not available at the pier, the employer shall furnish it during the time that he is working the barge. (3) Employees w*alklng or working on the unguarded decks of barges shall be protected with UjS. Coast Guardapproved work vests or buoyant vests. (e) Diving operations. [Reserved] 1926.606 Definitions applicable to tills aubparl* (a) "Apron"--The area along the waterfront edge of the pier or wharf. (b) "Bulwark"--The side of a ship above the upper deck. (c) "Coaming"--The raised frame, as around a hatchway in the deck, to keep out water. (d> "Jacob's ladder"--A marine lad der of rope or chain with wooden or metal rungs. (e) "Rail", for the purpose of I 1926.605, means a light structure serving as a guard at the outer edge of a ship's deck. Subport P--Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring 1926.650 Central protection require, menu. fa) Walkways, runways, and side walks shall be kept clear of excavated material or other obstructions and no sidewalks shall be undermined unless shored to carry a minimum live load of one hundred and twenty-five (125) pounds per square foot. (b) If planks are used for raised walkways, runways, or sidewalks, they shall be laid parallel to the length of the walk and fastened together against displacement. (c) Planks shall be uniform in thick ness and all exposed ends shall be pro vided with beveled cleats to prevent tripping. <d) Raised walkways, runways, and sidewalks shall be provided with plank steps on strong stringers. Ramps, used in lieu of steps, shall be provided with cleats to Insure a safe walking surface. (e) All employees shall be protected with personal protective equipment for the protection of the head, eves, respira tory organs, hands, feet, and other parts of the body as set forth In Subpart E of this part. (f) Employees exposed to vehicular traffic shall be provided with and shall be Instructed to wear warning vests marked with or made of reflectorlzed or high visibility material. <g> Employees subjected to hazardous dusts, gases, fumes, mists, or atmospheres deficient in oxygen, shall be protected with approved respiratory protection as set forth in Subpart D of this part. (h) No person shall be permitted un der loads handled by power shovels, der ricks, or hoists. To avoid any spillage, employees shall be required to stand away from any vehicle "being loaded. (1) Daily inspections of excavations shall be made by a competent person. If evidence of oossible cave-ins or slides is apparent, all work in the excavation shall cease until the necessary precautions have been taken to safeguard the em ployees. 1926.651 Specific excavation require ments. (a) Prior to opening an excavation, effort shall be made to determine whether underground installations; i.e.. sewer, telephone, water, fuel, electric lines, etc., will be encountered, and if so, where such underground installations , ate located. When the excavation approaches the estimated location of such an installation, the exact location shall be determined and when it is uncovered, Ir CAPCO JEN 0001865 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 51 proper supports shall be provided for the existing installation. Utility companies shall be contacted and advised of pro posed work prior to the start of actual excavation. (b) Trees, boulders, and other surface encumbrances, located so as to create a hazard to employees involved in excava tion work or in the vicinity thereof at any time during operations, shall be removed or made safe before excavating Is begun. (c) The walls and faces of all excava tions in which employees are exposed to danger from moving ground shall be guarded by a shoring system, sloping of the ground, or some other equivalent means. <d> Excavations shall be inspected by a competent person after every rain storm or other hazard-increasing occur rence, and the protection against slides and cave-ins shall be increased if necessary. (e) The determination of the angle of repose and design of the supporting system shall be based on careful evalu ation of pertinent factors such as: Depth of cut: possible variation in water con tent of the material while the excavation is open; anticipated changes in materials from exposure to air, sun, water, or freez ing; loading imposed by structures, equipment, overlying material, or stored material; and vibration from equipment, blasting, traffic, or other sources. (f) Supporting systems; i.e., piling, cribbing, shoring, etc., shall be designed by a qualified person and meet accepted engineering requirements. When tie rods are used to restrain the top of sheetLng or other retaining systems, the rods shall be securely anchored well back of the angle of repose. When tight sheeting or sheet piling is used, full loading due to ground water table shall be assumed, un less prevented by weep holes or drains or other means. Additional stringers, ties, and bracing shall be provided to allow for any necessary temporary removal of Individual supports. (g) All slopes shall be excavated to at least the angle of repose except for areas where solid rock allows for line drilling or presplitting. (h> The angle of repose shall be flat tened when an excavation has water conditions, silty materials, loose boulders, and areas where eboslbh. deep frost ac tion, and slide planes appear. (1) <1) In excavations which employees may be required to enter, excavated or other material shall be effectively stored and retained at least 2-feet or more from the edge of the excavation. (2) As an alternative to the clearance prescribed In subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, the employer may use effec tive barriers or other effective retaining devices In lieu thereof in order to prevent excavated or other materials from falling into the excavation. (j) Sides, slopes, and faces of all ex cavations shall meet accepted engineer ing requirements by scaling, benching, barricading, rock bolting, wire meshing, or other equally effective means. Special attention shall be given to slopes which may be adversely affected by weather or moisture content, (k) Support systems shall be planned and designed by a qualified person when excavation Is in excess of 20 feet In depth, adjacent to structures or Improvements, or subject to vibration or ground water. (l) Materials used for sheeting, sheet piling, cribbing, bracing, shoring, and underpinning shall be in good serviceable condition, and timbers shall be sound, free from large or loose knots, and of proper dimensions. (m) Special precautions shall be taken in sloping or shoring the sides of excava tions adjacent to a previously backfilled excavation or a fill, particularly when the separation is less than the depth of the excavation. Particular attention also shall be paid to Joints and seams of mate rial comprising a face and the slope of such seams and joints. (n) Except in hard rock, excavations below the level of the base of footing of any foundation or retaining wall shall not be permitted, unless the wall is un derpinned and all other precautions taken to insure the stability of the ad jacent walls for the protection of em ployees Involved in excavation work or In the vicinity thereof. (o) If the stability of adjoining build ings or walls Is endangered by excava tions, shoring, bracing, or underpinning shall be provided as necessary to insure their safety. Such shoring, bracing, or underpinning shall be Inspected daily or more often, as conditions warrant, by a competent person and the protection ef fectively maintained. (p) Diversion ditches, dikes, or other suitable means shall be used to prevent surface water from entering an excava tion and to provide adequate drainage of the area adjacent to the excavation. Wa ter shall not be allowed to accumulate In an excavation. (q) If it is necessary to place or oper ate power shovels, derricks, trucks, mate rials. or other heavy objects on a level above and near an excavation, the side of the excavation shall be sheet-piled, 6hored, and braced as necessary to resist the extra pressure due to such superim posed loads. (r> Blasting and the use of explosives shall be performed In accordance with Subpart U of this part. (s) When mobile equipment Is utilized or allowed adjacent to excavations, sub stantial stop logs, or barricades shall be Installed. If possible, the grade should be away from the excavation. (t) Adequate barrier physical protec tion shall be provided at all remotely lo cated excavations. All wells, pits, shafts, etc., shall be barricaded or covered. Upon completion of exploration and similar op erations, temporary wells, pits, shafts, etc., shall be backfilled. (u) If possible, dust conditions shall be kept to a minimum by the use of water, salt, calcium chloride, oil, or other means. (v) In locations where oxygen defi ciency or gaseous conditions are possible, air in the excavation shall be tested. Con trols, as set forth In Subparts D and E of this part, shall be established to assure acceptable atmospheric conditions. When flammable gases are present, adequate ventilation shall be provided or sources of ignition shall be eliminated. Attended emergency rescue equipment, such as breathing apparatus, a safety harness and line, basket stretcher, etc., shall be readily available where adverse atmos pheric conditions may exist or develop In an excavation. (w) Where employees or equipment are required or permitted to cross over excavations, walkways or bridges with standard guardrails shall be provided. (x) Where ramps are used for em ployees or equipment, they shall be de signed and constructed by qualified per sons in accordance with accepted engi neering requirements. (y) All ladders used on excavation op erations shall be in accordance with the requirements of Subpart L of this part. 1926.652 Specific trenching require ments. (a) Banks more than 5 feet high shall be shored, laid back to a stable slope, or some other equivalent means of protec tion shall be provided where employees may be exposed to moving ground or cave-ins. Refer to Table P-1 as a guide in sloping of banks. Trenches less than 5 feet in depth shall also be effectively pro tected when examination of the ground indicates hazardous ground movement may be expected. (b) Sides of trenches in unstable or soft material. 5 feet or more in depth, shall be shored, sheeted, braced, sloped, or otherwise supported by means of suffi cient strength to protect the employees working within them. See Tables P-1, P-2 [following paragraph (g) of this section!. (c) Sides of trenches In hard or com pact soil, including embankments, shall be shored or otherwise supported when the trench is more than 5 feet in depth and 8 feet or more In length. In lieu of shoring, the sides of the trench above the 5-foot level may be sloped to pre clude collapse, but shall not be steeper than a 1-foot rise to each *,4-foot hori zontal. When the outside diameter of a pipe is greater than 6 feet, a bench of 4-foet-sUmraum-sbwll-be provided at the toe of the sloped portion. (d) Materials used for sheeting and sheet piling, bracing, shoring, and under pinning, shall be in good serviceable con dition, and timbers used shall be sound and free from large or loose knots, and shall be designed And Installed so as to be effective to the bottom of the excavation. (e) Additional precautions by way of shoring .and bracing shall be taken to prevent slides or cave-ins when excava tions or trenches are made in locations adjacent to backfilled excavations, or where excavations are subjected to vi brations from railroad or highway traf fic, the operation of machinery, or any other source. (f) Employees entering bell-bottom pier holes shall be protected by the In stallation of a remoYeable-type casing CAPCO JEN 0001866 52 of sufficient strength to resist shifting of the surrounding earth. Such tempo rary protection shall be provided for the full depth of that part of each pier hole which is above the bell. A lifeline, suit able for instant rescue and securely fastened to a shoulder harness, shall be worn by each employee entering the shafts. This lifeline shall be individually manned and separate from any line used to remove materials excavated from the bell footing. (g)(1) Minimum requirements for trench timbering shall be in accordance with Table P-2. (2) Braces and diagonal shores in a wood shoring system shall not be sub jected to compressive stress in excess of values given by the following formula: S= 1300 - 20L ~D~ Maximum ratio L -- 50 ~D Where: t = Length, unsupported. In Inches. D=Letst side of the timber in Inches. S= Allowable stress In pounds per square Inch of cross-section. CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Table T t APPROXIMATE ANGLE OF REPOSE FOR SLOPING OF SIOES OF EXCAVATIONS NU' Cteys, Sttu, leans er Sell* Ftsqvlie eiv4 0<ecie|, The Pmi*k ( Crevftt Url< Rtquirte Speclel TrseltMM. ,, jfi. 5- U TRENCH SHORfXG--MLVmVM KtQURCMESn Depth of trench Site sod spedng of members Kind or oondnion of e.uth Uprlgbtt ------- ------------------------ Minimum Maximum dimension spacing Stringers --------------------------------- Minimum Maximum dimension spacing Cross braces1 - --- Width of trench ----------------- - Cptol feet *t6 feet tof feet . S to 12 feet Maximum spacing Feel to 10 LlkeJy to crack................... Ioches Soft, saady, or filled.......... ...34or2ifl Hydrostatic pressure........ ,,.Jx4or2i6 joioie Bird...................................... Likely to creek.................... ...lx <or 2i Soft, sADdy, or filed......... Hydrostatic pressure.... It }4 to 20 AU kinds or oondlltons... 8x4 Orer 20 AH kinds or ooodltJoos... 4x6 Feet S Close sheeting Close ibeetlng 4 2 Cloee beotlog Close heeling Close ebeetlog Close xbeetlug luebes 4x6 4x6 6x8 4x6 4x6 4x6 8 I 10 4X12 6x8 Feet 4 Iocbee 2x6 Iochee 4x4 Iacbes 4x6 taebee 6x6 6>6 Inches 6x8 6x8 4 4X4 4x6 6x6 6x6 8ft 4 4X4 4x6 6x6 6x6 6x8 4 4X< 4x8 6x6 6x6 6X8 4 4X4 4x6 6x6 6x6 8x8 4 4X6 6x6 6sS ItB 6x10 4 4X6 6x6 6X1 8x8 8x10 4 4 x 12 6x8 8X8 6 Xl6 1F116 4 4X12 8x8 IX 10 to xid 10x12 Feet 4 4 -4 4 Feet 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 4 4 4 < Trench Jacks may be used to lieu of, or la oomblaettoa vlth, cross braces. Shoring Is not required Jo solid rock, hard shale, or bard slag. W here desirable, steel sheet piling and bracing of equal strength may be substituted for wood. <h) Where employees are required to be In trenches 3 feet deep or more, lad ders, extending from the floor of the trench excavation to at least 3 feet above the top of the excavation, shall be pro vided and so located as to provide means of exit without more than 25 feet of lateral travel. (1) Bracing or shoring of trenches shall be carried along with the (k) Portable trench boxes or sliding trench shields may be used for the pro tection of personnel In lieu of a shoring system or sloping. Where such trench boxes or shields are used, they shall be designed, constructed, and maintained In a manner which will provide protection equal to or greater than the sheeting or shoring required for the trench. excavation. . (1) Backfilling and removal of trench <j) Cross braces or trench jacks shall supports shall progress together from be placed in true horizontal position, the bottom of the trench. Jacks or be spaced vertically, and be secured to braces shall be released slowly and, in prevent sliding, falling, or kickouts. unstable soil, ropes shall be used to puli out the jacks or braces from above after employees have cleared the trench. 1926.653 Definitions applicable to this ubpart. (a) "Accepted engineering require ments (or practices) "--Those require ments or practices which are compatible with standards required by a registered architect, a registered professional engi neer, or other duly licensed or recognized authority. - (b) "Angle of repose"--The greatest angle above the horizontal plane at which a material will lie without sliding. I CAPCO JEN 0001867 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 53 (c) "Bank"--A mass of soil rising above a digging level. <d> "Belled excavation"--A part of a shaft or footing excavation, usually near the bottom and bell-shaped; i.e.. an en largement of the cross section above. <e> "Braces (trench)"--The horizon tal members of the shoring system whose ends bear against the uprights or stringers. (f) "Excavation"--Any manmade cav ity or depression in the earth's surface. Including its sides, walls, or faces, formed by earth removal and producing unsup ported -earth conditions by reasons of the excavation. If installed forms or sim ilar structures reduce the depth-to-width relationship, an excavation may become a trench. (g) "Paces"--See paragraph (k) of this section. (h> "Hard compact soil"--All earth materials not classified as running or unstable. (i> "Kickouts"--Accidental release or failure of a shore or brace. (J) "Sheet pile"--A pile, or sheeting, that may form one of a continuous inter locking line, or a row of timber, concrete, or steel piles, driven in close contact to protide a tight wall to resist the lateral pressure of water, adjacent earth, or other materials. (k) "Sides", "Walls", or "Faces"--The vertical or inclined earth surfaces formed as a result of excavation work. (l) "Slope"--The angle with the hori zontal at which a particular earth mate rial will stand indefinitely without move ment. (m) "Stringers" (wales)--The hori zontal members of a shoring system whose sides bear against the uprights or earth. (n) "Trench"--A narrow excavation made below' the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench is not greater than 15 feet. <o) "Trench jack"--Screw or hydraulic type Jacks used as cross bracing in a trench shoring system. (p) "Trench shield"--A shoring sys tem composed of steel plates and bracing, welded or bolted together, which support the walls -of a trench from the ground level to the trench bottom and which can be moved along as work progresses. (q) "Unstable soil"--Earth material, other than running, that because of its nature or the influence of related condi tions, cannot be depended upon to re main in place without extra support, such as would be furnished by a system of shoring. (r) "Uprights"--The vertical members of a shoring system. (s) "Wales"--See paragraph (m> of this section. (t> "Walls"--See paragraph (k) of this section. Subparf Q--Concrete, Concrete Forms and Shoring 1926.700 Central provisions. (a) Genera?. All equipment and mate rials used in concrete construction and masonry work shall meet the applicable requirements for design, construction, in crete buckets suspended from cranes or spection, testing, maintenance and oper cableways. ations as prescribed In ANSI A10.9-1970, (8) When discharging on a slope, the Safety Requirements for Concrete Con wheels of ready-mix trucks shall be struction and Masonry Work. blocked and the brakes set to prevent (b) Rein/orcinp steel. (1) Employees movement. working more than 6 feet above any ad (9) Nozzlemen applying a cement, jacent working surfaces, placing and ty sand, and water mixture through a pneu ing reinforcing steel In walls, piers, matic hose shall be required to wear pro columns, etc., shall be provided with a tective head and face equipment, as pre safety belt, or equivalent device, in ac scribed in Subpart E of this part. cordance with Subpart E of this part. (e> Vertical shoring--(1) General re quirements. (i) When temporary stor (2) Employees shall not be permitted age of reinforcing rods, material, or to work above vertically protruding re equipment on top of formwork becomes inforcing steel unless It has been pro necessary, these areas shall be strength tected to eliminate the hazard of im ened to meet the intended loads. palement. (ii> The sills for shoring, shall be (3) uuying: Reinforcing steel for walls, piers, columns, and similar verti cal structures shall be guyed and sup ported to prevent collapse. (4) Wire mesh rolls. Wire mesh rolls shall be secured at each end to prevent dangerous recoiling action. (c> Bulk concrete handling. Bulk stor age bins, containers, or silos shall have conical or tapered bottoms with mechan ical or pneumatic means of starting the flow' of material. <d> Concrete placement--(1) Con crete mixers. Concrete mixers equipped with 1-yard or lareer loading skips shall be equipped with a mechanical device to clear the skip of material. sound, rigid, and capable of carrying the maximum Intended load without settle ment or displacement (iii) All shoring equipment shall be in spected prior to erection to determine that it is as specified in the shoring lay out. Any equipment found to be dam aged shall not be used for shoring. (iv) Erected shoring equipment shall be inspected immediately prior to. dur ing, and immediately after the place ment of concrete. Any shoring equip ment that is found to be damaged or weakened shall be immediately rein forced or reshored. (v) Reshoring shall be provided when necessary to safely support slabs and beams after stripping, or where such (2) Guardrails. Mixers of 1-yard ca pacity or greater shall be equipped with protective guardrails installed on each side of the skip. members are subjected to superimposed loads due to construction work done. <2) Tubular welded frame shoring, (i) Metal tubular frames used for shoring shall not be loaded beyond the safe work (3) Bui? floats. Handles on bull floats, ing load recommended by the manu used where they may contact energized facturer. electrical conductors, shall be con (ii) All locking devices on frames and structed of nonconductive material, or braces shall be in good working order; insulated with a nonconductive sheath coupling pins shall align the frame or whose electrical and mechanical char panel legs; pivoted cross braces shall have acteristics provide the equivalent pro their center pivot in place; and all com tection of a handle constructed of non ponents shall be in a condition similar conductive material. to that of original manufacture. <4) Powered concrete trowels. Pow ered and rotating-type concrete trowel ing machines that are manually guided shall be equipped with a control switch that will automatically shut off the power whenever the operator removes his hands from the equipment handles. (5) Concrete buggies. Handles of bug gies shall not extend beyond the wheels on either side of the buggy. Installation of knuckle guards on buggy handles U recommended. <iii) When checking the erected shor ing frames with the shoring layout, the spacing between towers and cross brace spacing shall not exceed that shown on the layout, and all locking derices shall be In the closed position. (iv) Devices for attaching the external lateral stability bracing shall be securely fastened to the legs of the shoring frames. (v) All baseplates, 6hore heads, ex tension devices, or adjustment screws shall be In Arm contact with the footing sill and the form. (6) Pumpcrete systems. Pumpcrete or similar systems using discharge pipes 1926.701 Forms and kUoring. shall be provided with pipe supports de (a) General provisions. (1) Form- signed for 100 percent overload. Com work and shoring shall be designed, pressed air hose In such systems shall be erected, supported, braced, and main provided with positive fail-safe Joint con tained so that it will safely support all nectors to prevent separation of sections vertical and lateral loads that may be when pressurized. imposed upon it during placement of <7) Concrete buckets, (i) Concrete concrete. buckets equipped with hydraulic or pneu (2) Drawings or plans showing the matically operated gates shall have posi jack layout, formwork, shoring, working tive safety latches or similar safety de decks, and scaffolding, shall be available vices Installed to prevent aggregate and at the jobsite. loose material from accumulating on the (3) Stripped forms and shoring shall top and sides of the bucket. be removed and stockpiled promptly <li) Riding of concrete buckets for an/ after stripping. In all areas in which per purpose shall be prohibited, and vibrator sons are required to work or pass. Pro crews shall be kept out from under con truding nails, wire ties, and other form CAPCO JEN 0001868 54 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS accessories not necessary to subsequent work shall be pulled, cut, or other means taken to eliminate the hazard. (4) Imposition of any construction loads on the partially completed struc ture shall not be permitted unless such loading has been considered in the de sign and approved by the engineer- architect. (b) Vertical slip forms. (1) The steel rods or pipe on which the Jacks climb or by which the forms are lifted shall be specifically designed for the purpose. Such rods shall be adequately braced where not encased in concrete. (2) Jacks and vertical supports shall be positioned in such a manner that the vertical loads are distributed equally and do not exceed the capacity of the jacks. (3) The Jacks or other lifting devices shall be provided with mechanical dogs or other automatic holding devices to pro vide protection in case of failure of the power supply or the lifting mechanism. (4) Lifting shall proceed steadily and uniformly and shall not exceed the pre determined safe rate of lift. 15> Lateral and diagonal bracing of the forms shall be provided to prevent excessive distortion of the structure dur ing the jacking operation. <6> During jacking operations, the form structure shall be maintained In line and plumb. (7) All vertical lift foims shall be pro vided with scafloiding or work platforms completely cnciicling the area of place ment. <c> Tube and coupler shoring. <D Couplers `clamps' shall not be used if they are deformed, broken, or have defective or missing threads on bolts, or other defects. (2) The material used for the couplers (clamps) shall be of a structural type such as drop-forged steel, malleable iron, or structural grade aluminum. Gray cast iron shall not be used. (3) When checking the erected shor ing towers with the shoring layout, the spacing between posts shall not exceed that shown on the layout, and all Inter locking of tubular members and tight ness of couples shall be checked. (4) All baseplates, shore heads, ex tension devices, or adjustment screws shall be In firm contact with the footing sill and the form material and shall be snug against the posts. (d) Single post shores. (1) For sta bility, single post shores shall be hori zontally braced in both the longitudinal and transverse directions, and diagonal bracing shall also be installed. Such bracing shall be installed as the shores are being erected. (2) All baseplates or shore heads of single post shores shall be in firm contact with the footing sill and the form mate rials. <3) Whenever single post shores are used In more than one tier, the layout shall be designed and Inspected by a structural engineer. (4) When formwork Is at an angle, or sloping, or when the surface shored from Is sloping, the shoring shall be designed for such loading. (5) Adjustment of single post shores to raise formwork shall not be made after concrete is in place. (6) Fabricated single post shores shall not be used If heavily rusted, bent, dented, rewelded. or having broken weld ments or other defects. If they contain timber, they shall not be used if timber is split, cut. has sections removed, is rotted, or otherwise structurally dam aged. (7) All timber and adjusting devices to be used for adjustable timber single post shores shall be inspected before erection, (8) Timber shall not be used If it is split, cut, has sections removed. Is rotted, or is otherwise structurally damaged. (9) Adjusting devices shall not be used if heavily rusted, bent, dented, rew'elded. or having broken weldments or other defects. (10) All nails used to secure bracing or adjustable timber single post shores shall be driven home and the point of the nail bent over if possible. 1926.702 Definition; applicable to iltia subpart. (a) "Bull float"--A tool used to spread out and smooth the concrete. (b> "Formwork" or "falsework"--The total system of support for freshly placed concrete, including the mold or sheath ing which contacts the concrete as well as all supporting members, hardware, and necessary bracing. (c) "Guy"--A line that steadies a high piece or structure by pulling against an off-center load. (d) "Shore"--A supporting member that resists a compressive force imposed by a load. (e) "Vertical slip forms"--Forms which are jacked vertically and continu ously during placing of the concrete. Subpart R--Sleel Erection 1926.750 Flooring requirements. (a) Permanent flooring--skeleton steel construction in tiered buildings. (1) The permanent floors shall be installed as the erection of structural members pro gresses. and there shall be not more than eight stories between the erection floor and the uppermost permanent floor, ex cept where the structural integrity is maintained as a result of the design. (2) At no time shall there be more than four floors or 48 feet oi unfinished bolting or welding above the foundation oruppermpjt permanently secured floor. (b) Temporary flooring--skeleton steel construction in tiered buildings. (DU) The derrick or erection floor shall be solidly planked or decked over its en tire surface except for access openings. Planking or decking of equivalent strength, shall be of proper thickness to carry the working load. Planking shall be not less than 2 inches thick full size un dressed. and shall be laid tight and se cured to prevent movement. (11) On buildings or structures not adaptable to temporary floors, and where scaffolds are not used, safety nets shall be Installed and maintained whenever the potential fall distance exceeds two stories or 25 feet. The nets shall be hung with sufficient clearance to prevent con tacts with the surface of structures below. (ill) Floor periphery--safety railing. A safety railing of H-inch wire rope or equal shall be Installed, approximately 42 inches high, around the periphery of all temporary-planked or temporary metal-decked floors of tier buildings and other multlfloored structures during structural steel assembly. (2) Where erection Is being done by means of a crane operating on the ground, a tight and substantial floor shall be maintained within two stories or 25 feet, whichever is less, below and directly under that portion of each tier of beams on which bolting, riveting, welding, or painting is being done. (c) Flooring--other cOTisfructlort. (1) In the erection of a building having double wood floor construction, the rough flooring shall be completed as the building progresses, including the tier below the one on which floor Joists are being Installed. (2) For single wood floor or other floor ing systems, the floor Immediately below the story where the floor Joists are being Installed shall be kept planked or decked over. 1926.751 Structural tecl assembly. (a) During the final placing of solid web structural members, the load shall not be released from the hoisting line until the members are secured with not less than two bolts, or the equivalent at each connection and drawn up wrench tight. (b) Open web steel joists shall not be placed on any structural steel frame work unless such framework is safely bolted or welded. (c) In steel framing, where bar Joists are utilized, and columns are not frame 1 in at least two directions with structural steel members, a bar joist shall be fleldbolted at columns to provide lateral stability during construction. (1) Where long span Joists or trusses, 40 feet or longer, are used, a center row of bolted bridging shall be installed to provide lateral stability during construc tion prior to slacking of hoisting line. (U) No load shall be placed on open web steel joists until these security re quirements are met. (d) Tag lines shall be used for con trolling loads. 1926.752 Bolling, riveting, filting-up, and plumbing-up. (a) General requirements. (1) Con tainers shall be provided for storing or carrying rivets, bol^s, and drift pins, and secured against accidental displacement when aloft. (2) Pneumatic hand tools shall be dis connected from the power source, and pressure in hose lines shall be released, before any adjustments or repairs are made (3) Air line hose sections shall be tied together except when quick disconnect couplers are used to Join sections. (4> Eye protection shall be provided In accordance with Subpart E of this part. (b) Bolting. (D When bolts or drift pins are being knocked out, means shall be provided to keep them from falling. (2) Impact wrenches shall be provided with a locking device for retaining the socket. i CAPCO JEN 0001869 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 55 (c) Riveting. (1) Riveting shall not be done in the vicinity of combustible material unless precautions are taken to prevent fire. (2) When rivet heads are knocked off, or backed out, means shall be provided to keep them from falling. (3> A safety wire shall be properly in stalled on the snap and on the handle of the pneumatic riveting hammer and shall be used at all times. The wire size shall be not less than No. 9 (B&S gauge), leaving the handle and annealed No. 14 on the snap, or equivalent. (d) Plumbing-up. (1) Connections of the equipment used in plumbing-up shall be properly secured. (2) The tumbuckles shall be secured to prevent unwinding while under stress. (3) Plumbing-up guys related equip ment shall be placed so that employees can get at the connection points. (4) Plumbing-up guys shall be re moved only under the supervision of a competent person. (e) Wood planking shall be of proper thickness to carry the working load, but shall be not less than 2 inches thick full size undressed, exterior grade plywood, at least %-Inch thick, or equivalent material. (f) Metal decking of sufficient strength shall be laid tight and secured to prevent movement. (g) Planks shall overlap the bearing on each end by a minimum of 12 inches. (h) Wire mesh, exterior plywood, or equivalent, shall be used around columns where planks do not fit tightly. <i) Provisions shall be made to secure temporary flooring against displacement. (J) All unused openings In floors, tem porary or permanent, shall be completely planked over or guarded In accordance with Subpart M of this part. (k) Employees shall be provided with safety belts in accordance with i 1926.104 when they are working on float scaffolds. Subport S--Tunnels and Shafts, Cais sons, Cofferdams, and Compressed Air 1926.800 Tunnels and tliafts. () General. (1) The specific require ments of this Subpai t S, Tunnels, Shafts, Caissons, Cofferdams, and Compressed Air, shall be complied with as well as the applicable provision: of all other sub parts of this part. <2> Safe means of access shall be pro vided and maintained to all working places. <3) When ladders and stairways are provided in shafts and steep inclines, they shall meet the requirements of Sub parts L and M of this part. (4) Access to unattended underground openings shall be restricted by gates or doors. Unused chutes, manways, or other openings shall be tightly covered, bulk headed, or fenced off, and^posted. Con duits, trenches, and manholes shall meet the requirements of Subparts M and P of this part. (5) Subsidence areas that present hazards shall be fenced and posted. () Each operation shall hare a check-in and check-out system that will provide positive identification of every employee underground. An accurate rec ord and location of the employees shall be kept on the surface. (b) Emergency provisions. (1) Evac uation ptans and procedures shall be developed and made known to the employees. (2) Emergency hoisting facilities shall be readily available at shafts more than 50 feet in depth, unless hoisting facilities are provided that are independent of electrical power failures. A boatswain's chair shall meet the requirements of Subpart L of this part. (3> Bureau of Mines approved self rescuers shall be available near the ad vancing face to equip each face em ployee. Such equipment shall be on the haulage equipment and in other areas where employees might be trapped by smoke or gas, and shall be maintained in good condition. (4) Telephone or other signal commu nication shall be provided between the work face and the tunnel portal, and such systems shall be Independent of the tunnel power supply. (c) Air Quality and Ventilation--(1> Air Quality and Quantity, (i) Instruments shall be provided to test the atmosphere quantitatively for carbon monoxide, nitrogen dioxide, flammable or toxic gases, dusts, mists, and fumes that occur in the tunnel or shaft. Tests shall be con ducted as frequently as necessary to as sure that the required quality and quan tity of air is maintained. A record of all tests shall be maintained and be kept available. (ii) Field-type oxygen analyzers, or other suitable devices, shall be used to test for oxygen deficiency. (iii) Respirators shall not be substi tuted for environmental control mea sures. However, where environmental controls have not yet been developed, or when necessary by the nature of the work Involved (for example, welding, sand blasting, lead burning), an em ployee may work for short periods of time In concentrations of airborne con taminants which exceed the limit of per missible excursions referred to in sub divisions (iv> and <v> of this subpara graph, if such employee wears a respira tory protective device approved by the Bureau of Mines as -protection against the particular hazards Involved. uvi The exposure to alroome con taminants of an employee working In a tunnel or shaft shall not exceed the threshold limit values adopted by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, as set forth and explained in the 1970 edition of "Threshold Limit Values of Airborne Contaminants" (v> Employees shall be withdrawn from areas In which there is a concentra tion of an airborne contaminant which exceeds the threshold limit value listed for that contaminant. (Vi) Atmospheres in aU active areas shall contain at least 20 percent oxygen. (2) Ventilation. (1) Tunnels shall be provided with mechanically induced pri mary ventilation in aU work areas. The direction of airflow shall be reversible. (li) Ventilation doors, not operated mechanically, shall be designed and In stalled so that they are self-closing and will remain closed regardless of the di rection of the air movement. (iil) When there has been a failure of ventilation, and ventilation has been restored in a reasonable time, all places where flammable gas may have accumu lated shall be examined by a competent person and determined to be free of flammable gas before power Is restored and work resumed. (iv) When the main fan or fans have been shut down with all employees out of the adit, tunnel or shaft, no employee, other than those qualified to examine the adit, tunnel, or shaft, or other au thorized employee, shall go underground until the fans have been started, the work areas examined for gas and other hazards, and declared safe. (v) The supply of fresh air shall not be less than 200 cubic feet per minute for each employee underground. The linear velocity of the air flow in the tunnel bore shall not be less than 30 feet per minute In those tunnels where blasting or rock drilling is conducted or where there are other conditions that are likely to pro duce dusts, fumes, vapors, or gases in harmful quantities. ivi) If 1.5 percent or higher concen tration of flammable gas is detected in air returning from an underground working place or places, the employees shall be withdrawn and the power cut off to the portion of the area endangered by such flammable gas until the con centration of such gas is reduced to 1 percent or less. (vil) Internal combustion engines other than mobile diesel shall not be used underground. Mobile diesel-powered equipment used underground shall be certified by the Bureau of Mines, US. Department of the Interior according to the Interior according to the Bureau of Mines publication "Mechanical Equip ment for mines--tests for permissibility and suitability. Part 32, Mobile Diesel Power Equipment for Non-Coal Mines, 6chedule 24" of March 23. 1965. (d> Illumination. (1) Sufficient light ing shall be provided, in accordance with the requirements of Table D-3 of Sub part D of this part, to permit safe opera tions at the face as well as in the gen eral tunnel or shaft area and at the employees' workplace. <e> Fire prevention and control--(1) General, (i) The requirements for fire prevention and protection specified in Subpart F of this part shall be complied with in ail tunnel and shaft operations. (U) Signs warning against smoking and open flames shall be posted so that they can be readily seen in areas or places where fire or explosion hazards exist. (111) The carrying of matches, lighten, or other flame-producing smoking ma terials shall be prohibited in all under ground operations where fire or explo sion hazards exist. (Iv) Not more than a 1 day's supply of diesel fuel shall be stored under ground. (v> Gasoline or liquefied petroleum gases shall not be taken, stored, or used underground. Oil, grease, or fuel stored under ground shall be kept In tightly sealed containers in fire-resistant areas, at safe distances from explosives magazines, electrical installations, and shaft stations. (vil) Air that has passed through un derground oil or fuel-storage areas shall CAPCO JEN 0001870 56 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS not be used to ventilate working areas. (viii) Approved fire-resistant hydrau lic fluids shall be used In hydraulically actuated underground machinery and equipment. (ix) Fires shall not be built under ground. (x) Noncombustible barriers shall be installed below welding or burning op erations in or over a shaft or raise. fxl) Fire extinguishers or equivalent protection shall be provided at the head and tail pulleys or underground belt con veyors and at 300-foot intervals along the belt line. (xii) At tunnel operations, employing 25 or more employees at one time under ground at least two rescue crews (30 employees divided between shifts) shall be trained annually in rescue procedures, in the use. care, and limitations of oxy gen breathing apparatus, and the use and maintenance of firefighting equip ment. Not less than one crew (5 em ployees) shall be trained at smaller operations. (f> Personal protective cQuipmmt. Protective clothing or equipment shall be worn as specified in Subparts D and E of this part. (g> Noise. (1) Permissible noise ex posures shall conform to those specified in Subpart D of this part. (h) Ground support--(1) Tunnel por tal area. Portals shall be protected and supported where loose soil or rock or fractured material is encountered. (2) Tunnel area. (1) The employer shall examine and test the roof, face, and wails of the work area at the start of each shift and frequently thereafter. (11) Loose ground shall be taken down or supported. Ground conditions along haulage ways and travelways shall be examined periodically and scaled or supported as necessary. Uii) Torque meters and torque wrenches shall be available at tunnels where rock bolts are used for ground support. Frequent tests shall be made to determine if bolts meet the required torque. The test frequency shall be de termined by rock conditions and distance from vibration sources. (iv) Damaged or dislodged tunnel sup ports, whether steel sets or timber, shall be repaired or replaced. New supports shall be Installed whenever possible be fore removing the damaged supports. (v) All sets, Including horseshoe shaped or arched rib steel sets, shall be designed and installed so that the bot toms will have required anchorage to prevent pressures from pushing them Inward into the excavation. Lateral brac ing shall be provided between sets to further stabilize the support. (3) Shafts. (1) Small diameter shafts, which employees are required to enter, shall be provided with a steel casing, concrete pipe, timber, or other material of required strength to support the sur rounding earth. (ill The casing and bracing shall be provided the full depth of the shaft, or at least 5 feet <nto solid rock If possible, and shall extend at least 1 foot above ground level. Uii) All wells or shafts over 5 feet In depth shall be retained with lagging, spiling, or casing. (iv) In shafts, the employer shall in spect the wpJIs, ladders, timbers, block ing, and wedges of the last set to deter mine if they have loosened following blasting operations. Where found un safe, corrections shall be made before shift operations are started. (v) Safety belts shall be worn on skips and platforms used In shafts by crews when the skip or cage does no( occlude the opening to within 1 foot of the sides of the shaft, unless guardrails or cages are provided. (1) Drilling. (1) Equipment that is to be used during a shift shall be inspected each shift by a competent person. Equip ment defects affecting safety shall be corrected before the equipment is used. <2) The drilling area shall be in spected for hazards before starting the drilling operation. (3) Employees shall not be allowed on a drill mast while the drill bit is in operation. (4) When a drill is being moved from one drilling area to another, drill steel, tools, and other equipment shall be se cured, and the mast placed in a safe position. <5) Receptacles or racks shall be pro vided for drill steel stored on Jumbos. (6) Before drilling cycle Is started, warning shall be given to men working below Jumbo decks. (7) Drills on columns shall be an chored firmly before drilling Is started and shall be retightened frequently thereafter. (8) The employer shall provide me chanical means for lifting drills, roof bolts, mine straps, and other unwieldy heavy material to the top decks of Jum bos over 10 feet In height. (9) The employer shall provide stair access to Jumbo decks wide enough to accomodate two persons if the deck Is over 10 feet in height. (10) On Jumbo decks over 10 feet In height, guardrails which are removable (pipe in sockets with chain handrail), or equal, shall be provided on all sides and back platforms. (11) Scaling bars shall be In good condition at all times, and blunted and severely worn bars shall not be used. (12) When Jumbos are being moved, riders will not be allowed on the Jumbo unless they are assisting the driver. (13) Before commencing the drill cycle, the face and lifters shall be ex amined for misfires (residual explosives) and. If found, they shall be removed before drilling commences at the face. Lifters shall not be drilled through blasted rock (muck) or water. (14) Air lines that are buried in the Invert shall be Identified by signs posted nearby, warning all personnel. (J) Blasting. All blasting and explosives-handilng operations shall be con ducted in compliance with Subpart U of this part. (k) Haulage. (1) Equipment that !s to be used during a shift shall be in spected by a competent person each shift. Equipment defects affecting safety shall be corrected before the equipment Is used. (2) Powered mobile equipment shall be provided with adequate brakes. * (3) Powered mobile haulage equip ment shall be provided with audible warning devices. Lights shall be pro vided at both ends. (4) Cab windows shall be of safety glass, or equivalent. In good condition, and shall be kept clean. (5) Adequate backstops or brakes shall be installed on inclined conveyor drive units to prevent conveyors from running In reverse and creating a hazard to employees. (6) No employee shall be permitted to ride a pow'er-driven chain, belt, or bucket conveyor, unless the conveyor is specifically designed for the transporta tion of employees. (7) The employer shall not permit employees to ride in dippers, shovel buckets, forks, clamshells, or in the beds of dump trucks, or on haulage equipment not specifically designed or adapted for the transportation of employees. (8) Electrically powered mobile equip ment shall not be left unattended unless the master switch Is in the off position, all operating controls are in the neutral position, and the brakes are set, or other equivalent precautions are taken against rolling. (9) When dumping cars by hand, the car dumps shall be provided with tie down chains or bumper blocks to prevent cars from overturning. (10) Rocker-bottom or bottom-dump cars shall be equipped with positive lock ing devices. (11) Equipment which Is to be hauled shall be so loaded and protected as to prevent sliding or spillage. (12) Parked railcars shall be blocked securely. (13) Berms, bumper blocks, safety hooks, or similar means shall be pro vided to prevent overtravel and over turning at dumping locations. (14) Where necessary, bumper blocks, or the equivalent, shall be provided at all track dead ends. (15) Supplies, materials, and tools, other than small handtools, shall not be transported with employees In mantrip cars. (1) Electrical equipment. (1) Electri cal equipment shall conform to the requirements of Subpart K of this part. <2) Powerlines shall be W'ell separated or insulated from waterlines, telephone lines, and airlines. <3) OU-filled transformers shall not be used underground unless they are located in a fire-resistant enclosure and surrounded by & dike to contain the con tents of the transformers in event of a rupture. (m) Hoisting. (1) Hoisting machines, either powered or hand operated, shall be worm-geared or powered both ways. The design must be such that when the power is stopped, the load cannot move. (2) Controls for powered hoists shall be of the deadman type with a nonlock ing switch or control. (3) A device to shut off the power shall be installed ahead of the operating control. (4) Hand-operated release mecha nisms, which can permit the load to descend faster than the speed rating, 6hall not be used. (5) Hoist machines with tost metal parts shall not be used. (6) Every hoist shall be tested with twice the maximum load before being put Into operation, and annually there after. (7) All anchorages of hoists shall be CAPCO JEN 0001871 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 57 Inspected at the beginning of each shift. (8) An enclosed covered metal cage shall be used to raise and lower persons In the shaft. The cage shall be designed with a safety factor of 4 and shall be lopdtested prior to use. The exterior of the cage Shall be free of prolections or sharp corners. Only closed shackles shall be used In the cage rigging. (9) If the cage Is equipped with a door, a positive locking device shall be installed to prevent the door from open ing accidentally while the cage Is being lowered or raised while hoisting or lower ing employees. 1926.8U 1 Caissons. va) Wherever, in caisson work in which compressed air Is used, and the working chamber Is less than 11 feet in length, and when such caissons are at any time suspended or hung while work is In progress so that the bottom of the excavation Is more than 9 feet below the deck of the working chamber, a shield shall be erected therein for the protection of the employees. <b) Shafts shall be subjected to a hydrostatic or air-pressure test, at which pressure they shall be tight. The 6haft shall be stamped on the outside shell about 12 inches from each flange to show the pressure to which they have been subjected. (c) Whenever a shaft ts used. It shall be provided, where space permits, with a safe, proper, and suitable staircase for its entire length, including landing plat forms, not more than 20 feet apart. Where this is Impracticable, suitable lad ders shall be Installed with landing plat forms located about 20 feet apart to break the climb. (d) All caissons, having a diameter or side greeter than 10 feet shall be pro vided with a man lock and shaft for the exclusive use of employees. (e) In addition to the gauge in the locks, an accurate gauge shall be main tained on the outer and Inner side of each bulkhead. These gauges shall be accessible at all times and kept In ac curate working order. (f) In caisson operations where em ployees are exposed to compressed all working environments, the requirements contained in $ 1518.803 shall be compiled witn. 1926.802 Cofferdams. taj li overtopping of the cofferdam by high waters Is possible, means shall be provided for controlled flooding of the work area. (b) Warning signals for evacuation of employees in case of emergency shall be developed and posted. (c) Cofferdam walkways, bridges, or ramps with at least two means of rapid exit, shall be provided with guardrails as specified In Subpart M of this part. (d) Cofferdams located close to navi gable shipping channels shall be pro tected from vessels In transit, w'here possible 1926.805 Compressed air. <a> General provisions. (1) Inere shall be present, at all times, at least one competent person designated by and rep resenting the employer, who shall be familiar with this subpart In all respects, and responsible for full compliance with these and other applicable subparts. <2) Every employee shall be In structed In the rules and regulations working chamber; which concern his safety or the safety of (iv) Be properly heated, lighted and others. ventilated; lb) Medical attendance, examination, <v) Be maintained In a sanitaW con and regulations. (1) There shall- be re dition; tained one or more licensed physicians <vi> Have a nonshatterable port familiar with and experienced in the through which the occupant(s) may be physical requirements and the medical kept under constant observation; aspects of compressed air work and the <vti) Be designed for a working pres treatment of decompression Illness. He sure of 75 p.sJ.g, shall be available at all times while work <vtii) Be equipped with Internal con Is In progress In order to provide medical trols which may be overridden by exter supervision of employees employed In compressed air work. He shall himself be physically qualified and be willing to enter a pressurized environment. (2) No employee shall be permitted to enter a compressed air environment until he has been examined by the physician and reported by him to be physically qualified to engage in such work. nal controls: (lx) Be provided with air pressure gauges to show the air pressure within each compartment to observers inside and outside the medical lock. <x) Be equipped with a manual type sprinkler system that can be activated in side the lock or by the outside lock tender. (xi) Be provided with oxygen lines (3) In the event an employee Is ab and fittings leading Into external tanks. sent from work for 10 days, or Is absent The lines shall be fitted with check valves due to sickness or Injury, he .shall not re to prevent reverse flow. The oxygen sys sume work until he is reexamined by the tem Inside the chamber shall be of a physician, and his physical condition re closed circuit design and be so designed ported, as provided In this paragraph, to as to automatically shut off the oxygen be such as to permit him to work in com supply whenever the fire system Is pressed air, (4) Alter an employee has been em ployed continuously in compressed air activated. (xii> Be In constant charge of an at tendant under the direct control of the for a period designated by the physician, retained physician. The attendant shall but not to exceed 1 year, he shall be re be trained In the use of the lock and suit examined by the physician to determine ably Instructed regarding steps to be if he is still physically qualified to en taken In the treatment of employee ex gage in compressed air work. hibiting symptoms compatible with a (5> Such physician shall at all times diagnosis of decompression illness; keep a complete and full record of ex (xlll) Be adjacent to an adequate aminations made by him. The physician emergency medical facility; shall also keep an accurate record of any <xiv> The medical facility snail be decompression illness or other illness or equipped with demand-type oxygen in injury Incapacitating any employee for halation equipment approved by the U.S. work, and of all loss of life that occurs Bureau of Mines; in the operation of a tunnel, caisson, or (xv) Be capable of being maintained other compartment in which compressed at a temperature, in use. not to exceed air is used. 90* F. nor be less than 70* F.; and (oi Recoras shall be available xor the (xvl) Be provided with sources of air, inspection of the Secretary or his rep free of oil and carbon monoxide, for resentatives, and a copy thereof shall normal and emergency use, which are be forwarded to the Bureau of Labor capable of raising the air pressure in the Standards within 48 hours following the lock from 0 to 75 p-sJx. in 5 minutes. occurrence of the accident, death, injury, (11) Identification Dadges shall be or decompression illness. It shall state furnished to all employees, indicating as fully as possible the cause of said that the wearer Is a compressed air death or decompression illness, and the worker. A permanent record shall be place where the Injured or sick employee kept of all identification badges issued. was taken, and such other relative In The badge shall give the employee's formation as may be required by the name, address of the medical lock, the Secretary. telephone number of the licensed physi (7) A fully equipped first aid station cian for the compressed air project, and shall be provided at each tunnel project contain Instructions that in case of emer regardless of the number of persons em gency of unknown or doubtful cause or ployed. An ambulance or transportation illness, the wearer shall be rushed to the suitable for a litter case shall be at each medical lock. The badge shall be worn at project. , _, all times--off the job, as well as on the (8) Where tunnels are being exca job. vated from portals more than S road <c> Telephone and signal communica miles apart, a first aid station and trans tion. <1) Effective and reliable means of portation facilities shall be provided at communication, such as bells, whistles, or each portal. telephones, shall be maintained at all (9) A medical lock shall be established times between all the following locations: and maintained in immediate working <i) The working chamber face: order whenever air pressure In the work (U> The working chamber 6ide of the ing chamber is increased above the nor man lock near the door; mal atmosphere. <10) The medical lock shall: <1) Have at least feet oi clear head- (ill) The interior of the man lock; Uv) Lock attendant's station; <v) The compressor plant; room at the center, and be subdivided into not less than two compartments; (vi) The first-aid station: <vll) The emergency lock (if one is re (li) Be readily accessible to employees working under compressed air; quired) : and vfii) The special decompression chamber (If one is required). <iil) Be kept ready for immediate use - <d) Signs and records. (1) The time for at least 5 hours subsequent to the of decompression shall be posted in each emergence of any employee from the man lock as follows: CAPCO JEN 0001872 58 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Time or DrcoiawiesstoH rot Tires Lock compression, In accordance with the pro gauges shall be accessible at all times pounds to------------------------- pounds in ...c.e.d.ures in this subpart. and shall be kept in accurate working minutes. (li) The lock attendant In charge of order. _______ pounds to--------------pounds in------------- a man lock shall be under the direct su (xii) Man locks shall have an observa minutes. pervision of the appointed physician. He tion port at least 4 inches in diameter (Signed by)--------------------------- -------------------- shall be stationed at the lock controls on located in such a position that all oc (Superintendent) the free air side during the period of cupants of the man lock may be ob This torm shall be posted In the Man Loch st all times. (2) Any code of signals used shall be conspicuously posted near workplace en trances and such other locations as may be necessary to bring them to the atten tion of all employees concerned. <3) For each 8-hour shift, a record of employees employed under air pressure shall be kept by an employee who shall remain outside the lock near the en trance. This record shall show the period each employee spends in the air cham ber and the time taken from decompres sion. A copy shall be submitted to the appointed physician after each shift. (e) Compression. (1) Every employee going under air pressure for the first time shall be instructed on how to avoid excessive discomfort. (2) During the compression of em ployees, the pressure shall not be in creased to more than 3 ps.I.g. within the first minute. The pressure shall be held at 3 p.si.g. and again at 7 ps.l.g. suffi ciently long to determine if any employ ees are experiencing discomfort. (3) After the first minute the pres sure shall be raised uniformly and at a rate not to exceed 10 p.s.1. per minute. (4) If any employee complains of dis comfort, the pressure shall be held to determine if the symptoms are relieved. If. after 5 minutes the discomfort does not disappear, the lock attendant shall gradually reduce the pressure until the employee signals that the discomfort has ceased. If he does not indicate that the discomfort has disappeared, the lock at tendant shall reduce the pressure to atmospheric and the employee shall be released from the lock. (5) No employee shall be subjected to pressure exceeding 50 pounds per square inch except in emergency. (f) Decompression. U) Decompression to normal condition shall be in accord ance with the Decompression Tables in Appendix A of this subpart. (2) In the event it is necessary for as employee to be in compressed air more than once in a 24-hour period, the ap pointed physician shall be responsible for the establishment of methods and pro cedures of decompression applicable to repetitive exposures. (3) If decanting is necessary, the ap pointed physician shall establish pro cedures before any employee is permitted to be decompressed by decanting meth compression and decompression and shall remain at the lock control station whenever there are men in the working chamber or In the man lock. (Hi) Except where air pressure in the working chamber is below 12 p.si.g., each man lock shall be equipped with automatic controls which, through taped programs, cams, or similar apparatus, shall automatically regulate decompres sions. It shall also be equipped with man ual controls to permit the lock attendant to override the automatic mechanism in the event of an emergency, as provided in subdivision (vili) of this subparagraph. (iv) A manual control, which can be used in the event of an emergency, shall be placed inside the man lock. (v> A clock, thermometer, and con tinuous recording pressure gauge with a 4-hour graph shall be Installed outside of each man lock and shall be changed prior to each shift's decompression. The chart shall be of sufficient size to reg ister a legible record of variations in pres sure within the man lock and shall be visible to the lock attendant. A copy of each graph shall be submitted to the ap pointed physician after each shift. In addition, a pressure gauge, clock, and thermometer shall also be Installed in each man lock. Additional fittings shall be provided so that test gauges may be attached whenever necessary. (vi) Except where air pressure is be low 12 p^.l.g. and there is no danger of rapid flooding, all caissons having a working area greater than 150 square feet, and each bulkhead in tunnels of 14 feet or more in diameter, or equivalent area, shall have at least tw'o locks in perfect working condition, one of which shall be used exclusively as a man lock, the other, as a materials lock. (vii) Where only a combination manand-materlals lock Is required, this sin gle lock shall be of sufficient capacity to hold the employees constituting two suc cessive shifts. (viil) Emergency locks shall be large enough to hold an entire heading shift and a limit maintained of 12 pa.l.g. There shall be a chamber available for oxygen decompression therapy to 28 P-sXg. (Lx) The man lock snail be large enough so that those using It are not compelled to be in a cramped position, and shall not have less than 5 feet clear head room at the center and a minimum served from the working chamber and from the free air side of the lock. (xiii) Adequate ventilation in the lock shall be provided. (xlv) Man locks shall be maintained at a minimum temperature of 70s F. (xv) When locks are not in use and employees are in the working chamber, lock doors shall be kept open to the working chamber, where practicable. (xvi) Provision shall be made to allow for rescue parties to enter the tuunel if the working force is disabled. (xvli) A special decompression cham ber of sufficient size to accommodate the entire force of employees being de compressed at the end of a shift shall be provided whenever the regularly es tablished working period requires a total time of decompression exceeding 75 minutes. (2) Special decompression chamber,, (i) The headroom in the special decom pression chamber shall be not less than a minimum 7 feet and the cubical con tent shall provide at least 50 cubic feet of airspace for each employee. For each occupant, there shall be provided 4 square feet of free walking area and 3 square feet of seating space, exclusive of area re quired for lavatory and toilet facilities. The rated capacity shall be based on the stated minimum space per employee and shall be posted at the chamber entrance. The posted capacity shall not be exceed ed, except in case of emergency. Ui) Each special decompression chamber shall be equipped with the fol lowing: (a) A clock or clocks suitably placed so that the attendant and the chamber occupants can readily ascertain the time; <b) Pressure gauges which will in dicate to the attendants and to the chamber occupants the pressure in the chamber; (c> Valves to enable the attendant to control the supply and discharge of compressed air Into and from the chamber; (d) Valves and pipes. In connection with the air supply and 'exhaust, ar ranged so that the chamber pressure can be controlled from within and with out; (e) Effective means of oral intercom munication between the attendant, oc cupants of the chamber, and the air compressor plant; and (/} An observation port at the en ods. The period of time that the em of 30 cubic feet of air so&ce per occupant. trance to permit observation of the ployees spend at atmospheric pressure (x) Locks on caissons shall be so lo chamber occupants. between the decompression following the cated that the bottom door shall be not (iii) Seating facilities In special de shift and recompression shall not exceed less than i feet above the water level sur compression chambers shall be so ar 5 minutes. rounding the caisson on the outside. range! as to permit a normal sitting <g) Man locks and special decompres (The water level, where it is affected by posture without cramping. Seating sion chambers--(1) Man locks. (1) Ex tides, Is construed to mean high tide.) space, not less than 18 inches by 24 cept In emergency, no employees em (xi) In addition to the pressure Inches wide, shall be provided per ployed In compressed air shall be per gauge in the locks, an accurate pressure occupant. mitted to pass from-the working chamber gauge shall be maintained on the outer . dv) Adequate toilet and washing fa to atmospheric pressure until after de end inner side of each bulkhead. These , cilities, in a screened or enclosed recess. CAPCO JEN 0001873 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 59 shall be provided. Toilet bowls shall (8) Low-pressure air shall be regu metal may be used if it is effectively have a built-in protector on the rim so lated automatically. In addition, man grounded. that an air space is created when the ually operated valves shall be provided (5) Portable lamps shall be equipped seat lid Is closed. for emergency conditions. with noncombustible, nonabsorptive. in (v) Fresh and pure drinking water (9) The air intakes for all air com sulating sockets, approved handles, bas shall be available. This may be accom pressors shall be located at a place where ket guards, and approved cords. plished by either piping water into the fumes, exhaust gases, and other air con (6) The use of worn or defective special lecompression chamber and taminants will be at a minimum. portable and pendant conductors Is providing drinking fountains, or by pro (10) Gauges Indicating the pressure prohibited. viding Individual canteens, or by some in the working chamber shall be installed (k) Sanitation. (1) Sanitary, heated, other sanitary means. Community drink in the compressor building, the lock at lighted, and ventilated dressing rooms ing vessels are prohibited. tendant's station, and at the employer's and drying rooms shall be provided for (vi) No refuse or discarded material field office. all employees engaged in compressed air of any kind shall be permitted to accu <i) Ventilation end air quality. (1) work. Such rooms shall contain suitable mulate, and the chamber shall be kept Exhaust valves and exhaust pipes shall benches and lockers. Bathing accommo clean. be provided and operated so that the dations (showers at the ratio of one to (vii) Unless the special decompression working chamber shall be well ventilated, 10 employees per shift), equipped with chamber is serving as the man lock to and there shall be no pockets of dead air. running hot and cold water, and suitable atmospheric pressure, the special decom Outlets may be required at Intermediate and adequate toilet accommodations, pression chamber shall be situated, where points along the main low-pressure air shall be provided. One toilet for each 15 practicable, adjacent to the man lock supply line to the heading to eliminate employees, or fractional part thereof, on the atmospheric pressure side of the such pockets of dead air. Ventilating air shall be provided. bulkhead. A passageway shall be pro shall be not less than 30 cubic feet per (2) When the toilet bowl is shut by vided, connecting the special chamber minute. a cover, there should be an air space so with the man lock, to permit employees (2) The air in the workplace shall be that the bowl or bucket does not implode in the process of decompression to move analyzed by the employer not less than when pressure is increased. from the man lock to the special chamber once each shift, end records of such tests (3) All parts of caissons and other without a reduction in the ambient pres shall be kept on file at the place where working compartments shall be kept in sure from that designated for the next the work is in progress. The test results a sanitary condition. stage of decompression. The passageway shall be within the threshold limit values (l) Fire prevention and protection. shall be so arranged as to not Interfere specified in Subpart D of this part, for (1) Firefighting equipment shall be with the normal operation of the man hazardous gases, and within 10 percent xilable at all times and shall be main lock, nor with the release of the oc of the lower explosive limit of flammable lined in working condition. cupants of the special chamber to atmospheric pressure upon the comple tion of the decompression procedure. (h) Compressor plant and air supply. (1) At all times there shall be a thor oughly experienced, competent, and reliable person on duty at the air control valves as a gauge tender who shall regu late the pressure in the working areas. During tunneling operations, one gauge tender may regulate the pressure in not more than two headings: Provided, That the gauge and controls are all In one gases. If these limits are not met, Ur* mediate action to correct the situa^.on shall be taken by the employer. (3) The temperature of *" working chambers which are subjected to air pressure shall, by means of after-coolers or other suitable devices, be maintained at a temperature not to exceed 85* F. (4) Forced ventilation shall be pro vided during decompression. During the entire decompression period, forced ven tilation through chemical or mechanical air purifying devices that will ensure (2) While welding or flame-cutting Is being done in compressed air, a firewatch with a fire hose or approved ex tinguisher shall stand by until such op eration is completed. (3) Shafts and caissons containing flammable material of any kind, either above or below ground, shall be provided with a waterline and a fire hose con nected thereto, so arranged that all points of the shaft or caisson are within reach of the hose stream. location. In caisson work, there shall be a source of fresh air shall be provided. (4) Fire hose shall be at least 1 l/t a gauge tender for each caisson. (5) Whenever heat-producing ma inches in nominal diameter; the water <2) The low air compressor plant shall be of sufficient capacity to not only permit the work to be done safely, but shall also provide a margin to meet emergencies and repairs. (3) Low air compressor units shall chines (moles, shields) are used in com pressed air tunnel operations, a positive means of removing the heat build-up at the heading shall be provided. (j) Electricity. (1) All lighting in compressed-air chambers shall be by electricity exclusively, and two inde pressure shall at all times be adequate for efficient operation of the type of noz zle used; and the water supply shall be such as to ensure an uninterrupted flow. Fire hose, when not in use, shall be lo cated or guarded to prevent injury thereto. have at least two Independent and sepa rate sources of power supply and each shall be capable of operating the entire low air plant and its accessory systems. pendent electric-lighting systems with independent sources of supply shall be used. The emergency source shall be arranged to become automatically op (5) The power house, compressor house, and all buildings housing venti lating equipment, shall be provided with at least one hose connection in the water (4) The capacity, arrangement, and erative in the event of failure of the line, with a fire hose connected thereto. number of compressors shall be sufficient regularly used source. A fire hose shall be maintained within to maintain the necessary pressure with out overloading the equipment and to assure maintenance of such pressure in the working chamber during periods of breakdown, repair, or emergency. <5> Switching from one independent source of power supply to the other shall be done periodically to ensure the work ability of the apparatus in an emergency. (6) Duplicate low-pressure air feedlines and regulating valves shall be pro vided between the source of air supply and a point beyond the locks with one of the lines extending to Within 100 feet of the working face. (2) The minimum intensity of light on any walkway, ladder, stairway, or working level shall be not less than 10 foot-candles, and in all workplaces the lighting shall at all times be such as to enable employees to see clearly. ,3) All electrical equipment, and wir ing for light and power circuits, shall comply with requirements of the Na tional Electrical Code, ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. of 1868) for use in damp, hazard ous, high temperature, and compressed air environments. (4) External parts of lighting fixtures and all other electrical equipment, when reach of structures of wood over or near shafts. (6) Tunnels shall be provided with a 2-inch minimum diameter waterline ex tending into the working chamber and to within 100 feet of the working face. Such line shall have hose outlets with 100 feet of fire hose attached and maintained as follows: One at the working face; one immediately Inside of the bulkhead of the working chamber; and one Immedi ately outsid? such bulkhead. In addition, hose outlets shall be.provided at 200-foot Intervals throughout the length of the tunnel, and 100 feet of fire hose shall be attached to the outlet nearest to any lo <7) All high, and low-pressure air within 8 feet of the floor, shall be con cation where flammable material is be supply lines shall be equipped with check structed of noncombustible, nonabsorp- ing kept or stored or where any flame is valves. tlve, insulating materials, except that beta? CAPCO JEN 0001874 60 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (7) In addition to Are hose protection required by this subpart, on every floor of every building not under compressed air, but used in connection with the com pressed air work, there shall be provided at least one approved fire extinguisher of the proper type for the hazard involved. At least two approved fire extinguishers shall be provided In the working chamber as follows: One at the working face and one Immediately Inside the bulkhead (pressure side). Extinguishers in the working chamber shall use water as the primary extinguishing agent and shall not use any extinguishing agent which could be harmful to the employees In the working chamber. The Are extinguisher shall be protected ffom damage. (8) Highly combustible materials shall not be used or stored In the working chamber. Wood, paper, and similar com bustible material shall not be used in the working chamber In quantities which could cause a Are hazard. The compres sor building shall be constructed of noncombustible material. (9) Man locks shall be equipped with a manual type Are extinguisher system that can be activated Inside the man lock and also by the outside lock attendant. In addition, a Are hose and portable Are extinguisher shall be provided Inside and outside the man lock. The portable Are extinguisher shall be the dry chemical type. (10) Equipment, fljftures, and furni ture in man locks and special decompres sion chambers shall be constructed of noncombustible materials. Bedding, etc., shall be chemically treated so as to be Are resistant. (11) Head frames shall be constructed of structural steel or open frame-work fireproofed timber. Head houses and other temporary surface buildings or structures within 100 feet of the shaft, caisson, or tunnel opening shall be built of fire-resistant materials. (12) No oil, gasoline, or other combus tible material shall be stored within 100 feet of any shaft, caisson, or tunnel open ing, except that oils may be stored in suitable tanks In isolated fireproof build ings. provided such buildings are not less than 50 feet from any shaft, caisson, or tunnel opening, or any building directly connected thereto. (13) Positive means shall be taken to prevent leaking flammable liquids from flowing into the areas specifically men tioned in the preceding paragraph. (14) All explosives used in connection with compressed atr work shall be se lected, stored, transported, and used as specified in Subpart U of this part. (m) Bulkkeads and safety screens. (1) Intermediate bulkheads with locks, or in termediate safety screens or both, are re quired where there is the danger of rapid flooding. (2) In tunnels 16 feet or more in di ameter, hanging walkways shall be pro vided from the face to the man lock as high in the tunnel as practicable, with at least 6 feet of head room. Walkways shall be constructed of noncombustible mate rial. Standard railings shall be securely installed throughout the length of all walkways on open sides in accordance with Subpart M of this part. Where walk ways are .ramped under safety screens, the walkway surface shall be skldproofed by cleats or by equivalent means. (3) Bulkheads used to contain com pressed air shall be tested, where prac ticable, to prove their ability to resist the highest air pressure which may be ex pected to be used. 1926.804 Definitions Applicable to this subpart. (a) "Bulkhead"--An airtight struc ture separating the working chamber from free air or from another chamber under a lesser pressure than the woklng pressure. <b) `'Caisson"--A wood, steel, concrete or reinforced concrete, air- and water tight chamber in which it is possible for men to work under air pressure greater than atmospheric pressure to excavate material below water level. (c) "Decanting"--A method used for decompressing under emergency circum stances. In this procedure, the employees are brought to atmospheric pressure with a very high gas tension in the tissues and then Immediately recompressed In a sec ond and separate chamber or lock. (d> "Emergency locks"--A lock de signed to hold and permit the quick passage of an entire shift of employees. (e) "High air"--Air pressure used to supply power to pneumatic tools and devices, (f) "Low air"--Air supplied to pres surize working chambers and locks. (g) "Man lock"--A chamber through which men pass from one air pressure environment into another. (h> "Materials lock"--A chamber through which materials and equipment pass from one air pressure environment into another. (1) "Medical lock"--A special cham ber in which employees are treated for decompression illness. It may also be used in preemployment physical examinations to determine the adaptability of the pro spective employee to changes in pressure. <J> "Normal condition"--One during which exposure to compressed air is limited to a single continuous working period followed by a single decompres sion in. any given 24-hour period; the total time of exposure to compressed air during the single continuous working period Is not interrupted by exposure to normal atmospheric pressure, and a sec ond exposure to compressed air does not occur until at least 12 consecutive hours of exposure to normal atmospheric pres sure has elapsed since the employee has been under pressure. (k) "Pressure"--A force acting on a unit area. Usually shown as pounds per square Lnch. (psi.) (l) "Absolute pressure" (p^i.a.)-- The sum of the atmospheric pressure and gauge pressure (p^ig.). (m) "Atmospheric pressure"--The pressure of air at sea level, usually 14.7 p.s.l.a. <1 atmosphere), or 0 p.s.i-g. (n) "Gauge pressure" (pjJ.g.)--Pres sure measured by a gauge and Indicat ing the pressure exceeding atmospheric. (o> "Safety screen"--An air- and water-tight diaphragm placed across the upper part of a compressed air tun nel between the face and bulkhead, in order to prevent flooding the crown of the tunnel between the safety screen and the bulkhead, thus providing a safe means of refuge and exit from a flooding or flooded tunnel. '(p) "Special decompression cham ber"--A chamber to provide greater comfort for employees when the total decompression time exceeds 75 minutes. (q) "Working chamber"--The space or compartment under air pressure in which the work is being done. APPIHDIX a DECOMPRESSION TABLES 1. JTzp]anat(on. Tbs decompression tables are computed lor working chamber pressures from O to 14 pounds, and from 24 to so pounds per square inch gauge inclusive by 2-pound increments and lor exposure times lor each pressure extending from one-half to over 6 hours inclusive. Decompressions will be conducted by two or more stages with a maximum ol lour stages, the latter lor a working chamber pressure of 40 pounds per square inch gauge or over. Stage 1 consists of a reduction In ambient pressure ranging from 10 to a maximum of 16 pounds per square Inch, but Is no in stance will the pressure be reduced below 4 pounds at the end of stage 1. This reduction in pressure In stage 1 will always take place at a rate not greater than 6 pounds per minute. Further reduction In pressure will take place during stage 2 and subsequent stages as required at a slower rate, but in no event at a rate greater than 1 pound per minute. Decompression Table No. 1 Indicates in the body ol the table the total decompression time In minutes lor various combinations ol working chamber pressure and exposure time. Decompression Table No. 2 Indicates lor the same various combinations of working chamber pressure and exposure time the following: a. The number of stages required; b. The reduction In pressure and the ter minal pressure lor each required stage; c. The time la minutes through which the reduction in pressure is accomplished for each required stage; d. The pressure reduction rate In minutes per pound for each required stage; Important Note: The Pressure Reduction in Each Stage is Accomplished at a Uni form Rate. Do Not Interpolate Between Values Shown on the Tables. Use the Next Higher Value of Working Chamber Pres sure or Exposure Time Should the Actual Working Chamber Pressure or the Actual Exposure Time, Respectively, Fall Between Those (or Which Calculated Values Are Shown In the Body of the TAbles. Examples: Example No. 1: 4 hours working period at 20 pounds gauge. Decompression Table No. 2: 20 pounds for 4 hours, total decompression time. 43 minutes. i CAPCO JEN 0001875 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 6) Decompression Table No. 8: tftege 1: Reduce pressure from SO pounds to 4 pounds st tbe uniform rite of 6 pounds per minute. Elspsed time stage l: %. Stage 3 (final stage): Re* duce pressure at a uniform rate from 4 pounds to O-pound gage over a period of 40 minutes. t Rate--0.10 pound per minute or 10 minute* per pound. Stage a (final) elapsed time. 3 minutes. 40 minutes, Total time.................... - Example No. 2: 5-hour working period at 24 pounds gage. Decompression Table No. 1: 84 pounds for 5 hours, total decompression time. Decompression Table No. 8 : Stage j: Reduce pressure from 24 pounds to S pounds at the uniform rate of 6 pounds per minute. 43 minutes. 117 minutes. Elapsed time stage I 3 minutes. Stage 8: Reduce pressure at a uniform rate from 8 pounds to 4 pounds over a period of 4 min* utes. Rate. 1 pound per minute elapsed time, stage 2_________. Transfer men to special decompression ebam* ber maintaining the 4-pound pressure dur ing the transfer oper ation. 4 minutes. Stage 3 (final stage): In the special decom pression chamber, re* duoe the pressure at a uniform rate from 4 pounds to 0-pound gage over a period of Dccouracssioa Tails No. 1--'' 110 minutes. Rate, 0.037 pound per min* ute or 27.$ minute* per pound. Stage 8 (final) elapsed time... 110 minutes. Total time........... 117 minutes. DtcourazsstoN Tim* Work pressure Working period boon o-n........... 14................... 20................... 22................... 24................... 2*................... 28................... 30................... 32................... 34................... 34................... 38................... 40................... 42................... 44................... 44................... 48................... 60................... Working chamber pressure Pj.l.f. p.s.l-c. Hi 2 S 4 6 6 T 1 Ovar 133333 6 66666 7 7 7 7 17 33 48 17 48 63 63 43 3 73 83 103 38 68 93 103 113 12 23 27 62 92 117 122 127 137 69 104 126 141 142 142 23 31 41 im 127 143 153 163 28 38 62 106 143 166 168 36 43 86 126 163 17ft 193 203 213 39 68 98 161 17ft 196 218 223 44 49 63 73 113 128 170 176 IM 203 223 223 233 238 243 263 263 263 W m ns 143 144 164 J63 189 199 2(3 233 216 246 234 264 248 260 2S4 268 263 260 278 268 m 274 239 171 214 244 269 274 289 89 144 189 W 269 299 309 319 319 94 164 209 249 279 309 329 . Dtcouruzaatos Tabls No. 2 (Do not Interpolate, use next higher ralue for conditions not computed.) 113 2SS period" llours Decompression data Pressure reduction Stage No. Pa.lt- From To Time la lUge Minutes Pressure reduction Mln/Pound Total lime decompress Minutes 14. 1.. 2.. J.. 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 ago 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 CAPCO JEN 0001876 62 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Worktoc chamber pressure PjI-*. Worklot period uoura Decompression dat* Pressure reduction State No. Pj.t-f. Tima In state Minutes Pressure reduction rate Mtn/Pound Total time decompress Minutes OeerS....... 1................. ........M........................_ - U4.................... l 2 1 2 I 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 Over 3............ 1?................ ........H........... . 1M.................. 1 OeerS............ 20................ ....... M...................... 2 14 4 40 14 4 40 14 4 40 14 4 40 10 4 40 14 4 40 16 4 40 16 4 40 16 4 0 14 4 0 14 4 40 4 0 4 0 14 4 0 14 4 40 18 4 40 4 40 IS 4 18 4 0 18 4 40 18 4 0 4 0 4 0 18 4 0 18 4 0 18 4 0 20 4 4 40 2 3 14 14 2 30 3 3 3 3 3 3 30 3 46 3 46 00 3 3 14 3 46 3 60 60 3 70 3 84 3 4 3 4 0.20 1.00 a 20 3.60 a 20 3.60 0.20 7.60 a 20 1.00 CL 20 100 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 3.60 0.20 7.60 0.20 11.26 a 2o 11.25 0.20 18.00 0.20 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.26 0.20 2.00 0.20 3.60 a 20 11.26 a 20 16.00 0.20 16.00 0.20 17.60 0.20 0.90 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.26 0.20 3.00 0.20 3.00 0.20 10.00 0.30 16.00 0.20 17.60 0.20 20.00 0.20 26.00 4 16 16 32 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 17 33 46 48 63 7 8 11 17 48 63 73 7 43 63 73 S3 103 l CAPCO JEN 0001877 . v CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS S Q.^ I522222RS;S,8523322S:RS 63 iij 88:S83g3SSS8SS8S8S88S88R8SRSS88S88S8S8RS8SSRSS8SS88Sg3?;R8SgS8S288SS8a2 ci-rjO-^o-IH 'fM*gdUg4gd J*4cf.J#i4pjirfc*.-**:tf.i4~`cMcrefg4e<tfdft4rfgcf~-.'tf_>id~`do'-->;Jcr~`-`crrf'4#jg 14 ,,-2"-g"wg"*g8g"**"*2"*8TMS23rtZ2"8g*Rg"8g"SJgrtSg,,*2''22"8"2S"::Srt82";3g Ir i ! m e.ee2.6So2.Q2e2*e2e28roj;tC2o2.Bs:.o22e2*r8:rereI.e;.e;,o R2','82,'R2,'82'S2*R2''fi2'R2S2'rfi2*'S:''?5'i:*82'rfi^fi2'rK^,,'^S2,rS2,p82''SZ,,'S^,p82,rS = ',`8^,' - I_s,, Iffi s'-sssrsssg = 2at;ss = SEgsa:Ras f{ 8S8SSSRB=iS?.'5s5SS8SSSSSBEF.eSBSSRSS8EERESgSS!5SS3SS88SSSBSSSSS8S8S8SS8R88 S o' - S _; = ri = -< = *i ='jc;ic g cf o g = j; o'--o'- -o -'.O-.i o' -';; O--O- "S =*-' S - ~{j ='* S d -S W -ig-.a^ = ^;;--r.S"ngng"g"gngn-n-'=n-n-'gnsTM*gn-go-2^grIgnj->n-,m.Sn.Sn.g r R*S*S,,'S``K''K"K'"S',=R'S*R'S'?';''S"'S*'rB"R'!''S"'Kx*K"'S"-'Rx''R'"''S2-'SS-'8E*ES-'RS'' i ! fa 5,, - - 2. 5,,,, 2_ CAPCO JEN 0001878 64 I CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS agssesEgiJSSSS.fiSBgSSBBSgE fiSeaSSSSSSS28SSS8SSfiSSS3S&2S8SS8S88S888SSSSS88232SS;SSg2SS3SS23 dr.-gddgd--ddd^r.'dddr^d*gddgddgddgd^gd*>jd--;d~dd~>d.JddW fjcSrtddd$;dVj;'d.o-j;*dd r`8Sn2S"S->"S8R'*=S^SSMSSrt8S"8SMSS-SrtSS0>"ES"SrtSSfiS"SS''SS"SS-S|M53 s,0 = ^cS*og^osoSo8oRosofi*oS*og^oj5^<=g;eKoR*)oKofj*o;5oKofJ.oK,eoRoEJ0 S5*SS^SS^SK~S^SS~SS^SS-S5*Ss~S5*SR^SR^S?:*SacS*?i,c3n*S;i,sS3,*SSi*S8*SKcSRw I SSSgSKSSgESSgggKSSSKSSEg ESSF.S2SSP2SF.SgRSS5?;r;r.2S?.SSF.Ss5?.S55?.SSSRSgSS:F.iSgSgS2?.S8Sr,2Sf.SE3S edfid VHd<fc>r-:jjd- -e -- ?'d --!d ~ geriNsVrj'eV fje'drjdr-'g*c -- -- d->!'e-Ve'(Jrfenjrfddg'd dddH "Sg"SR"Sg"^S"S'"^S" = S''KS"fiS'--iE"SS"SS"SS'--SS"rS"X'"--;J!"RS"fiS"5S"Sg"Eg"SS"gS SS:-'R;''R;-'gI''SS*KS''SS-rSS-'SS-'SESS*-SS,'fiS''S2-'SS''SE-rSS''S''SS,'S2*SSvS5',S=',SS CAPCO JEN 0001879 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 65 eft ill 8 8 8 8 3 * sl* 2 S588 i8* a 3 ISJ -a 8SS288eS82SS8SSS888888S8R8S88S8;5R8S8a8SSR82SR8S8888SR88SRS88888S888888a c^dd-ridd--dgJd-'*-'jd --dj4dJHgJd--Vg*d--dg4d -- dgdetfdggd^-- "F:8"R|8rtS8gn888rt: :Sa"2f;K,,S$S,,'S88`,42SnS88,,228',S83288"$88"22S288r,28a s Q 2 2 s g ft s g a g 2 g- aaSfeai lSfi% 2 5J fI- I: R8888SSSR8288S8S85S8SSSSR3;8SR5 8S8SSSR2$RS!SS8S88RS8S88a8888S88S88SaSRS2S o' --"d d --`--'d O' -- --'o'--^ o'--'r^'g'oWd d'd jc r d wg 5 rj ' -- -- *) d --' c4 S --'H >g d--d|^' d d --' ' d-- SS-j=2g5S8SSgg5gj?2g;3g|gSgjjggggg| !aw2nF,288*,2Sg,,:S2,,,f;Sg **f**e**o>;i(*oj*ej i***c*o5f cgo*ogo*cge*ogo*ej52*0g2,0R2,'# os*5S$s**5R2^5^o*5flo*5RS^5Rg.5R2*3So-# ] 4 CAPCO JEN 0001880 66 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 6S Seg sss SI,! oH-S hI 8SSSRSS C88828888882888SS88S8 8822 s .KSg ess 's2SS',?S''228"Srt2|Sp,gS'*S|S "228 e,e5Je,oSXS*^oSSg*,'C2*,' 2* SS*2,'2S''SSS'rSS*8S*2S s*5 s-L* ce Sit bO1 c l< ? *1") > c8g g s I I BlSj a sfl! So ji s <* 3IT o. a3 5 g ia aa -S aM'S| Z ies* 5 5 *J e? *a n fe45 v) O 2a'g*2 rj **i AS .?c ^gyisT3 *sc ,l -Q_5 ocCLi O ,,si53 a Sg." <sft = ,Srca O; fwc aS*3 g <i, &5 "1 b*gSo*t-i e2 ae-w42 Ziw> M" J< EflJJgc! O 4^ ^ O* !!*3 *t"-ag <4 a Sa -! |la Jja Ssa 5 - > a -- "rfg" sS"ii"4S 6 ill Je i|i e-s sseg SgfiS : g sin: c Ss CaflciiSg al^ss *3 w ^ S; :C^Ch*3i So-STS 3u3 uAf* w }oDt.*cU & .-'a t g !ig? laT-i'tSO3iecfCcC"o4 gtfl ps. O +-*ac u V *Z w e OAA C e>., BP &"> "52 8 3- lS.l 1%. .v *o cZ gS*& sit H Ei'Ba c ll:$sj SaE|" Si**- 1% |Is SSI583-o s2SV b 0* o SS5ESc? MSOPno guS>-wJ>3:4si:iQaGJccS-wGo*-5p.-rg,,8"A=aa*8:wA.3 Ssi&s Sit .1 ISS aau iClp-. g* A V A M-MiS3SIMu^5^5P-n c 5o=-i> *5i f4?> v *o* 8W A hc^ ^HP* o^s--iapSS2b ] w v S B Use u Stf^" | IB &is is&,,-1 6?. g 5 = 18*1*1 " m So ft ."S " lg .sg^ is" til a 5o sftfst ,, iJIffezrSl&i22l-So^' 'SilS .' =i.5g p?|S, <^ "O ^. g? 3 sac CAPCO JEN 0001881 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 67 chutes, the area onto which the material Is dropped shall be completely enclosed with barricades not less than 42 Inches high and not less than 6 feet back from the projected edge of the opening above. Signs, warning of the hazard of falling materials, shall be posted at each level. Removal shall not be permitted. Ln this lower area until debris handling ceases above. (1) All floor openings, not used as ma terial drops, shall be covered over with material substantial enough to support the weight of any load which may be imposed. Such material shall be prop erly secured to prevent Its accidental movement. <J) Except for the cutting of holes in floors for chutes, holes through which to drop materials, preparation of storage space, and similar necessary preparatory work, the demolition of exterior walls and floor construction shall begin at the top of the structure and proceed down ward. Each story of exterior wall and floor construction shall be removed and dropped Into the storage space before commencing the removal of exterior walls and floors ln the story next below. <k) Employee entrances to multi story structures being demolished shall be completely protected by sidewalk sheds or canopies, or both, providing pro tection from the face of the building for a minimum of 8 feet. All such canopies shall be at least 2 feet wider than the building entrances or openings (1 foot wider on each side thereof), and shall be capable of sustaining a load of ISO pounds per square foot. 1926.851 Stairs, passageway*, and lad ders. (a) Only those stairways, passage ways, and ladders, designated as means of access to the structure of building, shall be used. Other access ways 6hall be entirely closed oC at all times. (b) All stairs, passageways, ladders and incidental equipment thereto, which are covered by this section, shall be periodically inspected and maintained in a clean safe condition. <c> In a multistory building, when a stairwell is being used. It shall be prop erly Illuminated by either natural or artificial means, and completely and substantially covered over "at & point not less than two floors below the floor on which work is being performed, and ac cess to the floor where the work is in progress shall be through a properly lighted, protected, and separate pas sageway. 1926.852 Chulet. (a) No material 6hall be dropped to any point lying outside the exterior walls of the structure unless the area is effec tively protected. (b) All materials chutes, or sections thereof, at an angle of more than 45* from the horizontal, shall be entirely en closed, except for openings equipped with closures at or about floor level for the insertion of materials. The openings shall not exceed 48 inches in helghfmeasured along the wall of the chute. At all stories below the top floor, such openings shall be kept closed when not ln use. (c) A substantial gate shall be in stalled ln each chute at or near the dis charge end. A competent employee shall be assigned to control the operation of the gate, and the backing and loading of trucks. (d) When operations are not in prog ress, the area surrounding the discharge end of a chute shall be securely closed off. Ce) Any chute opening, into which workmen dump debris, shall be protected by a substantial guardrail approximately 42 inches above the floor or other surface on which the men stand to dump the ma terial. Any space between the chute and the edge of openings in the floors through which it passes shall be solidly covered over. (f) Where the material Is dumped from mechanical equipment or wheel barrows, a securely attached toeboard or bumper, not less than 4 Inches thick and 6 Inches high, shall be provided at each chute opening. (g) Chutes shall be designed and con structed of such strength as to eliminate failure due to impact of materials or de bris loaded therein. 1926.853 Removal of materials through floor openings. Any openings cut in a floor for the disposal of materials shall be no larger ln size than 25 percent of the aggregate of the total floor area, unless the lateral supports of the removed flooring re main in place. Floors weakened or other wise made unsafe by demolition opera tions shall be shored to carry safely the Intended Imposed load from demolition operations. 1926.854 Removal of Kails, masonry sections, and chimneys, (a) Masonry walls, or other sections of masonry, shall not be permitted to fall upon the floors of the building in such masses as to exceed the safe carrying capacities of the floors. (b) No wrall section, which is more than one story in height, shall be per mitted to stand alone without lateral bracing, unless such wall w'&s originally designed and constructed to stand with out such lateral support, and is in a con dition safe enough to be self-supporting. All walls shall be left in a stable condi tion at the end of each shift. <c > Employees shall not be permitted to work on the top of a wall when weather conditions constitute a hazard. <d> Structural or load-supporting members on r.ny floor shall not be cut or removed until all stories above such a floor have been demolished and re moved. This provision shall not prohibit the cutting of floor beams for the dispos al of materials or for the Installation of equipment, provided that the require ments of {$ 1926.853 and 1926.855 are met. (e) Floor openings within 10 feet of any wall being demolished shall be planked solid, except when employees are kept out of the area below. (f) In buildings of "skeleton-steel" construction, the steel framing may be left in place during the demolition of masonry. Where this Is done, all steel beams, girders, and similar structural supports shall be cleared of all loose ma terial as the masonry demolition pro gresses downward. (g) Walkways or ladders shall be pro vided to enable employees to safely reach or leave any scaffold or wall. (h) Walls, which serve as retaining walls to support earth or adjoining struc tures, shall not be demolished until such earth has been properly braced or ad joining structures have been properly underpinned. (i) Walls, which are to serve as re taining walls against which debris will be plied, shall not be so used unless capa ble of safely supporting the Imposed load. 1926.855 Manual removal of floors. (a) Openings cut ln a floor shall ex tend the full span of the arch between supports. <b) Before demolishing any floor arch, debris and other material shall be re moved from such arch and other ad jacent floor area. Planks not less than 2 Inches by 10 Inches ln cross section, full size undressed, shall be provided for, and shall be used by employees to stand on while breaking down floor arthes be tween beams. Such planks shall be so located as to provide a safe support for the workmen should the arch between the beams collapse. The open space be tween planks shall not exceed 16 inches. (c) Safe walkways, not less than 18 Inches wide, formed of planks not less than 2 inches thick,if wood, or of equiv alent strength if metal, shall be pro vided and used by workmen when necessary to enable them to reach any point without walking upon exposed beams. (d) Stringers of ample strength shall be installed to support the flooring planks, and the ends of such stringers shall be supported by floor beams or gird ers, and not by floor arches alone. (e) Planks shall be laid together over solid bearings with the ends overlapping at least 1 foot. <f) When floor arches are being re moved, employees shall not be. allowed in the area directly underneath, and such an area shall be barricaded to pre vent access to it. (g) Demolition of floor arches shall not be started until they, and the sur rounding floor area for a distance of 20 feet, have been cleared of debris and any other unnecessary materials. 1926.856 Removal of Kails floor*, and material with equipment. (a) Mechanical equipment shall not be used on floors or working surfaces un less such floors or surfaces are of suf ficient strength to support the Imposed load. (b) Floor openings shall have curbs or stop-logs to prevent equipment from running over the edge. (c) Mechanical equipment used shall meet the requirements specified in Sub parts N and O of this part. CAPCO JEN 0001882 68 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 1926.857 Storage. (a) The storage of waste materia] and debris on any floor shall not exceed the allowable floor loads. (b) In buildings having wooden floor construction, the flooring boards may be removed from not more than one floor above grade to provide storage space for debris, provided falling material is not permitted to endanger the stability of the structure. (c) When wood floor beams serve to brace Interior walls or free-standing ex terior walls, such beams shall be left in place until other equivalent support can be installed to replace them. (d) Floor arches, to an elevation of not more than 25 feet above grade, may be removed to provide storage area for debris: Provided. That such removal does not endanger the stability of the structure. (e) storage space into which material is dumped shall be blocked off, except for openings necessary for the removal of material. Such openings shall be kept closed at all times when material Is not being removed. 1926.858 Removal of steel construe* lion. (a) When floor arches have been re moved. planking In accordance with 5 1926.855 (b) shall be provided for the workers engaged in razing the steel framing. (b) Cranes, derricks, and other hoist ing equipment used shall meet the re quirements specified in Subpart N of this part. (c) Steel construction shall be dis mantled column length by column length, and tier by tier (columns may be in two-story lengths). (d) Any structural member being dis membered shall not be overstressed. 1926.859 Mechanical demolition. (a) No workers shall be permitted in any area, which can be adversely affected by demolition operations, when balling or clamming is being performed. Only those workers necessary for the perform ance of the operations shall be permitted In this area at any other time. <b) The weight of the demolition bail shall not exceed -50 .percent of the crane's rated load, based on the length of the boom and the maximum angle of opera tion at which the demolition ball will be used, or it shall not exceed 25 percent of the nominal breaking strength of the line by which it is suspended, which ever results in a lesser value. (c) The crane boom and loadline shall be as short as possible. <d) The ball shall be attached to the loadline with a swivel-type connection to prevent twisting of the loadline, and shall be attached by positive means in such manner that the weight cannot become accidentally disconnected. (e) When pulling over walls or portions thereof, all ste*l members affected shall have been previously cut free. (f) All roof cornices or,other such blasting caps from current Induced by ornamental stonework shall"be removed radar, radio transmitters, lightning, ad prior to pulling walls over. jacent powerlines, dust storms, or other <g) During demolition, continuing in sources of extraneous electricity. These spections by a competent person shall be precautions shall include: made as the work progresses to detect (1) Detonators shall be short-circuited hazards resulting from weakened or in holes which have been primed and deteriorated floors, or walls, or loosened shunted until wired into the blasting material. No employee shall be permitted circuit. to work where such hazards exist until (2) The suspension of all blasting op they are corrected by shoring, bracing, or erations and removal of persons from other effective means. the blasting area during the approach 1926.860 Selective demolition by explosives. Selective demolition by explosives shall be conducted in accordance with the applicable sections of Subpart U of this part. and progress of an electric storm: (3) The posting of signs warning against the use of mobile radio transmit ters on all roads within 1,000 feet of the blasting operations. Signs shall have 4-inch white letters on a red background, with the words, "Blasting Area--Radio Subpart U--Blasting and the Use of Transmitting Prohibited." Explosives (4) Ensuring that mobile radio trans mitters which are less than 100 feet 1926.900 Ceneral provisions. away from electric blasting caps, in other (a) The employer shall permit only authorized and qualified persons to han dle and use explosives. (b) Smoking, firearms, matches, open flame lamps, and other fires, flame or heat producing devices and sparks shall be prohibited In or near explosive maga zines or while explosives are being han dled. transported or used. (c) No person shall be allowed to han dle or use explosives while under the In fluence of intoxicating liquors, narcotics, or other dangerous drugs. (d) All explosives shall be accounted for at all times. Explosives not being used shall be kept In a locked magazine, unavailable to persons not authorized to handle them. The employer shall main tain an Inventory end use record of all explosives. Appropriate authorities shall be notified of any loss, theft, or unauthor ized entry into a magazine. <e) No explosives or blasting agents shall be abandoned. (f) No Are shall be fought where the fire is in imminent danger of contact with explosives. All employees shall be re moved to a safe area and the fire area guarded against Intruders. (g) Original containers, or Class Q magazines, shall be used for taking deto nators and other explosives from storage magazines to the blasting area. (h) When blasting ts done in con gested areas or In proximity to a struc ture, railway, or highway, or any other than original containers, shall be de energized and effectively locked; (5) Compliance with the recommen dations of The Institute of the Makers of Explosives with regard to blasting in the vicinity of radio transmitters as stip ulated in Radio Frequency Energy--A Potential Hazard in the Use of Electric Blasting Caps, IME Publication No. 20, March 1968. <1) Empty boxes and paper and fiber packing materials, which have previ ously contained high explosives, shall not be used again for any purpose, but shall be destroyed by burning at an approved location. (m> Explosives, blasting agents, and blasting supplies that are obviously de teriorated or damaged shall not be used. <n) Delivery and issue of explosives shall only be made by and to authorized persons and into authorized magazines or approved temporary storage or han dling areas. (o) Blasting operations in the prox imity of overhead power lines, com munication lines, utility services, or other services and structures shall not be car ried on until the operators and/or owners have been notified and measures for safe control have been taken. (p) The use of black powder shall be prohibited. (q) All loading and firing shall be di rected and supervised by competent per sons thoroughly experienced in this field. installation that may be damaged, the (r) All blasts shall be fired electrically blaster shall take special precautions in with an electric blasting machine or the loading, delaying, initiation, and properly designed electric power source, confinement of each blast with mats or except as provided in 5 1926.906 (a) and other methods so as to control the throw (r). of fragments, and thus prevent bodily injury to employees. | 1926.901 Blaster qualifications. (i) Employees authorized to prepare (a) A blaster shall be able to under explosive charges or conduct blasting op stand and give written and oral orders. erations shall use every reasonable pre (b) A blaster shall be In good physical caution including, but not limited to, condition and not be addicted to nar visual and audible warning signals, flags, cotics, Intoxicants, or similar types of or barricades, to ensure employee safety. drugs. (j) Insofar as possible, blasting opera (c) A blaster shall be qualified, by tions above ground shall be conducted reason of training, knowledge, or experi between sunup and sundown. ence, In the field of transporting, storing, (k) Due precautions shall be taken to handling, and use of explosive*, and have prevent accidental discharge of electric^ a working knowledge of State and local I CAPCO JEN 0001883 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 69 laws and regulations which pertain to in the use of the extinguisher on his (q) Explosives or blasting agents, not explosives. vehicle. ln original containers, shall be placed ln <d> Blasters shall be required to fur (J) Motor vehicles or conveyances a suitable container when transported nish satisfactory evidence of competency carrying explosives, blasting agents, or manually. in handling explosives and performing blasting supplies, shall not be taken in (r) Detonators, primers, and other Ln a safe manner the type of blasting side a garage or shop for repairs or explosives shall be carried ln separate that will be required. servicing. containers when transported manually (e) The blaster shall be knowledgeable and competent ln the use of each type of blasting method used. 1926.902 Surface transportation of (k) No motor vehicle transporting explosives shall be left unattended. 1926.903 Underground transportation of explosives. 1926.904 Storage of explosive* and blasting agents. (a) Explosives and related materials shall be stored in approved facilities re explosive*. (a) All explosives or blasting agents quired under the applicable provisions (a) Transportation of explosives shall in transit underground shall be taken of the Internal Revenue Service regula meet the provisions of Department of to the place of use or storage without tions contained ln 26 CFR 161,.Com Transportation regulations contained ln delay. merce ln Explosives. 14 CFR Part 603, Air Transportation: 46 (b> The quantity of explosives or <b) Blasting caps, electric blasting CFR Parts 146-149, Water Carriers; 49 blasting agents taken to an underground caps, detonating primers, and primed CFR Parts 171-179, Highways and Rail loading area shall not exceed the cartridges shall not be stored In the same ways; 49 CFR Part 180, Pipelines; and amount estimated to be necessary for the magazine with other explosives or blast 49 CFR Parts 290-297, Motor Carriers. (b) Motor vehicles or conveyances transporting explosives shall only be driven by, and be in the charge of, a licensed driver who Is physically fit. He shall be familiar with the local. State, and Federal regulation governing the transportation of explosives. (c) No person shall smoke, or carry matches or any other flame-producing device, nor shall firearms or loaded car tridges be carried while ln or near a motor vehicle or conveyance transporting explosives. <d) Explosives, blasting agents, and blasting supplies shall not be transported with other materials or cargoes. Blast ing caps (including electric) shall not be transported in the same vehicle with blast. <c> Explosives in transit shall not be left unattended. (d) The hoist operator shall be noti fied before explosives or blasting agents are transported in a shaft conveyance. (e) Trucks used for the transporta tion of explosives underground shall have the electrical system checked weekly to detect any failures which may constitute an electrical hazard. A written record of such inspections shall be kept on file. (f) The installation of auxiliary lights on truck beds, which are powered by the truck's electrical system, shall be prohibited. (g) Explosives and blasting agents shall be hoisted, lowered, or conveyed in ing agents. (c) Smoking and open flames shall not be permitted within 50 feet of explosives and detonator storage magazine. (d) No explosives or blasting agents shall be permanently stored in any underground operation until the opera tion has been developed to the point where at least two modes of exit have been provided. <e) Permanent underground storage magazines shall be at least 300 feet from any shaft, adit, or active underground working area. (f) Permanent underground maga zines containing detonators shall not be located closer than 50 feet to any maga zine containing other explosives or blast ing agents. other explosives. (e) Vehicles used for transporting ex plosives shall be strong enough to carry the load without difficulty, and shall be ln good mechanical condition. (f) When explosives are transported by a vehicle with an open body, a Class II magazine or original manufacturer's container shall be securely mounted on the bed to contain the cargo. (g) All vehicles used for the trans portation of explosives shall have tight floors and any exposed spark-producing metal on the inside of the body shall be covered with wood, or other nonsparking materia), to prevent contact with con tainers of explosives. (h) Every motor vehicle or conveyance used for transporting explosives shall be marked or placarded on both sides, the front, and the rear with the word '.'Ex plosives" in red letters, not less than 4 inches in height, on white background. In addition to such marking or placard ing, the motor vehicle or conveyance may display, in such a manner that it will be readily visible from all directions, a red flag 18 Inches by 30 inches, with the word "Explosives" painted, stamped, or sewed thereon, in white letters, at least 6 Inches in height. (i) Each vehicle used for transporta tion of explosives shall be equipped with a fully charged fire extinguisher, ln good condition. An Underwriters Laboratory- approved extinguisher of not less than a powder car. No othe; materials, sup plies, or equipment shall be transported ln the same conveyance at the same time. (h> No one. except the operator, his helper, and the powderman, shall be permitted to ride on a conveyance trans porting explosives and blasting agents. (l) No person shall ride in any shaft conveyance transporting explosives and blasting agents. (j) No explosives or blasting agents shall be transported on any locomotive. At least two car lengths shall separate the locomotive from the powder car. <k) No explosives or blasting agents shall be trarsported on a man haul trip. (1) The car or conveyance containing explosives or blasting agents shall be pulled, not pushed, whenever possible. im) The powder car or conveyance especially built for the purpose of trans porting explosives or blasting agents shall bear a reflectorlzed sign on each side with the word "Explosives" in letters, not less than 4 inches tn height; upon a background of sharply contrasting color. (n) Compartments for transporting detonators and explosives ln the same car or conveyance shall be physically separated by a distance of 24 Inches or by a solid partition at least 6 Inches thick. (o) Detonators and other explosives shall not be transported at the same fime ln any shaft conveyance. (p) Explosives, blasting agents, or 1926.905 Loading of explosives or blasting agents. fa) Procedures that permit safe and efficient loading shall be established be fore loading is started. (b) AH drill holes shall be sufficiently large to admit freely the Insertion of the cartridges of explosives. (c) Tamping shall be done only with wood rods or plastic tamping poles with out exposed metal parts, but nonsparking metal connectors may be used for Jointed poles. Violent tamping shall be avoided. The primer shall never be tamped. (d> No holes shall be loaded except those to be fired In the next round of blasting. After loading, all remaining ex plosives and-detonators shall be immedi ately returned to an authorized maga zine. (e) Drilling shall not be started until all remaining butts of old holes are ex amined for unexploded charges, and If any are found, they shall be reflred be fore work proceeds. (f) No person shall be allowed to deepen drill holes which have contained explosives or blasting agents. (g) No explosives or blasting agents shall be left unattended at the blast site. (hV Machines and all tools not used for loading explosives into bore holes shall bz removed from the immediate location of holes before explosives are delivered. Equipment shall not be oper ated within 50 feet of loaded holes. 10-ABC rating will meet the minimum blasting supplies shall not be transported ID No activity of any nature other requirement. The driver shall be trained with other materials. than that which is required for loading CAPCO JEN 0001884 70 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS holes with explosives shall be permitted in a blast area. (J) Powerlines and portable electric cables for equipment being used shall be kept a safe distance from explosives or blasting agents being loaded Into drill holes. Cables in the proximity of the blast area shall be deenergized and locked out by the blaster. (k) Holes shall be checked prior to loading to determine depth and conditions. Where a hole has been loaded with explosives but the explosives have failed to detonate, there shall be no drill ing within SO feet of the hole. (l) When loading a long line of holes with more than one loading crew, the crews shall be separated by practical distance consistent with efficient opera tion and supervision of crews. (m) No explosive shall be loaded or used underground In the presence of combustible gases or combustible dusts. (n) No explosives other than those in Fume Class 1, as set forth by the In stitute of Makers of Explosives, shall be used; however, explosives complying with the requirements of Fume Class 2 and Fume Class 3 may be used If ade quate ventilation has been provided. (o) All blast holes in open work shall be stemmed to the collar or to a point which will confine the charge. (p) Warning signs. Indicating a blast area, shall be maintained at .all ap proaches to the blast area. The warning sign lettering shall not be less than 4 Inches in height on a contrasting back ground. (q) A bore hole shall never be sprung when it Is adjacent to or near a hole that Is loaded. Flashlight batteries shall not be used for springing holes. (r> Drill holes which have been sprung or chambered, and which are not watersfilled, shall be allowed to cool before explosiv.es are loaded. (s) No loaded holes shall be left un attended or unprotected. (t) The blaster shall keep an ac curate, up-to-date record of explosives, blasting agents, and blasting supplies used in a blast and shall keep an ac curate running inventory of all explosives and blasting agents stored on the opera tion. g 1926.906 Initiation of explosive charges----electric blasting. (a) Electric blasting caps shall not be used where sources of extraneous elec tricity make the use of electric blasting caps dangerous. Blasting cap leg wires shall be kept short-circuited (shunted) until they are connected Into the circuit for firing. (b) Before adopting any system of electrical firing, the blaster shall conduct a thorough survey for extraneous cur rents, and all dangerous currents shall be eliminated before any holes are loaded. (c) In any single blast using electric blasting caps, all caps shall be of the same style or function, and of the same manufacture, (d) Electric blasting shall be carried out by using blasting circuits or power circuits In accordance with the electric blasting cap manufacturer's recommen dations, or on approved contractor or his designated representative. (e) When firing a circuit of electric blasting caps, care must be exercised to ensure that an adequate quantity of delivered current Is available, In ac cordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. (f) Connecting wires and lead wires shall be Insulated single solid wires of sufficient current-carrying capacity. (g) Bus wires shall be solid single wires of sufficient current-carrying capacity. (h) When firing electrically, the in sulation on all firing lines shall be ade quate and in good condition. (i) A power circuit used for firing electric blasting caps shall not be grounded. (J) In underground operations when firing from a power circuit, a safety switch shall be placed in the permanent firing line at intervals. This switch shall be made so It can be locked only in the "Off" position and 6hall be provided with a short-circuiting arrangement of the firing lines to the cap circuit. (k) In underground operations there shall be a "lightning" gap of at least 5 feet In the firing system ahead of the main firing switch; that Is, between this switch and the source of power. This gap shall be bridged by a flexible Jumper cord Just before firing the blast. (l) When firing from a power circuit, the firing switch shall be locked in the open or "Off" position at all times, ex cept when firing. It shall be so designed that the firing lines to the cap circuit are automatically short-circuited when the switch is in the "Off" position. Keys to this switch shall be entrusted only to the blaster. (m) Blasting machines shall be in good condition and the efficiency <of the machine shall be tested periodically to make certain that it can deliver power at its rated capacity. <n) When firing with blasting ma chines, the connections shall be made as recommended by the manufacturer of the electric blasting caps used. (o) The number of electric blasting caps connected to a blasting machine shall not he in excess of Its rated capac ity. Furthermore, in primary blasting, a series circuit shall.contain no more caps than the limits recommended by the manufacturer of the electric blasting caps In use. (p) The blaster shall be in charge of the blasting machines, and no other per son shall connect the leading wires to the machine. <q) Blasters, when testing circuits to charged holes, shall use only blasting galvanometers equipped with a silver chloride cell especially designed for this purpose. (r) Whenever the possibility exists that a leading line or blasting wire might be thrown over a live powerline by the force of-an explosion, care shall be taken to see that the total length of wires are, kept too short to hit the lines, or that, the wires are securely anchored to the ground. If neither of these requirements can be satisfied, a nonelectric system shall be used. (s> In electrical firing, only the man making leading wire connections shall fire the shot. All connections shall be made from the bore hole back to the source of firing current, and the leading wires shall remain shorted and not be connected to the blasting' machine or other source of current until the charge is to be fired. (t) After firing an electric blast from a blasting machine, the leading wires shall be immediately disconnected from the machine and short-circuited. 1926.907 Use of afety fuse. (ft) Safety fuse shall only be used where sources of extraneous electricity make the use of electric blasting caps dangerous. The use of a fuse that has been hammered or injured in any way shall be forbidden. (b) The hanging of fuse on nails or other projections which will cause a sharp bend to be formed In the fuse is prohibited. (c) Before capping safety fuse, a short length shall be cut from the end of the supply reel so as to assure a fresh cut end in each blasting cap. (d> Only a cap crimper of approved design shall be used for attaching blast ing caps to safety fuse. Crimpers shall be kept in good repair and accessible for use. (e) No unused cap or short capped fuse shall be placed in any hole to be blasted; such unused detonators shall be removed from the working place and destroyed. <f) No fuse shall be capped, or primers made up, in any magazine or near any possible source of ignition. (g) No one shall be permitted to carry detonators or primers of any kind on his person. (h) The minimum length of safety fuse to be used in blasting shall be as required by State law, but shall not be less than 30 inches. (1) At least two men shall be present when multiple cap and fuse blasting Is done by hand lighting methods. (j) Not more than 12 fuses shall be lighted by each blaster when hand light ing devices are used. However, when two or more safety fuses In a group are lighted as one by means of igniter cord, or other similar fuse-lighting devices, they may be considered as one fuse. (k) The so-called "drop fuse" method of dropping or pushing a primer or any explosive with a lighted fuse attached Is forbidden. (l) Cap and fuse shall not be used for firing mudcap charges unless charges are separated sufficiently to prevent one charge from dislodging other shots In the blast. (m) When blasting with safety fuses, consideration shall be given to the length and burning rate of the fuse. Sufficient time, with a margin of safety, shall always be provided for the blaster to reach a place of safety. CAPCO JEN 0001885 CONSTRUCTION REGULATION* 71 1926.908 Ue of detonating cord, that all employees are out of the blast vessels or craft moored or anchored <a) Care shall be taken to select a detonating cord consistent with the type and physical condition of the bore hole and stemming and the type, of explosives used. <b> Detonating cord shall be handled and used with the same respect and care given other explosives. (c) The line of detonating cord ex* area before firing a blast. Table U-l Wabning Signal--A l-mlnute aeries ct long blasts 6 minutes prior to blast signal. Blast Signal--A series of short blasts 2 min ute prior to the shot. All Cleab Signal--A prolonged blest follow ing the Inspection of blast area. within 1,500 feet shall be notified before a blast is iLed. (e) No blast shall be fired while any swimming or diving operations are in progress In the vicinity of the blasting area. If such operations are In progress, signals and arrangements shall be agreed upon to assure that no blast shall be fired while any person Is In the water. tending out of a bore hole or from a it) Blasting flags shall be displayed. charge shall be cut from the supply spool before loading the remainder of the bore hole or placing additional charges. Id) Detonating cord shall be handled end used with care to avoid damaging or severing the cord during and after loading and hooking-up. .,, (e) Detonating cord connections shall be competent and positive In accordance with approved and recommended meth* ods. Knot-type or other cord-to-cord connections shall be made only with 1926.910 Inspection after blasting. (a) Immediately after the blast has been fired, the firing line shall be dis connected from the blasting machine, or where power switches are used, they shall be locked open or in the off position. (b) Sufficient time shall be allowed, not less than IS minutes in tunnels, for the smoke and fumes to leave the blasted area before returning to the shot. An Inspection of the area and the surround ing rubble shall be made by the blaster (g) The storage and handling of ex plosives aboard vessels used in under water blasting operations shall be ac cording to provisions outlined herein on handling and storing explosives. (h) When more than one charge Is placed under water, a float device shall be attached to an element of each charge In such manner that it will be released by the firing. Misfires shall be handled In accordance with the requirements of t 1926.911. detonating cord In which the explosive to determine If all charges have been core is dry. exploded before employees are allowed to (f> All detonating cord trunklines and return to the operation, and In tunnels, 1926.91J Blasting in excavation **ork branchlines shall be free of loops, sharp after the muck pile has been wetted under comprecaed air. kinks, or angles that direct the cord back down. toward the oncoming line of detonation. (g) AU detonating cord connections 1926.911 Misfire*. (a) Detonators and explosives shall not be stored or kept in tunnels, shafts, shall be Inspected before firing the blast. Ch) When detonating cord millisec ond-delay connectors or short-interval- delay electric blasting caps are used with detonating cord, the practice shall con form strictly to the manufacturer's recommendations. (I) When connecting a blasting cap or (a) if a misfire is found, the blaster shall provide proper safeguards for ex cluding all employees from the danger zone. (b) No other work shall be done ex cept that necessary to remove the hazard of the misfire and only those employees necessary to do the work shall remain or caissons. Detonators and explosives for each round shall be taken directly from the magazines to the blasting zone and immediately loaded. Detonators and explosives left over after loading a round shall be removed from the working chamber before the connecting wires are connected up. an electric blasting cap to detonating in the danger zone. (b) When detonators or explosives cord, the cap shall be taped or otherwise Cc) No attempt shall be made to ex are bought into an air lock, no employee attached securely along the side or the tract explosives from any charged or except the powderman, blaster, lock end of the detonating cord, with the end misfired hole; a new primer shAU be tender and the employees necessary for of the cap containing the explosive put In and the hole reblasted. If retir carrying, 6hall be permitted to enter the charge pointed in the direction in .which ing of the misfired hole presents a haz air lock. No other 2naterial, supplies, or the detonation is to proceed. ard, the explosives may be removed by equipment shall be locked through with (J) Detonators for firing the trunk washing out with water or, where the the explosives. line shall not be brought to the loading misfire Is under water, blown out with (c) Detonators and explosives shall be area nor attached to the detonating cord air. taken separately into pressure working until everything else Is in readiness for (d) If there are any misfires while chambers. the blast. * using cap and fuse, all employees shall <d) The blaster or powderman shall be remain away from the charge for at responsible for the receipt, unloading, 1926.909 Firing thciilast. least 1 hour. Misfires shall be handled storage, and on-site transportation of (a) A code of blasting signals equiva lent to Table U-l, shall be posted on one or more conspicuous places at the opera tion. and all employees shall be required to familiarize themselves with the code and conform to it. Danger signs shall be placed at suitable locations. tb) Before a blast Is fired, a loud warning signal shall be given by the blaster In charge, who has made certain that all surplus explosives are in a safe place and all employees, vehicles, and equipment are at a safe distance, or under sufficient cover. (c) Flagmen shall be safely stationed on highways which pass through the danger zone so as to stop traffic during blasting operations. (d) It shall be the duty of the blaster to fix the time of blasting. (e) Before firing an underground blast, warning shall .be given, and all possible entries into the blasting area, and any entrances to any working place where a drift, raise, or other opening is about to hole through, shall be carefully guarded. The blaster shall make sure under the direction of the person in explosives and detonators. charge of the blasting. All wires shall be carefully traced and a search made for unexploded charges. (e> No drilling, digging, or picking shall be permitted until ail missed holes have been detonated or the authorized representative has approved that work can proceed. (e) All metal pipes, rails, air locks, and steel tunnel lining shall be electri cally bonded together and grounded at or near the portal or shaft, and such pipes and rails shall be cross-bonded together at not less than 1,000-foot Inter vals throughout the length of the tunnel. 1926.912 Underwater blasting, In addition, each low air supply pipe shall be grounded at Its delivery end. (a) A blaster sh?U conduct all blast ing operations, and no shot shall oe fired without his approval. (f) The explosives suitable for use In (b) . Loading tubes and casings of dis wet holes shell be shall be Fume Class water-resistant 1. and similar metals shall not be used because of possible electric transient currents (g) When tunnel excavation in rock from galvanic action of the metals and face is approaching mixed face, and water. when tunnel excavation Is in mixed face, (c) Only water-resistant blasting blasting shall be performed with light caps and detonating cords shall be used charges and with light burden on each for all marine blasting. Loading shall hole. Advance drilling shall be per be done through a nonsparkling metal formed as tunnel excavation in rock face loading tube when tube Is necessary. approaches mixed face, to determine the (d) No blast shall be fired while any .general nature and extent of rock cover vessel under way Is closer than 1,500 and the remaining distance ahead to feet to the blasting area. Those on board soft ground as excavation advances. CAPCO JEN 0001886 72 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 1926.914 Definition* applicable to tliif (4) Permanent blasting wire. A per ubpart. manently mounted Insulated wire used (a) "American Table of Distances" (also known as Quantity Distance Tables) means American Table of Dis tances for Storage of Explosives as re vised and approved by the Institute of the Makers of Explosives, June 6,1964. (b) "Approved storage facility"--A facility for the storage of explosive ma terials conforming to the requirements of this part and covered by a license or permit Issued under authority of the Internal Revenue Service. (See 26 CFB Part 1B1>. (c) "Blast area"--The area in which explosives loading and blasting opera tions are being conducted. (d) "Blaster"--The person or persona authorized to use explosives for blasting purposes and meeting the qualifications contained in I 1926.901. (e) "Blasting agent"--A blasting agent Is any material or mixture con between the electric power source and the electric blasting cap circuit. (m) "Electric delay blasting caps"-- Caps designed to detonate at a prede termined period of time after energy Is applied to the Ignition system. (n) "Explosives"--(1) Any chemical compound, mixture, or device, the pri mary or common purpose of which Is to function by explosion; that is, with sub stantially instantaneous release of gas and heat, unless such compound, mix ture or device is otherwise specifically classified by the US. Department of Transportation. (2) All material which Is classified as Class A, Class B, and Class C explosives by the US. Department of Transporta tion. u) -classincatlon of explosives by the US. Department of Transportation Is as follows: sisting of a fuel and oxidizer used for CUut A explosives, possessing detonetlog blasting, but not classified an explosive hazard, such as dynamite, nitroglycerin, and in which none of the Ingredients is classified as an explosive provided the furnished (mixed) product cannot be detonated with a No. 8 test blasting cap when confined. A common blasting agent presently in use is a mixture of am picric acid, lead azide, fulminate of mercury, black powder, blasting caps, and detonating primers. Class B explosives. Possessing flammable hazard, such as propellant explosives, includ ing some smokeless propellants. Class C Explosives. Include ccrta n types monium nitrate (NHNOi) and carbo of manufactured articles which contain naceous combustibles, such as fuel oil or Class A or Class B explosives, or both, as coal, and may either be procured, pre components, but in restricted quantities. mixed and packaged from explosives to) "Fuse lignters"--Special devices companies or mixed In the field. for the purpose of Igniting safety fuse. (f) "Blasting cap"--A metallic tube (p; "Magazine--Any ouilding or closed at one end. containing a charge structure, other than an explosives of one or more detonating compounds, manufacturing building, used for the and designed for and capable of detona storage of explosives. tion from the sparks or flame from a (q) "MisAre"--An explosive charge safety fuse- Inserted and crimped into which failed to detonate. the open end. (r) "Mud-capping" (sometimes known (g) "Block holing"--The breaking of as bulldozing, adobe blasting, or doby- boulders by firing a charge of explosives ing). The blasting of boulders by placing that has been loaded In a drill hole. a quantity of explosives against a rock, <h> "Conveyance".--Any unit for boulder, or other object without con transporting explosives or blasting fining the explosives In a drill hole. agents, including but not limited to trucks, trailers, rail cars, barges, and vessels. (D '`Detonating cord"--A flexible cord containing a center core of high explosives which when detonated, will (s) "Nonelectric delay blasting cap"-- A blasting cap with an Integral delay element In conjunction with and capable of being detonated by a detonation Im pulse or signal from miniaturized deto nating cord. (t) "Primary blasting"--The blasting have sufficient strength to detonate other operation by which the original rock cap-sensitive explosives with which it is formation Is dislodged from Us natural Tn contact. (J) "Detonator"--Blasting caps, elec tric blasting caps, delay electric blasting caps, and nonelectric delay blasting caps. (k) "Electric blasting cap"--A blast location. tu) "Primer"--A cartrioge or con tainer of explosives into which a deto nator or detonating cord is inserted or attached. <v) "Safety fuse"--A flexible cord ing cap designed for and capable of deto containing an internal burning medium nation by means of an. electric current. by which fire Is conveyed at a continuous <1) "Electric blasting circuitry' -- and uniform rate for the purpose of (1> Bus wire. An expendable wire, used in parallel or series, in parallel circuits, to which ere connected the leg wires of electric blasting caps. (2) Connecting wire. An Insulated expendable wire used between electric blasting caps and the leading wires or between the bus wire and the leading wires. firing blasting caps. (w) "Secondary blasting"--The re duction of oversize material by the use of explosives to the dimension required for handling, including mudcapping and blockholing. \xi "Stemming"--A suitable Inert in combustible material or device used to confine or separate explosives In a drill hole, or to cover explosives in mud- <3) Leading wire. An insulated wire capping. used between the electric power source <y) "Springing"--The creation of a and the electric blasting cap circuit. pocket In the bottom of a drill hole by the use of a moderate quantity of ex plosives in order that larger quantities or explosives may be Inserted therein. (z) "Water gels, or sIuttt explo sives"--A wide variety of materials used for blasting. They all contain substantial proportions of water and high propor tions of ammonium nitrate, some of which Is in solution In the water. Two broad classes of water gels are: (1) Those which are sensitized by a material classed as an explosive, such as TNT or smoke less powder, and (2) thosewhich contain no Ingredient classified as an explosive; these are sensitized with metals such as aluminum or with other fuels. Water gels may be premixed at an explosives plant or mixed at the site immediately before delivery into the bore hole. Subperl V--Power Distribution end Transmission Lines [Reserved] Subpart W---Rollover Protective Stine. Sure*; Overhead Prolection (hops) 1926.1000 Hollove* protective struc tures (HOPS) for material handling equipment. (a) Coveraffe. (1) This section applies to the following types of material han dling equipment: To all rubber-tired, self-propelled scrapers, rubber-tired front-end loaders, rubber-tired dozers, wheel-type agricultural and industrial tractors, crawler tractors, crawler-type loaders, and motor graders, with or with out attachments, that are used. In con struction work. This requIremeni-'-Soes not supply to sideboom pipelaying trac tors. (2) The promulgation of specific standards for rollover protective struc tures for compactors and rubber-tired skid-steer equipment Is reserved" pending consideration of standards currently be ing developed. (b) Equipment manufactured on or after September 1, 1972. Material han dling machinery described hi paragraph (a) of this section and manufactured on or after September 1, -1972, snail be equipped with* rollover protective struc tures which meet the mlnlmunrperformance standards prescribed in H 1926.1001 and 1926.1002, as applicable. <c) Equipment manufactured before September l, 1972. (1) All material han dling equipment described In paragraph (a) of this section and manufactured or placed In service (owned or operated by the employer) prior to September 1, 1972, shall be fitted with rollover protec tive structures no later than the dates listed below: (1) Machines manufactured on or af ter January 1, 1972, shall be fitted no later than April 1,1973. <U) Machines manufactured between July 1,1971, and December 31,1971, shall be fitted so later than July 1, 1973. (Ill) Machines manufactured between July 1, 1970, and June 30,. 1971, shall be fitted no later than January 1, 1974.. -(tv) Machines manufactured between Jujy 1, 1969, and June 30,1970, shall be fitted no later than July 1, 1974. (v) Machines manufactured before i CAPCO JEN 0001887 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 73 July 1, 1969: Reserved pending further study, development, and review. (2) Rollover protective structures and supporting attachment shall meet the minimum performance criteria detailed In M 1926.2001 and 2926.1002, as appli cable or shall be designed, fabricated, and installed in a manner which will support, based on the ultimate strength of the metal, at least two times the weight of the prime mover applied at the point of Impact. (1) The design objective shall be to minimize the likelihood of a complete overturn and thereby minimize the pos sibility of the operator being crushed as a result of a rollover or upset. til) The design shall provide a verti cal clearance of at least 52 inches from the work deck to the ROPS at the point of ingress or egress. <d> Remounting. ROPS removed for any reason, shall be remounted with equal quality, or better, bolts or welding as required for the original mounting. (e) Labeling. Each ROPS shall have the following information permanently affixed to the structure: (1) Manufacturer or fabricator's name and address; (2) ROPS model number, if any; (3) Machine make, model, or series number that the structure is designed to fit. (f) Machines meeting certain existing governmental requirements. Any ma chine In use, equipped with rollover pro tective structures, shall be deemed in compliance with this section if it meets the rollover protective structure require ments of the State of California, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, or the Bureau of Reclamation of the U.S. Department cf the Interior in effect on April 5,1972. The requirements in effect are: (1) State of California: Construction Safety Orders, issued by the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Divi sion 5, Labor Code, g 6312, State of Cali fornia. (2> U.S. Army Corps of Engineers: General Safety Requirements, EM-3851-1 (March 1967). (3) Bureau of Reclamation, U.S. De partment of the Interior: Safety and Health Regulations lor Construction, Part H (September 1971). 1926.1001 Minimum performance cri teria for rollover protective structures for designated scrapers, loaders, doz ers, graders, and crawler tractors. (a) General. This section prescribes minimum performance criteria for roll over protective structures (ROPS) for rubber-tired self-propelled scrapers; rubber-tired front-end loaders and rub ber-tired dozers; crawler tractors, and crawler-type loaders, and motor graders. The vehicle and ROPS as a system shall have the structural characteristics pre scribed In paragraph (f) of this section for each type of machine described in this paragraph. (b) The statics laboratory-' test pre scribed herein will determine the ade quacy of the structures used to protect the operator under the foUowring con ditions: (1) For rubber-tired self-propelled scrapers, rubber-tired front-end loaders, and rubber-tired dozers: Operating be tween 0 and 10 miles per hour over hard clay where rollover would be limited to a maximum roll angle of 360* down a slope of 30* maximum. (2) For motor graders; Operating be tween 0 and 10 miles per hour over hard clay where rollover would be limited to 360* down a slope of 30* maximum. (3) For crawler tractors and crawler- type loaders: Operating between 0 and 10 miles per hour over hard clay where rollover would be limited to a maximum roll angle of 360* down a slope of 45* (c) FociltiiM and apparatus. (1) The following material Is necessary: (1) Material, equipment, and tiedown means adequate to insure that the ROPS and its vehicle frame absorb the applied energy. (11) Equipment necessary to measure and apply loads to the ROPS. Adequate means to measure deflections and lengths should also be provided. (ill) Recommended, but not manda tory, types of test setups are illustrated in Figure W-l for all types of equipment to which this section applies; and In Figure W-2 for rubber-tired self-propel led scrapers; Figure W-3 for rubber- tired front-end loaders, rubber-tired dozers, and motor graders; and Figure W-4 for crawler tractors and crawler- type loaders. (2) Table W-l contains a listing of the required apparatus for all types of equip ment described in paragraph (a) of this section. Table W-l Means to measure Deflection of ROPS. inches. Vehicle weight, pounds. Force applied to frame, pounds. Dimensions of critical zone, Inches. Accuracy 5% of deflection measured. 5% of the weight measured. i5% of force meas ured. i0.5 in. (d) Vehicle condition. The ROPS to be tested must be attached to the vehicle structure In the same manner as it will be attached during vehicle use. A totally assembled vehicle is not required How ever, the vehicle structure and frame which support the HOPS must represent the actual vehicle installation. All nor mally detachable windows, panels, or nonstructural fittings shall be removed so that they do not contribute to the strength of the ROPS. (e) Test procedure. The test proce dure shall Include the following, in the sequence indicated: (1) Energy absorbing capabilities of ROPS shall be verified when loaded laterally by incrementally applying a distributed load to the longitudinal out side top member of the ROPS, as shown in Figure W-l, W-2, or %V-3. as appli cable. The distributed load must be ao- Ficusz W-l--Vertical loading setup for all types of equipment described In | 1518.1001(a), CAPCO JEN 0001888 74 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Pxcure YV-3--Test setup for rubber-tired (ront-end loaders, rubber-tired dozers, and motor graders. (2) To cover the possibility of the ve hicle cbmlng to rest on its top. the sup port capability shall be verified by apply ing a distributed vertical'load to the top of the ROPS so as to result in approxi mately uniform deflection (see Figure VM). The load magnitude is specified in paragraph (f) (2) (iii) of this section. (3) The low temperature impact strength of the material used in the ROPS shall be verified by suitable mate rial tests or material certification (see paragraph (f) (2) Civ) of this section). (f> Performance requirements--1> General performance requirements <l> No repairs or straightening of any mem ber shall be carried out between each prescribed test. (li) During each test, no part of the ROPS shall enter the critical zone as de tailed in SAE J397 (1969). Deformation of the ROPS shall not allow the plane of the ground to enter this zone. (2) Specific performance require ments. (i) The energy requirement for purposes of meeting the requirements of paragraph (e)(1) of this section is to be determined by referring to the plot of the energy versus weight of vehicle (see Figure W-6 for rubber-tired self-pro pelled scrapers; Figure W-7 for rubbertired front-end loaders and rubber-tired dozers; Figure W-8 for crawler tractors and crawler-type loaders; and Figure *V-9 for motor graders. For purposes of tills section, force and weight are meas ured as pounds (lb.); energy (U) is meas ured as inch-pounds. Figure \V-4--Side-loading setup for crawler tractors and crawler loaders. plied so as to result in approximately uniform deflection of the ROPS. The load Increments should correspond with approximately 0.5 in. ROPS deflection increment in the direction of the load application, measured at the ROPS top edge. Should the operator's seat be offcenter. the load shall be applied on the offcenter side. For each applied load increment, the total load (lb.) versus corresponding deflection (in.) shall be plotted, and the area under the loaddeflection curve shall be calculated. This area Is equal to the energy (in.-lhJ ab sorbed by the ROPS. For a typical loaddeflection curve and calculation method, see Figure W-5. 0-TOTAL DEFLECTION p-FORCE APPLIED C.F, AREA '-g-- f*F F*F Figure W-5--Determination of energy area under force deflection curve for all types of ROPS equipment dcflned In { 1926.1001. Incremental loading shall be continued until the ROPS has absorbed the amount of energy and the minimum applied load specified under paragraph (f) of this section has been reached or surpassed. Figure W-6--Energy absorbed v< rsus vehicle weight. t? ii CAPCO JEN 0001889 r * f r V m cw o t mom i io * im ia>' CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 75 /- < - /m I* 1S55S' -V - - r-nrr-10 : - nr R.VO *15155 010 ` * LS E e s 5 LO V i \ 09 -/ - -/ ____ 1l___J--__1I_--_ 1L--I----I----\i--l--I-- 0' to 40 40 *0 100 Ito 140 Vtw'CLt WttOHT * '* Figure W-7--Energy absorbed versus vehicle weight. Figure W-8--Energy absorbed versus vehicle weight. Figure W-6--Energy absorbed Versus Vehicle Weight. Figure W-10--Minimum horizontal load factor for self-propelled scrapers. (li) The applied load must attain at least a value which is determined by mul tiplying the vehicle weight by the corres ponding factor shown in Figure W-10 for rubber-tired self-propelled scrapers; in Figure W-ll for rubber-tired front-end loaders and rubber-tired dozers; in Figure W-12 for crawler tractors and crawler-type loaders; and Ln Figure W-13 for motor graders. Figure W-ll--Minimum horizontal load factor for rubber-tired loaders and dozers. Ficure W-12--Minimum horizontal load factor for crawler tractors and crawler,type loaders. 0 u no 4u ] as 1 ic 5 i i0 vehicle ctCMr'w'u.Mt * io`* Figure W-13--Minimum horizontal load fac tor tor motor graders. <Ui) The load magnitude for purposes of compliance with paragraph (e)(2) of this section Is equal to the vehicle weight. The test of load magnitude shall only be made after the requirements of subparagraph (2)(i) of this para graph are met. (iv) Material used in the ROPS must have the capability of performing at zero degrees Fahrenheit, or exhibit Charpy V notch impact strength of 8 foot-pounds at minus 20* Fahrenheit. This is a stand ard Charpy specimen as described in American Society of Testing and Ma terials A 370, Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products (available at each Regional Office of the Occupational Safety and Health Admin istration). The purpose of this require ment is to reduce the tendency of brittle fracture associated with dynamic load ing, low temperature operation, and stress raisers which cannot be entirely avoided on w elded structures. (g) Definitions. For purposes of this section, "vehicle weight" means the manufacturer's maximum weight of the prime mover for rubber-tired self-pro pelled scrapers. For other types of equip ment to which this section applies, "ve hicle weight'* means the manufacturer's maximum recommended weight of the vehicle plus the heaviest attachment. (h) Source of standard. This standard is derived from, and restates, the fol lowing Society of Automotive Engineers Recommended Practices: SAE .3320a. Minimum Performance Criteria for RollOver Protective Structure for RubberTired, Self-Propelled Scrapers; SAE J394, Minimum Performance Criteria for Roll-Over Protective Structure for Rub ber-Tired Front End Loaders and Rub ber-Tired Dozers; SAE J395, Minimum Performance Criteria for Roll-Over Protective Structure for Crawler Tractors and Crawler-TVpe Loaders; and SAE J39G. Minimum Performance Criteria for Roll-Over Protective Structure for Motor Graders. These recommended practices shall be resorted to in the event that questions of interpretation arise. The recommended practices appear ln the 1971 SAE Handbook, which may be ex amined ln each of the Regional Offices of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. CAPCO JEN 0001890 76 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 1926.1002 Protective frame (HOPS) test procedures and performance re quirements for wheel-type agricul tural and industrial tractors used in construction. (a) General. (1) The purpose of this section is to set forth requirements for frames for the protection of operators of wheel type agricultural and Industrial tractors to minimize the possibility of operator injury resulting from accidental upsets during normal operation. With respect to agricultural and Industrial tractors, the provisions of Si 1026.1001 and 1926.1003 for rubber-tired dozers and rubber-tired loaders may be utilized in lieu of the requirements of this section. (2) The protective frame which is the subject of this standard is a structure mounted to the tractor that extends above the operator's seat and conforms generally to Figure W-14. PiciniE W-14--Typical frame configuration. (3) If an overhead weather shield i* attached to the protective frame, it ma? be In place during tests: Provided, That it does not contribute to the strength of the protective frame. If such an overhead weather shield is attached, it must meet the requirements of paragraph (1) of this section. (4) For overhead protection require ments, see f 1926.1003. (5) If protective enclosures are used on wheel-type agricultural and indus trial tractors, they shall meet the re quirements of Society of Automotive En gineers Standard J168 (July 1970), Pro tective Enclosures, Test Procedures, and Performance Requirements. This stand ard appears in the 1971 SAE Handbook and may be examined in each Regional Office of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Cb) A pplieabUity. The requirements of this section apply to wheel-type agricul tural tractors used in construction work and to wheel-type industrial tractors used in construction work. See paragraph (j) of this section for definitions of agri cultural tractors and Industrial tractors. (c) Performance requirements. (1) Either a laboratory test or a field test Is required in order to determine the per formance requirements set forth in sub division (i) of this subparagraph. (2) A laboratory test may be either static or dynamic. The laboratory test must be under conditions of repeatable and controlled loading in order to permit analysis of the protective frame. (3) A field upset test, if used, shall he conducted under reasonably controlled conditions, both rearward and sideways, to verify the effectiveness of the protec tive frame under actual dynamic conditions. (d) Test procedures--general. (1) The tractor used shall be the tractor with the greatest weight on which the protec tive frame is to be used. (2) A new protective frame and mounting connections of the same de sign shall be used for each test procedure. (3) Instantaneous and permanent frame deformation shalf be measured and recorded for each segment of the test. (4) Dimensions relative to the seat shall be determined with the seat un loaded and adjusted to its highest and most rearward latched position provided for a seated operator. (5) If the seat is offset, the frame loading shall be on the side with the least space between the centerline of the seat and the upright. (6) The low temperature impact strength of the material used In the protective structure shall be verified by suitable material tests or material certi fications In accordance with j 1926.1001 (f)(2) (Iv). (e) Test procedure for vehicle over turn--(1) Vehicle weight. The weight of the tractor, for purposes of this sec tion, includes the protective frame, all fuels, and other components required for normal use of the tractor. Ballast must be ?.dded if necessary to achieve a minijium total weight of 130 lb. (59 kg.) per maximum power takeoff horsepower at rc^ed engine speed. The weight of the front end must be at least 33 lb. <15 kg.) per maximum power takeoff horse power. In case power takeoff horsepower is unavailable, 95 percent of net engine flywheel horsepower shall be used. (2) Agricultural tractors shall be tested at the weight set forth in subparagraph <1) of this paragraph. (3) Industrial tractors shall be tested with items of integral or mounted equip ment and ballast that, are sold as stand ard equipment or approved by the vehicle manufacturer for use with the vehicle where the protective frame is expected to provide protection for the operator with such equipment Installed. The total vehicle weight and front end weight as tested shall not be less than the weights established in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph. (4) 'The test shall be conducted on a dry, firm soil bank as illustrated in Fig ure W-15. The soil in the impact area shall have an average cone Index in the 0-6 in. (153 mm.) layer not less than 150 according to American Society of Agricultural Engineers Recommenda tion ASAE R3I3, Soil Cone Penetrometer (available in each Regional Office of the Occupational Safety and Health Ad ministration). The path of travel of the vehicle shall be 12*2* to the top edge of the bank. (5) The upper edge of the bank shall be equipped with an 18 in. (457 mm.) high ramp as described In Figure W-15 to assist in tipping the vehicle. (6) The front and rear wheel tread settings, where adjustable, shall be at the position nearest to halfway between the minimum and maximum settings ob tainable on the vehicle. Where only two settings are obtainable, the minimum setting shall be used. Fzcuaz W-15. (7) Vehicle Overturn Test--Sideways and Rearward. (1) The tractor shall be driven under its own power along the specified path of travel at a minimum speed of 10 m.p.h. (16 km./hr.) or maxi mum vehicle speed if under 10 m.ph. (16 km./hr.) up the ramp as described In subparagraph (5) of this paragraph to Induce sideways overturn. (11) Rear upset shall be induced by en gine power with the tractor operating in gear to obtain 3-5 m.pii. (4.8-8 km./hr.) at maximum governed engine r.pjn. pref erably by driving forward directly up a minimum slope of two vertical to one horizontal. The engine clutch may be used to aid in Inducing the upset. (f> Other test procedures. When the field upset test is not used to determine HOPS performance, either the static test or the dynamic test, contained In paragraph (g) or (h) of this section, shall be made. (g) Static test--(1) Test conditions. TD The laboratory mounting base shall include that part of the tractor chassis to which the protective frame is attached Including the mounting parts. (ID The protective frame shall be in strumented with the necessary equip ment to obtain the required load deflec tion data at the locations and directions specified in Figures W-16, W-17, and W-18, CAPCO JEN 0001891 COi^iRUCflON REGULATIONS 77 Figure W-17---Rear load application. DCritCTiON D, IN (MMl Figure W-20--Typical modified L*-D diagram. of attaching restraining members shall be located an appropriate distance be hind the rear axle and in front of the front axle to provide a 15a-30* angle between a restraining cable and the horizontal. The restraining member shall either be in the plane In which the center gravity of the pendulum will swing or more than one restraining cable shall give a resultant force In this plane. (See Figure W-22.) Figure W-18--Method of measuring Instantaneous deflection. .(ill) The protective frame and mount ing connections shall be instrumented with the necessary recording equipment to obtain the required load-deflection data to be used in calculating FSB (see paragraph (JH3) of this section). The gauges shall be placed on mounting con nections before the installation load is applied. <2) Test procedure. (1) The side load application shall be at the upper ex tremity of the frame upright at a 90* angle to the centerline of the vehicle. The side load "L" shall be applied ac cording to Figure W-16. "L" and "D" shall be recorded simultaneously. The test shall be stopped when: (a) The strain energy absorbed by the frame is equal to the required input energy (Ei.) or (b) Deflection of the frame exceeds the allowable deflection, or (c) The frame load limit occurs be fore the allowable deflection is reached in the side load. (il) The L-D diagram, as shown by means -of a typical example in Figure W-19, shall be constructed, using the data obtained in accordance with sub division <i) of this subparagraph. cm) The modified L,-D, diagram shall be constructed according to sub division (11) of this subparagraph and according to Figure W-20. The -strain energy absorbed by the frame (E,) shall then be determined. (iv) Ei., FER, and FSB shall be calculated. (v) The test procedure shall be re peated on the same frame utilizing L (rear Input; see Figure W-18) and Ei. Rear load application shall be uniformly distributed along a maximum projected dimension of 27 in. (86 mm.) and a maximum area of 160 sq. in. <1,032 sq. cm.) normal to the direction of load application. The load shall be applied to the upper extremity of the frame at the point which Is midway between the .cen terline of the seat and the Inside of the frame upright. (h) Dynamic test--<1) Test conditions. (i) The protective frame and trac tor shall meet the requirements of para graphs <e> <2) or (3) of this section, as appropriate. (ii) The dynamic loading shall be pro duced by use of a 4,410 lb. (2,000 kg.) weight acting as a pendulum. The im pact face of the weight shall be 27 plus or minus 1 in. by 27 plus or minus 1 in. (6864* or --25 mm.) and shall be con structed so that its center of gravity is within 1 in. (25.4 mm.) of its geometric center. The weight shall be suspended from a pivot point 16-22 ft. (5,5-6.7 m.) above the point of impact on the frame and shall be conveniently and safely ad justable for height. (See Figure W-21.) \ Figure W-22--Method of Imp&ct from rear. (iv) The wheel tread setting shall comply with the requirements of para graph <e) (6) of this section. The tires shall have no liquid ballast and shall be inflated to the maximum operating pres sure recommended by the tire manufac turer. With specified tire Inflation, the restraining cables shall be tightened to provide tire deflection of 6-8 percent of nominal tire section width. After the ve hicle is properly restrained, a wooden beam 6 x 6 in. (15 x 15 cm.) shall be driven tightly against the appropriate wheels amVclamped. For the test to the side, an additional wooden beam shall be placed as a prop against the wheel near est the operator's station and shall be secured to the floor so that It is held tightly against the wheel rim during im pact. The length of this beam shall be chosen so that when it Is positioned against the wheel rim, It is at an angle of 25*-40* to the horizontal. It shall have a length 20-25 times its depth and a width two to three times its depth. (See Figures W-22 and W-23.) OETlECTiON 0. IS (MM) Figure W-19--Typical L-D diagram. Figure W-21--Pendulum. <iii> For each phase of testing, the tractor shall be restrained from moving when the dynamic load is applied. The restraining members shall be of 0.5-0.63 In. (12.5-16 mm.) steel cable and points Figure W-23--Method of impact from Rida. (v) Means shall be provided indi cating the maximum Instantaneous de flection along the line of impact. A sim ple friction device is illustrated in Figure W-23. CAPCO JEN 0001892 78 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (vl) No repair or adjustments may be (4) Dynamic test performance require carried out during the teal. ments. Design factors shall be Incorpor (vii) If any cables, props, or blocking ated in each design to withstand the over shift or break during the teat, the test turn test prescribed in this paragraph (1). shall be repeated. The structural requirements will be gen (2) Test procedure--.U) General The erally met if the dimensions in this para frame be evaluated by imposing graph (1) are adhered to in both side and dynamic loading to rear folldfred by a . rear loads. load to the side on the same frame. The ()) Definitions applicable to this sec pendulum dropped from the height (see tion. (1> SAE J333a, Operator Protection definition "H" In paragraph (J) (3) of for Wheel-Type Agricultural and Indus Mt,u this section) imposes the dynamic load. The position of the pendulum shall be so selected that the Initial point of impact on the frame shall be in line with the arc of travel of the center of gravity of the pendulum. A quick release mechanism trial Tractors (July 1970) defines "agri cultural tractor" as a "wheel-type vehi cle of more than 20 engine horsepower designed to furnish the power to pull, carry, propel, or drive implements that are designed for agricultural usage." er icmk - ]'ivC'0*eooi#BoCm*CoMiw1nMft iwK'.cWnS.oftcft'nwwl ^k Ficttic W-24--Impact energy and corres ponding Uft height of 4.410 lb. (2,000 kg.) weight. should be used but, if used, shall not In Since this Part 1926 applies only to con (k) Source of standard, The standard fluence the attitude of the block. struction work, the following definition In this section is derived from, and re (U) Impact at rear. The tractor shall of "agricultural tractor" is adopted for states, Society of Automotive Engineers be properly restrained according to sub- purposes of this subpart: "Agricultural Standard J334a (July 1970). Protective paragraphs (1) (ill) and (iv) of this tractor" means a wheel-type vehicle of Frame Test Procedures and Performance paragraph. The tractor shall be posi more than 20 engine horsepower, used in Requirements. This standard shall be re tioned with respect to the pivot point of construction work, which Is designed to sorted to In the event that questions of the pendulum such that the pendulum is 20 ` from the vertical prior to impact, as shown in Figure W-22. The impact shall be applied to the upper extremity of the frame at the point which is midway be tween the centerline of the seat and the inside of the frame upright of a new frame. Oil) Impact at side. The block and restraining shall oooform to subpara graphs (1) (ill) and (iv) of this para graph. The point of impact shall be that structural member of the protective frame likely to hit the ground first in a sideways accidental upset. The side im pact shall be applied to the side opposite that used for rear impact. U> Performance requirements--(1) General. (1) The frame, overhead weather shield, fenders, or other parts In the operator area may be deformed but shall not shatter or leave sharp edges exposed to the operator, or violate dimen sions as shown in Figures W-16 and W-17 as follows: D=2 la. (61 mm.) Inside of Creme upright to vertical centerline of seat. E=3Q in. (762 mm.). F =Not less than 0 In. and not more than 12 in. (305 mm.), measured at centerline front of seat backrest to crossbar along the line of load appli cation as shows Is Figure W-17. G = 24 m. (610 am.). (ii) The material and design combina tion used In the protective structure must be such that the structure can meet all prescribed performance tests at zero de grees Fahrenheit in accordance with furnish the power to pull, propel, or drive implements. (2) "Industrial tractor" means that class of wheeled type tractor of more than 20 engine horsepower (other than rubber-tired loaders and dozers described in $ 1926.1001), used in operations such as landscaping, construction services, loading, digging, grounds keeping, and highway maintenance. (3) The following symbols, terms, and explanations apply to this section: Ei.=Energy input to be absorbed during side loading. E..=723 + 0.4 W ft.-lb. (E'i. = 100+0.12 W*. m.-kg.). XirsEnergy input to be absorbed during rear loading. E = 0.47 W ft.-lb. (E'it=0.24 W\m.-kg.). W=Tractor weight as prescribed In I 2928.1002 (e) (l) and (e) (3), In lb. <W\ kg.). L=Static load, lb. (kg.). D=Deflectlon under L, In. (mm.). L-D=Static load-deflection diagram. Lm-Dm=Modlfled s*atle load-deflection dia gram (Figure W-20). To account for in crease In strength due to increase In strain rate, raise L In plastic range to Lx EC. K = Increase In yield strength Induced by higher rate of loading (IJ for hot rolled low carbon steel 1010-1030), Low carbon Is preferable: however. If higher carbon or other material Is used, K must be de termined In the laboratory. Refer to Charles K. Norris, et a!., Structural De sign for Dynamic Lo*d* (1959). p. 3. L..t =Maximum observed static load. Load Umlt=Polnt on L-D curve where ob served static load Is 0.8 Uk (refer to Figure W-19). E=Strain energy absorbed by the frame, interpretation arise. The standard ap pears in the 1971 SAE Handbook, which may be examined in each of the Regional Offices of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 1926.1003 Overhead prolection for operators of agricultural and indutrial tractors. (a) General--(1) Purpose. When overhead protection is provided on wheeltype agricultural and industrial tractors, the overhead protection shall be designed and installed according to the require ments contained In tills section. The pro visions of 9 1926.1001 for rubber-tired dozers and rubber-tired loaders may be used in lieu of the standards contained in this section. The purpose of the stand ard is to minimize the possibility of oper ator injury resulting from overhead haz ards such as flying and falling objects, and at the same time to minimize the possibility of operator injury from the cover itself in the event of accidental upset. (2) Applicability. This standard ap plies to wheel-type agricultural tractors used in construction work and to wheeltype industrial tractors used in construc tion work. See f 1926.1002 (b) and (J). In the case of machines to which f 1926.604 (relating to site clearing) also applies, the overhead protection may be either the type of protection provided in f 1926.604 or the type of protection pro vided by this section. (b) Overhead protection. When over head protection is installed on wheel-type i 1926.1001(f) (2> (iv). ft.-lb. (m.-kg.) area under Lm-Dm curve. agricultural or industrial tractors used in (2) Vehicle overturn performance re FER=Factor of energy ratio. FER=E/*Ei.; construction work. It shall meet the re quirement*. The requirements of this also=E/Eir. quirements of this paragraph. The over paragraph <0 must be met in both side Pk=Maximum observed force In mounting head protection may be constructed of and rear overturns. connection under static load, L, lb. (kg.). a solid material. If grid or mesh is used, (3) Static test performance require ments. Design factors shall be incor porated In each design to withstand an overturn test as prescribed in this para graph <1). The structural requirements will be generally met if FER Is greater than 1 and FSB Is greater than K-l in FSB=Design margin for mounting connec tion FSB= (P./P)-1. H=Vertical height of Uft of 4,410 lb. (2,000 kg.) weight. In. (B', mm.). The weight shall be pulled back so that the height of Its center of gravity above the point of Impact Is defined as follows: H=4.92 +0.00190 W or (H`=126+0.107 W') the largest permissible opening shall be such that the maximum circle which can be inscribed between the elements of the grid or mesh Is 13 In. (38 mm.) in diameter. The overhead protection shall not be Installed in such a way as to be both side and rear loadings. (Plgure W-24). come a hazard in the case of upset. I I' CAPCO JEN 0001893 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 79 (c) Test procedures--central. (1) The requirements of 1 1926.1002 (d), (e), and <f) shall be met. 12) Static and dynamic rear load ap plication shall be uniformly distributed along a maximum projected dimension of 27 In. (686 mm.) and a maximum area of 160 in.* (1,032 cm.*) normal to the direction of load application. The !oad shall be applied to the upper ex* tremlty of the frame at the point which lo midway between the centerline of the seat and the inside of the frame upright. (3) The static and dynamic side load application shall be uniformly distributed along a maximum projected dimension of 27 in. (686 mm.) and a maximum area of 160 in* (1.032 cm.*) normal to the di rection of load application. The direction of load application is the same as In i 1926.1002 <g) and (h). To simulate the characteristics of the structure during an upset, the center of load application may be located from a point 24 in. (610 mm.) (K> forward to 12 In. (305 mmj <K) forward to 12 In. (305 mm.) <L) rearward of the front of the seat back rest to best utilire the structural strength. See Figure W-25. cylinders shall be two times the tractor weight as set forth in i 1926.1002(e)(1). The maximum width of the beam illus trated in Figure W-27 shall be 6 in. (152 mm.). Ficv&c W-27--Method of load application for crush test. (f) Performance requirements--(l) General. The performance requirements set forth in f 1926.1002(1) <2), (3), and (4) shall be met. (2) Drop test performance require ments. (1) Instantaneous deformation due to Impact of the sphere shall not enter the protected zone as illustrated In Figures W-25. W-26. and W-26. 6-1926.1051 Effective date* (specific). (a) With respect to standards con cerning brakes and fenders prescribed In 11926.602. the rules contained therein specify the applicable effective dates. (b) (1) To the extent that the stand ards In this part apply to light residen tial construction, their application is delayed until September 27.1971, where upon the standards shall apply to con tracts subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act which are advertised on or after that date and to sitch contracts which may be negoti ated when the negotiations commence cm or after that date. (2) For the purpose of this paragraph, the term "light residential construction" Is limited to the construction of homes and apartments which do not exceed three stories in height, and which do not have an elevator. (See. 2. S3 SUt. 95. 97, adding *ec. 107 to Public Law 87-681.16 Slat. 357; 40 US C. 333; Secretary* Order No. 22-72. 38 TJt. 8754) Ficvke W-28--Protected cone during crush and drop testa. Ficr*r W-25--Location (or aide load. (d) Drop test procedures. (V The same frame shall be subjected to the drop test following either the static or dynamic test. (2) A solid steel sphere c-r material of equivalent spherical dimension weighing 100 lb. (45.4 kg.) shall be dropped once from a height 10 ft. (3.048 mm.) above the overhead cover. (3) The point of impact shall be on the overhead cover at a point within the zone of protection as shown In Figure W-26, which is furthest removed from major structural members. (li) In addition to the dimensions set forth in i 1926.1002(1) (1) (i). the follow ing dimensions apply to Figure W-26: K = 17 5 In. (444 mm ) j =2 m. (50.8 mm.) measured from the outer periphery of the steering wheel. <3> Crush test performance require ments. The protected cone as described in Figure W-28 must not be violated. (g> Source of standard. This standard Is derived from, and restates, the portions of Society of Automotive Engineers Standard J167 which pertain to over head protection requirements. The full title of the SAE standard is: Protective Frame with Overhead Protection--Test Procedures and Performance Require ments. The SAE standard shall be re sorted to in the event that questions of interpretation arise. The SAE standard appears In the 1971 SAE Handbook. vrhic?\ may be -examined In each of the Regional Offices of the Occupational Safet*' and Health Administration. Ficuae W-26--Zone of protection for drop test. (e) Crush fesf procedure. (1) The same frame shall be subjected to the crush test following the drop test and static or dynamic test. (2) The test load shall be applied as shown in Figure W-27 with the seat posi tioned as specified in 1 1926.1002(d)(4). Loading cylinders shall be pivotally mounted at both ends. Loads applied by each cylinder shall be equal within 2 per cent. and the sum of the loads of the two ,`obport X--Effective Dotes | 1924 .1050 Effective date* (general). ^Except where different effective dates are specifically provided in 1 1926.1051. the safety and health standards pub lished in Subparts C through V of this part shall become effective on April 24. 1971. for all Federal and federally assisted advertised contracts subject thereto which are advertised after that date and on April 27. 1911, for all such negotiated contracts for which negotia tions begin after that date. 9 CAPCO JEN 0001894